diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2012-05-13 22:58:34 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2012-05-13 22:58:34 +0000 |
| commit | a74c16d06af04f22a53debd1a1ef211416c3a6f6 (patch) | |
| tree | 0cbb1892377354b7b04acd3a18df9581343b6152 | |
| parent | 54881f89f5ade7bdb55ea7c8d36a62d3860856b4 (diff) | |
latex2e-help-texinfo (11may12)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@26333 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog | 15 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS | 6 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk | 5079 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html | 1143 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf | bin | 652706 -> 656486 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi | 230 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt | 3528 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml | 9440 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info | 5090 |
10 files changed, 12557 insertions, 11976 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog index cf991b1b771..9b30c2ca513 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,18 @@ +2012-05-10 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * May 2012 release for TeX Live 2012. + + * latex2e.texi (About this document): mention a few other docs. + (eqnarray): don't use it; reference Madsen article + (figure): ! float specifier, \*number parameters. + (Math accents): mention \mathring. + +2012-04-25 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> + + * latex2e.texi: Index \extracolsep, template list at + http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates, other template updates, + etc. + 2011-05-12 Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org> * May 2011 release for TeX Live 2011. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile index 4b5b0d83d22..bc781e222dd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ mostlyclean clean: realclean distclean: clean rm -f $(all) -dist: +dist: all @rm -f spanish; ln -s . spanish tar cvzf latex2e-help-texinfo.tgz \ ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README ltx-help.el \ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS index 6ed536f08e7..6093263061b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ Public domain. Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen. Spanish translation from Nacho Pacheco. ---------------------------------------------------------------- +Changes in May 2012 release: +Template updates and references. +More on floats. +Mention a few other documents. + +---------------------------------------------------------------- Changes in May 2011 release: Usual bug fixes, additional background info. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk index 7dcf8aa18db..6d42c9c12d1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk @@ -3,49 +3,46 @@ <!ENTITY tex "TeX"> <!ENTITY latex "LaTeX"> ]> -<book id="latex2e.xml" lang="en"> -<title>@LaTeX{}2e reference manual (May 2011)</title> +<book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en"> +<title>&latex;2e reference manual (May 2012)</title> <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> -<!-- xx latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> +<!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> <!-- xx but latex2e stuff is missing. --> -<!-- --> -<!-- xx mention \mathring --> -<!-- xx mention usrguide --> -<!-- xx mention ! float placement, p.15 of usrguide --> -<!-- xx merge http://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex-info/ --> -<!-- xx merged permuted-index --> -<!-- --> -<!-- xx The typeset source2e will have an index with all kernel --> -<!-- xx commands, which would be a good start. classes.dtx et al. --> -<!-- xx define additional commands, and some of the kernel commands are --> -<!-- xx internal and so shouldn't be included here. --> -<!-- --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx mention \oldstylenums (comes from where?) --> +<!-- xx mention \topnumber, \bottomnumber, \totalnumber --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx merge http://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex-info/ (alt-latex-info) --> +<!-- xx merge permuted-index --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> +<!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> +<!-- xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. --> +<!-- --> <!-- xx packages - required, additional, useful; oberdiek ... --> <!-- xx fonts - latexsys --> -<bookinfo> -<legalnotice> -<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of May 2011. +<bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a +document preparation system, version of May 2012. </para> -<para>This was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the VMS -Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by -George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The -&latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The +<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in +the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The +&latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges using <citetitle>Hypertext Help with &latex;</citetitle>, by Sheldon Green, and the -<citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway -and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as +<citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway +and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). </para> -<para>Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Karl Berry. +<para>Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry. -Copyright © 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. +Copyright © 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. -Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. +Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. </para> <para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice @@ -59,21 +56,50 @@ notice identical to this one. </para> <para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -</para></legalnotice> -</bookinfo> +</para></legalnotice></bookinfo> + -* Menu: -* LaTeX2e: (latex2e). Unofficial LaTeX reference manual. +<para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a +document preparation system, version of May 2012. +</para> +<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in +the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The +&latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The +&latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl +Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges +using <citetitle>Hypertext Help with &latex;</citetitle>, by Sheldon Green, and the +<citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway +and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as +<citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (no text was +directly copied). +</para> +<para>Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry. +Copyright © 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. +Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. +</para> +<para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. +</para> +<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. +</para> +<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. +</para> -<chapter label="" xreflabel="&latex;2e" id="Top"> +<chapter label="" id="Top"> <title>&latex;2e</title> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version as of May 2011. It is +document preparation system, version as of May 2012. It is intended to cover &latex;2e, which has been the standard version of &latex; for many years. </para> @@ -81,16 +107,22 @@ intended to cover &latex;2e, which has been the standard version of </chapter> <chapter label="1" id="About-this-document"> -<title>Overview of &latex;</title> +<title>About this document</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Knuth, Donald E.</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lamport, Leslie</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; Project team</primary></indexterm><para>The &latex; document preparation system is implemented as a macro -package for Donald E. Knuth's &tex; typesetting program. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Knuth, Donald E.</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lamport, Leslie</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; Project team</primary></indexterm> +<para>The &latex; document preparation system is implemented as a macro +package for Donald E. Knuth’s &tex; typesetting program. &latex; was originally created by Leslie Lamport; it is now maintained by a group of volunteers (<ulink url="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</ulink>). The official documentation written by the &latex; project is available from their web site. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bug reporting</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>reporting bugs</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary><email>latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</email> email address</primary></indexterm><para>The present document is completely unofficial and has not been +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bug reporting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reporting bugs</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><email>latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</email> <lineannotation>email address</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>The present document is completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the &latex; maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <email>latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</email>. @@ -100,6 +132,22 @@ comments to <email>latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</email>. current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. </para> +<para>Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about +&latex;. Here are a few: +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term> +</term><listitem><para>Two pages of recommended references to &latex; documentation. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term> +</term><listitem><para>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term> +</term><listitem><para>The guide for document authors maintained as part of &latex;; there +are several others. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term> +</term><listitem><para>Introduction to the &tex; system, including &latex;. +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </chapter> <chapter label="2" id="Overview"> @@ -107,72 +155,88 @@ infrastructure. <para>What is &latex;? </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>overview of &latex;</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>basics of &latex;</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; overview</primary></indexterm><para>&latex; typesets a file of text using the &tex; program and the -&latex; “macro package” for &tex;. That is, it processes an input +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>overview of &latex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>basics of &latex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; overview</primary></indexterm> +<para>&latex; typesets a file of text using the &tex; program and the +&latex; “macro package” for &tex;. That is, it processes an input file containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that describe how the text should be formatted. &latex; files are plain text that can be written in any reasonable editor. It produces at least three files as output: </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem> -<para>The main output file, which is one of: +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>The main output file, which is one of: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>.dvi</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.dvi file</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex command</primary></indexterm><para>If invoked as <command>latex</command>, a “Device Independent” (<filename>.dvi</filename>) +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>.dvi</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.dvi <lineannotation>file</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>latex <lineannotation>command</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>If invoked as <command>latex</command>, a “Device Independent” (<filename>.dvi</filename>) file is produced. This contains commands that can be translated into commands for virtually any output device. You can view such <filename>.dvi</filename> output of &latex; by using a program such as <command>xdvi</command> (display directly), <command>dvips</command> (convert to PostScript), or <command>dvipdfmx</command> (convert to PDF). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>.pdf</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.pdf file</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pdf&tex;</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pdflatex command</primary></indexterm><para>If invoked as <command>pdflatex</command>, a “Portable Document Format” +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>.pdf</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.pdf <lineannotation>file</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pdf&tex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>pdflatex <lineannotation>command</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>If invoked as <command>pdflatex</command>, a “Portable Document Format” (<filename>.pdf</filename>) file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images embedded. This can be very useful, but it does make the output much larger than the <filename>.dvi</filename> produced from the same document. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>lualatex command</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lua&tex;</primary></indexterm><para>If invoked as <command>lualatex</command>, a <filename>.pdf</filename> file is created using +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>lualatex <lineannotation>command</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Lua&tex;</primary></indexterm> +<para>If invoked as <command>lualatex</command>, a <filename>.pdf</filename> file is created using the Lua&tex; engine (<ulink url="http://luatex.org">http://luatex.org</ulink>). </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xelatex command</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Xe&tex;</primary></indexterm><para>If invoked as <command>xelatex</command>, a <filename>.pdf</filename> file is created using +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>xelatex <lineannotation>command</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Xe&tex;</primary></indexterm> +<para>If invoked as <command>xelatex</command>, a <filename>.pdf</filename> file is created using the Xe&tex; engine (<ulink url="http://tug.org/xetex">http://tug.org/xetex</ulink>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>Many other less-common variants of &latex; (and &tex;) exist, which can produce HTML, XML, and other things. </para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>transcript file</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>log file</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.log file</primary></indexterm><para>The “transcript” or <filename>.log</filename> file that contains summary +</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>transcript file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>log file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.log <lineannotation>file</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>The “transcript” or <filename>.log</filename> file that contains summary information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. </para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>auxiliary file</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.aux file</primary></indexterm><para>An “auxiliary” or <filename>.aux</filename> file. This is used by &latex; itself, +</listitem><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>auxiliary file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.aux <lineannotation>file</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>An “auxiliary” or <filename>.aux</filename> file. This is used by &latex; itself, for things such as cross-references. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -<para>An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won't try to +</para></listitem></orderedlist> +<para>An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won’t try to list them all. Xxx components? </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ character starting commands</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>[...] for optional arguments</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>{...} for required arguments</primary></indexterm><para>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a <literal>\</literal>, -followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ <lineannotation>character starting commands</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>[...] <lineannotation>for optional arguments</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>{...} <lineannotation>for required arguments</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a <literal>\</literal>, +followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, <literal>[]</literal>, are optional while arguments contained in braces, <literal>{}</literal>, are required. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>case sensitivity of &latex;</primary></indexterm><para>&latex; is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>case sensitivity of &latex;</primary></indexterm> +<para>&latex; is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless explicitly directed to do otherwise. </para> </chapter> -<chapter label="3" id="Starting-&-ending"> +<chapter label="3" id="Starting-_0026-ending"> <title>Starting & ending</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting & ending</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ending & starting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting & ending</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ending & starting</primary></indexterm> + <para>A minimal input file looks like the following: </para> <screen>\documentclass{<replaceable>class</replaceable>} @@ -181,10 +245,11 @@ explicitly directed to do otherwise. \end{document} </screen> <para>where the <replaceable>class</replaceable> is a valid document class for &latex;. -See <xref linkend="Document-classes"></xref>, for details of the various document classes +See <link linkend="Document-classes">Document classes</link>, for details of the various document classes available locally. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>preamble, defined</primary></indexterm><para>You may include other &latex; commands between the <literal>\documentclass</literal> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>preamble, defined</primary></indexterm> +<para>You may include other &latex; commands between the <literal>\documentclass</literal> and the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> commands (this area is called the <firstterm>preamble</firstterm>). </para> @@ -193,7 +258,10 @@ and the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> commands (this area is called the <chapter label="4" id="Document-classes"> <title>Document classes</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document classes</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>classes of documents</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document classes</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>classes of documents</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\documentclass</primary></indexterm> + <para>The class of a given document is defined with the command: </para> <screen>\documentclass[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class</replaceable>} @@ -201,8 +269,13 @@ and the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> commands (this area is called the <para>The <literal>\documentclass</literal> command must be the first command in a &latex; source file. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>article class</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>report class</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>book class</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>letter class</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>slides class</primary></indexterm><para>Built-in &latex; document <replaceable>class</replaceable> names are (many other document -classes are available as add-ons; see <xref linkend="Overview"></xref>): +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>article <lineannotation>class</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>report <lineannotation>class</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>book <lineannotation>class</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>letter <lineannotation>class</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>slides <lineannotation>class</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>Built-in &latex; document <replaceable>class</replaceable> names are (many other document +classes are available as add-ons; see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>): </para> <screen>article report book letter slides </screen> @@ -215,7 +288,11 @@ classes are available as add-ons; see <xref linkend="Overview"></xref>): <sect1 label="4.1" id="Document-class-options"> <title>Document class options</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document class options</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, document class</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>class options</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>global options</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document class options</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, document class</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class options</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>global options</primary></indexterm> + <para>You can specify so-called <firstterm>global options</firstterm> or <firstterm>class options</firstterm> to the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual. To specify more than one <replaceable>option</replaceable>, separate @@ -225,69 +302,98 @@ them with a comma: </screen> <para>Here is the list of the standard class options. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>10pt option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>11pt option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>12pt option</primary></indexterm><para>All of the standard classes except <literal>slides</literal> accept the following +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>10pt <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>11pt <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>12pt <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>All of the standard classes except <literal>slides</literal> accept the following options for selecting the typeface size (default is <literal>10pt</literal>): </para> <screen>10pt 11pt 12pt </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>a4paper option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>a5paper option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>b5paper option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>executivepaper option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>legalpaper option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>letterpaper option</primary></indexterm><para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>a4paper <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>a5paper <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>b5paper <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>executivepaper <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>legalpaper <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>letterpaper <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default is <literal>letterpaper</literal>): </para> <screen>a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>draft option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>final option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>fleqn option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>landscape option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>leqno option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>openbib option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>titlepage option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>notitlepage option</primary></indexterm><para>Miscellaneous other options: -</para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>draft, final</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>black boxes, omitting</primary></indexterm><para>mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is <literal>final</literal>. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fleqn</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>landscape</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>leqno</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>openbib</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Use “open” bibliography format. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>titlepage, notitlepage</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>draft <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>final <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>fleqn <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>landscape <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>leqno <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>openbib <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>titlepage <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>notitlepage <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>Miscellaneous other options: +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>draft, final</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>black boxes, omitting</primary></indexterm> +<para>mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is <literal>final</literal>. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fleqn</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>landscape</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>leqno</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>openbib</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Use “open” bibliography format. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>titlepage, notitlepage</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>These options are not available with the slides class: </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>onecolumn option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>twocolumn option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>oneside option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>twoside option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>openright option</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>openany option</primary></indexterm><variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>onecolumn</literal></term> -<term><literal>twocolumn</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Typeset in one or two columns; default is <literal>onecolumn</literal>. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>oneside</literal></term> -<term><literal>twoside</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oddsidemargin</primary></indexterm><para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <literal>oneside</literal>, except +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>onecolumn <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>twocolumn <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>oneside <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>twoside <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>openright <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>openany <lineannotation>option</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>onecolumn</literal> +</term><term><literal>twocolumn</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Typeset in one or two columns; default is <literal>onecolumn</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>oneside</literal> +</term><term><literal>twoside</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\evensidemargin</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oddsidemargin</primary></indexterm> +<para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <literal>oneside</literal>, except for the <literal>book</literal> class. </para> <para>The <literal>\evensidemargin</literal> (<literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> parameter determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages between the left side of the -page and the text's left margin. The defaults vary with the paper +page and the text’s left margin. The defaults vary with the paper size and whether one- or two-side layout is selected. For one-sided printing the text is centered, for two-sided, <literal>\oddsidemargin</literal> is 40% of the difference between <literal>\paperwidth</literal> and <literal>\textwidth</literal>, with <literal>\evensidemargin</literal> the remainder. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>openright</literal></term> -<term><literal>openany</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Determines if a chapter should start on a +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>openright</literal> +</term><term><literal>openany</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default is <literal>openright</literal> for book. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>The <literal>slides</literal> class offers the option <literal>clock</literal> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>packages, loading</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>loading additional packages</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usepackage</primary></indexterm><para>Additional packages are loaded like this: +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>packages, loading</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>loading additional packages</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usepackage</primary></indexterm> +<para>Additional packages are loaded like this: </para> <screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>pkg</replaceable>} </screen> <para>To specify more than one <replaceable>pkg</replaceable>, you can separate them with a comma, or use multiple <literal>\usepackage</literal> commands. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>global options</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, global</primary></indexterm><para>Any options given in the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command that are unknown +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>global options</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, global</primary></indexterm> +<para>Any options given in the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command that are unknown by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <literal>\usepackage</literal>. </para> @@ -297,7 +403,9 @@ by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <chapter label="5" id="Typefaces"> <title>Typefaces</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>typefaces</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>fonts</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>typefaces</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fonts</primary></indexterm> + <para>Two important aspects of selecting a <firstterm>font</firstterm> are specifying a size and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. </para> @@ -306,69 +414,102 @@ and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. <sect1 label="5.1" id="Font-styles"> <title>Font styles</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font styles</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>typeface styles</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>styles of text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font styles</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>typeface styles</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>styles of text</primary></indexterm> + <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. </para> -<para>These commands are used like <literal>\textit{italic text}</literal>. The -corresponding command in parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which -takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the -next type style command or the end of the current group. +<para>This first group of commands is typically used like +<literal>\textit{italic text}</literal>. The corresponding command in +parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which takes no arguments. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. </para> <para>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either <literal>\sffamily\bfseries</literal> or <literal>\bfseries\sffamily</literal> to get bold sans serif. </para> -<para>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; for instance, -<literal>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</literal>. -</para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\textrm (\rmfamily)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textrm</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rmfamily</primary></indexterm><para>Roman. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textit (\itshape)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textit</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itshape</primary></indexterm><para>Italics. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\emph</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emph</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>emphasis</primary></indexterm><para>Emphasis (switches between <literal>\textit</literal> and <literal>\textrm</literal>). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textmd (\mdseries)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textmd</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mdseries</primary></indexterm><para>Medium weight (default). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbf (\bfseries)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbf</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bfseries</primary></indexterm><para>Boldface. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textup (\upshape)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textup</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upshape</primary></indexterm><para>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsl (\slshape)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsl</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\slshape</primary></indexterm><para>Slanted. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsf (\sffamily)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsf</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sffamily</primary></indexterm><para>Sans serif. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsc (\scshape)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsc</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scshape</primary></indexterm><para>Small caps. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\texttt (\ttfamily)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttt</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ttfamily</primary></indexterm><para>Typewriter. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textnormal (\normalfont)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textnormal</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalfont</primary></indexterm><para>Main document font. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathrm</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathrm</primary></indexterm><para>Roman, for use in math mode. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathbf</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathbf</primary></indexterm><para>Boldface, for use in math mode. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathsf</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsf</primary></indexterm><para>Sans serif, for use in math mode. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathtt</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathtt</primary></indexterm><para>Typewriter, for use in math mode. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathit</literal></term> -<term><literal>(\mit)</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathnormal</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathnormal</primary></indexterm><para>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathcal</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathcal</primary></indexterm><para>`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. +<para>You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for +instance, <literal>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</literal>. +</para> +<para>These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the +</para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\textrm (\rmfamily)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textrm</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rmfamily</primary></indexterm> +<para>Roman. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textit (\itshape)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textit</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itshape</primary></indexterm> +<para>Italics. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\emph</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emph</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>emphasis</primary></indexterm> +<para>Emphasis (switches between <literal>\textit</literal> and <literal>\textrm</literal>). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textmd (\mdseries)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textmd</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mdseries</primary></indexterm> +<para>Medium weight (default). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbf (\bfseries)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbf</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bfseries</primary></indexterm> +<para>Boldface. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textup (\upshape)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textup</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upshape</primary></indexterm> +<para>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsl (\slshape)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsl</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\slshape</primary></indexterm> +<para>Slanted. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsf (\sffamily)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsf</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sffamily</primary></indexterm> +<para>Sans serif. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textsc (\scshape)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsc</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scshape</primary></indexterm> +<para>Small caps. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\texttt (\ttfamily)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttt</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ttfamily</primary></indexterm> +<para>Typewriter. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textnormal (\normalfont)</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textnormal</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalfont</primary></indexterm> +<para>Main document font. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathrm</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathrm</primary></indexterm> +<para>Roman, for use in math mode. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathbf</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathbf</primary></indexterm> +<para>Boldface, for use in math mode. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathsf</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsf</primary></indexterm> +<para>Sans serif, for use in math mode. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathtt</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathtt</primary></indexterm> +<para>Typewriter, for use in math mode. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathit</literal> +</term><term><literal>(\mit)</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathnormal</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathnormal</primary></indexterm> +<para>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mathcal</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathcal</primary></indexterm> +<para>‘Calligraphic’ letters, for use in math mode. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>In addition, the command <literal>\mathversion{bold}</literal> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathversion</primary></indexterm>can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathversion</primary></indexterm> +can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. <literal>\mathversion{normal}</literal> restores the default. </para> <para>&latex; also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to @@ -377,183 +518,214 @@ differently than the above commands, too: <literal>{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceab instead of <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>{...}</literal>. These are two very different things. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\bf</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold font</primary></indexterm><para>Switch to <emphasis role="bold">bold face</emphasis>. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bf</primary></indexterm><literal>\bf</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold font</primary></indexterm> +<para>Switch to <emphasis role="bold">bold face</emphasis>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cal</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>script letters for math</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>calligraphic letters for math</primary></indexterm><para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cal</primary></indexterm><literal>\cal</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>script letters for math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>calligraphic letters for math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\em</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>emphasis</primary></indexterm><para>Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics). +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\em</primary></indexterm><literal>\em</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>emphasis</primary></indexterm> +<para>Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\it</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>italic font</primary></indexterm><para>Italics. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\it</primary></indexterm><literal>\it</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>italic font</primary></indexterm> +<para>Italics. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rm</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>roman font</primary></indexterm><para>Roman. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rm</primary></indexterm><literal>\rm</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>roman font</primary></indexterm> +<para>Roman. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sc</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>small caps font</primary></indexterm><para>Small caps. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sc</primary></indexterm><literal>\sc</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>small caps font</primary></indexterm> +<para>Small caps. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sf</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>sans serif font</primary></indexterm><para>Sans serif. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sf</primary></indexterm><literal>\sf</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>sans serif font</primary></indexterm> +<para>Sans serif. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sl</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>slanted font</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>oblique font</primary></indexterm><para>Slanted (oblique). +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sl</primary></indexterm><literal>\sl</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>slanted font</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>oblique font</primary></indexterm> +<para>Slanted (oblique). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\tt</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>typewriter font</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>monospace font</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>fixed-width font</primary></indexterm><para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tt</primary></indexterm><literal>\tt</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>typewriter font</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>monospace font</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fixed-width font</primary></indexterm> +<para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> <sect1 label="5.2" id="Font-sizes"> <title>Font sizes</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font sizes</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>typeface sizes</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>sizes of text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font sizes</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>typeface sizes</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sizes of text</primary></indexterm> + <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font -size used (in points) with the ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and -‘<literal>12pt</literal>’ document size options, respectively (see <xref linkend="Document-class-options"></xref>). -</para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tiny</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scriptsize</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotesize</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\small</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalsize</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\large</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Large</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LARGE</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\huge</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Huge</primary></indexterm> -<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="42*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="7*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="7*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="7*"></colspec><thead><row><entry> Command </entry><entry> <literal>10pt</literal> </entry><entry> <literal>11pt</literal> </entry><entry> <literal>12pt</literal> -</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry> <literal>\tiny</literal> -</entry><entry> 5 </entry><entry> 6 </entry><entry> 6 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\scriptsize</literal> -</entry><entry> 7 </entry><entry> 8 </entry><entry> 8 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\footnotesize</literal> -</entry><entry> 8 </entry><entry> 9 </entry><entry> 10 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\small</literal> -</entry><entry> 9 </entry><entry> 10 </entry><entry> 10.95 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\normalsize</literal> (default) -</entry><entry> 10 </entry><entry> 10.95 </entry><entry> 12 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\large</literal> -</entry><entry> 12 </entry><entry> 12 </entry><entry> 14.4 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\Large</literal> -</entry><entry> 14.4 </entry><entry> 14.4 </entry><entry> 17.28 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\LARGE</literal> -</entry><entry> 17.28 </entry><entry> 17.28 </entry><entry> 20.74 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\huge</literal> -</entry><entry> 20.74 </entry><entry> 20.74 </entry><entry> 24.88 -</entry></row><row><entry> <literal>\Huge</literal> -</entry><entry> 24.88 </entry><entry> 24.88 </entry><entry> 24.88 -</entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> -<para>The commands as listed here are “declaration forms”. The scope of +size used (in points) with the ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and +‘<literal>12pt</literal>’ document size options, respectively (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class +options</link>). +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tiny</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\scriptsize</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotesize</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\small</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalsize</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\large</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Large</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LARGE</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\huge</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Huge</primary></indexterm> + +<informaltable><tgroup cols="4"><colspec colwidth="21*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="5*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="5*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="5*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Command </para></entry><entry><para><literal>10pt</literal> </para></entry><entry><para><literal>11pt</literal> </para></entry><entry><para><literal>12pt</literal> +</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para><literal>\tiny</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>5 </para></entry><entry><para>6 </para></entry><entry><para>6 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\scriptsize</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>7 </para></entry><entry><para>8 </para></entry><entry><para>8 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\footnotesize</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>8 </para></entry><entry><para>9 </para></entry><entry><para>10 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\small</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>9 </para></entry><entry><para>10 </para></entry><entry><para>10.95 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\normalsize</literal> (default) +</para></entry><entry><para>10 </para></entry><entry><para>10.95 </para></entry><entry><para>12 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\large</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>12 </para></entry><entry><para>12 </para></entry><entry><para>14.4 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\Large</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry><para>17.28 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\LARGE</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry><para>20.74 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\huge</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88 +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para><literal>\Huge</literal> +</para></entry><entry><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry><para>24.88 +</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> +<para>The commands as listed here are “declaration forms”. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. You can also use the environment form of these commands; for instance, <literal>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="5.3" id="Low-level-font-commands"> +<sect1 label="5.3" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"> <title>Low-level font commands</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>low-level font commands</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>font commands, low-level</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>low-level font commands</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font commands, low-level</primary></indexterm> + <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available ones. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontencoding{enc}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontencoding</primary></indexterm><para>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <literal>OT1</literal> and <literal>T1</literal>. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontencoding{enc}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontencoding</primary></indexterm> +<para>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <literal>OT1</literal> and <literal>T1</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontfamily{family}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontfamily</primary></indexterm><para>Select font family. Valid families include: +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontfamily{family}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontfamily</primary></indexterm> +<para>Select font family. Valid families include: </para> -<itemizedlist mark="bullet"><listitem><para> <literal>cmr</literal> for Computer Modern Roman -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>cmss</literal> for Computer Modern Sans Serif -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>cmtt</literal> for Computer Modern Typewriter -</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> +<itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>cmr</literal> for Computer Modern Roman +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>cmss</literal> for Computer Modern Sans Serif +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>cmtt</literal> for Computer Modern Typewriter +</para></listitem></itemizedlist> <para>and numerous others. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontseries{series}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontseries</primary></indexterm><para>Select font series. Valid series include: -</para> -<itemizedlist mark="bullet"><listitem><para> <literal>m</literal> Medium (normal) -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>b</literal> Bold -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>c</literal> Condensed -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>bc</literal> Bold condensed -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>bx</literal> Bold extended -</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontseries{series}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontseries</primary></indexterm> +<para>Select font series. Valid series include: +</para> +<itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>m</literal> Medium (normal) +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>b</literal> Bold +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>c</literal> Condensed +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>bc</literal> Bold condensed +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>bx</literal> Bold extended +</para></listitem></itemizedlist> <para>and various other combinations. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontshape{shape}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontshape</primary></indexterm><para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: -</para> -<itemizedlist mark="bullet"><listitem><para> <literal>n</literal> Upright (normal) -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>it</literal> Italic -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>sl</literal> Slanted (oblique) -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>sc</literal> Small caps -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>ui</literal> Upright italics -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <literal>ol</literal> Outline -</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontshape{shape}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontshape</primary></indexterm> +<para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: +</para> +<itemizedlist><listitem><para><literal>n</literal> Upright (normal) +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>it</literal> Italic +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>sl</literal> Slanted (oblique) +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>sc</literal> Small caps +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>ui</literal> Upright italics +</para></listitem><listitem><para><literal>ol</literal> Outline +</para></listitem></itemizedlist> <para>The two last shapes are not available for most font families. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontsize{size}{skip}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontsize</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm><para>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to and +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fontsize{size}{skip}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fontsize</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselineskip</primary></indexterm> +<para>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to and the second is the line spacing to use; this is stored in a parameter named <literal>\baselineskip</literal>. The unit of both parameters defaults to pt. The default <literal>\baselineskip</literal> for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <literal>\fontsize</literal>. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm><para>The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\baselinestretch</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm> +<para>The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the <literal>\baselinestretch</literal> parameter when the type size changes; the -default is 1. However, the best way to “double space” a document, +default is 1. However, the best way to “double space” a document, if you should be unlucky enough to have to produce such, is to use the <literal>setspace</literal> package; see <ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace</ulink>. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Equivalent to +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linespread</primary></indexterm> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linespread{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Equivalent to <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<replaceable>factor</replaceable>}</literal>, and therefore must be followed by <literal>\selectfont</literal> to have any effect. Best specified in the preamble, or use the <literal>setspace</literal> package, as described just above. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\selectfont</primary></indexterm><para>The changes made by calling the font commands described above do +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\selectfont</primary></indexterm> +<para>The changes made by calling the font commands described above do not come into effect until <literal>\selectfont</literal> is called. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usefont</primary></indexterm><para>The same as invoking <literal>\fontencoding</literal>, <literal>\fontfamily</literal>, +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usefont</primary></indexterm> +<para>The same as invoking <literal>\fontencoding</literal>, <literal>\fontfamily</literal>, <literal>\fontseries</literal> and <literal>\fontshape</literal> with the given parameters, followed by <literal>\selectfont</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="6" id="Layout"> <title>Layout</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>layout commands</primary></indexterm> + <para>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. </para> -<sect1 label="6.1"> +<sect1 label="6.1" id="_005conecolumn"> <title><literal>\onecolumn</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\onecolumn</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>one-column output</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\onecolumn</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>one-column output</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\onecolumn</literal> declaration starts a new page and produces single-column output. This is the default. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="6.2"> +<sect1 label="6.2" id="_005ctwocolumn"> <title><literal>\twocolumn</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\twocolumn</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>multicolumn text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>two-column output</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\twocolumn</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>multicolumn text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>two-column output</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\twocolumn[<replaceable>text1col</replaceable>] @@ -565,58 +737,59 @@ starts. </para> <para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\columnsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The distance between columns (35pt by default). +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The distance between columns (35pt by default). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\columnseprule</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there is no rule. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnseprule</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnseprule</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there is no rule. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\columnwidth</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The width of the current column; this is equal to <literal>\textwidth</literal> in +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\columnwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\columnwidth</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The width of the current column; this is equal to <literal>\textwidth</literal> in single-column text. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>These parameters control float behavior in two-column output: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\dbltopfraction</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied -by floats. Default ‘<literal>.7</literal>’, can be usefully redefined to (say) -‘<literal>.9</literal>’ to avoid going to float pages so soon. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltopfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltopfraction</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied +by floats. Default ‘<literal>.7</literal>’, can be usefully redefined to (say) +‘<literal>.9</literal>’ to avoid going to float pages so soon. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dblfloatpagefraction</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats, -for a two-column float page. Default ‘<literal>.5</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatpagefraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatpagefraction</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats, +for a two-column float page. Default ‘<literal>.5</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dblfloatsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float -page. Default ‘<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ and -‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ documents, ‘<literal>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dblfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dblfloatsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float +page. Default ‘<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ and +‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ documents, ‘<literal>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dbltextfloatsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page -and the main text. Default ‘<literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dbltextfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\dbltextfloatsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page +and the main text. Default ‘<literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="6.3"> +<sect1 label="6.3" id="_005cflushbottom"> <title><literal>\flushbottom</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\flushbottom</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\flushbottom</literal> declaration makes all text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space where necessary to fill out the page. </para> <para>This is the default if <literal>twocolumn</literal> mode is selected -(see <xref linkend="Document-class-options"></xref>). +(see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="6.4"> +<sect1 label="6.4" id="_005craggedbottom"> <title><literal>\raggedbottom</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedbottom</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>stretch, omitting vertical</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedbottom</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>stretch, omitting vertical</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\raggedbottom</literal> declaration makes all pages the natural height of the material on that page. No rubber lengths will be stretched. @@ -626,96 +799,102 @@ stretched. <sect1 label="6.5" id="Page-layout-parameters"> <title>Page layout parameters</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page layout parameters</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>parameters, page layout</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>layout, page parameters for</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>header, parameters for</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>footer, parameters for</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>running header and footer</primary></indexterm> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\headheight</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Height of the box that contains the running head. Default is -‘<literal>30pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>book</literal> class, where it varies with the +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page layout parameters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parameters, page layout</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>layout, page parameters for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>header, parameters for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footer, parameters for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>running header and footer</primary></indexterm> + +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\headheight</primary></indexterm><literal>\headheight</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Height of the box that contains the running head. Default is +‘<literal>30pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>book</literal> class, where it varies with the type size. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\headsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of -the main text. Default is ‘<literal>25pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>book</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\headsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\headsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of +the main text. Default is ‘<literal>25pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>book</literal> class, where it varies with the type size. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\footskip</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of -the page footer. Default is ‘<literal>30pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>book</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\footskip</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of +the page footer. Default is ‘<literal>30pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>book</literal> class, where it varies with the type size. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\linewidth</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <literal>list</literal> -(see <xref linkend="list"></xref>). Specifically, it is smaller than <literal>\textwidth</literal> by +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linewidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\linewidth</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <literal>list</literal> +(see <link linkend="list">list</link>). Specifically, it is smaller than <literal>\textwidth</literal> by the sum of <literal>\leftmargin</literal> and <literal>\rightmargin</literal> -(see <xref linkend="itemize"></xref>). The default varies with the font size, paper +(see <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>). The default varies with the font size, paper width, two-column mode, etc. For an <literal>article</literal> document in -‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, it's set to ‘<literal>345pt</literal>’; in two-column mode, that -becomes ‘<literal>229.5pt</literal>’. +‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, it’s set to ‘<literal>345pt</literal>’; in two-column mode, that +becomes ‘<literal>229.5pt</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textheight</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies with +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textheight</primary></indexterm><literal>\textheight</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies with the font size, document class, etc. For an <literal>article</literal> or -<literal>report</literal> document in ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, it's set to -‘<literal>43\baselineskip</literal>’; for <literal>book</literal>, it's ‘<literal>41\baselineskip</literal>’. -For ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, it's ‘<literal>38\baselineskip</literal>’ and for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’, -‘<literal>36\baselineskip</literal>’. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textwidth</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default varies -as usual. For an <literal>article</literal> or <literal>report</literal> document, it's -‘<literal>345pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>360pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and -‘<literal>390pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. For a <literal>book</literal> document, it's -‘<literal>4.5in</literal>’ at ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, and ‘<literal>5in</literal>’ at ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ or -‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. +<literal>report</literal> document in ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, it’s set to +‘<literal>43\baselineskip</literal>’; for <literal>book</literal>, it’s ‘<literal>41\baselineskip</literal>’. +For ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, it’s ‘<literal>38\baselineskip</literal>’ and for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’, +‘<literal>36\baselineskip</literal>’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\textwidth</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default varies +as usual. For an <literal>article</literal> or <literal>report</literal> document, it’s +‘<literal>345pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>360pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and +‘<literal>390pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. For a <literal>book</literal> document, it’s +‘<literal>4.5in</literal>’ at ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, and ‘<literal>5in</literal>’ at ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ or +‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. </para> <para>In multi-column output, <literal>\textwidth</literal> remains the width of the entire page body, while <literal>\columnwidth</literal> is the width of one column -(see <xref linkend="\twocolumn"></xref>). +(see <link linkend="_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</link>). </para> -<para>In lists (see <xref linkend="list"></xref>), <literal>\textwidth</literal> remains the width of the +<para>In lists (see <link linkend="list">list</link>), <literal>\textwidth</literal> remains the width of the entire page body (and <literal>\columnwidth</literal> the width of the entire column), while <literal>\linewidth</literal> may decrease for nested lists. </para> -<para>Inside a minipage (see <xref linkend="minipage"></xref>) or <literal>\parbox</literal> -(see <xref linkend="\parbox"></xref>), all the width-related parameters are set to the +<para>Inside a minipage (see <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>) or <literal>\parbox</literal> +(see <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>), all the width-related parameters are set to the specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <literal>minipage</literal> or <literal>\parbox</literal>. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm><para>For completeness: <literal>\hsize</literal> is the &tex; primitive parameter used +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hsize</primary></indexterm> +<para>For completeness: <literal>\hsize</literal> is the &tex; primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal &latex; documents. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\topmargin</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topmargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\topmargin</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The default is computed -based on many other parameters: <literal>\paperheight − 2in − -\headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</literal>, and +based on many other parameters: <literal>\paperheight − 2in − +\headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</literal>, and then divided by two. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\topskip</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\topskip</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard clases, the default is the -same as the font size, e.g., ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’. +same as the font size, e.g., ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ at ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="7" id="Sectioning"> <title>Sectioning</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>sectioning</primary></indexterm> + <para>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\part</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\chapter</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(report and book class only) -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\section</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\subsection</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\subsubsection</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\paragraph</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\subparagraph</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\part</primary></indexterm><literal>\part</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\chapter</primary></indexterm><literal>\chapter</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(report and book class only) +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\section</primary></indexterm><literal>\section</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\subsection</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subsubsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\subsubsection</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\paragraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\paragraph</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subparagraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\subparagraph</literal> +</term></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>All sectioning commands take the same general form, e.g., </para> <screen>\chapter[<replaceable>toctitle</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>} @@ -723,55 +902,58 @@ same as the font size, e.g., ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ at ‘<li <para>In addition to providing the heading <replaceable>title</replaceable> in the main text, the section title can appear in two other places: </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem> -<para>The table of contents. -</para></listitem> -<listitem> -<para>The running head at the top of the page. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>The table of contents. +</para></listitem><listitem><para>The running head at the top of the page. +</para></listitem></orderedlist> <para>You may not want the same text in these places as in the main text. To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument <replaceable>toctitle</replaceable> that, when given, specifies the text for these other places. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>*-form of sectioning commands</primary></indexterm><para>Also, all sectioning commands have <literal>*</literal>-forms that print +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>*-form of sectioning commands</primary></indexterm> +<para>Also, all sectioning commands have <literal>*</literal>-forms that print <replaceable>title</replaceable> as usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of contents. For instance: </para> <screen>\section*{Preamble} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\appendix</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>appendix, creating</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\appendix</literal> command changes the way following sectional units +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\appendix</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>appendix, creating</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\appendix</literal> command changes the way following sectional units are numbered. The <literal>\appendix</literal> command itself generates no text and does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this command is something like </para> <screen>\chapter{A Chapter} -… +… \appendix \chapter{The First Appendix} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>secnumdepth counter</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>section numbers, printing</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>secnumdepth</literal> counter controls printing of section numbers. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>secnumdepth <lineannotation>counter</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>section numbers, printing</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>secnumdepth</literal> counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting </para> <screen>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<replaceable>level</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>suppresses heading numbers at any depth > <replaceable>level</replaceable>, where -<literal>chapter</literal> is level zero. (See <xref linkend="\setcounter"></xref>.) +<para>suppresses heading numbers at any depth <inlineequation><mathphrase>> <replaceable>level</replaceable></mathphrase></inlineequation>, where +<literal>chapter</literal> is level zero. (See <link linkend="_005csetcounter">\setcounter</link>.) </para> </chapter> <chapter label="8" id="Cross-references"> <title>Cross references</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross references</primary></indexterm> + <para>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” +the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” </para> -<sect1 label="8.1"> +<sect1 label="8.1" id="_005clabel"> <title><literal>\label</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\label</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} @@ -787,26 +969,28 @@ punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished. common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>ch</literal></term> -<listitem><para>for chapters -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sec</literal></term> -<listitem><para>for lower-level sectioning commands -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fig</literal></term> -<listitem><para>for figures -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>tab</literal></term> -<listitem><para>for tables -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>eq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>for equations +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>ch</literal> +</term><listitem><para>for chapters +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sec</literal> +</term><listitem><para>for lower-level sectioning commands +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>fig</literal> +</term><listitem><para>for figures +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>tab</literal> +</term><listitem><para>for tables +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>eq</literal> +</term><listitem><para>for equations </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <literal>fig:snark</literal> or <literal>fig.snark</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="8.2"> +<sect1 label="8.2" id="_005cpageref"> <title><literal>\pageref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pageref</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross referencing with page number</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>page number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pageref</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross referencing with page number</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\pageref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} @@ -817,17 +1001,23 @@ the place in the text where the corresponding </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="8.3"> +<sect1 label="8.3" id="_005cref"> <title><literal>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ref</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross referencing, symbolic</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>section number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>equation number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>figure number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnote number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ref</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross referencing, symbolic</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>section number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>equation number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>figure number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnote number, cross referencing</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} </screen> <para>The <literal>\ref</literal> command produces the number of the sectional unit, -equation, footnote, figure, …, of the corresponding -<literal>\label</literal> command (see <xref linkend="\label"></xref>). It does not produce any text, -such as the word `Section' or `Figure', just the bare number itself. +equation, footnote, figure, …, of the corresponding +<literal>\label</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005clabel">\label</link>). It does not produce any text, +such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare number itself. </para> </sect1> @@ -835,7 +1025,10 @@ such as the word `Section' or `Figure', just the bare number itself. <chapter label="9" id="Environments"> <title>Environments</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>environments</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\begin</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\end</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\begin</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\end</primary></indexterm> + <para>&latex; provides many environments for marking off certain text. Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: </para> @@ -845,10 +1038,12 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: </screen> -<sect1 label="9.1"> +<sect1 label="9.1" id="abstract"> <title><literal>abstract</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>abstract environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>abstracts</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>abstract <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>abstracts</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para><screen>\begin{abstract} ... @@ -858,9 +1053,11 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.2"> +<sect1 label="9.2" id="array"> <title><literal>array</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>array environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrays, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>array <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrays, math</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{array}{<replaceable>template</replaceable>} @@ -869,28 +1066,29 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: \end{array} </screen> <para>Math arrays are produced with the <literal>array</literal> environment, normally -within an <literal>equation</literal> environment (see <xref linkend="equation"></xref>). It has a +within an <literal>equation</literal> environment (see <link linkend="equation">equation</link>). It has a single mandatory <replaceable>template</replaceable> argument describing the number of columns and the alignment within them. Each column <replaceable>col</replaceable> is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row should be formatted, as follows: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal></term> -<listitem><para>centered -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal></term> -<listitem><para>flush left -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal></term> -<listitem><para>flush right +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal> +</term><listitem><para>centered +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal> +</term><listitem><para>flush left +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal> +</term><listitem><para>flush right </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>array</literal>)</primary></indexterm><para>Column entries are separated by <literal>&</literal>. Column entries may include +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>array</literal>)</primary></indexterm> +<para>Column entries are separated by <literal>&</literal>. Column entries may include other &latex; commands. Each row of the array is terminated with <literal>\\</literal>. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>@{...}</primary></indexterm><para>In the template, the construct <literal>@{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> puts <replaceable>text</replaceable> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>@{...}</primary></indexterm> +<para>In the template, the construct <literal>@{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> puts <replaceable>text</replaceable> between columns in each row. </para> -<para>Here's an example: +<para>Here’s an example: </para> <screen>\begin{equation} \begin{array}{lrc} @@ -899,8 +1097,9 @@ between columns in each row. \end{array} \end{equation} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arraycolsep</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\arraycolsep</literal> parameter defines half the width of the space -separating columns; the default is ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’. See <xref linkend="tabular"></xref>, for other +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arraycolsep</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\arraycolsep</literal> parameter defines half the width of the space +separating columns; the default is ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’. See <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>, for other parameters which affect formatting in <literal>array</literal> environments, namely <literal>\arrayrulewidth</literal> and <literal>\arraystretch</literal>. </para> @@ -908,10 +1107,12 @@ namely <literal>\arrayrulewidth</literal> and <literal>\arraystretch</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.3"> +<sect1 label="9.3" id="center"> <title><literal>center</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>center environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centering text, environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>center <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>centering text, environment for</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{center} @@ -919,17 +1120,20 @@ namely <literal>\arrayrulewidth</literal> and <literal>\arraystretch</literal>. <replaceable>line2</replaceable> \\ \end{center} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>center</literal>)</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>center</literal> environment allows you to create a paragraph +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>center</literal>)</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>center</literal> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Each line is terminated with the string <literal>\\</literal>. </para> -<sect2 label="9.3.1"> +<sect2 label="9.3.1" id="_005ccentering"> <title><literal>\centering</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\centering</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centering text, declaration for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\centering</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>centering text, declaration for</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\centering</literal> declaration corresponds to the <literal>center</literal> environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as <literal>quote</literal> or in a <literal>parbox</literal>. Thus, the text of a figure or @@ -938,11 +1142,11 @@ command at the beginning of the figure or table environment. </para> <para>Unlike the <literal>center</literal> environment, the <literal>\centering</literal> command does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how &latex; formats -paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of +paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <literal>\end</literal> command (of an environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit. </para> -<para>Here's an example: +<para>Here’s an example: </para> <screen>\begin{quote} \centering @@ -953,10 +1157,13 @@ second line \\ </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.4"> +<sect1 label="9.4" id="description"> <title><literal>description</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>description environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>labelled lists, creating</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>description lists, creating</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>description <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>labelled lists, creating</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>description lists, creating</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{description} @@ -965,25 +1172,29 @@ second line \\ ... \end{description} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>description</literal> environment is used to make labelled lists. Each +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>description</literal> environment is used to make labelled lists. Each <replaceable>label</replaceable> is typeset in bold, flush right. The <replaceable>item</replaceable> text may contain multiple paragraphs. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold typewriter, avoiding</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>typewriter labels in lists</primary></indexterm><para>Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if -you typeset a label in typewriter using <literal>\texttt</literal>, you'll get +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold typewriter, avoiding</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>typewriter labels in lists</primary></indexterm> +<para>Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if +you typeset a label in typewriter using <literal>\texttt</literal>, you’ll get bold typewriter: <literal>\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]</literal>. This may be too bold, among other issues. To get just typewriter, use <literal>\tt</literal>, which resets all other style variations: <literal>\item[{\tt plain typewriter}]</literal>. </para> -<para>For details about list spacing, see <xref linkend="itemize"></xref>. +<para>For details about list spacing, see <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.5"> +<sect1 label="9.5" id="displaymath"> <title><literal>displaymath</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>displaymath environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>displaymath <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{displaymath} @@ -997,26 +1208,29 @@ plain typewriter}]</literal>. <para>The <literal>displaymath</literal> environment (<literal>\[...\]</literal> is a synonym) typesets the <replaceable>math</replaceable> text on its own line, centered by default. The global <literal>fleqn</literal> option makes equations flush left; see -<xref linkend="Document-class-options"></xref>. +<link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>. </para> <para>No equation number is added to <literal>displaymath</literal> text; to get an -equation number, use the <literal>equation</literal> environment (see <xref linkend="equation"></xref>). +equation number, use the <literal>equation</literal> environment (see <link linkend="equation">equation</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.6"> +<sect1 label="9.6" id="document"> <title><literal>document</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>document environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>document <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>document</literal> environment encloses the body of a document. -It is required in every &latex; document. See <xref linkend="Starting-&-ending"></xref>. +It is required in every &latex; document. See <link linkend="Starting-_0026-ending">Starting & ending</link>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.7"> +<sect1 label="9.7" id="enumerate"> <title><literal>enumerate</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>enumerate environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items, numbered</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>enumerate <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items, numbered</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{enumerate} @@ -1028,72 +1242,102 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. See <xref linkend="Starting-&-end <para>The <literal>enumerate</literal> environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as -<literal>itemize</literal> (see <xref linkend="itemize"></xref>) and <literal>description</literal> -(see <xref linkend="description"></xref>). +<literal>itemize</literal> (see <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link>) and <literal>description</literal> +(see <link linkend="description">description</link>). </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm><para>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <literal>\item</literal> command. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> +<para>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <literal>\item</literal> command. There must be at least one <literal>\item</literal> command within the environment. </para> <para>By default, the numbering at each level is done like this: </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para> 1., 2., … -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> (a), (b), … -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> i., ii., … -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> A., B., … -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumi</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumiii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumiv</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>enumerate</literal> environment uses the counters <literal>\enumi</literal> -through <literal>\enumiv</literal> counters (see <xref linkend="Counters"></xref>). If the optional +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>1., 2., … +</para></listitem><listitem><para>(a), (b), … +</para></listitem><listitem><para>i., ii., … +</para></listitem><listitem><para>A., B., … +</para></listitem></orderedlist> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumi</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumiii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enumiv</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>enumerate</literal> environment uses the counters <literal>\enumi</literal> +through <literal>\enumiv</literal> counters (see <link linkend="Counters">Counters</link>). If the optional argument to <literal>\item</literal> is given, the counter is not incremented for that item. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumi</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumiii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumiv</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>enumerate</literal> environment uses the commands <literal>\labelenumi</literal> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumi</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumiii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelenumiv</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>enumerate</literal> environment uses the commands <literal>\labelenumi</literal> through <literal>\labelenumiv</literal> to produce the default label. So, you can -use <literal>\renewcommand</literal> to change the labels (see <xref linkend="\newcommand-&-\renewcommand"></xref>). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase +use <literal>\renewcommand</literal> to change the labels (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & +\renewcommand</link>). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase letters: </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph example</primary></indexterm><screen>\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}} +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph <lineannotation>example</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<screen>\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}} </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.8"> +<sect1 label="9.8" id="eqnarray"> <title><literal>eqnarray</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>eqnarray environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>equations, aligning</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>aligning Equations</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>eqnarray <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>equations, aligning</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>aligning equations</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>align <lineannotation>environment, from <literal>amsmath</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>amsmath <lineannotation>package, replacing <literal>eqnarray</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Madsen, Lars</primary></indexterm> +<para>First, a caveat: the <literal>eqnarray</literal> environment has some infelicities +which cannot be overcome; the article “Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars +Madsen describes them in detail +(<ulink url="http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</ulink>). The bottom +line is that it is better to use the <literal>align</literal> environment (and +others) from the <literal>amsmath</literal> package. +</para> +<para>Nevertheless, here is a description of <literal>eqnarray</literal>: +</para> <screen>\begin{eqnarray} <lineannotation>(or <literal>eqnarray*</literal>)</lineannotation> <replaceable>formula1</replaceable> \\ <replaceable>formula2</replaceable> \\ ... \end{eqnarray} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>eqnarray</literal>)</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>eqnarray</literal> environment is used to display a sequence of +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>eqnarray</literal>)</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>eqnarray</literal> environment is used to display a sequence of equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column <literal>array</literal> environment, with consecutive rows separated by <literal>\\</literal> and consecutive items within a row separated by an <literal>&</literal>. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\* (for <literal>eqnarray</literal>)</primary></indexterm><para><literal>\\*</literal> can also be used to separate equations, with its normal +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\* (for <literal>eqnarray</literal>)</primary></indexterm> +<para><literal>\\*</literal> can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning of not allowing a page break at that line. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nonumber</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>equation numbers, omitting</primary></indexterm><para>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nonumber</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>equation numbers, omitting</primary></indexterm> +<para>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a <literal>\nonumber</literal> command. Alternatively, The <literal>*</literal>-form of the environment (<literal>\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}</literal>) will omit equation numbering entirely, while otherwise being the same as <literal>eqnarray</literal>. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lefteqn</primary></indexterm><para>The command <literal>\lefteqn</literal> is used for splitting long formulas across +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lefteqn</primary></indexterm> +<para>The command <literal>\lefteqn</literal> is used for splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.9"> +<sect1 label="9.9" id="equation"> <title><literal>equation</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>equation environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>equations, environment for</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>formulas, environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>equation <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>equations, environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>formulas, environment for</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{equation} @@ -1101,14 +1345,17 @@ zero width. \end{equation} </screen> <para>The <literal>equation</literal> environment starts a <literal>displaymath</literal> -environment (see <xref linkend="displaymath"></xref>), e.g., centering the <replaceable>math</replaceable> text +environment (see <link linkend="displaymath">displaymath</link>), e.g., centering the <replaceable>math</replaceable> text on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.10"> +<sect1 label="9.10" id="figure"> <title><literal>figure</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>figure</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>inserting figures</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>figures, inserting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>figure</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>inserting figures</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>figures, inserting</primary></indexterm> + <screen>\begin{figure[*]}[<replaceable>placement</replaceable>] <replaceable>figbody</replaceable> \label{<replaceable>label}</replaceable> @@ -1116,149 +1363,204 @@ on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin. \end{figure} </screen> <para>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are -instead “floated” to a convenient place, such as the top of a page. +instead “floated” to a convenient place, such as the top of a page. Figures will not be split between two pages. </para> <para>When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a full-width figure (across both columns). </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>placement of floats</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>specifier, float placement</primary></indexterm> <para>The optional argument <literal>[placement]</literal> determines where &latex; will try to place your figure. There are four places where &latex; can possibly put a float: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(Top)—at the top of a text page. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(Top)—at the top of a text page. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(Bottom)—at the bottom of a text page. However, <literal>b</literal> is not +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(Bottom)—at the bottom of a text page. However, <literal>b</literal> is not allowed for full-width floats (<literal>figure*</literal>) with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the <literal>stfloats</literal> or <literal>dblfloatfix</literal> package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ: <ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</ulink>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>h</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>float</literal> package</primary></indexterm><para>(Here)—at the position in the text where the figure environment -appears. However, this is not allowed by itself, <literal>t</literal> is -automatically added. To absolutely force a figure to appear “here”, -use the <literal>float</literal> and use its <literal>H</literal> placement letter. (That -package also provides other options.) -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(Page of floats)—on a separate float page, which is a page +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>h</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>float</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>(Here)—at the position in the text where the figure environment +appears. However, this is not allowed by itself; <literal>t</literal> is +automatically added. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>here, putting floats</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>float</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>To absolutely force a figure to appear “here”, you can +<literal>\usepackage{float}</literal> and use the <literal>H</literal> specifier which it +defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at +<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</ulink>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(Page of floats)—on a separate float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>!</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, &latex; +ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can appear +and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the page. +The <literal>!</literal> specifier does <emphasis>not</emphasis> mean “put the float here”; +see above. +</para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>The standard report and article classes use the default placement <literal>tbp</literal>. </para> -<para>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, &latex; commands, etc. -you wish. +<para>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, &latex; commands, +etc. you wish. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\caption</literal> command specifies caption <replaceable>text</replaceable> for the +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\caption</literal> command specifies caption <replaceable>text</replaceable> for the figure. The caption is numbered by default. If <replaceable>loftitle</replaceable> is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of <replaceable>text</replaceable> -(see <xref linkend="Tables-of-contents"></xref>). +(see <link linkend="Tables-of-contents">Tables of contents</link>). </para> -<!-- xx float-placement, float-caption sections? --> -<variablelist><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bottomfraction</primary></indexterm><para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at -the bottom; default ‘<literal>.3</literal>’. +<para>Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and +non-float text: </para> -<varlistentry><term><literal>\floatpagefraction</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; -default ‘<literal>.5</literal>’. +<variablelist><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bottomfraction</primary></indexterm> +<para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at +the bottom; default ‘<literal>.3</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\floatsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default -‘<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>’. +<varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatpagefraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\floatpagefraction</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; +default ‘<literal>.5</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\intextsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default -‘<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ and ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ styles, -‘<literal>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfraction</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too +much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a +different page. The default is ‘<literal>.2</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textfloatsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; -default ‘<literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topfraction</primary></indexterm><literal>\topfraction</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before +floats; default ‘<literal>.7</literal>’. +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>Parameters relating to vertical space around floats: </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textfraction</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too -much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a -different page. The default is ‘<literal>.2</literal>’. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\floatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\floatsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default +‘<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\topfraction</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before -floats; default is ‘<literal>.7</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\intextsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\intextsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default +‘<literal>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ and ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ styles, +‘<literal>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textfloatsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\textfloatsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; +default ‘<literal>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal>’. +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page: +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bottomnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>\bottomnumber</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; +default 1. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>\topnumber</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; +default 2. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\totalnumber</primary></indexterm><literal>\totalnumber</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> +<para>The principal &tex; FAQ entry relating to floats: +<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</ulink>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.11"> +<sect1 label="9.11" id="flushleft"> <title><literal>flushleft</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>flushleft environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged right text, environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>flushleft <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged right text, environment for</primary></indexterm> + <screen>\begin{flushleft} <replaceable>line1</replaceable> \\ <replaceable>line2</replaceable> \\ ... \end{flushleft} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>flushleft</literal></primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>flushleft</literal> environment allows you to create a paragraph +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>for <literal>flushleft</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>flushleft</literal> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged right Each line must be terminated with the string <literal>\\</literal>. </para> -<sect2 label="9.11.1"> +<sect2 label="9.11.1" id="_005craggedright"> <title><literal>\raggedright</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedright</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged right text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-justifying text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>justification, ragged right</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedright</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged right text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-justifying text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justification, ragged right</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\raggedright</literal> declaration corresponds to the <literal>flushleft</literal> environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as <literal>quote</literal> or in a <literal>parbox</literal>. </para> <para>Unlike the <literal>flushleft</literal> environment, the <literal>\raggedright</literal> command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how &latex; -formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the +formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <literal>\end</literal> command that ends the paragraph unit. </para> </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.12"> +<sect1 label="9.12" id="flushright"> <title><literal>flushright</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>flushright environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged left text, environment for</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>flushright <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged left text, environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>right-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm> + <screen>\begin{flushright} <replaceable>line1</replaceable> \\ <replaceable>line2</replaceable> \\ ... \end{flushright} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>flushright</literal>)</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>flushright</literal> environment allows you to create a paragraph +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>flushright</literal>)</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>flushright</literal> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. Each line must be terminated with the string <literal>\\</literal>. </para> -<sect2 label="9.12.1"> +<sect2 label="9.12.1" id="_005craggedleft"> <title><literal>\raggedleft</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedleft</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged left text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>justification, ragged left</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right-justifying text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedleft</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged left text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>justification, ragged left</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>right-justifying text</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\raggedleft</literal> declaration corresponds to the <literal>flushright</literal> environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as <literal>quote</literal> or in a <literal>parbox</literal>. </para> <para>Unlike the <literal>flushright</literal> environment, the <literal>\raggedleft</literal> command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how &latex; -formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the +formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit’s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <literal>\end</literal> command that ends the paragraph unit. </para> </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.13"> +<sect1 label="9.13" id="itemize"> <title><literal>itemize</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>itemize environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>unordered lists</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bulleted lists</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>itemize <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>unordered lists</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bulleted lists</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{itemize} @@ -1267,40 +1569,47 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. ... \end{itemize} </screen> -<para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment produces an “unordered”, “bulleted” +<para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment produces an “unordered”, “bulleted” list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making -environments, such as <literal>enumerate</literal> (see <xref linkend="enumerate"></xref>). +environments, such as <literal>enumerate</literal> (see <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>). </para> <para>Each item of an <literal>itemize</literal> list begins with an <literal>\item</literal> command. There must be at least one <literal>\item</literal> command within the environment. </para> <para>By default, the marks at each level look like this: </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para> • (bullet) -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> <emphasis role="bold">--<!-- /@w --></emphasis> (bold en-dash) -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> * (asterisk) -</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemi</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiv</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment uses the commands <literal>\labelitemi</literal> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>• (bullet) +</para></listitem><listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">--<!-- /@w --></emphasis> (bold en-dash) +</para></listitem><listitem><para>* (asterisk) +</para></listitem><listitem><para>. (centered dot, rendered here as a period) +</para></listitem></orderedlist> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemi</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelitemiv</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment uses the commands <literal>\labelitemi</literal> through <literal>\labelitemiv</literal> to produce the default label. So, you can use <literal>\renewcommand</literal> to change the labels. For instance, to have the first level use diamonds: </para> <screen>\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmargin</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmargini</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginiii</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginiv</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginv</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginvi</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\leftmargini</literal> through <literal>\leftmarginvi</literal> parameters define +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmargin</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmargini</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginiii</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginiv</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginv</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftmarginvi</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\leftmargini</literal> through <literal>\leftmarginvi</literal> parameters define the distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the list. By convention, <literal>\leftmargin</literal> is set to the appropriate <literal>\leftmargin<replaceable>N</replaceable></literal> when a new level of nesting is entered. </para> -<para>The defaults vary from ‘<literal>.5em</literal>’ (highest levels of nesting) to -‘<literal>2.5em</literal>’ (first level), and are a bit reduced in two-column mode. +<para>The defaults vary from ‘<literal>.5em</literal>’ (highest levels of nesting) to +‘<literal>2.5em</literal>’ (first level), and are a bit reduced in two-column mode. This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: </para> <screen>\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em @@ -1308,59 +1617,58 @@ This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: <!-- xx should be in its own generic section --> <para>Some parameters that affect list formatting: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\itemindent</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itemindent</primary></indexterm><literal>\itemindent</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\labelsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Space between the label and text of an item; default ‘<literal>.5em</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\labelsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Space between the label and text of an item; default ‘<literal>.5em</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\labelwidth</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Width of the label; default ‘<literal>2em</literal>’, or ‘<literal>1.5em</literal>’ in two-column mode. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\labelwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\labelwidth</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Width of the label; default ‘<literal>2em</literal>’, or ‘<literal>1.5em</literal>’ in two-column mode. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\listparindent</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within a -list item; default ‘<literal>0pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listparindent</primary></indexterm><literal>\listparindent</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within a +list item; default ‘<literal>0pt</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rightmargin</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the -enclosing environment; default ‘<literal>0pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>quote</literal>, +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightmargin</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightmargin</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the +enclosing environment; default ‘<literal>0pt</literal>’, except in the <literal>quote</literal>, <literal>quotation</literal>, and <literal>verse</literal> environments, where it is set equal to <literal>\leftmargin</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>Parameters affecting vertical spacing between list items (rather loose, by default). </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\itemsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Vertical space between items. The default is <literal>2pt plus1pt +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itemsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\itemsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Vertical space between items. The default is <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal> for <literal>10pt</literal> documents, <literal>3pt plus2pt minus1pt</literal> for <literal>11pt</literal>, and <literal>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</literal> for <literal>12pt</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\parsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. Defaults +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\parsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. Defaults are the same as <literal>\itemsep</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\topsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\topsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\topsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. For top-level lists, the default is <literal>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</literal> for <literal>10pt</literal> documents, <literal>9pt plus3pt minus5pt</literal> for <literal>11pt</literal>, and <literal>10pt plus4pt minus6pt</literal> for <literal>12pt</literal>. These are reduced for nested lists. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\partopsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Extra space added to <literal>\topsep</literal> when the list environment starts a +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\partopsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\partopsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Extra space added to <literal>\topsep</literal> when the list environment starts a paragraph. The default is <literal>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal> for <literal>10pt</literal> documents, <literal>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</literal> for <literal>11pt</literal>, and <literal>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</literal> for <literal>12pt</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip example</primary></indexterm><para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip <lineannotation>example</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an <literal>itemize*</literal> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs within a single item (<literal>\parskip</literal> is not list-specific, -see <xref linkend="\parskip"></xref>): +see <link linkend="_005cparskip">\parskip</link>): </para> <screen>\newenvironment{itemize*}% {\begin{itemize}% @@ -1371,16 +1679,19 @@ see <xref linkend="\parskip"></xref>): </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.14"> +<sect1 label="9.14" id="letter"> <title><literal>letter</literal> environment: writing letters</title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>letter</primary></indexterm> -<para>This environment is used for creating letters. See <xref linkend="Letters"></xref>. + +<para>This environment is used for creating letters. See <link linkend="Letters">Letters</link>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.15"> +<sect1 label="9.15" id="list"> <title><literal>list</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>list</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items, generic</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>list</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items, generic</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>list</literal> environment is a generic environment which is used for defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in macros. @@ -1401,14 +1712,16 @@ spacing parameters for the list. This argument will most often be empty, i.e., <literal>{}</literal>, which leaves the default spacing. </para> <para>The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by -<literal>\linewidth</literal> (see <xref linkend="Page-layout-parameters"></xref>). +<literal>\linewidth</literal> (see <link linkend="Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.16"> +<sect1 label="9.16" id="math"> <title><literal>math</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>in-line formulas</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>in-line formulas</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{math} @@ -1417,55 +1730,66 @@ empty, i.e., <literal>{}</literal>, which leaves the default spacing. </screen> <para>The <literal>math</literal> environment inserts the given <replaceable>math</replaceable> within the running text. <literal>\(...\))</literal> and <literal>$...$</literal> are synonyms. -See <xref linkend="Math-formulas"></xref>. +See <link linkend="Math-formulas">Math formulas</link>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.17"> +<sect1 label="9.17" id="minipage"> <title><literal>minipage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>minipage environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>minipage, creating a</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>minipage <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>minipage, creating a</primary></indexterm> + <screen>\begin{minipage}[<replaceable>position</replaceable>][<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>} <replaceable>text</replaceable> \end{minipage} </screen> <para>The <literal>minipage</literal> environment typesets its body <replaceable>text</replaceable> in a block that will not be broken across pages. This is similar to the -<literal>\parbox</literal> command (see <xref linkend="\parbox"></xref>), but unlike <literal>\parbox</literal>, +<literal>\parbox</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>), but unlike <literal>\parbox</literal>, other paragraph-making environments can be used inside a minipage. </para> <!-- (xxref positions) --> -<para>The arguments are the same as for <literal>\parbox</literal> (see <xref linkend="\parbox"></xref>). +<para>The arguments are the same as for <literal>\parbox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cparbox">\parbox</link>). </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentation, in minipage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm><para>By default, paragraphs are not indented in the <literal>minipage</literal> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentation, in minipage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm> +<para>By default, paragraphs are not indented in the <literal>minipage</literal> environment. You can restore indentation with a command such as <literal>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</literal> command. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes in figures</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>figures, footnotes in</primary></indexterm><para>Footnotes in a <literal>minipage</literal> environment are handled in a way that is +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes in figures</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>figures, footnotes in</primary></indexterm> +<para>Footnotes in a <literal>minipage</literal> environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A <literal>\footnote</literal> or <literal>\footnotetext</literal> command puts the footnote at the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the <literal>\mpfootnote</literal> counter instead of the ordinary -<literal>footnote</literal> counter (see <xref linkend="Counters"></xref>). +<literal>footnote</literal> counter (see <link linkend="Counters">Counters</link>). </para> -<para>However, don't put one minipage inside another if you are using +<para>However, don’t put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.18"> +<sect1 label="9.18" id="picture"> <title><literal>picture</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>picture</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating pictures</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pictures, creating</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>picture</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating pictures</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pictures, creating</primary></indexterm> + <screen>\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) -… <replaceable>picture commands</replaceable> … +… <replaceable>picture commands</replaceable> … \end{picture} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unitlength</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment allows you to create just about any +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unitlength</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell &latex; where to put things in the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal -point and a minus sign—a number like <literal>5</literal>, <literal>0.3</literal> or +point and a minus sign—a number like <literal>5</literal>, <literal>0.3</literal> or <literal>-3.1416</literal>. A coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length <literal>\unitlength</literal>, so if <literal>\unitlength</literal> has been set to <literal>1cm</literal>, then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 @@ -1483,7 +1807,7 @@ the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment has one mandatory argument, which is a <literal>position</literal>. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this -argument's x- and y-coordinates. +argument’s x- and y-coordinates. </para> <para>The <literal>picture</literal> environment also has an optional <literal>position</literal> argument, following the <literal>size</literal> argument, that can change the @@ -1503,10 +1827,10 @@ origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. </para> -<para>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the +<para>The environment’s mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is; &latex; will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even -off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by &latex; in determining +off the page. The picture’s nominal size is used by &latex; in determining how much room to leave for it. </para> <para>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the <literal>\put</literal> @@ -1515,11 +1839,12 @@ command. The command <screen>\put (11.3,-.3){...} </screen> <para>puts the object specified by <literal>...</literal> in the -picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). +picture, with its reference point at coordinates <inlineequation><mathphrase>(11.3,-.3)</mathphrase></inlineequation>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>lR box</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\put</literal> command creates an <firstterm>LR box</firstterm>. You can put anything -that can go in an <literal>\mbox</literal> (see <xref linkend="\mbox"></xref>) in the text argument of +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>lR box</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\put</literal> command creates an <firstterm>LR box</firstterm>. You can put anything +that can go in an <literal>\mbox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox">\mbox</link>) in the text argument of the <literal>\put</literal> command. When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left corner of the box. </para> @@ -1527,9 +1852,10 @@ be the lower left corner of the box. </para> -<sect2 label="9.18.1"> +<sect2 label="9.18.1" id="_005ccircle"> <title><literal>\circle</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\circle</primary></indexterm> + <screen>\circle[*]{<replaceable>diameter</replaceable>} </screen> <para>The <literal>\circle</literal> command produces a circle with a diameter as close @@ -1540,9 +1866,10 @@ draws a solid circle. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.2"> +<sect2 label="9.18.2" id="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"> <title><literal>\makebox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makebox (picture)</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</literal> </para> <para>The <literal>\makebox</literal> command for the picture environment is similar to @@ -1552,27 +1879,27 @@ the normal <literal>\makebox</literal> command except that you must specify a <para>The optional argument, <literal>[position]</literal>, specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Moves the item to the top of the rectangle. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Moves the item to the top of the rectangle. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Moves the item to the bottom. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Moves the item to the bottom. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Moves the item to the left. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Moves the item to the left. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Moves the item to the right. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Moves the item to the right. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<para>See <xref linkend="\makebox"></xref>. +<para>See <link linkend="_005cmakebox">\makebox</link>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.3"> +<sect2 label="9.18.3" id="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"> <title><literal>\framebox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\framebox(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)[<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{...} @@ -1581,16 +1908,19 @@ your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: section), except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\framebox</literal> command produces a rule of thickness +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\framebox</literal> command produces a rule of thickness <literal>\fboxrule</literal>, and leaves a space <literal>\fboxsep</literal> between the rule and the contents of the box. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.4"> +<sect2 label="9.18.4" id="_005cdashbox"> <title><literal>\dashbox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dashbox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis: </para> <screen>\dashbox{<replaceable>dlen</replaceable>}(<replaceable>rwidth</replaceable>,<replaceable>rheight</replaceable>)[<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -1605,9 +1935,10 @@ multiples of the <literal>dlen</literal>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.5"> +<sect2 label="9.18.5" id="_005cframe"> <title><literal>\frame</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frame</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\frame{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -1618,9 +1949,10 @@ space is put between the frame and the object. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.6"> +<sect2 label="9.18.6" id="_005cline"> <title><literal>\line</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\line</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\line(<replaceable>xslope</replaceable>,<replaceable>yslope</replaceable>){<replaceable>length</replaceable>} @@ -1628,16 +1960,17 @@ space is put between the frame and the object. <para>The <literal>\line</literal> command draws a line with the given <replaceable>length</replaceable> and slope <replaceable>xslope</replaceable>/<replaceable>yslope</replaceable>. </para> -<para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with <replaceable>slope</replaceable> = x/y, -where x and y have integer values from −6 -through 6. For lines of any slope, not to mention other shapes, +<para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with <inlineequation><mathphrase><replaceable>slope</replaceable> = x/y</mathphrase></inlineequation>, +where <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation> and <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> have integer values from −6 +through 6. For lines of any slope, not to mention other shapes, see the <literal>curve2e</literal> and many many other packages on CTAN. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.7"> +<sect2 label="9.18.7" id="_005clinethickness"> <title><literal>\linethickness</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linethickness</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\linethickness{<replaceable>dim</replaceable>}</literal> command declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment to be <replaceable>dim</replaceable>, which must be a positive length. @@ -1647,40 +1980,44 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by <literal>\oval</literal>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.8"> +<sect2 label="9.18.8" id="_005cthicklines"> <title><literal>\thicklines</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thicklines</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\thicklines</literal> command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; -cf. <xref linkend="\linethickness"></xref> and <xref linkend="\thinlines"></xref>. +cf. <link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> and <link linkend="_005cthinlines">\thinlines</link>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.9"> +<sect2 label="9.18.9" id="_005cthinlines"> <title><literal>\thinlines</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinlines</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\thinlines</literal> command is the default line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; -cf. <xref linkend="\linethickness"></xref> and <xref linkend="\thicklines"></xref>. +cf. <link linkend="_005clinethickness">\linethickness</link> and <link linkend="_005cthicklines">\thicklines</link>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.10"> +<sect2 label="9.18.10" id="_005cmultiput"> <title><literal>\multiput</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\multiput</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para><screen>\multiput(<replaceable>x</replaceable>,<replaceable>y</replaceable>)(<replaceable>delta_x</replaceable>,<replaceable>delta_y</replaceable>){<replaceable>n</replaceable>}{<replaceable>obj</replaceable>} </screen> <para>The <literal>\multiput</literal> command copies the object <replaceable>obj</replaceable> in a regular pattern across a picture. <replaceable>obj</replaceable> is first placed at position -(x,y), then at (x+\delta x,y+\delta y), and so on, +<inlineequation><mathphrase>(x,y)</mathphrase></inlineequation>, then at <inlineequation><mathphrase>(x+\delta x,y+\delta y)</mathphrase></inlineequation>, and so on, <replaceable>n</replaceable> times. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.11"> +<sect2 label="9.18.11" id="_005coval"> <title><literal>\oval</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oval</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\oval(<replaceable>width</replaceable>,<replaceable>height</replaceable>)[<replaceable>portion</replaceable>] @@ -1689,26 +2026,26 @@ pattern across a picture. <replaceable>obj</replaceable> is first placed at pos The optional argument <replaceable>portion</replaceable> allows you to select part of the oval via the following: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal></term> -<listitem><para>selects the top portion; -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal></term> -<listitem><para>selects the bottom portion; -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal></term> -<listitem><para>selects the right portion; -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal></term> -<listitem><para>selects the left portion. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> +</term><listitem><para>selects the top portion; +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal> +</term><listitem><para>selects the bottom portion; +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal> +</term><listitem><para>selects the right portion; +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal> +</term><listitem><para>selects the left portion. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<para>The “corners” of the oval are made with quarter circles with a -maximum radius of 20pt, so large “ovals” will look more like +<para>The “corners” of the oval are made with quarter circles with a +maximum radius of 20pt, so large “ovals” will look more like boxes with rounded corners. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.12"> +<sect2 label="9.18.12" id="_005cput"> <title><literal>\put</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\put</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</literal> </para> <para>The <literal>\put</literal> command places the item specified by the mandatory @@ -1716,9 +2053,10 @@ argument at the given coordinates. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.13"> +<sect2 label="9.18.13" id="_005cshortstack"> <title><literal>\shortstack</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\shortstack</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\shortstack[<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{...\\...\\...} @@ -1726,36 +2064,41 @@ argument at the given coordinates. <para>The <literal>\shortstack</literal> command produces a stack of objects. The valid positions are: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Move the objects to the right of the stack. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Move the objects to the left of the stack -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Move the objects to the right of the stack. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Move the objects to the left of the stack +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>\shortstack</literal> objects)</primary></indexterm><para>Objects are separated with <literal>\\</literal>. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>(for <literal>\shortstack</literal> objects)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>Objects are separated with <literal>\\</literal>. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.18.14"> +<sect2 label="9.18.14" id="_005cvector"> <title><literal>\vector</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vector</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\vector(<replaceable>x-slope</replaceable>,<replaceable>y-slope</replaceable>){<replaceable>length</replaceable>} </screen> <para>The <literal>\vector</literal> command draws a line with an arrow of the specified -length and slope. The x and y values must lie between -−4 and +4, inclusive. +length and slope. The <inlineequation><mathphrase>x</mathphrase></inlineequation> and <inlineequation><mathphrase>y</mathphrase></inlineequation> values must lie between +−4 and +4, inclusive. </para> </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.19"> +<sect1 label="9.19" id="quotation"> <title><literal>quotation</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>quotation</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentations in quoted text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>quotation</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentations in quoted text</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{quotation} @@ -1771,10 +2114,14 @@ normally. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.20"> +<sect1 label="9.20" id="quote"> <title><literal>quote</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>quote</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>quote</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</primary></indexterm> + <para>Snyopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{quote} @@ -1789,10 +2136,14 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.21"> +<sect1 label="9.21" id="tabbing"> <title><literal>tabbing</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>tabbing environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tab stops, using</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining text up in columns using tab stops</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>alignment via tabbing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>tabbing <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tab stops, using</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining text up using tab stops</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>alignment via tabbing</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{tabbing} @@ -1811,67 +2162,71 @@ environment. </para> <para>The following commands can be used inside a <literal>tabbing</literal> enviroment: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\\ (tabbing)</literal></term> -<listitem><para>End a line. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\\ <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><para>End a line. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\= (tabbing)</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\= <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\= <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\> (tabbing)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\></primary></indexterm><para>Advances to the next tab stop. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\> <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\> <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\></primary></indexterm> +<para>Advances to the next tab stop. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\<</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\<</primary></indexterm><literal>\<</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\+</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\+</primary></indexterm><literal>\+</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\-</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\-</primary></indexterm><literal>\-</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\' (tabbing)</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\’ <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\' <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent <literal>\></literal>, <literal>\<</literal>, <literal>\'</literal>, <literal>\\</literal>, or <literal>\kill</literal> command, to the right -of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop. +of the previous column, flush against the current column’s tab stop. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\` (tabbing)</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab -stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last column -because there's no tab stop there. The <literal>\`</literal> command moves all the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\‘ <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\` <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab +stop 0. However, it can’t move text to the right of the last column +because there’s no tab stop there. The <literal>\`</literal> command moves all the text that follows it, up to the <literal>\\</literal> or <literal>\end{tabbing}</literal> command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no <literal>\></literal> or <literal>\'</literal> command between the <literal>\`</literal> and the command that ends the line. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\a (tabbing)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a' (acute accent in tabbing)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a` (grave accent in tabbing)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a= (macron accent in tabbing)</primary></indexterm><para>In a <literal>tabbing</literal> environment, the commands <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\'</literal> and -<literal>\`</literal> do not produce accents as usual (see <xref linkend="Accents"></xref>). Instead, +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\a <lineannotation>(tabbing)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a’ <lineannotation>(acute accent in tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a‘ <lineannotation>(grave accent in tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\a= <lineannotation>(macron accent in tabbing)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>In a <literal>tabbing</literal> environment, the commands <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\'</literal> and +<literal>\`</literal> do not produce accents as usual (see <link linkend="Accents">Accents</link>). Instead, the commands <literal>\a=</literal>, <literal>\a'</literal> and <literal>\a`</literal> are used. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\kill</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <literal>\\</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\kill</primary></indexterm><literal>\kill</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <literal>\\</literal> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any <literal>\=</literal>, <literal>\+</literal> or <literal>\-</literal> commands in that line remain in effect. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\poptabs</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\poptabs</primary></indexterm><para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <literal>\pushtabs</literal>. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\poptabs</primary></indexterm><literal>\poptabs</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\poptabs</primary></indexterm> +<para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <literal>\pushtabs</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\pushtabs</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pushtabs</primary></indexterm><literal>\pushtabs</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <literal>tabbing</literal> environment. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\tabbingsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Distance to left of tab stop moved by <literal>\'</literal>. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tabbingsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\tabbingsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Distance to left of tab stop moved by <literal>\'</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format: </para> <screen>\begin{tabbing} @@ -1886,10 +2241,13 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.22"> +<sect1 label="9.22" id="table"> <title><literal>table</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>table</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tables, creating</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating tables</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>table</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tables, creating</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating tables</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen> \begin{table}[placement] @@ -1900,13 +2258,13 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ \end{table} </screen> <para>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are -usually “floated” to a convenient place, like the top of a page. +usually “floated” to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split between two pages. </para> <para>The optional argument <literal>[placement]</literal> determines where &latex; will try to place your table. There are four places where &latex; can possibly put a float; these are the same as that used with the <literal>figure</literal> -environment, and described there (see <xref linkend="figure"></xref>). +environment, and described there (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link>). </para> <para>The standard <literal>report</literal> and <literal>article</literal> classes use the default placement <literal>[tbp]</literal>. @@ -1916,9 +2274,12 @@ you wish. The <literal>\caption</literal> command allows you to title your tabl </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.23"> +<sect1 label="9.23" id="tabular"> <title><literal>tabular</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>tabular environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lines in tables</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining text up in tables</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>tabular <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lines in tables</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining text up in tables</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols} @@ -1926,7 +2287,7 @@ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ ... \end{tabular} </screen> -<para> or +<para>or </para> <screen>\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ @@ -1936,109 +2297,110 @@ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ <para>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm><para><literal>\\</literal> must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, -except for the last, where it is optional—unless an <literal>\hline</literal> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>for <literal>tabular</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para><literal>\\</literal> must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, +except for the last, where it is optional—unless an <literal>\hline</literal> command (to put a rule below the table) follows. </para> <para>The mandatory and optional arguments consist of: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>width</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Specifies the width of the <literal>tabular*</literal> environment. There must be +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>width</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Specifies the width of the <literal>tabular*</literal> environment. There must be rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified width. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pos</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pos</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of the environment. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal></term> -<listitem><para>align on top row -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal></term> -<listitem><para>align on bottom row +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> +</term><listitem><para>align on top row +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal> +</term><listitem><para>align on bottom row </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cols</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cols</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and intercolumn material. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal></term> -<listitem><para>A column of left-aligned items. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal> +</term><listitem><para>A column of left-aligned items. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal></term> -<listitem><para>A column of right-aligned items. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal> +</term><listitem><para>A column of right-aligned items. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal></term> -<listitem><para>A column of centered items. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal> +</term><listitem><para>A column of centered items. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>|</literal></term> -<listitem><para>A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>|</literal> +</term><listitem><para>A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>@{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>This inserts <replaceable>text</replaceable> in every row. An @-expression suppresses the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>@{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>This inserts <replaceable>text</replaceable> in every row. An @-expression suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any desired space -between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be included in -<replaceable>text</replaceable>. An <literal>\extracolsep{wd}</literal> command in an @-expression -causes an extra space of width <literal>wd</literal> to appear to the left of all -subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <literal>\extracolsep</literal> -command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not -suppressed by an @-expression. An <literal>\extracolsep</literal> command can be -used only in an @-expression in the <literal>cols</literal> argument. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p{<replaceable>wd</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width +before the adjacent item must be included in <replaceable>text</replaceable>. +</para> +<para>To insert commands that are automatically executed before a given +column, you have to load the <literal>array</literal> package and use the +<literal>>{...}</literal> specifier. +<!-- xx should fully explain array, tabularx, and all other base packages... --> +</para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\extracolsep</primary></indexterm> +<para>An <literal>\extracolsep{wd}</literal> command in an @-expression causes an +extra space of width <literal>wd</literal> to appear to the left of all subsequent +columns, until countermanded by another <literal>\extracolsep</literal> command. +Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed +by an @-expression. An <literal>\extracolsep</literal> command can be used only +in an @-expression in the <literal>cols</literal> argument. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>p{<replaceable>wd</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width <replaceable>wd</replaceable>, as if it were the argument of a <literal>\parbox[t]{<replaceable>wd</replaceable>}</literal> command. However, a <literal>\\</literal> may not appear in the item, except in the following situations: </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem> -<para>inside an environment like <literal>minipage</literal>, <literal>array</literal>, or <literal>tabular</literal>. -</para></listitem> -<listitem> -<para>inside an explicit <literal>\parbox</literal>. -</para></listitem> -<listitem> -<para>in the scope of a <literal>\centering</literal>, <literal>\raggedright</literal>, or <literal>\raggedleft</literal> +<orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>inside an environment like <literal>minipage</literal>, <literal>array</literal>, or <literal>tabular</literal>. +</para></listitem><listitem><para>inside an explicit <literal>\parbox</literal>. +</para></listitem><listitem><para>in the scope of a <literal>\centering</literal>, <literal>\raggedright</literal>, or <literal>\raggedleft</literal> declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used in a <literal>p</literal>-column element. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>*{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Equivalent to <replaceable>num</replaceable> copies of <replaceable>cols</replaceable>, where <replaceable>num</replaceable> is a +</para></listitem></orderedlist> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>*{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Equivalent to <replaceable>num</replaceable> copies of <replaceable>cols</replaceable>, where <replaceable>num</replaceable> is a positive integer and <replaceable>cols</replaceable> is any list of column-specifiers, which may contain another <literal>*-expression</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - +</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>Parameters that control formatting: <!-- xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? --> </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\arrayrulewidth</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Thickness of the rule created by <literal>|</literal>, <literal>\hline</literal>, and +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arrayrulewidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\arrayrulewidth</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Thickness of the rule created by <literal>|</literal>, <literal>\hline</literal>, and <literal>\vline</literal> in the <literal>tabular</literal> and <literal>array</literal> environments; the -default is ‘<literal>.4pt</literal>’. +default is ‘<literal>.4pt</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\arraystretch</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Scaling of spacing between rows in the <literal>tabular</literal> and <literal>array</literal> -environments; default is ‘<literal>1</literal>’, for no scaling. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arraystretch</primary></indexterm><literal>\arraystretch</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Scaling of spacing between rows in the <literal>tabular</literal> and <literal>array</literal> +environments; default is ‘<literal>1</literal>’, for no scaling. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\doublerulesep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by <literal>||</literal> -in the <literal>tabular</literal> and <literal>array</literal> environments; default is ‘<literal>2pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\doublerulesep</primary></indexterm><literal>\doublerulesep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by <literal>||</literal> +in the <literal>tabular</literal> and <literal>array</literal> environments; default is ‘<literal>2pt</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\tabcolsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Half the width of the space between columns; default is ‘<literal>6pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tabcolsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\tabcolsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Half the width of the space between columns; default is ‘<literal>6pt</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<para>These commands can be used inside a <literal>tabular</literal> environment: +<para>The following commands can be used inside a <literal>tabular</literal> +environment: </para> -<sect2 label="9.23.1"> +<sect2 label="9.23.1" id="_005cmulticolumn"> <title><literal>\multicolumn</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\multicolumn</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para><screen>\multicolumn{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pos</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> @@ -2049,7 +2411,7 @@ specifies the formatting of the entry; <literal>c</literal> for centered, <liter for flushleft, <literal>r</literal> for flushright. The third mandatory argument, <replaceable>text</replaceable>, specifies what text to put in the entry. </para> -<para>Here's an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash; +<para>Here’s an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash; <literal>\multicolumn</literal> is used for the heading: </para> <screen>\begin{tabular}{r@{--}l} @@ -2061,9 +2423,10 @@ for flushleft, <literal>r</literal> for flushright. The third mandatory argumen </screen> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.23.2"> +<sect2 label="9.23.2" id="_005ccline"> <title><literal>\cline</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cline</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\cline{<replaceable>i</replaceable>-<replaceable>j</replaceable>} @@ -2074,19 +2437,21 @@ which are specified in the mandatory argument. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.23.3"> +<sect2 label="9.23.3" id="_005chline"> <title><literal>\hline</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hline</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\hline</literal> command draws a horizontal line the width of the -enclosing <literal>tabular</literal> or <literal>array</literal> environment. It's most +enclosing <literal>tabular</literal> or <literal>array</literal> environment. It’s most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.23.4"> +<sect2 label="9.23.4" id="_005cvline"> <title><literal>\vline</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vline</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\vline</literal> command will draw a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row. An <literal>\hfill</literal> command can be used to move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an @@ -2095,10 +2460,12 @@ move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.24"> +<sect1 label="9.24" id="thebibliography"> <title><literal>thebibliography</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>thebibliography</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliography, creating (manually)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>thebibliography</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliography, creating (manually)</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{thebibliography}{<replaceable>widest-label</replaceable>} @@ -2110,8 +2477,8 @@ move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an reference list. </para> <para>In the <literal>article</literal> class, this reference list is labelled -“References”; in the <literal>report</literal> class, it is labelled -“Bibliography”. You can change the label (in the standard classes) +“References”; in the <literal>report</literal> class, it is labelled +“Bibliography”. You can change the label (in the standard classes) by redefining the command <literal>\refname</literal>. For instance, this eliminates it entirely: </para> @@ -2124,10 +2491,11 @@ less than 10 references, <literal>99</literal> for ones with less than 100, etc. </para> -<sect2 label="9.24.1"> +<sect2 label="9.24.1" id="_005cbibitem"> <title><literal>\bibitem</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibitem</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para><screen>\bibitem[<replaceable>label</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable>} </screen> @@ -2138,18 +2506,19 @@ automatically generated using the <literal>enumi</literal> counter. The symbols not containing a comma. </para> <para>This command writes an entry to the <filename>.aux</filename> file containing the -item's <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> and label. When the <filename>.aux</filename> file is read by -the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command, the item's <literal>label</literal> is +item’s <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> and label. When the <filename>.aux</filename> file is read by +the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command, the item’s <literal>label</literal> is associated with <literal>cite_key</literal>, causing references to <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> with a <literal>\cite</literal> command (see next section) to produce the associated label. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.24.2"> +<sect2 label="9.24.2" id="_005ccite"> <title><literal>\cite</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cite</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\cite[<replaceable>subcite</replaceable>]{<replaceable>keys</replaceable> @@ -2161,13 +2530,14 @@ the references associated with <replaceable>keys</replaceable> by entries in the </para> <para>The text of the optional <replaceable>subcite</replaceable> argument appears after the citation. For example, <literal>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</literal> might produce -`[Knuth, p. 314]'. +‘[Knuth, p. 314]’. </para> </sect2> -<sect2 label="9.24.3"> +<sect2 label="9.24.3" id="_005cnocite"> <title><literal>\nocite</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocite</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\nocite{key_list}</literal> </para> <para>The <literal>\nocite</literal> command produces no text, but writes <literal>key_list</literal>, @@ -2178,11 +2548,16 @@ which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the <filename>.aux</filename> f <sect2 label="9.24.4" id="Using-BibTeX"> <title>Using Bib&tex;</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>using Bib&tex;</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bib&tex;, using</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliography, creating (automatically)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliographystyle</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliography</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>using Bib&tex;</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bib&tex;, using</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliography, creating (automatically)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliographystyle</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bibliography</primary></indexterm> + <para>If you use the Bib&tex; program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of -titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don't use the -<literal>thebibliography</literal> environment (see <xref linkend="thebibliography"></xref>). Instead, +titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don’t use the +<literal>thebibliography</literal> environment (see <link linkend="thebibliography">thebibliography</link>). Instead, you include the lines </para> <screen>\bibliographystyle{<replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable>} @@ -2194,17 +2569,16 @@ be produced: <replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable> refers to a file <replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable><filename>.bst</filename>, which defines how your citations will look. The standard <replaceable>style</replaceable> names distributed with Bib&tex; are: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>alpha</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>alpha</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>plain</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>unsrt</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Like <literal>plain</literal>, but entries are in order of citation. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>abbrv</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Like <literal>plain</literal>, but more compact labels. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>plain</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>unsrt</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Like <literal>plain</literal>, but entries are in order of citation. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>abbrv</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Like <literal>plain</literal>, but more compact labels. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>In addition, numerous other Bib&tex; style files exist tailored to the demands of various publications. See <ulink url="http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib">http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib</ulink>. @@ -2218,27 +2592,32 @@ Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via <literal>\cite</literal> and </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.25"> +<sect1 label="9.25" id="theorem"> <title><literal>theorem</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>theorem environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>theorems, typesetting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>theorem <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>theorems, typesetting</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{theorem} <replaceable>theorem-text</replaceable> \end{theorem} </screen> -<para>The <literal>theorem</literal> environment produces “Theorem <replaceable>n</replaceable>” in +<para>The <literal>theorem</literal> environment produces “Theorem <replaceable>n</replaceable>” in boldface followed by <replaceable>theorem-text</replaceable>, where the numbering possibilities for <replaceable>n</replaceable> are described under <literal>\newtheorem</literal> -(see <xref linkend="\newtheorem"></xref>). +(see <link linkend="_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.26"> +<sect1 label="9.26" id="titlepage"> <title><literal>titlepage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>titlepage environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>making a title page</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title pages, creating</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>titlepage <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>making a title page</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>title pages, creating</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{titlepage} @@ -2249,17 +2628,23 @@ possibilities for <replaceable>n</replaceable> are described under <literal>\new with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The <literal>\today</literal> command may be useful on title pages -(see <xref linkend="\today"></xref>). +(see <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>). </para> -<para>You can use the <literal>\maketitle</literal> command (see <xref linkend="\maketitle"></xref>) to +<para>You can use the <literal>\maketitle</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>) to produce a standard title page without a <literal>titlepage</literal> environment. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.27"> +<sect1 label="9.27" id="verbatim"> <title><literal>verbatim</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>verbatim environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>verbatim text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>simulating typed text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>typed text, simulating</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>code, typesetting</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>computer programs, typesetting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>verbatim <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>verbatim text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>simulating typed text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>typed text, simulating</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>code, typesetting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>computer programs, typesetting</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{verbatim} @@ -2268,17 +2653,19 @@ produce a standard title page without a <literal>titlepage</literal> environment </screen> <para>The <literal>verbatim</literal> environment is a paragraph-making environment in which &latex; produces exactly what you type in; for instance the -<literal>\</literal> character produces a printed ‘<literal>\</literal>’. It turns &latex; +<literal>\</literal> character produces a printed ‘<literal>\</literal>’. It turns &latex; into a typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that they would on a typewriter. </para> <para>The <literal>verbatim</literal> uses a monospaced typewriter-like font (<literal>\tt</literal>). </para> -<sect2 label="9.27.1"> +<sect2 label="9.27.1" id="_005cverb"> <title><literal>\verb</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\verb</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>verbatim text, inline</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\verb</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>verbatim text, inline</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\verb<replaceable>char</replaceable><replaceable>literal-text</replaceable><replaceable>char</replaceable> @@ -2290,16 +2677,19 @@ including special characters and spaces, using the typewriter <literal>\verb*</literal> and the delimiter <replaceable>char</replaceable>, which begins and ends the verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <replaceable>literal-text</replaceable>. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>visible space</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>*</literal>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a -“visible space” character. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>visible space</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>*</literal>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a +“visible space” character. </para> </sect2> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.28"> +<sect1 label="9.28" id="verse"> <title><literal>verse</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>verse environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>poetry, an environment for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>verse <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>poetry, an environment for</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{verse} @@ -2311,7 +2701,8 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <replaceable>literal-text</repl <para>The <literal>verse</literal> environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses for it. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>verse</literal></primary></indexterm><para>The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>for <literal>verse</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each stanza with <literal>\\</literal>, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. @@ -2321,7 +2712,9 @@ stanzas. </chapter> <chapter label="10" id="Line-breaking"> <title>Line breaking</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaking</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>breaking lines</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaking</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>breaking lines</primary></indexterm> + <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To produce a printed document, this sequence must be broken into lines @@ -2333,9 +2726,12 @@ some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the </para> -<sect1 label="10.1"> +<sect1 label="10.1" id="_005c_005c"> <title><literal>\\</literal>[*][<replaceable>morespace</replaceable>]</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ force line break</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, starting</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>line break, forcing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>force line break</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, starting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line break, forcing</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\\</literal> command tells &latex; to start a new line. It has an optional argument, <replaceable>morespace</replaceable>, that specifies how much extra vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a @@ -2346,11 +2742,14 @@ except that it tells &latex; not to start a new page after the line. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="10.2"> +<sect1 label="10.2" id="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr"> <title><literal>\obeycr</literal> & <literal>\restorecr</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\obeycr</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restorecr</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, output as input</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\obeycr</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restorecr</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, output as input</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\obeycr</literal> command makes a return in the input file -(‘<literal>^^M</literal>’, internally) the same as <literal>\\</literal> (followed by +(‘<literal>^^M</literal>’, internally) the same as <literal>\\</literal> (followed by <literal>\relax</literal>). So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. </para> @@ -2358,18 +2757,22 @@ in the output. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="10.3"> +<sect1 label="10.3" id="_005cnewline"> <title><literal>\newline</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newline</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, starting (paragraph mode)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newline</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new line, starting (paragraph mode)</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\newline</literal> command breaks the line at the present point, with no stretching of the text before it. It can only be used in paragraph mode. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="10.4"> +<sect1 label="10.4" id="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"> <title><literal>\-</literal> (discretionary hyphen)</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\- (hyphenation)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, forcing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\- <lineannotation>(hyphenation)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, forcing</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\-</literal> command tells &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. &latex; is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find most of the correct hyphenation points, and almost never use an @@ -2383,32 +2786,35 @@ that &latex; might otherwise have chosen. </sect1> -<sect1 label="10.5"> +<sect1 label="10.5" id="_005cfussy"> <title><literal>\fussy</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm> + <para>The declaration <literal>\fussy</literal> (which is the default) makes &tex; picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. </para> <para>This command cancels the effect of a previous <literal>\sloppy</literal> command -(see <xref linkend="\sloppy"></xref>. +(see <link linkend="_005csloppy">\sloppy</link>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="10.6"> +<sect1 label="10.6" id="_005csloppy"> <title><literal>\sloppy</literal></title> <para>The declaration <literal>\sloppy</literal> makes &tex; less fussy about line breaking. This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. </para> -<para>Lasts until a <literal>\fussy</literal> command is issued (see <xref linkend="\fussy"></xref>). +<para>Lasts until a <literal>\fussy</literal> command is issued (see <link linkend="_005cfussy">\fussy</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="10.7"> +<sect1 label="10.7" id="_005chyphenation"> <title><literal>\hyphenation</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hyphenation</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hyphenation</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, defining</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\hyphenation{<replaceable>word-one</replaceable> <replaceable>word-two</replaceable>} @@ -2424,9 +2830,13 @@ misses the hyphenations in these words): </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="10.8"> +<sect1 label="10.8" id="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"> <title><literal>\linebreak</literal> & <literal>\nolinebreak</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nolinebreak</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaks, forcing</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaks, preventing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nolinebreak</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaks, forcing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>line breaks, preventing</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopses: </para> <screen>\linebreak[<replaceable>priority</replaceable>] @@ -2439,24 +2849,28 @@ extends to the right margin as usual. </para> <para>With the optional argument <replaceable>priority</replaceable>, you can convert the command from a demand to a request. The <replaceable>priority</replaceable> must be a number from -0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request. +0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request. </para> </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="11" id="Page-breaking"> <title>Page breaking</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page breaking</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>breaking pages</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page breaking</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>breaking pages</primary></indexterm> + <para>&latex; starts new pages asynchronously, when enough material has accumulated to fill up a page. Usually this happens automatically, but sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. </para> -<sect1 label="11.1"> +<sect1 label="11.1" id="_005ccleardoublepage"> <title><literal>\cleardoublepage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cleardoublepage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting on a right-hand page</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cleardoublepage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting on a right-hand page</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\cleardoublepage</literal> command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand @@ -2464,25 +2878,33 @@ In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="11.2"> +<sect1 label="11.2" id="_005cclearpage"> <title><literal>\clearpage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clearpage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>flushing floats and starting a page</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting a new page and clearing floats</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clearpage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>flushing floats and starting a page</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting a new page and clearing floats</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\clearpage</literal> command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="11.3"> +<sect1 label="11.3" id="_005cnewpage"> <title><literal>\newpage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newpage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>new page, starting</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting a new page</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newpage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new page, starting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starting a new page</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\newpage</literal> command ends the current page, but does not clear floats (see <literal>\clearpage</literal> above). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="11.4"> +<sect1 label="11.4" id="_005cenlargethispage"> <title><literal>\enlargethispage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enlargethispage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>enlarge current page</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\enlargethispage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>enlarge current page</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\enlargethispage{size}</literal> </para> <para><literal>\enlargethispage*{size}</literal> @@ -2497,22 +2919,26 @@ much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="11.5"> +<sect1 label="11.5" id="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"> <title><literal>\pagebreak</literal> & <literal>\nopagebreak</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagebreak</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nopagebreak</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>page break, forcing</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>page break, preventing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagebreak</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nopagebreak</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page break, forcing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page break, preventing</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopses: </para> <screen>\pagebreak[<replaceable>priority</replaceable>] \nopagebreak[<replaceable>priority</replaceable>] </screen> <para>By default, the <literal>\pagebreak</literal> (<literal>\nopagebreak</literal>) command forces -(prevents) a page break at the current position. For -<literal>\linebreak</literal>, the vertical space on the page is stretched out +(prevents) a page break at the current position. With +<literal>\pagebreak</literal>, the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. </para> <para>With the optional argument <replaceable>priority</replaceable>, you can convert the <literal>\pagebreak</literal> command from a demand to a request. The number must -be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more +be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is. </para> @@ -2521,6 +2947,7 @@ insistent the request is. <chapter label="12" id="Footnotes"> <title>Footnotes</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes, creating</primary></indexterm> + <para>Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with one command, the <literal>\footnote</literal> command. They can also be produced with two commands, the <literal>\footnotemark</literal> and the @@ -2528,9 +2955,10 @@ produced with two commands, the <literal>\footnotemark</literal> and the </para> -<sect1 label="12.1"> +<sect1 label="12.1" id="_005cfootnote"> <title><literal>\footnote</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnote</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\footnote[<replaceable>number</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -2546,9 +2974,10 @@ tables or in a <literal>tabular</literal> environment. (See following sections. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.2"> +<sect1 label="12.2" id="_005cfootnotemark"> <title><literal>\footnotemark</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotemark</primary></indexterm> + <para>With no optional argument, the <literal>\footnotemark</literal> command puts the current footnote number in the text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. You give the text of the footnote separately, @@ -2563,9 +2992,10 @@ markers referring to the same footnote with </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="12.3"> +<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cfootnotetext"> <title><literal>\footnotetext</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotetext</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\footnotetext[<replaceable>number</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -2582,14 +3012,17 @@ appear in outer paragraph mode. <sect1 label="12.4" id="Symbolic-footnotes"> <title>Symbolic footnotes</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered</primary></indexterm><para>If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered</primary></indexterm> +<para>If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing numbers, redefine <literal>\thefootnote</literal> like this: </para> <screen>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol, and footnotes</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@fnsymbol</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\fnsymbol</literal> command produces a predefined series of symbols -(see <xref linkend="\alph-\Alph-\arabic-\roman-\Roman-\fnsymbol"></xref>). If you want to -use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you'll need to also +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol<lineannotation>, and footnotes</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@fnsymbol</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\fnsymbol</literal> command produces a predefined series of symbols +(see <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>). If you want to +use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you’ll need to also redefine <literal>\@fnsymbol</literal>. </para> @@ -2597,37 +3030,43 @@ redefine <literal>\@fnsymbol</literal>. <sect1 label="12.5" id="Footnote-parameters"> <title>Footnote parameters</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnote parameters</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>parameters, for footnotes</primary></indexterm> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\footnoterule</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page's +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnote parameters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parameters, for footnotes</primary></indexterm> + +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnoterule</primary></indexterm><literal>\footnoterule</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page’s footnotes. Default dimensions: <literal>0.4pt</literal> thick (or wide), and <literal>0.4\columnwidth</literal> long in the standard document classes (except slides, where it does not appear). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\footnotesep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. By +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\footnotesep</primary></indexterm><literal>\footnotesep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. By default, this is set to the normal strut for <literal>\footnotesize</literal> -fonts (see <xref linkend="Font-sizes"></xref>), therefore there is no extra space between -footnotes. This is ‘<literal>6.65pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>7.7pt</literal>’ for -‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and ‘<literal>8.4pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. +fonts (see <link linkend="Font-sizes">Font sizes</link>), therefore there is no extra space between +footnotes. This is ‘<literal>6.65pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>7.7pt</literal>’ for +‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and ‘<literal>8.4pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>12pt</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="13" id="Definitions"> <title>Definitions</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>definitions</primary></indexterm> + <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </para> <!-- xx everything in this chapter needs examples. --> -<sect1 label="13.1"> +<sect1 label="13.1" id="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"> <title><literal>\newcommand</literal> & <literal>\renewcommand</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcommand</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, defining new ones</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining a new command</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>new commands, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcommand</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, defining new ones</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining a new command</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new commands, defining</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\newcommand</literal> and <literal>\renewcommand</literal> define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: </para> @@ -2637,35 +3076,36 @@ command, respectively. Synopses: \renewcommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>default</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The command name beginning with <literal>\</literal>. For <literal>\newcommand</literal>, it +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>cmd</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The command name beginning with <literal>\</literal>. For <literal>\newcommand</literal>, it must not be already defined and must not begin with <literal>\end</literal>; for <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, it must already be defined. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments that the command will take. The default is for the command to have no arguments. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>default</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>default</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command’s first argument is optional. When the new command is called, the default value of the optional argument (i.e., if it is not specified -in the call) is the string ‘<literal>def</literal>’. +in the call) is the string ‘<literal>def</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>defn</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <literal>cmd</literal>; a +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>defn</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <literal>cmd</literal>; a construct of the form <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> in <replaceable>defn</replaceable> is replaced by the text of the <replaceable>n</replaceable>th argument. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <!-- xx \providecommand, * form (non-\long) --> </sect1> -<sect1 label="13.2"> +<sect1 label="13.2" id="_005cnewcounter"> <title><literal>\newcounter</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcounter</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, defining new</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcounter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, defining new</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\newcounter{<replaceable>cnt</replaceable>}[<replaceable>countername</replaceable>] @@ -2676,13 +3116,15 @@ The new counter is initialized to zero. <para>Given the optional argument <literal>[<replaceable>countername</replaceable>]</literal>, <replaceable>cnt</replaceable> will be reset whenever <replaceable>countername</replaceable> is incremented. </para> -<para>See <xref linkend="Counters"></xref>, for more information about counters. +<para>See <link linkend="Counters">Counters</link>, for more information about counters. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="13.3"> +<sect1 label="13.3" id="_005cnewlength"> <title><literal>\newlength</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newlength</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, defining new</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newlength</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, defining new</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\newlength{\<replaceable>arg</replaceable>} @@ -2692,14 +3134,15 @@ will be reset whenever <replaceable>countername</replaceable> is incremented. be a control sequence, as in <literal>\newlength{\foo}</literal>. An error occurs if <literal>\foo</literal> is already defined. </para> -<para>See <xref linkend="Lengths"></xref>, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value, and +<para>See <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value, and for more information about lengths in general. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="13.4"> +<sect1 label="13.4" id="_005cnewsavebox"> <title><literal>\newsavebox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newsavebox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\newsavebox{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} @@ -2709,9 +3152,14 @@ defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="13.5"> +<sect1 label="13.5" id="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"> <title><literal>\newenvironment</literal> & <literal>\renewenvironment</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\renewenvironment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>environments, defining</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining new environments</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>redefining environments</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\renewenvironment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>environments, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining new environments</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>redefining environments</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopses: </para> <screen> \newenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>} @@ -2719,70 +3167,74 @@ defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes. \renewenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdef</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddef</replaceable>} </screen> <para>These commands define or redefine an environment <replaceable>env</replaceable>, that is, -<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>} … \end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. +<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>} … \end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>env</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The name of the environment. For <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, <replaceable>env</replaceable> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>env</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The name of the environment. For <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, <replaceable>env</replaceable> must not be an existing environment, and the command <literal>\<replaceable>env</replaceable></literal> must be undefined. For <literal>\renewenvironment</literal>, <replaceable>env</replaceable> must be the name of an existing environment. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>default</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <replaceable>default</replaceable> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>default</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <replaceable>default</replaceable> gives the default value for that argument. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>begdef</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>; a +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>begdef</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>; a construct of the form <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> in <replaceable>begdef</replaceable> is replaced by the text of the <replaceable>n</replaceable>th argument. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>enddef</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <literal>\end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. It +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>enddef</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <literal>\end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. It may not contain any argument parameters. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="13.6"> +<sect1 label="13.6" id="_005cnewtheorem"> <title><literal>\newtheorem</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtheorem</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>theorems, defining</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining new theorems</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtheorem</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>theorems, defining</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining new theorems</primary></indexterm> + <screen>\newtheorem{<replaceable>newenv</replaceable>}{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}[<replaceable>within</replaceable>] \newtheorem{<replaceable>newenv</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>]{<replaceable>label</replaceable>} </screen> <para>This command defines a theorem-like environment. Arguments: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>newenv</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The name of the environment to be defined; must not be the name of an +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>newenv</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The name of the environment to be defined; must not be the name of an existing environment or otherwise defined. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>label</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the -number. For example, ‘<literal>Theorem</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>label</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the +number. For example, ‘<literal>Theorem</literal>’. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined theorem-like environment; +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined theorem-like environment; the new environment will be numbered just like <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>within</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined counter, a sectional unit. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>within</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined counter, a sectional unit. The new theorem counter will be reset at the same time as the <replaceable>within</replaceable> counter. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>At most one of <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable> and <replaceable>within</replaceable> can be specified, not both. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="13.7"> +<sect1 label="13.7" id="_005cnewfont"> <title><literal>\newfont</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newfont</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>fonts, new commands for</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining new fonts</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newfont</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fonts, new commands for</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>defining new fonts</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\newfont{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>fontname</replaceable>} @@ -2796,28 +3248,32 @@ More commonly, fonts are defined in families through <filename>.fd</filename> fi </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="13.8"> +<sect1 label="13.8" id="_005cprotect"> <title><literal>\protect</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protect</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fragile commands</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>moving arguments</primary></indexterm><para>Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>fragile commands</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>moving arguments</primary></indexterm> +<para>Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more are so-called <firstterm>fragile</firstterm> commands. When a fragile command is used in certain contexts, called <firstterm>moving arguments</firstterm>, it must be preceded by <literal>\protect</literal>. In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments must have their own <literal>\protect</literal>. </para> <para>Some examples of moving arguments are <literal>\caption</literal> -(see <xref linkend="figure"></xref>), <literal>\thanks</literal> (see <xref linkend="\maketitle"></xref>), and +(see <link linkend="figure">figure</link>), <literal>\thanks</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>), and expressions in <literal>tabular</literal> and <literal>array</literal> environments -(see <xref linkend="tabular"></xref>). +(see <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>). </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>robust commands</primary></indexterm><para>Commands which are not fragile are called <firstterm>robust</firstterm>. They must not +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>robust commands</primary></indexterm> +<para>Commands which are not fragile are called <firstterm>robust</firstterm>. They must not be preceded by <literal>\protect</literal>. </para> <para>See also: </para> -<screen><ulink url="http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html">http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</ulink> -<ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</ulink> -</screen> +<simpara><ulink url="http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html">http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</ulink></simpara> +<simpara><ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</ulink></simpara> + <!-- xx really need examples. --> @@ -2825,12 +3281,14 @@ be preceded by <literal>\protect</literal>. </chapter> <chapter label="14" id="Counters"> <title>Counters</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, a list of</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>variables, a list of</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, a list of</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>variables, a list of</primary></indexterm> + <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or command that produces the number, except with no <literal>\</literal>. -(<literal>enumi</literal>–<literal>enumiv</literal> are used for the nested enumerate -environment.) Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;'s +(<literal>enumi</literal>–<literal>enumiv</literal> are used for the nested enumerate +environment.) Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;’s standard document classes to control numbering. </para> <screen>part paragraph figure enumi @@ -2841,43 +3299,45 @@ subsubsection </screen> -<sect1 label="14.1"> +<sect1 label="14.1" id="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"> <title><literal>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</literal>: Printing counters</title> <para>All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, <literal>\alph{enumi}</literal>. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\alph</literal></term> -<listitem><para>prints <replaceable>counter</replaceable> using lowercase letters: `a', `b', …. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alph</primary></indexterm><literal>\alph</literal> +</term><listitem><para>prints <replaceable>counter</replaceable> using lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Alph</literal></term> -<listitem><para>uses uppercase letters: `A', `B', …. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph</primary></indexterm><literal>\Alph</literal> +</term><listitem><para>uses uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\arabic</literal></term> -<listitem><para>uses Arabic numbers: `1', `2', …. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arabic</primary></indexterm><literal>\arabic</literal> +</term><listitem><para>uses Arabic numbers: ‘1’, ‘2’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\roman</literal></term> -<listitem><para>uses lowercase roman numerals: `i', `ii', …. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\roman</primary></indexterm><literal>\roman</literal> +</term><listitem><para>uses lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\roman</literal></term> -<listitem><para>uses uppercase roman numerals: `I', `II', …. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\roman</primary></indexterm><literal>\roman</literal> +</term><listitem><para>uses uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\fnsymbol</literal></term> -<listitem><para>prints the value of <replaceable>counter</replaceable> in a specific sequence of nine +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol</primary></indexterm><literal>\fnsymbol</literal> +</term><listitem><para>prints the value of <replaceable>counter</replaceable> in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of -<replaceable>counter</replaceable> must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. +<replaceable>counter</replaceable> must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. </para> -<para>The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the names: +<para>The symbols mostly aren’t supported in Info, but here are the names: </para><literallayout>asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger </literallayout> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="14.2"> +<sect1 label="14.2" id="_005cusecounter"> <title><literal>\usecounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usecounter</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>list items, specifying counter</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>numbered items, specifying counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usecounter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>list items, specifying counter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>numbered items, specifying counter</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\usecounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>} @@ -2888,9 +3348,11 @@ the list items. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="14.3"> +<sect1 label="14.3" id="_005cvalue"> <title><literal>\value{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\value</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, getting value of</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\value</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, getting value of</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\value{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>} @@ -2904,9 +3366,12 @@ be used anywhere &latex; expects a number, for example: </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="14.4"> +<sect1 label="14.4" id="_005csetcounter"> <title><literal>\setcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>}</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setcounter</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, setting</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>setting counters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setcounter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, setting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>setting counters</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\setcounter{<replaceable>\counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>} @@ -2916,42 +3381,48 @@ be used anywhere &latex; expects a number, for example: </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="14.5"> +<sect1 label="14.5" id="_005caddtocounter"> <title><literal>\addtocounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtocounter</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\addtocounter</literal> command increments <replaceable>counter</replaceable> by the amount specified by the <replaceable>value</replaceable> argument, which may be negative. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="14.6"> +<sect1 label="14.6" id="_005crefstepcounter"> <title><literal>\refstepcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\refstepcounter</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\refstepcounter</literal> command works in the same way as -<literal>\stepcounter</literal> See <xref linkend="\stepcounter"></xref>, except it also defines the +<literal>\stepcounter</literal> See <link linkend="_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</link>, except it also defines the current <literal>\ref</literal> value to be the result of <literal>\thecounter</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="14.7"> +<sect1 label="14.7" id="_005cstepcounter"> <title><literal>\stepcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stepcounter</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\stepcounter</literal> command adds one to <replaceable>counter</replaceable> and resets all subsidiary counters. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="14.8"> +<sect1 label="14.8" id="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear"> <title><literal>\day \month \year</literal>: Predefined counters</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\day</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\month</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\year</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\day</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\month</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\year</primary></indexterm> + <para>&latex; defines counters for the day of the month (<literal>\day</literal>, -1–31), month of the year (<literal>\month</literal>, 1–12), and year +1–31), month of the year (<literal>\month</literal>, 1–12), and year (<literal>\year</literal>, Common Era). When &tex; starts up, they are set to the current values on the system where &tex; is running. They are not updated as the job progresses. </para> <para>The related command <literal>\today</literal> produces a string representing the -current day (see <xref linkend="\today"></xref>). +current day (see <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>). </para> </sect1> @@ -2959,14 +3430,17 @@ current day (see <xref linkend="\today"></xref>). <chapter label="15" id="Lengths"> <title>Lengths</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, defining and using</primary></indexterm> + <para>A <literal>length</literal> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. </para> -<sect1 label="15.1"> +<sect1 label="15.1" id="_005csetlength"> <title><literal>\setlength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>}</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setlength</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, setting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setlength</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, setting</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\setlength</literal> sets the value of <replaceable>\len</replaceable> to the <replaceable>value</replaceable> argument, which can be expressed in any units that &latex; understands, i.e., inches (<literal>in</literal>), millimeters (<literal>mm</literal>), points @@ -2974,18 +3448,21 @@ understands, i.e., inches (<literal>in</literal>), millimeters (<literal>mm</lit </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="15.2"> +<sect1 label="15.2" id="_005caddtolength"> <title>\addtolength{<replaceable>\len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>}</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtolength</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, adding to</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\addtolength</literal> command increments a “length command” +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtolength</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, adding to</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The <literal>\addtolength</literal> command increments a “length command” <replaceable>\len</replaceable> by the amount specified in the <replaceable>amount</replaceable> argument, which may be negative. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="15.3"> +<sect1 label="15.3" id="_005csettodepth"> <title><literal>\settodepth</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settodepth</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</literal> </para> <para>The <literal>\settodepth</literal> command sets the value of a <literal>length</literal> command @@ -2993,9 +3470,10 @@ equal to the depth of the <literal>text</literal> argument. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="15.4"> +<sect1 label="15.4" id="_005csettoheight"> <title><literal>\settoheight</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settoheight</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</literal> </para> <para>The <literal>\settoheight</literal> command sets the value of a <literal>length</literal> command @@ -3004,29 +3482,35 @@ equal to the height of the <literal>text</literal> argument. </sect1> -<sect1 label="15.5"> +<sect1 label="15.5" id="_005csettowidth"> <title><literal>\settowidth{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settowidth</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\settowidth</literal> command sets the value of the command <replaceable>\len</replaceable> to the width of the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. </para> - </sect1> <sect1 label="15.6" id="Predefined-lengths"> <title>Predefined lengths</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, predefined</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>predefined lengths</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, predefined</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>predefined lengths</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\width</literal> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\width</primary></indexterm></para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\width</primary></indexterm> +</para> <para><literal>\height</literal> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\height</primary></indexterm></para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\height</primary></indexterm> +</para> <para><literal>\depth</literal> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\depth</primary></indexterm></para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\depth</primary></indexterm> +</para> <para><literal>\totalheight</literal> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\totalheight</primary></indexterm></para> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\totalheight</primary></indexterm> +</para> <para>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making -commands (see <xref linkend="Boxes"></xref>). They specify the natural width etc. of the -text in the box. <literal>\totalheight</literal> equals <literal>\height</literal> + +commands (see <link linkend="Boxes">Boxes</link>). They specify the natural width, etc., of +the text in the box. <literal>\totalheight</literal> equals <literal>\height</literal> + <literal>\depth</literal>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say </para> @@ -3037,17 +3521,22 @@ natural size, e.g., say </chapter> <chapter label="16" id="Making-paragraphs"> <title>Making paragraphs</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>making paragraphs</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraphs</primary></indexterm> -<para>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines—lines not +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>making paragraphs</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraphs</primary></indexterm> + +<para>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines—lines not containing even a <literal>%</literal>. A blank line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning command. </para> -<sect1 label="16.1"> +<sect1 label="16.1" id="_005cindent"> <title><literal>\indent</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>indent, forcing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parindent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>indent, forcing</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\indent</literal> produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of the <literal>\parindent</literal> length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it would @@ -3059,18 +3548,22 @@ mode, otherwise <literal>15pt</literal> for <literal>10pt</literal> documents, < </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="16.2"> +<sect1 label="16.2" id="_005cnoindent"> <title><literal>\noindent</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\noindent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>indent, suppressing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\noindent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>indent, suppressing</primary></indexterm> + <para>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, <literal>\noindent</literal> suppresses any paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="16.3"> +<sect1 label="16.3" id="_005cparskip"> <title><literal>\parskip</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical space before paragraphs</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parskip</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical space before paragraphs</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\parskip</literal> is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before each paragraph. The default is <literal>0pt plus1pt</literal>. </para> @@ -3078,7 +3571,11 @@ before each paragraph. The default is <literal>0pt plus1pt</literal>. </sect1> <sect1 label="16.4" id="Marginal-notes"> <title>Marginal notes</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>marginal notes</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>notes in the margin</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>remarks in the margin</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginpar</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>marginal notes</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>notes in the margin</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>remarks in the margin</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginpar</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\marginpar[<replaceable>left</replaceable>]{<replaceable>right</replaceable>} @@ -3090,17 +3587,13 @@ where the <literal>\marginpar</literal> occurs. <para>When you only specify the mandatory argument <replaceable>right</replaceable>, the text will be placed </para> -<itemizedlist mark="bullet"><listitem> -<para>in the right margin for one-sided layout; -</para></listitem> -<listitem> -<para>in the outside margin for two-sided layout; -</para></listitem> -<listitem> -<para>in the nearest margin for two-column layout. -</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\reversemarginpar</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalmarginpar</primary></indexterm><para>The command <literal>\reversemarginpar</literal> places subsequent marginal notes +<itemizedlist><listitem><para>in the right margin for one-sided layout; +</para></listitem><listitem><para>in the outside margin for two-sided layout; +</para></listitem><listitem><para>in the nearest margin for two-column layout. +</para></listitem></itemizedlist> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\reversemarginpar</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\normalmarginpar</primary></indexterm> +<para>The command <literal>\reversemarginpar</literal> places subsequent marginal notes in the opposite (inside) margin. <literal>\normalmarginpar</literal> places them in the default position. </para> @@ -3112,22 +3605,21 @@ hyphenation there by beginning the node with <literal>\hspace{0pt}</literal>. </para> <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\marginparpush</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘<literal>7pt</literal>’ for -‘<literal>12pt</literal>’ documents, ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’ else. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparpush</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparpush</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default ‘<literal>7pt</literal>’ for +‘<literal>12pt</literal>’ documents, ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’ else. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\marginparsep</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default -‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ documents, ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ else. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparsep</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparsep</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default +‘<literal>11pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ documents, ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ else. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\marginparwidth</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ document -is ‘<literal>90pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>83pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and ‘<literal>68pt</literal>’ for -‘<literal>12pt</literal>’; ‘<literal>17pt</literal>’ more in each case for a two-sided document. -In two column mode, the default is ‘<literal>48pt</literal>’. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\marginparwidth</primary></indexterm><literal>\marginparwidth</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided ‘<literal>10pt</literal>’ document +is ‘<literal>90pt</literal>’, ‘<literal>83pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal>11pt</literal>’, and ‘<literal>68pt</literal>’ for +‘<literal>12pt</literal>’; ‘<literal>17pt</literal>’ more in each case for a two-sided document. +In two column mode, the default is ‘<literal>48pt</literal>’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>The standard &latex; routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes from falling off the bottom of the page. <!-- @TeX{} FAQ entry on this topic (xx when there): --> @@ -3139,19 +3631,28 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. </chapter> <chapter label="17" id="Math-formulas"> <title>Math formulas</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math formulas</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>formulas, math</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, entering</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>displaymath environment</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>equation environment</primary></indexterm><para>There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode: -</para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>math</literal></term> -<listitem><para>For formulas that appear right in the text. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>displaymath</literal></term> -<listitem><para>For formulas that appear on their own line. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>equation</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math formulas</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>formulas, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, entering</primary></indexterm> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>displaymath <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>equation <lineannotation>environment</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode: +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>math</literal> +</term><listitem><para>For formulas that appear right in the text. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>displaymath</literal> +</term><listitem><para>For formulas that appear on their own line. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>equation</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation number in the right margin. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\(</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\[</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\]</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>math</literal> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\(</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\[</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\]</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>math</literal> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but the <literal>displaymath</literal> and <literal>equation</literal> environments can be used only in paragraph mode. The <literal>math</literal> and <literal>displaymath</literal> environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: @@ -3159,18 +3660,22 @@ environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: <screen>\(...\) <lineannotation>instead of</lineannotation> \begin{math}...\end{math} \[...\] <lineannotation>instead of</lineannotation> \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>$</primary></indexterm><para>In fact, the <literal>math</literal> environment is so common that it has an even +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>$</primary></indexterm> +<para>In fact, the <literal>math</literal> environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: </para> <screen>$ ... $ <lineannotation>instead of</lineannotation> \(...\) </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\boldmath</literal> command changes math letters and symbols to be in +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\boldmath</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unboldmath</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\boldmath</literal> command changes math letters and symbols to be in a bold font. It is used <emphasis>outside</emphasis> of math mode. Conversely, the <literal>\unboldmath</literal> command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too is used <emphasis>outside</emphasis> of math mode. </para> <!-- xx own section? Math fonts? --> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\displaystyle</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\displaystyle</literal> declaration forces the size and style of the +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\displaystyle</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\displaystyle</literal> declaration forces the size and style of the formula to be that of <literal>displaymath</literal>, e.g., with limits above and below summations. For example </para><screen>$\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $ @@ -3179,12 +3684,17 @@ below summations. For example -<sect1 label="17.1" id="Subscripts-&-superscripts"> +<sect1 label="17.1" id="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts"> <title>Subscripts & superscripts</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>superscript</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>subscript</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>exponent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>_</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>^</primary></indexterm> -<para>To get an expression <wordasword>exp</wordasword> to appear as a subscript, you just type -<literal>_{</literal><wordasword>exp</wordasword><literal>}</literal>. To get <wordasword>exp</wordasword> to appear as a -superscript, you type <literal>^{</literal><wordasword>exp</wordasword><literal>}</literal>. &latex; handles +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>superscript</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>subscript</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>exponent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>_</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>^</primary></indexterm> + +<para>To get an expression <emphasis>exp</emphasis> to appear as a subscript, you just type +<literal>_{</literal><emphasis>exp</emphasis><literal>}</literal>. To get <emphasis>exp</emphasis> to appear as a +superscript, you type <literal>^{</literal><emphasis>exp</emphasis><literal>}</literal>. &latex; handles superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a superscript. @@ -3193,915 +3703,953 @@ superscript. </sect1> <sect1 label="17.2" id="Math-symbols"> <title>Math symbols</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math symbols</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, math</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>greek letters</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math symbols</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>symbols, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>greek letters</primary></indexterm> + +<para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical symbol you’re likely to need. The commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For example, if you include <literal>$\pi$</literal> in your source, you will get -the pi symbol (\pi) in your output. +the pi symbol (<inlineequation><mathphrase>\pi</mathphrase></inlineequation>) in your output. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\|</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\| +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\|</primary></indexterm><literal>\|</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\|</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\aleph</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\aleph +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\aleph</primary></indexterm><literal>\aleph</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\aleph</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\alpha</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\alpha +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alpha</primary></indexterm><literal>\alpha</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\alpha</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\amalg</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\amalg (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\amalg</primary></indexterm><literal>\amalg</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\amalg</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\angle</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\angle +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\angle</primary></indexterm><literal>\angle</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\angle</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\approx</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\approx (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\approx</primary></indexterm><literal>\approx</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\approx</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ast</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ast (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ast</primary></indexterm><literal>\ast</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ast</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\asymp</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\asymp (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\asymp</primary></indexterm><literal>\asymp</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\asymp</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\backslash</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\backslash</literal> +</term><listitem><para>\ (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\beta</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\beta +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\beta</primary></indexterm><literal>\beta</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\beta</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigcap</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigcap +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcap</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcap</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigcap</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigcirc</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigcirc (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcirc</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcirc</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigcirc</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigcup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigcup +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigcup</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigodot</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigodot +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigodot</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigodot</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigodot</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigoplus</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigoplus +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigoplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigoplus</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigoplus</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigotimes</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigotimes +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigotimes</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigotimes</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigotimes</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigtriangledown</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigtriangledown (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigtriangledown</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigtriangledown</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigtriangledown</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigtriangleup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigtriangleup (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigtriangleup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigtriangleup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigtriangleup</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigsqcup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigsqcup +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigsqcup</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigsqcup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigsqcup</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\biguplus</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\biguplus +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\biguplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\biguplus</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\biguplus</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigcap</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigvee +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigcap</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigcap</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigvee</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigwedge</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bigwedge +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigwedge</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigwedge</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bigwedge</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bot</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bot +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bot</primary></indexterm><literal>\bot</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bot</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bowtie</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\bowtie (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bowtie</primary></indexterm><literal>\bowtie</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bowtie</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Box</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(square open box symbol) <!-- xx not in plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Box</primary></indexterm><literal>\Box</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(square open box symbol) <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bullet</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bullet symbol</primary></indexterm><para>\bullet (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\bullet</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bullet symbol</primary></indexterm> +<para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\bullet</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cap</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cap (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cap</primary></indexterm><literal>\cap</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cap</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cdot</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cdot (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cdot</primary></indexterm><literal>\cdot</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cdot</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\chi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\chi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\chi</primary></indexterm><literal>\chi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\chi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\circ</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\circ (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\circ</primary></indexterm><literal>\circ</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\circ</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\clubsuit</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\clubsuit +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\clubsuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\clubsuit</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\clubsuit</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cong</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cong (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cong</primary></indexterm><literal>\cong</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cong</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\coprod</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\coprod +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\coprod</primary></indexterm><literal>\coprod</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\coprod</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cup (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cup</primary></indexterm><literal>\cup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cup</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dagger</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\dagger (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dagger</primary></indexterm><literal>\dagger</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dagger</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dashv</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\dashv (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dashv</primary></indexterm><literal>\dashv</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dashv</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ddagger</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\dagger (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddagger</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddagger</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dagger</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Delta</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Delta +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Delta</primary></indexterm><literal>\Delta</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Delta</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\delta</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\delta +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\delta</primary></indexterm><literal>\delta</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\delta</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Diamond</literal></term> -<listitem><para>bigger \diamond <!-- xx not in plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\Diamond</literal> +</term><listitem><para>bigger <inlineequation><mathphrase>\diamond</mathphrase></inlineequation> <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\diamond</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\diamond (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamond</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\diamond</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\diamondsuit</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\diamondsuit +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamondsuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamondsuit</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\diamondsuit</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\div</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\div (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\div</primary></indexterm><literal>\div</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\div</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\doteq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\doteq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\doteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\doteq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\doteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\downarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\downarrow (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\downarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\downarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\downarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Downarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Downarrow (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Downarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Downarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Downarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ell</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ell +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ell</primary></indexterm><literal>\ell</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ell</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\emptyset</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\emptyset +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\emptyset</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\emptyset</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\epsilon</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\epsilon +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\epsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\epsilon</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\epsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\equiv</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\equiv (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\equiv</primary></indexterm><literal>\equiv</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\equiv</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\eta</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\eta +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\eta</primary></indexterm><literal>\eta</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\eta</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\exists</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\exists +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\exists</primary></indexterm><literal>\exists</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\exists</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\flat</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\flat +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\flat</primary></indexterm><literal>\flat</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\flat</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\forall</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\forall +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\forall</primary></indexterm><literal>\forall</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\forall</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\frown</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\frown (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frown</primary></indexterm><literal>\frown</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\frown</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Gamma</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Gamma +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Gamma</primary></indexterm><literal>\Gamma</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Gamma</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\gamma</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\gamma +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gamma</primary></indexterm><literal>\gamma</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gamma</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ge</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ge +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ge</primary></indexterm><literal>\ge</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ge</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\geq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\geq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\geq</primary></indexterm><literal>\geq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\geq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\gets</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\gets +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gets</primary></indexterm><literal>\gets</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gets</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\gg</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\gg (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gg</primary></indexterm><literal>\gg</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gg</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\hbar</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\hbar +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\hbar</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hbar</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\heartsuit</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\heartsuit +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\heartsuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\heartsuit</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\heartsuit</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\hookleftarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\hookleftarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hookleftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\hookleftarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hookleftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\hookrightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\hookrightarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hookrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\hookrightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hookrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\iff</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\iff +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\iff</primary></indexterm><literal>\iff</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\iff</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Im</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Im +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Im</primary></indexterm><literal>\Im</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Im</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\in</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\in (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\in</primary></indexterm><literal>\in</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\in</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\infty</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\infty +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\infty</primary></indexterm><literal>\infty</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\infty</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\int</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\int +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\int</primary></indexterm><literal>\int</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\int</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\iota</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\iota +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\iota</primary></indexterm><literal>\iota</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\iota</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Join</literal></term> -<listitem><para>condensed bowtie symbol (relation) <!-- xx not in plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Join</primary></indexterm><literal>\Join</literal> +</term><listitem><para>condensed bowtie symbol (relation) <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\kappa</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\kappa +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\kappa</primary></indexterm><literal>\kappa</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\kappa</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Lambda</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Lambda +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Lambda</primary></indexterm><literal>\Lambda</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Lambda</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lambda</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lambda +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lambda</primary></indexterm><literal>\lambda</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lambda</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\land</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\land +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\land</primary></indexterm><literal>\land</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\land</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\langle</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\langle (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\langle</primary></indexterm><literal>\langle</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\langle</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lbrace</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lbrace (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lbrace</primary></indexterm><literal>\lbrace</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lbrace</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lbrack</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lbrack (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lbrack</primary></indexterm><literal>\lbrack</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lbrack</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lceil</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lceil (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lceil</primary></indexterm><literal>\lceil</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lceil</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\le</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\le +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\le</primary></indexterm><literal>\le</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\le</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\leadsto</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><!-- xx missing from plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leadsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\leadsto</literal> +</term><listitem><!-- xx missing from plain --> -<literal>\Leftarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Leftarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Leftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Leftarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Leftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\leftarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\leftarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\leftharpoondown</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\leftharpoondown +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftharpoondown</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftharpoondown</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leftharpoondown</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\leftharpoonup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\leftharpoonup +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftharpoonup</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftharpoonup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leftharpoonup</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Leftrightarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Leftrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Leftrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\leftrightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\leftrightarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leftrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\leftrightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leftrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\leq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\leq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leq</primary></indexterm><literal>\leq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\leq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lfloor</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lfloor (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lfloor</primary></indexterm><literal>\lfloor</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lfloor</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lhd</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(left-pointing arrow head) <!-- xx not in plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\lhd</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(left-pointing arrow head) <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ll</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ll (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ll</primary></indexterm><literal>\ll</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ll</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lnot</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lnot +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lnot</primary></indexterm><literal>\lnot</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lnot</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\longleftarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\longleftarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longleftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\longleftarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longleftarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\longleftrightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\longleftrightarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longleftrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\longleftrightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longleftrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\longmapsto</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\longmapsto +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longmapsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\longmapsto</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longmapsto</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\longrightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\longrightarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\longrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\longrightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\longrightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lor</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lor +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lor</primary></indexterm><literal>\lor</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lor</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mapsto</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\mapsto +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mapsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\mapsto</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mapsto</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mho</literal></term> -<listitem><para><!-- empty table line --></para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><!-- xx not in plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mho</primary></indexterm><literal>\mho</literal> +</term><listitem><!-- xx not in plain --> -<literal>\mid</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\mid (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mid</primary></indexterm><literal>\mid</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mid</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\models</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\models (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\models</primary></indexterm><literal>\models</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\models</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mp</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\mp (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mp</primary></indexterm><literal>\mp</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mp</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\mu</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\mu +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mu</primary></indexterm><literal>\mu</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\mu</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\nabla</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\nabla +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nabla</primary></indexterm><literal>\nabla</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nabla</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\natural</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\natural +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\natural</primary></indexterm><literal>\natural</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\natural</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ne</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ne +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ne</primary></indexterm><literal>\ne</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ne</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\nearrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\nearrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nearrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\nearrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nearrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\neg</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\neg +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\neg</primary></indexterm><literal>\neg</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\neg</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\neq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\neq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\neq</primary></indexterm><literal>\neq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\neq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ni</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ni (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ni</primary></indexterm><literal>\ni</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ni</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\not</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in \not=. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\not</primary></indexterm><literal>\not</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in <inlineequation><mathphrase>\not=</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\notin</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ni +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\notin</primary></indexterm><literal>\notin</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ni</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\nu</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\nu +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nu</primary></indexterm><literal>\nu</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nu</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\nwarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\nwarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nwarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\nwarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\nwarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\odot</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\odot (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\odot</primary></indexterm><literal>\odot</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\odot</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\oint</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\oint +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oint</primary></indexterm><literal>\oint</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\oint</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Omega</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Omega +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Omega</primary></indexterm><literal>\Omega</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Omega</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\omega</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\omega +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\omega</primary></indexterm><literal>\omega</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\omega</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ominus</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ominus (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ominus</primary></indexterm><literal>\ominus</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ominus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\oplus</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\oplus (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\oplus</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\oplus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\oslash</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\oslash (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\oslash</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\oslash</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\otimes</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\otimes (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\otimes</primary></indexterm><literal>\otimes</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\otimes</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\owns</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\owns +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\owns</primary></indexterm><literal>\owns</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\owns</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\parallel</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\parallel (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parallel</primary></indexterm><literal>\parallel</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\parallel</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\partial</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\partial +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\partial</primary></indexterm><literal>\partial</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\partial</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\perp</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\perp (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\perp</primary></indexterm><literal>\perp</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\perp</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\phi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\phi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\phi</primary></indexterm><literal>\phi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\phi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Pi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Pi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Pi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Pi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Pi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\pi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\pi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pi</primary></indexterm><literal>\pi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\pi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\pm</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\pm (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pm</primary></indexterm><literal>\pm</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\pm</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\prec</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\prec (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prec</primary></indexterm><literal>\prec</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\prec</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\preceq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\preceq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\preceq</primary></indexterm><literal>\preceq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\preceq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\prime</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\prime +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prime</primary></indexterm><literal>\prime</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\prime</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\prod</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\prod +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prod</primary></indexterm><literal>\prod</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\prod</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\propto</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\propto (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\propto</primary></indexterm><literal>\propto</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\propto</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Psi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Psi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Psi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Psi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Psi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\psi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\psi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\psi</primary></indexterm><literal>\psi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\psi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rangle</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rangle (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rangle</primary></indexterm><literal>\rangle</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rangle</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rbrace</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rbrace (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rbrace</primary></indexterm><literal>\rbrace</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rbrace</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rbrack</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rbrack (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rbrack</primary></indexterm><literal>\rbrack</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rbrack</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rceil</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rceil (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rceil</primary></indexterm><literal>\rceil</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rceil</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Re</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Re +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Re</primary></indexterm><literal>\Re</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Re</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rfloor</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rfloor +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rfloor</primary></indexterm><literal>\rfloor</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rfloor</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rhd</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(binary operation) <!-- xx not in plain @math{\rhd} --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\rhd</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(binary operation) <!-- xx not in plain @math{\rhd} --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rho</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rho +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rho</primary></indexterm><literal>\rho</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rho</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Rightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Rightarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Rightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Rightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Rightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rightarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rightharpoondown</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rightharpoondown +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightharpoondown</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightharpoondown</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightharpoondown</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rightharpoonup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rightharpoonup +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightharpoonup</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightharpoonup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightharpoonup</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rightleftharpoons</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\rightleftharpoons +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rightleftharpoons</primary></indexterm><literal>\rightleftharpoons</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\rightleftharpoons</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\searrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\searrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\searrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\searrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\searrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\setminus</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\setminus (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setminus</primary></indexterm><literal>\setminus</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\setminus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sharp</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sharp +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sharp</primary></indexterm><literal>\sharp</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sharp</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Sigma</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Sigma +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Sigma</primary></indexterm><literal>\Sigma</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Sigma</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sigma</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sigma +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sigma</primary></indexterm><literal>\sigma</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sigma</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sim</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sim (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sim</primary></indexterm><literal>\sim</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sim</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\simeq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\simeq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\simeq</primary></indexterm><literal>\simeq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\simeq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\smallint</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\smallint +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallint</primary></indexterm><literal>\smallint</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\smallint</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\smile</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\smile (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smile</primary></indexterm><literal>\smile</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\smile</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\spadesuit</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\spadesuit +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\spadesuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\spadesuit</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\spadesuit</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sqcap</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sqcap (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqcap</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqcap</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqcap</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sqcup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sqcup (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqcup</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqcup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqcup</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sqsubset</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsubset}) --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubset</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsubset}) --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sqsubseteq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqsubseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sqsupset</literal></term> -<listitem><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsupset}) --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupset</literal> +</term><listitem><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsupset}) --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sqsupseteq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sqsupseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\star</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\star (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\star</primary></indexterm><literal>\star</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\star</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\subset</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\subset (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subset</primary></indexterm><literal>\subset</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\subset</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\subseteq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\subseteq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\subseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\subseteq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\subseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\succ</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\succ (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\succ</primary></indexterm><literal>\succ</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\succ</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\succeq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\succeq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\succeq</primary></indexterm><literal>\succeq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\succeq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sum</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sum +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sum</primary></indexterm><literal>\sum</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sum</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\supset</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\supset (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\supset</primary></indexterm><literal>\supset</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\supset</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\supseteq</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\supseteq (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\supseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\supseteq</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\supseteq</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\surd</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\surd +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\surd</primary></indexterm><literal>\surd</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\surd</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\swarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\swarrow +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\swarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\swarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\swarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\tau</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\tau +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tau</primary></indexterm><literal>\tau</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\tau</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\theta</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\theta +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\theta</primary></indexterm><literal>\theta</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\theta</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\times</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\times (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\times</primary></indexterm><literal>\times</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\times</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\to</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\to +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\to</primary></indexterm><literal>\to</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\to</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\top</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\top +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\top</primary></indexterm><literal>\top</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\top</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\triangle</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\triangle +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangle</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangle</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\triangle</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\triangleleft</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\triangleleft (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleleft</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\triangleleft</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\triangleright</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\triangleright (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleright</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleright</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\triangleright</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\unlhd</literal></term> -<listitem><para>left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unlhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unlhd</literal> +</term><listitem><para>left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\unrhd</literal></term> -<listitem><para>right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unrhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unrhd</literal> +</term><listitem><para>right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Uparrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Uparrow (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Uparrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Uparrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Uparrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\uparrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\uparrow (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uparrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\uparrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\uparrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Updownarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Updownarrow (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Updownarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Updownarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Updownarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\updownarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\updownarrow (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\updownarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\updownarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\updownarrow</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\uplus</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\uplus (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\uplus</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\uplus</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Upsilon</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Upsilon +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Upsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\Upsilon</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Upsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\upsilon</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\upsilon +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\upsilon</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\upsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\varepsilon</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\varepsilon +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varepsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\varepsilon</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varepsilon</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\varphi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\varphi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varphi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varphi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varphi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\varpi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\varpi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varpi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varpi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varpi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\varrho</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\varrho +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varrho</primary></indexterm><literal>\varrho</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varrho</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\varsigma</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\varsigma +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varsigma</primary></indexterm><literal>\varsigma</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\varsigma</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\vartheta</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\vartheta +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vartheta</primary></indexterm><literal>\vartheta</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vartheta</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\vdash</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\vdash (relation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdash</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdash</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vdash</mathphrase></inlineequation> (relation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\vee</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\vee (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vee</primary></indexterm><literal>\vee</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vee</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Vert</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Vert (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\Vert</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Vert</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\vert</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\vert (delimiter) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\vert</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\vert</mathphrase></inlineequation> (delimiter) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\wedge</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\wedge (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wedge</primary></indexterm><literal>\wedge</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\wedge</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\wp</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\wp +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wp</primary></indexterm><literal>\wp</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\wp</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\wr</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\wr (binary operation) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\wr</primary></indexterm><literal>\wr</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\wr</mathphrase></inlineequation> (binary operation) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Xi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Xi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Xi</primary></indexterm><literal>\Xi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Xi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\xi</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\xi +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xi</primary></indexterm><literal>\xi</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\xi</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\zeta</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\zeta +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\zeta</primary></indexterm><literal>\zeta</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\zeta</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> <sect1 label="17.3" id="Math-functions"> <title>Math functions</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math functions</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>functions, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math functions</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>functions, math</primary></indexterm> + <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\arccos</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\arccos +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arccos</primary></indexterm><literal>\arccos</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arccos</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\arcsin</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\arcsin +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arcsin</primary></indexterm><literal>\arcsin</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arcsin</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\arctan</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\arctan +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arctan</primary></indexterm><literal>\arctan</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arctan</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\arg</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\arg +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arg</primary></indexterm><literal>\arg</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\arg</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bmod</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Binary modulo operator (x \bmod y) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bmod</primary></indexterm><literal>\bmod</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Binary modulo operator (<inlineequation><mathphrase>x \bmod y</mathphrase></inlineequation>) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cos</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cos +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cos</primary></indexterm><literal>\cos</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cos</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cosh</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cosh +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cosh</primary></indexterm><literal>\cosh</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cosh</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cot</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cos +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cot</primary></indexterm><literal>\cot</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cos</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\coth</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\cosh +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\coth</primary></indexterm><literal>\coth</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\cosh</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\csc</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\csc +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\csc</primary></indexterm><literal>\csc</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\csc</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\deg</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\deg +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\deg</primary></indexterm><literal>\deg</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\deg</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\det</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\deg +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\det</primary></indexterm><literal>\det</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\deg</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dim</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\dim +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dim</primary></indexterm><literal>\dim</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\dim</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\exp</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\exp +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\exp</primary></indexterm><literal>\exp</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\exp</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\gcd</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\gcd +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\gcd</primary></indexterm><literal>\gcd</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\gcd</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\hom</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\hom +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hom</primary></indexterm><literal>\hom</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\hom</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\inf</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\inf +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\inf</primary></indexterm><literal>\inf</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\inf</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ker</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ker +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ker</primary></indexterm><literal>\ker</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ker</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lg</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lg +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lg</primary></indexterm><literal>\lg</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lg</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lim</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\lim +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lim</primary></indexterm><literal>\lim</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\lim</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\liminf</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\liminf +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\liminf</primary></indexterm><literal>\liminf</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\liminf</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\limsup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\limsup +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\limsup</primary></indexterm><literal>\limsup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\limsup</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ln</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\ln +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ln</primary></indexterm><literal>\ln</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\ln</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\log</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\log +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\log</primary></indexterm><literal>\log</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\log</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\max</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\max +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\max</primary></indexterm><literal>\max</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\max</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\min</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\min +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\min</primary></indexterm><literal>\min</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\min</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\pmod</literal></term> -<listitem><para>parenthesized modulus, as in (\pmod 2^n - 1) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pmod</primary></indexterm><literal>\pmod</literal> +</term><listitem><para>parenthesized modulus, as in (<inlineequation><mathphrase>\pmod 2^n - 1</mathphrase></inlineequation>) </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\Pr</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\Pr +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Pr</primary></indexterm><literal>\Pr</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\Pr</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sec</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sec +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sec</primary></indexterm><literal>\sec</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sec</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sin</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sin +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sin</primary></indexterm><literal>\sin</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sin</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sinh</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sinh +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sinh</primary></indexterm><literal>\sinh</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sinh</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sup</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\sup +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sup</primary></indexterm><literal>\sup</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sup</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\tan</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\tan +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tan</primary></indexterm><literal>\tan</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\tan</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\tanh</literal></term> -<listitem><para>\tanh +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tanh</primary></indexterm><literal>\tanh</literal> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\tanh</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> <sect1 label="17.4" id="Math-accents"> <title>Math accents</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math accents</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, mathematical</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math accents</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents, mathematical</primary></indexterm> + <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text -(see <xref linkend="Accents"></xref>). +(see <link linkend="Accents">Accents</link>). +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\acute</primary></indexterm><literal>\acute</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acute accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math acute accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\acute{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\acute</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acute accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math acute accent: \acute{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bar</primary></indexterm><literal>\bar</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar-over accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>macron accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math bar-over accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\bar{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\bar</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar-over accent, math</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>macron accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math bar-over accent: \bar{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\breve</primary></indexterm><literal>\breve</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>breve accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math breve accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\breve{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\breve</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>breve accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math breve accent: \breve{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\check</primary></indexterm><literal>\check</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>check accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>háček accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math háček (check) accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\check{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\check</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>check accent, math</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hác<ek accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math hác<ek (check) accent: \check{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddot</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddot</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double dot accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math dieresis accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddot{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ddot</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double dot accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math dieresis accent: \ddot{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dot</primary></indexterm><literal>\dot</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>overdot accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot over accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math dot accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\dot{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dot</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>overdot accent, math</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot over accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math dot accent: \dot{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\grave</primary></indexterm><literal>\grave</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>grave accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math grave accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\grave{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\grave</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>grave accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math grave accent: \grave{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hat</primary></indexterm><literal>\hat</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hat accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>circumflex accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math hat (circumflex) accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\hat{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\hat</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hat accent, math</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circumflex accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math hat (circumflex) accent: \hat{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\imath</primary></indexterm><literal>\imath</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless i, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math dotless i. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\imath</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless i, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math dotless i. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\jmath</primary></indexterm><literal>\jmath</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless j, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math dotless j. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\jmath</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless j, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math dotless j. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathring</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathring</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ring accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math ring accent: x*. <!-- don't bother implementing in texinfo --> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\tilde</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math tilde accent: \tilde{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tilde</primary></indexterm><literal>\tilde</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math tilde accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\tilde{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\vec</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vector symbol, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math vector symbol: \vec{x}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vec</primary></indexterm><literal>\vec</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vector symbol, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math vector symbol: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\vec{x}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\widehat</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>wide hat accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math wide hat accent: \widehat{x+y}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\widehat</primary></indexterm><literal>\widehat</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>wide hat accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math wide hat accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\widehat{x+y}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\widehat</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>wide tile accent, math</primary></indexterm><para>Math wide tilde accent: \widetilde{x+y}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\widehat</primary></indexterm><literal>\widehat</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>wide tile accent, math</primary></indexterm> +<para>Math wide tilde accent: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\widetilde{x+y}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> <sect1 label="17.5" id="Spacing-in-math-mode"> <title>Spacing in math mode</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing within math mode</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing within math mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm> + <para>In a <literal>math</literal> environment, &latex; ignores the spaces you type and puts in the spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, &latex; provides the following commands for use in math mode: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\;</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\;</primary></indexterm><para>A thick space (5\over18\,quad). -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\:</literal></term> -<term><literal>\></literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\:</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\></primary></indexterm><para>Both of these produce a medium space (2\over9\,quad). -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\,</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\,</primary></indexterm><para>A thin space (1\over6\,quad); not restricted to math mode. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\!</literal></term> -<listitem><para>A negative thin space (-{1\over6}\,quad). +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\;</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\;</primary></indexterm> +<para>A thick space (<inlineequation><mathphrase>5\over18\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>quad). +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\:</literal> +</term><term><literal>\></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\:</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\></primary></indexterm> +<para>Both of these produce a medium space (<inlineequation><mathphrase>2\over9\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>quad). +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\,</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\,</primary></indexterm> +<para>A thin space (<inlineequation><mathphrase>1\over6\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>quad); not restricted to math mode. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\!</literal> +</term><listitem><para>A negative thin space (<inlineequation><mathphrase>-{1\over6}\,</mathphrase></inlineequation>quad). </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> <sect1 label="17.6" id="Math-miscellany"> <title>Math miscellany</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>math miscellany</primary></indexterm> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\*</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>discretionary multiplication</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</primary></indexterm><para>A “discretionary” multiplication symbol, at which a line break is + +<variablelist> +<varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\*</primary></indexterm><literal>\*</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>discretionary multiplication</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</primary></indexterm> +<para>A “discretionary” multiplication symbol, at which a line break is allowed. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\cdots</literal></term> -<listitem><para>A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\cdots</literal> +</term><listitem><para>A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ddots</literal></term> -<listitem><para>A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddots</literal> +</term><listitem><para>A diagonal ellipsis: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddots</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\frac{num}{den}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac</primary></indexterm><para>Produces the fraction <literal>num</literal> divided by <literal>den</literal>. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac{num}{den}</primary></indexterm><literal>\frac{num}{den}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces the fraction <literal>num</literal> divided by <literal>den</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\left <replaceable>delim1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delim2</replaceable></literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>null delimiter</primary></indexterm><para>The two delimiters need not match; ‘<literal>.</literal>’ acts as a null delimiter, +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left <replaceable>delim1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delim2</replaceable></primary></indexterm><literal>\left <replaceable>delim1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delim2</replaceable></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>null delimiter</primary></indexterm> +<para>The two delimiters need not match; ‘<literal>.</literal>’ acts as a null delimiter, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the math in between. Example: <literal>\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\overbrace{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Generates a brace over <replaceable>text</replaceable>. -For example, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overbrace{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overbrace{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Generates a brace over <replaceable>text</replaceable>. +For example, <inlineequation><mathphrase>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\overline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Generates a horizontal line over <replaceable>tex</replaceable>. -For exampe, \overline{x+y}. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Generates a horizontal line over <replaceable>tex</replaceable>. +For exampe, <inlineequation><mathphrase>\overline{x+y}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\sqrt[<replaceable>root</replaceable>]{arg}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Produces the representation of the square root of <replaceable>arg</replaceable>. The +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqrt[<replaceable>root</replaceable>]{arg}</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqrt[<replaceable>root</replaceable>]{arg}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Produces the representation of the square root of <replaceable>arg</replaceable>. The optional argument <replaceable>root</replaceable> determines what root to produce. For example, the cube root of <literal>x+y</literal> would be typed as <literal>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\stackrel{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relation</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Puts <replaceable>text</replaceable> above <replaceable>relation</replaceable>. For example, +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stackrel{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relation</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\stackrel{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relation</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Puts <replaceable>text</replaceable> above <replaceable>relation</replaceable>. For example, <literal>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\underbrace{math}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Generates <replaceable>math</replaceable> with a brace underneath. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbrace{math}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underbrace{math}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Generates <replaceable>math</replaceable> with a brace underneath. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\underline{text}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Causes <replaceable>text</replaceable>, which may be either math mode or not, to be +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underline{text}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underline{text}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Causes <replaceable>text</replaceable>, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\vdots</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a vertical ellipsis. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdots</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a vertical ellipsis. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="18" id="Modes"> <title>Modes</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modes</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph mode</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-to-right mode</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>lR mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>modes</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-to-right mode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>lR mode</primary></indexterm> + <para>When &latex; is processing your input text, it is always in one of three modes: </para> -<itemizedlist mark="bullet"><listitem> -<para>Paragraph mode -</para></listitem> -<listitem> -<para>Math mode -</para></listitem> -<listitem> -<para>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short -</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> +<itemizedlist><listitem><para>Paragraph mode +</para></listitem><listitem><para>Math mode +</para></listitem><listitem><para>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short +</para></listitem></itemizedlist> <para>&latex; changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when &latex; is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands. </para> -<para>“Paragraph mode” is the most common; it's the one &latex; is in +<para>“Paragraph mode” is the most common; it’s the one &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. In that mode, &latex; breaks your text into lines and breaks the lines into pages. &latex; is in -“math mode” when it's generating a mathematical formula. In “LR -mode”, as in paragraph mode, &latex; considers the output that it +“math mode” when it’s generating a mathematical formula. In “LR +mode”, as in paragraph mode, &latex; considers the output that it produces to be a string of words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, &latex; keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode. Even if you put a hundred words @@ -4116,76 +4664,92 @@ There are also several text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put &latex; in paragraph mode. The box make by one of these commands or environments will be called a <literal>parbox</literal>. When &latex; is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in -“inner paragraph mode”. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out -in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. +“inner paragraph mode”. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out +in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. </para> </chapter> <chapter label="19" id="Page-styles"> <title>Page styles</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>styles, page</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>page styles</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>styles, page</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page styles</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\documentclass</literal> command determines the size and position of -the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. +the page’s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. </para> -<sect1 label="19.1"> +<sect1 label="19.1" id="_005cmaketitle"> <title><literal>\maketitle</literal></title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>titles, making</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\maketitle</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>titles, making</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\maketitle</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\maketitle</literal> command generates a title on a separate title -page—except in the <literal>article</literal> class, where the title is placed +page—except in the <literal>article</literal> class, where the title is placed at the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is obtained from the following declarations: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\author{<replaceable>name</replaceable> \and <replaceable>name2</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>author, for titlepage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>\author</literal></primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\and for <literal>\author</literal></primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\author</literal> command declares the document author(s), where the +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\author{<replaceable>name</replaceable> \and <replaceable>name2</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\author{<replaceable>name</replaceable> \and <replaceable>name2</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>author, for titlepage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>for <literal>\author</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\and <lineannotation>for <literal>\author</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\author</literal> command declares the document author(s), where the argument is a list of authors separated by <literal>\and</literal> commands. Use -<literal>\\</literal> to separate lines within a single author's entry—for -example, to give the author's institution or address. +<literal>\\</literal> to separate lines within a single author’s entry—for +example, to give the author’s institution or address. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\date{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>date, for titlepage</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\date</literal> command declares <replaceable>text</replaceable> to be the document's -date. With no <literal>\date</literal> command, the current date (see <xref linkend="\today"></xref>) +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\date{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\date{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>date, for titlepage</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\date</literal> command declares <replaceable>text</replaceable> to be the document’s +date. With no <literal>\date</literal> command, the current date (see <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>) is used. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\thanks{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thanks, for titlepage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>credit footnote</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\thanks</literal> command produces a <literal>\footnote</literal> to the title, +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thanks{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\thanks{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thanks, for titlepage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>credit footnote</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\thanks</literal> command produces a <literal>\footnote</literal> to the title, usually used for credit acknowledgements. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title, for titlepage</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>\title</literal></primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\title</literal> command declares <replaceable>text</replaceable> to be the title of the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title, for titlepage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>for <literal>\title</literal></lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\title</literal> command declares <replaceable>text</replaceable> to be the title of the document. Use <literal>\\</literal> to force a line break, as usual. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="19.2"> +<sect1 label="19.2" id="_005cpagenumbering"> <title><literal>\pagenumbering</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagenumbering</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>page numbering style</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagenumbering</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page numbering style</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\pagenumbering{<replaceable>style</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Specifies the style of page numbers, according to <replaceable>style</replaceable>: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>arabic</literal></term> -<listitem><para>arabic numerals -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>roman</literal></term> -<listitem><para>lowercase Roman numerals -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Roman</literal></term> -<listitem><para>uppercase Roman numerals -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>alph</literal></term> -<listitem><para>lowercase letters -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Alph</literal></term> -<listitem><para>uppercase letters +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>arabic</literal> +</term><listitem><para>arabic numerals +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>roman</literal> +</term><listitem><para>lowercase Roman numerals +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Roman</literal> +</term><listitem><para>uppercase Roman numerals +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>alph</literal> +</term><listitem><para>lowercase letters +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>Alph</literal> +</term><listitem><para>uppercase letters </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="19.3"> +<sect1 label="19.3" id="_005cpagestyle"> <title><literal>\pagestyle</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagestyle</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>header style</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>footer style</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>running header and footer style</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pagestyle</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>header style</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footer style</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>running header and footer style</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\pagestyle{<replaceable>style</replaceable>} @@ -4193,42 +4757,41 @@ document. Use <literal>\\</literal> to force a line break, as usual. <para>The <literal>\pagestyle</literal> command specifies how the headers and footers are typeset from the current page onwards. Values for <replaceable>style</replaceable>: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>plain</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Just a plain page number. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>plain</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Just a plain page number. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>empty</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>empty</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>headings</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Put running headers on each page. The document style specifies what +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>headings</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Put running headers on each page. The document style specifies what goes in the headers. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>myheadings</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Custom headers, specified via the <literal>\markboth</literal> or the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>myheadings</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Custom headers, specified via the <literal>\markboth</literal> or the <literal>\markright</literal> commands. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>Here are the descriptions of <literal>\markboth</literal> and <literal>\markright</literal>: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\markboth{<replaceable>left</replaceable>}{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Sets both the left and the right heading. A “left-hand heading” +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markboth{<replaceable>left</replaceable>}{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markboth{<replaceable>left</replaceable>}{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Sets both the left and the right heading. A “left-hand heading” (<replaceable>left</replaceable>) is generated by the last <literal>\markboth</literal> command before -the end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” (<replaceable>right</replaceable> is +the end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” (<replaceable>right</replaceable> is generated by the first <literal>\markboth</literal> or <literal>\markright</literal> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\markright{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\markright{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\markright{<replaceable>right</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="19.4"> +<sect1 label="19.4" id="_005cthispagestyle"> <title><literal>\thispagestyle{<replaceable>style</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thispagestyle</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\thispagestyle</literal> command works in the same manner as the <literal>\pagestyle</literal> command (see previous section) except that it changes to <replaceable>style</replaceable> for the current page only. @@ -4239,17 +4802,19 @@ changes to <replaceable>style</replaceable> for the current page only. <chapter label="20" id="Spaces"> <title>Spaces</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces</primary></indexterm> + <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. </para> -<para>Another space-producing command is <literal>\,</literal> to produce a “thin” +<para>Another space-producing command is <literal>\,</literal> to produce a “thin” space (usually 1/6quad). It can be used in text mode, but is -more often useful in math mode (see <xref linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode"></xref>). +more often useful in math mode (see <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>). </para> -<sect1 label="20.1"> +<sect1 label="20.1" id="_005chspace"> <title><literal>\hspace</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hspace</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\hspace[*]{<replaceable>length</replaceable>} @@ -4266,24 +4831,29 @@ form. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.2"> +<sect1 label="20.2" id="_005chfill"> <title><literal>\hfill</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hfill</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\hfill</literal> fill command produces a “rubber length” which has +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hfill</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\hfill</literal> fill command produces a “rubber length” which has no natural space but can stretch or shrink horizontally as far as needed. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fill</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\fill</literal> parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, -the glue value ‘<literal>0pt plus1fill</literal>’); thus, <literal>\hspace\fill</literal> is +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fill</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\fill</literal> parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, +the glue value ‘<literal>0pt plus1fill</literal>’); thus, <literal>\hspace\fill</literal> is equivalent to <literal>\hfill</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.3"> +<sect1 label="20.3" id="_005cSPACE"> <title><literal>\SPACE</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SPACE</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TAB</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NEWLINE</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\ </literal> (space) command produces a normal interword space. It's -useful after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence. For example +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SPACE</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TAB</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NEWLINE</primary></indexterm> + +<para>The <literal>\ </literal> (space) command produces a normal interword space. It’s +useful after punctuation which shouldn’t end a sentence. For example <literal>Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ is fundamental</literal>. It is also often used after control sequences, as in <literal>\TeX\ is a nice system.</literal> @@ -4293,79 +4863,86 @@ are equivalent to <literal>\ </literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.4"> +<sect1 label="20.4" id="_005cAT"> <title><literal>\@</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\@</literal> command makes the following punctuation character end a sentence even if it normally would not. This is typically used after a capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without <literal>\@</literal>: </para> -<screen>… in C\@. Pascal, though … -… in C. Pascal, though … +<screen>… in C\@. Pascal, though … +… in C. Pascal, though … </screen> <para>produces </para> <!-- Texinfo does it differently, but the result is the same. --> -<blockquote><para>… in C. Pascal, though … -… in C. Pascal, though … +<blockquote><para>… in C. Pascal, though … +… in C. Pascal, though … </para></blockquote> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.5"> +<sect1 label="20.5" id="_005cthinspace"> <title><literal>\thinspace</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinspace</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\thinspace</literal> produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 of an em. This is the proper space to use in nested quotes, as -in '”. +in ’”. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.6"> +<sect1 label="20.6" id="_005c_002f"> <title><literal>\/</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\/</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\/</literal> command produces an <firstterm>italic correction</firstterm>. This is a small space defined by the font designer for a given character, to avoid the character colliding with whatever follows. The italic -<wordasword>f</wordasword> character typically has a large italic correction value. +<emphasis>f</emphasis> character typically has a large italic correction value. </para> -<para>If the following character is a period or comma, it's not necessary to +<para>If the following character is a period or comma, it’s not necessary to insert an italic correction, since those punctuation symbols have a very small height. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as normal letters, it can help. Compare -<wordasword>f: f;</wordasword> (in the &tex; output, the `f's are nicely separated) -with <wordasword>f: f;</wordasword>. +<emphasis>f: f;</emphasis> (in the &tex; output, the ‘f’s are nicely separated) +with <emphasis>f: f;</emphasis>. </para> <para>Despite the name, roman characters can also have an italic correction. Compare -pdf&tex; (in the &tex; output, there is a small space after the `f') +pdf&tex; (in the &tex; output, there is a small space after the ‘f’) with pdf&tex;. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.7"> +<sect1 label="20.7" id="_005chrulefill"> <title><literal>\hrulefill</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hrulefill</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\hrulefill</literal> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can + +<para>The <literal>\hrulefill</literal> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal rule. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.8"> +<sect1 label="20.8" id="_005cdotfill"> <title><literal>\dotfill</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dotfill</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\dotfill</literal> command produces a “rubber length” that fills + +<para>The <literal>\dotfill</literal> command produces a “rubber length” that fills with dots instead of just white space. </para> <!-- xx undone --> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.9"> +<sect1 label="20.9" id="_005caddvspace"> <title><literal>\addvspace</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addvspace</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical space</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>space, inserting vertical</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addvspace</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical space</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space, inserting vertical</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\addvspace{length}</literal> </para> <para>The <literal>\addvspace</literal> command normally adds a vertical space of height @@ -4376,41 +4953,48 @@ of the total vertical space equal to <literal>length</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.10"> +<sect1 label="20.10" id="_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip"> <title><literal>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</literal></title> <para>These commands produce a given amount of space. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigskip</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskipamount</primary></indexterm><para>The same as <literal>\vspace{bigskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about one line +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigskip</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskipamount</primary></indexterm> +<para>The same as <literal>\vspace{bigskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about one line space (with stretch and shrink). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\medskip</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskipamount</primary></indexterm><para>The same as <literal>\vspace{medskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\medskip</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskipamount</primary></indexterm> +<para>The same as <literal>\vspace{medskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about half of a line space (with stretch and shrink). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\smallskip</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskipamount</primary></indexterm><para>The same as <literal>\vspace{smallskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about a +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\smallskip</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskipamount</primary></indexterm> +<para>The same as <literal>\vspace{smallskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink). </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>The <literal>\...amount</literal> parameters are determined by the document class. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.11"> +<sect1 label="20.11" id="_005cvfill"> <title><literal>\vfill</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vfill</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\vfill</literal> fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which -can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It's equivalent to -<literal>\vspace{\fill}</literal> (see <xref linkend="\hfill"></xref>). +can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It’s equivalent to +<literal>\vspace{\fill}</literal> (see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="20.12"> +<sect1 label="20.12" id="_005cvspace"> <title><literal>\vspace[*]{<replaceable>length</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vspace</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\vspace[*]{<replaceable>length</replaceable>} @@ -4429,24 +5013,29 @@ space is not removed. <title>Boxes</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>boxes</primary></indexterm> -<para>All the predefined length parameters (see <xref linkend="Predefined-lengths"></xref>) can be + +<para>All the predefined length parameters (see <link linkend="Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</link>) can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands. </para> -<sect1 label="21.1"> +<sect1 label="21.1" id="_005cmbox"> <title><literal>\mbox{<replaceable>text}</replaceable></literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mbox</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, preventing</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\mbox</literal> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, preventing</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\mbox</literal> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument. The <replaceable>text</replaceable> is not broken into lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.2"> +<sect1 label="21.2" id="_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox"> <title><literal>\fbox</literal> and <literal>\framebox</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fbox</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fbox</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\framebox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopses: </para> <screen>\fbox{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -4460,18 +5049,21 @@ specification of the box width with the optional <replaceable>width</replaceable (a dimension), and positioning with the optional <replaceable>position</replaceable> argument. <!-- xxref --> </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm><para>Both commands produce a rule of thickness <literal>\fboxrule</literal> (default -‘<literal>.4pt</literal>’), and leave a space of <literal>\fboxsep</literal> (default -‘<literal>3pt</literal>’) between the rule and the contents of the box. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxrule</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fboxsep</primary></indexterm> +<para>Both commands produce a rule of thickness <literal>\fboxrule</literal> (default +‘<literal>.4pt</literal>’), and leave a space of <literal>\fboxsep</literal> (default +‘<literal>3pt</literal>’) between the rule and the contents of the box. </para> -<para>See <xref linkend="\framebox-(picture)"></xref>, for the <literal>\framebox</literal> command in the +<para>See <link linkend="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</link>, for the <literal>\framebox</literal> command in the <literal>picture</literal> environment. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.3"> +<sect1 label="21.3" id="lrbox"> <title><literal>lrbox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>lrbox</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</literal> </para> <para>This is the environment form of <literal>\sbox</literal>. @@ -4481,9 +5073,10 @@ must have been declared with <literal>\newsavebox</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.4"> +<sect1 label="21.4" id="_005cmakebox"> <title><literal>\makebox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makebox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\makebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -4494,25 +5087,25 @@ optional <replaceable>width</replaceable> argument. The position of the text wi is determined by the optional <replaceable>position</replaceable> argument, which may take the following values: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Centered (default). -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Flush left. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Flush right. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal></term> -<listitem><para>Stretch (justify) across entire <replaceable>width</replaceable>; <replaceable>text</replaceable> must contain +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Centered (default). +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>l</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Flush left. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>r</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Flush right. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Stretch (justify) across entire <replaceable>width</replaceable>; <replaceable>text</replaceable> must contain stretchable space for this to work. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para><literal>\makebox</literal> is also used within the picture environment -see <xref linkend="\makebox-(picture)"></xref>. +see <link linkend="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</link>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.5"> +<sect1 label="21.5" id="_005cparbox"> <title><literal>\parbox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\parbox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\parbox[<replaceable>position</replaceable>][<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -4520,19 +5113,18 @@ see <xref linkend="\makebox-(picture)"></xref>. <para>The <literal>\parbox</literal> command produces a box whose contents are created in <literal>paragraph</literal> mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you -shouldn't use any paragraph-making environments inside a +shouldn’t use any paragraph-making environments inside a <literal>\parbox</literal> argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a -<literal>minipage</literal> environment (see <xref linkend="minipage"></xref>). +<literal>minipage</literal> environment (see <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>). </para> <para><literal>\parbox</literal> has two mandatory arguments: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>width</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>the width of the parbox; -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>the text that goes inside the parbox. +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>width</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>the width of the parbox; +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>the text that goes inside the parbox. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - <para>The optional <replaceable>position</replaceable> argument allows you to align either the top or bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text (default is top). @@ -4542,22 +5134,22 @@ text (default is top). <para>The <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> argument controls the placement of the text inside the box, as follows; if it is not specified, <replaceable>position</replaceable> is used. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal></term> -<listitem><para>text is placed at the top of the box. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal></term> -<listitem><para>text is centered in the box. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal></term> -<listitem><para>text is placed at the bottom of the box. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal></term> -<listitem><para>stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable space +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>t</literal> +</term><listitem><para>text is placed at the top of the box. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>c</literal> +</term><listitem><para>text is centered in the box. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b</literal> +</term><listitem><para>text is placed at the bottom of the box. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>s</literal> +</term><listitem><para>stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable space for this to work. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.6"> +<sect1 label="21.6" id="_005craisebox"> <title><literal>\raisebox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raisebox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\raisebox{distance}[<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>depth</replaceable>]{text} @@ -4574,44 +5166,47 @@ ignoring its natural height and depth. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.7"> +<sect1 label="21.7" id="_005csavebox"> <title><literal>\savebox</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\savebox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\savebox{<replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> <para>This command typeset <replaceable>text</replaceable> in a box just as with <literal>\makebox</literal> -(see <xref linkend="\makebox"></xref>), except that instead of printing the resulting box, +(see <link linkend="_005cmakebox">\makebox</link>), except that instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in the box labeled <replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable>, which must have been -declared with <literal>\newsavebox</literal> (see <xref linkend="\newsavebox"></xref>). +declared with <literal>\newsavebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.8"> +<sect1 label="21.8" id="_005csbox"> <title><literal>\sbox{<replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sbox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\sbox{<replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> <para><literal>\sbox</literal> types <replaceable>text</replaceable> in a box just as with <literal>\mbox</literal> -(see <xref linkend="\mbox"></xref>) except that instead of the resulting box being +(see <link linkend="_005cmbox">\mbox</link>) except that instead of the resulting box being included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled <replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable>. <replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable> must have been previously declared with -<literal>\newsavebox</literal> (see <xref linkend="\newsavebox"></xref>). +<literal>\newsavebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.9"> +<sect1 label="21.9" id="_005cusebox"> <title><literal>\usebox{<replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable></literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usebox</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\usebox{<replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable>} </screen> <para><literal>\usebox</literal> producesthe box most recently saved in the bin -<replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable> by a <literal>\savebox</literal> command (see <xref linkend="\savebox"></xref>). +<replaceable>\boxcmd</replaceable> by a <literal>\savebox</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005csavebox">\savebox</link>). </para> </sect1> @@ -4626,28 +5221,42 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <sect1 label="22.1" id="Reserved-characters"> <title>Reserved characters</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reserved characters</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, reserved</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reserved characters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, reserved</primary></indexterm> + <para>The following characters play a special role in &latex; and are called -“reserved characters” or “special characters”. +“reserved characters” or “special characters”. </para> <screen># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\#</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\$</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\%</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\_</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\{</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\}</primary></indexterm><para>Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, &latex; +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\#</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\$</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\%</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\&</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\_</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\{</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\}</primary></indexterm> +<para>Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, &latex; will do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as itself, include a <literal>\</literal> in front of the character. For example, <literal>\$</literal> will produce <literal>$</literal> in your output. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm><para>One exception to this rule is <literal>\</literal> itself, because <literal>\\</literal> has +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm> +<para>One exception to this rule is <literal>\</literal> itself, because <literal>\\</literal> has its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing <literal>$\backslash$</literal> in your file, and a typewriter <literal>\</literal> is -produced by using ‘<literal>\</literal>’ in a verbatim command (see <xref linkend="verbatim"></xref>). +produced by using ‘<literal>\</literal>’ in a verbatim command (see <link linkend="verbatim">verbatim</link>). </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\^</primary></indexterm><para>Also, <literal>\~</literal> and <literal>\^</literal> place tilde and circumflex accents over -the following letter, as in õ and ô (see <xref linkend="Accents"></xref>); to get +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\^</primary></indexterm> +<para>Also, <literal>\~</literal> and <literal>\^</literal> place tilde and circumflex accents over +the following letter, as in õ and ô (see <link linkend="Accents">Accents</link>); to get a standalone <literal>~</literal> or <literal>^</literal>, you can again use a verbatim command. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbol</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>accessing any character of a font</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accessing any character of a font</primary></indexterm> + <para>Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you know its number by using the <literal>\symbol</literal> command. For example, the visible space character used in the <literal>\verb*</literal> command has the code @@ -4662,187 +5271,286 @@ with <literal>"</literal>, so the previous example could also be written as <sect1 label="22.2" id="Text-symbols"> <title>Text symbols</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>text symbols</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>textcomp package</primary></indexterm><para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>text symbols</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>textcomp <lineannotation>package</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not available in OT1; you may need to load the <literal>textcomp</literal> package. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\copyright</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textcopyright</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>copyright symbol</primary></indexterm><para>The copyright symbol, ©. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dag</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dagger, in text</primary></indexterm><para>The dagger symbol (in text). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ddag</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double dagger, in text</primary></indexterm><para>The double dagger symbol (in text). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\LaTeX</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; logo</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>logo, &latex;</primary></indexterm><para>The &latex; logo. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\guillemotleft («)</literal></term> -<term><literal>\guillemotright (»)</literal></term> -<term><literal>\guilsinglleft (<)</literal></term> -<term><literal>\guilsinglright (>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double guillemets</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>single guillemets</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>single angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>French quotation marks</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quotation marks, French</primary></indexterm><para>Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: -«, », <, >. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ldots</literal></term> -<term><literal>\dots</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textellipsis</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ellipsis</primary></indexterm><para>An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): `…'. <literal>\ldots</literal> +<variablelist> +<varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\copyright</primary></indexterm><literal>\copyright</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcopyright</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcopyright</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>copyright symbol</primary></indexterm> +<para>The copyright symbol, ©. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dag</primary></indexterm><literal>\dag</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dagger, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>The dagger symbol (in text). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddag</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddag</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double dagger, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>The double dagger symbol (in text). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LaTeX</primary></indexterm><literal>\LaTeX</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; logo</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>logo, &latex;</primary></indexterm> +<para>The &latex; logo. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemotleft <lineannotation>(«)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemotleft <lineannotation>(«)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemotright <lineannotation>(»)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemotright <lineannotation>(»)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guilsinglleft <lineannotation>(‹)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\guilsinglleft <lineannotation>(‹)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guilsinglright <lineannotation>(›)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\guilsinglright <lineannotation>(›)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double guillemets</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>single guillemets</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>left angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>right angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>single angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>French quotation marks</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>quotation marks, French</primary></indexterm> +<para>Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: +«, », ‹, ›. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ldots</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dots</primary></indexterm><literal>\dots</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textellipsis</primary></indexterm><literal>\textellipsis</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ellipsis</primary></indexterm> +<para>An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): ‘…’. <literal>\ldots</literal> and <literal>\dots</literal> also work in math mode. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\lq</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left quote</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>opening quote</primary></indexterm><para>Left (opening) quote: `. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\P</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textparagraph</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph symbol</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pilcrow</primary></indexterm><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\pounds</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textsterling</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pounds symbol</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>sterling symbol</primary></indexterm><para>English pounds sterling: £. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\quotedblbase („)</literal></term> -<term><literal>\quotesinglbase (‚)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double low-9 quotation mark</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>single low-9 quotation mark</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>low-9 quotation marks, single and double</primary></indexterm><para>Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: -„ and ‚. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\rq</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right quote</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>closing quote</primary></indexterm><para>Right (closing) quote: '. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\S</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>section symbol</primary></indexterm><para>Section symbol. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\TeX</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&tex; logo</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>logo, &tex;</primary></indexterm><para>The &tex; logo. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textasciicircum</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circumflex, ASCII, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ASCII circumflex, in text</primary></indexterm><para>ASCII circumflex: ^. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textasciitilde</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde, ASCII, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ASCII tilde, in text</primary></indexterm><para>ASCII tilde: ~. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textasteriskcentered</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>asterisk, centered, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centered asterisk, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Centered asterisk: *. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbackslash</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>backslash, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Backslash: \. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbar</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical bar, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar, vertical, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Vertical bar: |. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbardbl</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical bar, double, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar, double vertical, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double vertical bar, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Double vertical bar. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbigcircle</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>big circle symbols, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circle symbol, big, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Big circle symbol. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbraceleft</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left brace, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>brace, left, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Left brace: {. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbraceright</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right brace, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>brace, right, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Right brace: }. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textbullet</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bullet, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Bullet: •. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textcircled{<replaceable>letter</replaceable>}</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circled letter, in text</primary></indexterm><para><replaceable>letter</replaceable> in a circle, as in ®. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textcompwordmark</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textcapitalwordmark</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textascenderwordmark</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>composite word mark, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cap height</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ascender height</primary></indexterm><para>Composite word mark (invisible). The <literal>\textcapital...</literal> form +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lq</primary></indexterm><literal>\lq</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left quote</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>opening quote</primary></indexterm> +<para>Left (opening) quote: ‘. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\P</primary></indexterm><literal>\P</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textparagraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\textparagraph</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph symbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>pilcrow</primary></indexterm> +<para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pounds</primary></indexterm><literal>\pounds</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsterling</primary></indexterm><literal>\textsterling</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pounds symbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sterling symbol</primary></indexterm> +<para>English pounds sterling: £. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\quotedblbase <lineannotation>(„)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\quotedblbase <lineannotation>(„)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\quotesinglbase <lineannotation>(‚)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\quotesinglbase <lineannotation>(‚)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double low-9 quotation mark</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>single low-9 quotation mark</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>low-9 quotation marks, single and double</primary></indexterm> +<para>Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: +„ and ‚. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rq</primary></indexterm><literal>\rq</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right quote</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>closing quote</primary></indexterm> +<para>Right (closing) quote: ’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\S</primary></indexterm><literal>\S</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>section symbol</primary></indexterm> +<para>Section symbol. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TeX</primary></indexterm><literal>\TeX</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&tex; logo</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>logo, &tex;</primary></indexterm> +<para>The &tex; logo. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textasciicircum</primary></indexterm><literal>\textasciicircum</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circumflex, ASCII, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ASCII circumflex, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>ASCII circumflex: ^. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textasciitilde</primary></indexterm><literal>\textasciitilde</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde, ASCII, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ASCII tilde, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>ASCII tilde: ~. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textasteriskcentered</primary></indexterm><literal>\textasteriskcentered</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>asterisk, centered, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>centered asterisk, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Centered asterisk: *. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbackslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbackslash</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>backslash, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Backslash: \. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbar</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbar</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical bar, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar, vertical, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Vertical bar: |. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbardbl</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbardbl</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical bar, double, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar, double vertical, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double vertical bar, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Double vertical bar. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbigcircle</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbigcircle</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>big circle symbols, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>circle symbol, big, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Big circle symbol. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbraceleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbraceleft</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left brace, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>brace, left, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Left brace: {. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbraceright</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbraceright</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right brace, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>brace, right, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Right brace: }. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\textbullet</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bullet, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Bullet: •. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcircled{<replaceable>letter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcircled{<replaceable>letter</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circled letter, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para><replaceable>letter</replaceable> in a circle, as in ®. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcompwordmark</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcapitalwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcapitalwordmark</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textascenderwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textascenderwordmark</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>composite word mark, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cap height</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ascender height</primary></indexterm> +<para>Composite word mark (invisible). The <literal>\textcapital...</literal> form has the cap height of the font, while the <literal>\textascender...</literal> form has the ascender height. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textdagger</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dagger, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Dagger: \dag. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textdaggerdbl</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dagger, double, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double dagger, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Double dagger: \ddag. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textdollar (or <literal>$</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dollar sign</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>currency, dollar</primary></indexterm><para>Dollar sign: $. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textemdash (or <literal>---</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash</primary></indexterm><para>Em-dash: — (for punctuation). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textendash (or <literal>--</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>e-dash</primary></indexterm><para>En-dash: — (for ranges). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\texteuro</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>euro symbol</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>currency, euro</primary></indexterm><para>The Euro symbol: €. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textexclamdown (or <literal>!`</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>exclamation point, upside-down</primary></indexterm><para>Upside down exclamation point: ¡. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textgreater</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>greater than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Greater than: >. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textless</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>less than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Less than: <. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textleftarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrow, left, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left arrow, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Left arrow. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textordfeminine</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textordmasculine</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>feminine ordinal symbol</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>masculine ordinal symbol</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ordinals, feminine and masculine</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</primary></indexterm><para>Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: ª, º. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textperiodcentered</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>period, centered, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centered period, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Centered period: \cdot. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textquestiondown (or <literal>?`</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>questionation point, upside-down</primary></indexterm><para>Upside down questionation point: ¿. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textquotedblleft (or <literal>``</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left quote, double</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double left quote</primary></indexterm><para>Double left quote: “. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textquotedblright (or <literal>'</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right quote, double</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double right quote</primary></indexterm><para>Double right quote: ”. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textquoteleft (or <literal>`</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left quote, single</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>single left quote</primary></indexterm><para>Single left quote: `. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textquoteright (or <literal>'</literal>)</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right quote, single</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>single right quote</primary></indexterm><para>Single right quote: '. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textquotestraightbase</literal></term> -<term><literal>\textquotestraightdblbase</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quote, straight base</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>straight quote, base</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>double quote, straight base</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>straight double quote, base</primary></indexterm><para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textregistered</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>registered symbol</primary></indexterm><para>Registered symbol: ®. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textrightarrow</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrow, right, in text</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right arrow, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Right arrow. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textthreequartersemdash</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>three-quarters em-dash</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, three-quarters</primary></indexterm><para>“Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\texttrademark</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>trademark symbol</primary></indexterm><para>Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\texttwelveudash</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>two-thirds em-dash</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, two-thirds</primary></indexterm><para>“Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textunderscore</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>underscore, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Underscore: _. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\textvisiblespace</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>visible space symbol, in text</primary></indexterm><para>Visible space symbol. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdagger</primary></indexterm><literal>\textdagger</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dagger, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Dagger: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\dag</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdaggerdbl</primary></indexterm><literal>\textdaggerdbl</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dagger, double, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double dagger, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Double dagger: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddag</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdollar <lineannotation>(or <literal>$</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textdollar <lineannotation>(or <literal>$</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dollar sign</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>currency, dollar</primary></indexterm> +<para>Dollar sign: $. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textemdash <lineannotation>(or <literal>---</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textemdash <lineannotation>(or <literal>---</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash</primary></indexterm> +<para>Em-dash: — (for punctuation). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textendash <lineannotation>(or <literal>--</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textendash <lineannotation>(or <literal>--</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>e-dash</primary></indexterm> +<para>En-dash: — (for ranges). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texteuro</primary></indexterm><literal>\texteuro</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>euro symbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>currency, euro</primary></indexterm> +<para>The Euro symbol: €. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textexclamdown <lineannotation>(or <literal>!`</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textexclamdown <lineannotation>(or <literal>!`</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>exclamation point, upside-down</primary></indexterm> +<para>Upside down exclamation point: ¡. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textgreater</primary></indexterm><literal>\textgreater</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>greater than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Greater than: >. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textless</primary></indexterm><literal>\textless</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>less than symbol, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Less than: <. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textleftarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\textleftarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrow, left, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>left arrow, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Left arrow. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordfeminine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordfeminine</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textordmasculine</primary></indexterm><literal>\textordmasculine</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>feminine ordinal symbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>masculine ordinal symbol</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ordinals, feminine and masculine</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</primary></indexterm> +<para>Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: ª, º. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textperiodcentered</primary></indexterm><literal>\textperiodcentered</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>period, centered, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>centered period, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Centered period: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\cdot</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquestiondown <lineannotation>(or <literal>?`</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textquestiondown <lineannotation>(or <literal>?`</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>questionation point, upside-down</primary></indexterm> +<para>Upside down questionation point: ¿. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotedblleft <lineannotation>(or <literal>``</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotedblleft <lineannotation>(or <literal>``</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left quote, double</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double left quote</primary></indexterm> +<para>Double left quote: “. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotedblright <lineannotation>(or <literal>'</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotedblright <lineannotation>(or <literal>'</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right quote, double</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double right quote</primary></indexterm> +<para>Double right quote: ”. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquoteleft <lineannotation>(or <literal>`</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textquoteleft <lineannotation>(or <literal>`</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>left quote, single</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>single left quote</primary></indexterm> +<para>Single left quote: ‘. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquoteright <lineannotation>(or <literal>'</literal>)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm><literal>\textquoteright <lineannotation>(or <literal>'</literal>)</lineannotation></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right quote, single</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>single right quote</primary></indexterm> +<para>Single right quote: ’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightbase</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightdblbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightdblbase</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quote, straight base</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>straight quote, base</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>double quote, straight base</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>straight double quote, base</primary></indexterm> +<para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textregistered</primary></indexterm><literal>\textregistered</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>registered symbol</primary></indexterm> +<para>Registered symbol: ®. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textrightarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\textrightarrow</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrow, right, in text</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>right arrow, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Right arrow. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textthreequartersemdash</primary></indexterm><literal>\textthreequartersemdash</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>three-quarters em-dash</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, three-quarters</primary></indexterm> +<para>“Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttrademark</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttrademark</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>trademark symbol</primary></indexterm> +<para>Trademark symbol: <inlineequation><mathphrase>^{\hbox{TM}}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttwelveudash</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttwelveudash</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>two-thirds em-dash</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em-dash, two-thirds</primary></indexterm> +<para>“Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textunderscore</primary></indexterm><literal>\textunderscore</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>underscore, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Underscore: _. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textvisiblespace</primary></indexterm><literal>\textvisiblespace</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>visible space symbol, in text</primary></indexterm> +<para>Visible space symbol. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> <sect1 label="22.3" id="Accents"> <title>Accents</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, accented</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, accented</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world's scripts and +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, accented</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, accented</primary></indexterm> + +<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and languages, through the <literal>babel</literal> package and related support. This section does not attempt to cover all that support. It merely lists the core &latex; commands for creating accented characters. @@ -4850,150 +5558,249 @@ the core &latex; commands for creating accented characters. <para>The <literal>\capital...</literal> commands produce alternative forms for use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\"</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitaldieresis</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\" (umlaut accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaldieresis</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>umlaut accent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dieresis accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in ö. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\'</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalacute</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\' (acute accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalacute</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>acute accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces an acute accent, as in ó. In the <literal>tabbing</literal> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\"</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitaldieresis</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\" <lineannotation>(umlaut accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaldieresis</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>umlaut accent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dieresis accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in ö. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\'</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalacute</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\’ <lineannotation>(acute accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalacute</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>acute accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces an acute accent, as in ó. In the <literal>tabbing</literal> environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column -(see <xref linkend="tabbing"></xref>). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\.</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\. (dot-over accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot accent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot-over accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a dot accent over the following, as in o.. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\=</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalmacron</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\= (macron accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalmacron</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>macron accent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>overbar accent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar-over accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in o¯. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\^</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalcircumflex</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\^ (circumflex accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcircumflex</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>circumflex accent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hat accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in ô. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\`</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalgrave</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\` (grave accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalgrave</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>grave accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a grave accent over the following, as in ò. In the +(see <link linkend="tabbing">tabbing</link>). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\.</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\. <lineannotation>(dot-over accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot accent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot-over accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a dot accent over the following, as in ȯ. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\=</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalmacron</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\= <lineannotation>(macron accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalmacron</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>macron accent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>overbar accent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar-over accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in ō. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\^</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalcircumflex</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\^ <lineannotation>(circumflex accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcircumflex</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>circumflex accent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hat accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in ô. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\`</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalgrave</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\‘ <lineannotation>(grave accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalgrave</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>grave accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a grave accent over the following, as in ò. In the <literal>tabbing</literal> environment, move following text to the right margin -(see <xref linkend="tabbing"></xref>). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\~</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitaltilde</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~ (tilde accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaltilde</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in ñ. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\b</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\b (bar-under accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar-under accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\c</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalcedilla</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\c (cedilla accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcedilla</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cedilla accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in ç. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\d</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitaldotaccent</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\d (dot-under accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaldotaccent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot-under accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a dot accent under the following, as in .o. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\H</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalhungarumlaut</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\H (Hungarian umlaut accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalhungarumlaut</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hungarian umlaut accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in o''. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\i</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\i (dotless i)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless i</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a dotless i, as in `i'. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\j</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\j (dotless j)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless j</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a dotless j, as in `j'. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\k</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalogonek</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\k (ogonek)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalogonek</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ogonek</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a letter with ogonek, as in `o;'. Not available in +(see <link linkend="tabbing">tabbing</link>). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\~</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitaltilde</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~ <lineannotation>(tilde accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaltilde</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tilde accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in ñ. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\b</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\b <lineannotation>(bar-under accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>bar-under accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\c</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalcedilla</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\c <lineannotation>(cedilla accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcedilla</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cedilla accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in ç. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\d</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitaldotaccent</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\d <lineannotation>(dot-under accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaldotaccent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dot-under accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a dot accent under the following, as in ọ. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\H</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalhungarumlaut</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\H <lineannotation>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalhungarumlaut</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hungarian umlaut accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in ő. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\i</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\i <lineannotation>(dotless i)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless i</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a dotless i, as in ‘i’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\j</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\j <lineannotation>(dotless j)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>dotless j</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a dotless j, as in ‘j’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\k</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalogonek</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\k <lineannotation>(ogonek)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalogonek</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ogonek</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a letter with ogonek, as in ‘ǫ’. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\r</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalring</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\r (ring accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalring</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ring accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a ring accent, as in `o*'. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\t</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitaltie</literal></term> -<term><literal>\newtie</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalnewtie</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\t (tie-after accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaltie</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtie</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalnewtie</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie-after accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a tie-after accent, as in `oo['. The +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\r</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalring</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\r <lineannotation>(ring accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalring</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ring accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a ring accent, as in ‘o*’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\t</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitaltie</literal> +</term><term><literal>\newtie</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalnewtie</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\t <lineannotation>(tie-after accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitaltie</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtie</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalnewtie</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie-after accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a tie-after accent, as in ‘oo[’. The <literal>\newtie</literal> form is centered in its box. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\u</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalbreve</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\u (breve accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalbreve</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>breve accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a breve accent, as in `o('. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\underbar</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbar</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>underbar</primary></indexterm><para>Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\u</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalbreve</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\u <lineannotation>(breve accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalbreve</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>breve accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a breve accent, as in ‘ŏ’. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\underbar</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbar</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>underbar</primary></indexterm> +<para>Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. The argument is always processed in horizontal mode. The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through -descenders. See also <literal>\underline</literal> in <xref linkend="Math-miscellany"></xref>. +descenders. See also <literal>\underline</literal> in <link linkend="Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</link>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\v</literal></term> -<term><literal>\capitalcaron</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\v (breve accent)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcaron</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>hacek accent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>check accent</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>caron accent</primary></indexterm><para>Produces a hác<ek (check, caron) accent, as in `o<'. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\v</literal> +</term><term><literal>\capitalcaron</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\v <lineannotation>(breve accent)</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\capitalcaron</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hacek accent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>check accent</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>caron accent</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produces a háček (check, caron) accent, as in ‘ǒ’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="22.4" id="Non-English-characters"> +<sect1 label="22.4" id="Non_002dEnglish-characters"> <title>Non-English characters</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>special characters</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>non-English characters</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, non-English</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, non-English</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>special characters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>non-English characters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, non-English</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, non-English</primary></indexterm> + <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting characters commonly used in languages other than English. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\aa</literal></term> -<term><literal>\AA</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\aa (å)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AA (Å)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>aring</primary></indexterm><para>å and Å. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ae</literal></term> -<term><literal>\AE</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ae (æ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AE (Æ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ae ligature</primary></indexterm><para>æ and Æ. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dh</literal></term> -<term><literal>\DH</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dh (æ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DH (Æ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Icelandic eth</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>eth, Icelandic letter</primary></indexterm><para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dj</literal></term> -<term><literal>\DJ</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dj</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DJ</primary></indexterm><para>xxxx -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ij</literal></term> -<term><literal>\IJ</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ij (ij)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IJ (IJ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>ij letter, Dutch</primary></indexterm><para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\l</literal></term> -<term><literal>\L</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l (/l)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\L (/L)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>polish l</primary></indexterm><para>/l and /L. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ng</literal></term> -<term><literal>\NG</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ng</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NG</primary></indexterm><para>xxxx -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\o</literal></term> -<term><literal>\O</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\o (ø)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\O (Ø)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>oslash</primary></indexterm><para>ø and Ø. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\oe</literal></term> -<term><literal>\OE</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oe (œ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\OE (Œ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>oe ligature</primary></indexterm><para>œ and Œ. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ss</literal></term> -<term><literal>\SS</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ss (ß)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SS (SS)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>es-zet German letter</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>sharp S letters</primary></indexterm><para>ß and SS. -</para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\th</literal></term> -<term><literal>\TH</literal></term> -<listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\th (þ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TH (Þ)</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Icelandic thorn</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thorn, Icelandic letter</primary></indexterm><para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. +<variablelist> +<varlistentry><term><literal>\aa</literal> +</term><term><literal>\AA</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\aa (å)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AA (Å)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>aring</primary></indexterm> +<para>å and Å. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ae</literal> +</term><term><literal>\AE</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ae (æ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AE (Æ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ae ligature</primary></indexterm> +<para>æ and Æ. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dh</literal> +</term><term><literal>\DH</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dh (æ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DH (Æ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Icelandic eth</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>eth, Icelandic letter</primary></indexterm> +<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dj</literal> +</term><term><literal>\DJ</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dj</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DJ</primary></indexterm> +<para>xxxx +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ij</literal> +</term><term><literal>\IJ</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ij (ij)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IJ (IJ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>ij letter, Dutch</primary></indexterm> +<para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\l</literal> +</term><term><literal>\L</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\l (ł)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\L (Ł)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>polish l</primary></indexterm> +<para>ł and Ł. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ng</literal> +</term><term><literal>\NG</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ng</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NG</primary></indexterm> +<para>xxxx +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\o</literal> +</term><term><literal>\O</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\o (ø)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\O (Ø)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>oslash</primary></indexterm> +<para>ø and Ø. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\oe</literal> +</term><term><literal>\OE</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\oe (œ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\OE (Œ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>oe ligature</primary></indexterm> +<para>œ and Œ. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ss</literal> +</term><term><literal>\SS</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ss (ß)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\SS (SS)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>es-zet German letter</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sharp S letters</primary></indexterm> +<para>ß and SS. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\th</literal> +</term><term><literal>\TH</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\th (þ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TH (Þ)</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Icelandic thorn</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>thorn, Icelandic letter</primary></indexterm> +<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="22.5"> +<sect1 label="22.5" id="_005crule"> <title><literal>\rule</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rule</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\rule[<replaceable>raise</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>}{<replaceable>thickness</replaceable>} @@ -5001,28 +5808,29 @@ used in languages other than English. <para>The <literal>\rule</literal> command produces <firstterm>rules</firstterm>, that is, lines or rectangles. The arguments are: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>raise</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>How high to raise the rule (optional). +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>raise</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>How high to raise the rule (optional). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>width</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The length of the rule (mandatory). +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>width</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The length of the rule (mandatory). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>thickness</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The thickness of the rule (mandatory). +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>thickness</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The thickness of the rule (mandatory). </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect1> -<sect1 label="22.6"> +<sect1 label="22.6" id="_005ctoday"> <title><literal>\today</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\today</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\today</literal> command produces today's date, in the format -‘<literal><replaceable>month</replaceable> <replaceable>dd</replaceable>, <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></literal>’; for example, `July 4, 1976'. + +<para>The <literal>\today</literal> command produces today’s date, in the format +‘<literal><replaceable>month</replaceable> <replaceable>dd</replaceable>, <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></literal>’; for example, ‘July 4, 1976’. It uses the predefined counters <literal>\day</literal>, <literal>\month</literal>, and -<literal>\year</literal> (see <xref linkend="\day-\month-\year"></xref>) to do this. It is not +<literal>\year</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</link>) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>datetime</literal> package</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>datetime</literal> package, among others, can produce a wide variety +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>datetime</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>datetime</literal> package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. </para> @@ -5030,39 +5838,44 @@ of other date formats. </chapter> <chapter label="23" id="Splitting-the-input"> <title>Splitting the input</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>splitting the input file</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>input file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>splitting the input file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>input file</primary></indexterm> + <para>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole -input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into +input in a single large file, it’s more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run &latex;. </para> -<sect1 label="23.1"> +<sect1 label="23.1" id="_005cinclude"> <title><literal>\include</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\include</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\include{<replaceable>file</replaceable>} </screen> <para>If no <literal>\includeonly</literal> command is present, the <literal>\include</literal> command executes <literal>\clearpage</literal> to start a new page -(see <xref linkend="\clearpage"></xref>), then reads <replaceable>file</replaceable>, then does another +(see <link linkend="_005cclearpage">\clearpage</link>), then reads <replaceable>file</replaceable>, then does another <literal>\clearpage</literal>. </para> <para>Given an <literal>\includeonly</literal> command, the <literal>\include</literal> actions are only run if <replaceable>file</replaceable> is listed as an argument to <literal>\includeonly</literal>. See the next section. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nested <literal>\include</literal>, not allowed</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>\include</literal> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>nested <literal>\include</literal>, not allowed</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>\include</literal> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file read by another <literal>\include</literal> command. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="23.2"> +<sect1 label="23.2" id="_005cincludeonly"> <title>\<literal>includeonly</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\includeonly</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\includeonly{<replaceable>file1</replaceable>,<replaceable>file2</replaceable>,...} @@ -5077,9 +5890,10 @@ effective. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="23.3" id="\input"> +<sect1 label="23.3" id="_005cinput"> <title>\input</title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\input</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\input{<replaceable>file</replaceable>} @@ -5088,15 +5902,15 @@ effective. and processed, as if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that point. </para> -<para>If <replaceable>file</replaceable> does not end in ‘<literal>.tex</literal>’ (e.g., ‘<literal>foo</literal>’ or -‘<literal>foo.bar</literal>’), it is first tried with that extension (‘<literal>foo.tex</literal>’ -or ‘<literal>foo.bar.tex</literal>’). If that is not found, the original <replaceable>file</replaceable> -is tried (‘<literal>foo</literal>’ or ‘<literal>foo.bar</literal>’). +<para>If <replaceable>file</replaceable> does not end in ‘<literal>.tex</literal>’ (e.g., ‘<literal>foo</literal>’ or +‘<literal>foo.bar</literal>’), it is first tried with that extension (‘<literal>foo.tex</literal>’ +or ‘<literal>foo.bar.tex</literal>’). If that is not found, the original <replaceable>file</replaceable> +is tried (‘<literal>foo</literal>’ or ‘<literal>foo.bar</literal>’). </para> </sect1> </chapter> -<chapter label="24" id="Front/back-matter"> +<chapter label="24" id="Front_002fback-matter"> <title>Front/back matter</title> @@ -5105,7 +5919,10 @@ is tried (‘<literal>foo</literal>’ or ‘<literal>foo.bar</liter <title>Tables of contents</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents, creating</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tableofcontents</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.toc file</primary></indexterm><para>A table of contents is produced with the <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tableofcontents</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>.toc <lineannotation>file</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>A table of contents is produced with the <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go; &latex; does the rest for you. A previous run must have generated a <filename>.toc</filename> file. @@ -5115,78 +5932,87 @@ not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the table of contents, write a <literal>\newpage</literal> command after the <literal>\tableofcontents</literal> command. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoffigures</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoftables</primary></indexterm><para>The analogous commands <literal>\listoffigures</literal> and <literal>\listoftables</literal> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoffigures</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\listoftables</primary></indexterm> +<para>The analogous commands <literal>\listoffigures</literal> and <literal>\listoftables</literal> produce a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nofiles</primary></indexterm><para>The command <literal>\nofiles</literal> overrides these commands, and +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nofiles</primary></indexterm> +<para>The command <literal>\nofiles</literal> overrides these commands, and <emphasis>prevents</emphasis> any of these lists from being generated. </para> -<sect2 label="24.1.1" id="\addcontentsline"> +<sect2 label="24.1.1" id="_005caddcontentsline"> <title>\addcontentsline</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents entry, manually adding</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents entry, manually adding</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\addcontentsline</literal>{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written, +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written, typically one of: <literal>toc</literal> (table of contents), <literal>lof</literal> (list of figures), or <literal>lot</literal> (list of tables). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>unit</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>unit</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the following, matching the value of the <replaceable>ext</replaceable> argument: </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>toc</literal></term> -<listitem><para>The name of the sectional unit: <literal>part</literal>, <literal>chapter</literal>, +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>toc</literal> +</term><listitem><para>The name of the sectional unit: <literal>part</literal>, <literal>chapter</literal>, <literal>section</literal>, <literal>subsection</literal>, <literal>subsubsection</literal>. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lof</literal></term> -<listitem><para>For the list of figures. -</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lot</literal></term> -<listitem><para>For the list of tables. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lof</literal> +</term><listitem><para>For the list of figures. +</para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lot</literal> +</term><listitem><para>For the list of tables. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>entry</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The actual text of the entry. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>entry</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The actual text of the entry. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm><para>What is written to the <filename>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename> file is the +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm> +<para>What is written to the <filename>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename> file is the command <literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}</literal>. </para> <!-- ?? how hardwired are these values? other unit names? --> </sect2> -<sect2 label="24.1.2" id="\addtocontents"> +<sect2 label="24.1.2" id="_005caddtocontents"> <title>\addtocontents</title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtocontents{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\addtocontents</literal>{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} command adds text (or formatting commands) directly to the <filename>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename> file that generates the table of contents or lists of figures or tables. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written: +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written: <filename>toc</filename> (table of contents), <filename>lof</filename> (list of figures), or <filename>lot</filename> (list of tables). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable></term> -<listitem><para>The text to be written. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable> +</term><listitem><para>The text to be written. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> - </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="24.2" id="Glossaries"> <title>Glossaries</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>glossaries</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeglossary</primary></indexterm><para>The command <literal>\makeglossary</literal> enables creating glossaries. + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeglossary</primary></indexterm> +<para>The command <literal>\makeglossary</literal> enables creating glossaries. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\glossary</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.glo</filename> file</primary></indexterm><para>The command <literal>\glossary{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> writes a glossary entry for +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\glossary</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.glo</filename> file</primary></indexterm> +<para>The command <literal>\glossary{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> writes a glossary entry for <replaceable>text</replaceable> to an auxiliary file with the <filename>.glo</filename> extension. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\glossaryentry</primary></indexterm><para>Specifically, what gets written is the command +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\glossaryentry</primary></indexterm> +<para>Specifically, what gets written is the command <literal>\glossaryentry{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pageno</replaceable>}</literal>, where <replaceable>pageno</replaceable> is the current <literal>\thepage</literal> value. </para> @@ -5198,44 +6024,60 @@ glossaries. <sect1 label="24.3" id="Indexes"> <title>Indexes</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>indexes</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeindex</primary></indexterm><para>The command <literal>\makeindex</literal> enables creating indexes. Put this in + +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makeindex</primary></indexterm> +<para>The command <literal>\makeindex</literal> enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\index</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.idx</filename> file</primary></indexterm><para>The command <literal>\index{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> writes an index entry for +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\index</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.idx</filename> file</primary></indexterm> +<para>The command <literal>\index{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> writes an index entry for <replaceable>text</replaceable> to an auxiliary file with the <filename>.idx</filename> extension. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexentry</primary></indexterm><para>Specifically, what gets written is the command +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexentry</primary></indexterm> +<para>Specifically, what gets written is the command <literal>\indexentry{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pageno</replaceable>}</literal>, where <replaceable>pageno</replaceable> is the current <literal>\thepage</literal> value. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>`see' and `see also' index entries</primary></indexterm><para>To generate a index entry for `bar' that says `See foo', use a +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>‘see’ and ‘see also’ index entries</primary></indexterm> +<para>To generate a index entry for ‘bar’ that says ‘See foo’, use a vertical bar: <literal>\index{bar|see{foo}}</literal>. Use <literal>seealso</literal> -instead of <literal>see</literal> to make a `See also' entry. +instead of <literal>see</literal> to make a ‘See also’ entry. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\seename</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alsoname</primary></indexterm><para>The text `See' is defined by the macro <literal>\seename</literal>, and `See also' +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\seename</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alsoname</primary></indexterm> +<para>The text ‘See’ is defined by the macro <literal>\seename</literal>, and ‘See also’ by the macro <literal>\alsoname</literal>. These can be redefined for other languages. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>makeindex</command> program</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>xindy</command> program</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.ind</filename> file</primary></indexterm><para>The generated <filename>.idx</filename> file is then sorted with an external +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>makeindex</command> program</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>xindy</command> program</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.ind</filename> file</primary></indexterm> +<para>The generated <filename>.idx</filename> file is then sorted with an external command, usually either <command>makeindex</command> (<ulink url="http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex">http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex</ulink>) or (the multi-lingual) <command>xindy</command> (<ulink url="http://xindy.sourceforge.net">http://xindy.sourceforge.net</ulink>). This results in a <filename>.ind</filename> file, which can then be read to typeset the index. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>printindex</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>makeidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm><para>The index is usually generated with the <literal>\printindex</literal> command. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>printindex</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>makeidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>The index is usually generated with the <literal>\printindex</literal> command. This is defined in the <literal>makeidx</literal> package, so <literal>\usepackage{makeidx}</literal> needs to be in the preamble. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>indexspace</primary></indexterm><para>The rubber length <literal>\indexspace</literal> is inserted before each new -letter in the printed index; its default value is ‘<literal>10pt plus5pt -minus3pt</literal>’. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>indexspace</primary></indexterm> +<para>The rubber length <literal>\indexspace</literal> is inserted before each new +letter in the printed index; its default value is ‘<literal>10pt plus5pt +minus3pt</literal>’. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>showidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>showidx</literal> package causes each index entries to be shown in +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>showidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>showidx</literal> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>multind</literal> package</primary></indexterm><para>The <literal>multind</literal> package supports multiple indexes. See also the +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>multind</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>multind</literal> package supports multiple indexes. See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, <ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</ulink>. </para> @@ -5244,7 +6086,9 @@ preparing the index. </chapter> <chapter label="25" id="Letters"> <title>Letters</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating letters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating letters</primary></indexterm> + <para>You can use &latex; to typeset letters, both personal and business. The <literal>letter</literal> document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make just one if you so desire. @@ -5271,8 +6115,9 @@ the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary &latex; input. Commands that make no sense in a letter, like <literal>\chapter</literal>, do not work. The letter closes with a <literal>\closing</literal> command. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for letters</primary></indexterm><para>After the <literal>closing</literal>, you can have additional material. The -<literal>\cc</literal> command produces the usual “cc: …”. There's also a +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ <lineannotation>for letters</lineannotation></primary></indexterm> +<para>After the <literal>closing</literal>, you can have additional material. The +<literal>\cc</literal> command produces the usual “cc: …”. There’s also a similar <literal>\encl</literal> command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use <literal>\\</literal> to separate the items. </para> @@ -5280,25 +6125,28 @@ commands, use <literal>\\</literal> to separate the items. </para> -<sect1 label="25.1"> +<sect1 label="25.1" id="_005caddress"> <title>\address{<replaceable>return-address}</replaceable></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\address</primary></indexterm> + <para>The <literal>\address</literal> specifies the return address of a letter, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated by <literal>\\</literal> commands. </para> <para>If you do not make an <literal>\address</literal> declaration, then the letter -will be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard -letterhead. (See <xref linkend="Overview"></xref>, for details on your local +will be formatted for copying onto your organisation’s standard +letterhead. (See <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>, for details on your local implementation). If you give an <literal>\address</literal> declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a personal letter. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.2"> +<sect1 label="25.2" id="_005ccc"> <title><literal>\cc</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cc</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cc list, in letters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cc</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cc list, in letters</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\cc{<replaceable>name1</replaceable>\\<replaceable>name2</replaceable>} @@ -5308,10 +6156,13 @@ printed on a separate line. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.3"> +<sect1 label="25.3" id="_005cclosing"> <title><literal>\closing</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closing</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, ending</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>closing letters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\closing</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, ending</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>closing letters</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\closing{text} @@ -5321,10 +6172,12 @@ printed on a separate line. </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.4"> +<sect1 label="25.4" id="_005cencl"> <title><literal>\encl</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\encl</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>enclosure list</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\encl</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>enclosure list</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\encl{<replaceable>line1</replaceable>\\<replaceable>line2</replaceable>} @@ -5333,19 +6186,21 @@ printed on a separate line. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.5"> +<sect1 label="25.5" id="_005clocation"> <title><literal>\location</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\location</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\location{address}</literal> </para> -<para>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only appears +<para>This modifies your organisation’s standard address. This only appears if the <literal>firstpage</literal> pagestyle is selected. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.6"> +<sect1 label="25.6" id="_005cmakelabels"> <title><literal>\makelabels</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\makelabels</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\makelabels{number}</literal> </para> <para>If you issue this command in the preamble, &latex; will create a sheet of @@ -5354,9 +6209,10 @@ address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.7"> +<sect1 label="25.7" id="_005cname"> <title><literal>\name</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\name</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\name{June Davenport}</literal> </para> <para>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return @@ -5364,9 +6220,11 @@ address. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.8"> +<sect1 label="25.8" id="_005copening"> <title><literal>\opening{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\opening</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, starting</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\opening</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, starting</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\opening{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} @@ -5379,26 +6237,30 @@ For instance: </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.9"> +<sect1 label="25.9" id="_005cps"> <title><literal>\ps</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ps</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>postscript, in letters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ps</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>postscript, in letters</primary></indexterm> + <para>Use the <literal>\ps</literal> command to start a postscript in a letter, after <literal>\closing</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.10"> +<sect1 label="25.10" id="_005csignature"> <title><literal>\signature{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\signature</primary></indexterm> + <para>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the space for your signature. <literal>\\</literal> starts a new line within <replaceable>text</replaceable> as usual. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.11"> +<sect1 label="25.11" id="_005cstartbreaks"> <title><literal>\startbreaks</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\startbreaks</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\startbreaks</literal> </para> <para>Used after a <literal>\stopbreaks</literal> command to allow page breaks again. @@ -5406,9 +6268,10 @@ space for your signature. <literal>\\</literal> starts a new line within </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.12"> +<sect1 label="25.12" id="_005cstopbreaks"> <title><literal>\stopbreaks</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stopbreaks</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\stopbreaks</literal> </para> <para>Inhibit page breaks until a <literal>\startbreaks</literal> command occurs. @@ -5416,9 +6279,10 @@ space for your signature. <literal>\\</literal> starts a new line within </sect1> -<sect1 label="25.13"> +<sect1 label="25.13" id="_005ctelephone"> <title><literal>\telephone</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\telephone</primary></indexterm> + <para><literal>\telephone{number}</literal> </para> <para>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the @@ -5427,14 +6291,17 @@ space for your signature. <literal>\\</literal> starts a new line within </sect1> </chapter> -<chapter label="26" id="Terminal-input/output"> +<chapter label="26" id="Terminal-input_002foutput"> <title>Terminal input/output</title> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>input/output</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>terminal input/output</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>input/output</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>terminal input/output</primary></indexterm> -<sect1 label="26.1"> + +<sect1 label="26.1" id="_005ctypein"> <title><literal>\typein[<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>]{<replaceable>msg</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\typein</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\typein[<replaceable>\cmd</replaceable>]{<replaceable>msg</replaceable>} @@ -5449,9 +6316,10 @@ redefined to be the typed input. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="26.2"> +<sect1 label="26.2" id="_005ctypeout"> <title><literal>\typeout{<replaceable>msg</replaceable>}</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\typeout</primary></indexterm> + <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\typeout{<replaceable>msg</replaceable>} @@ -5461,7 +6329,7 @@ Commands in <literal>msg</literal> that are defined with <literal>\newcommand</l <literal>\renewcommand</literal> (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. </para> -<para>&latex;'s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space +<para>&latex;’s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <literal>msg</literal>. A <literal>\space</literal> command in <literal>msg</literal> causes a single space to be printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A <literal>^^J</literal> in @@ -5473,6 +6341,7 @@ printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A <literal>^^J</literal> in <chapter label="27" id="Command-line"> <title>Command line</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>command line</primary></indexterm> + <para>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; &tex; uses <filename>.tex</filename> as a default file extension. If you omit the input file entirely, &tex; accepts input from the terminal. You @@ -5483,23 +6352,27 @@ command; e.g. </screen> <para>will process <filename>foo.tex</filename> without pausing after every error. </para> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>‘<literal>*</literal>’ prompt</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="cp"><primary>prompt, ‘<literal>*</literal>’</primary></indexterm><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stop</primary></indexterm><para>If &latex; stops in the middle of the document and gives you a -‘<literal>*</literal>’ prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type <literal>\stop</literal> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>‘<literal>*</literal>’ prompt</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>prompt, ‘<literal>*</literal>’</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stop</primary></indexterm> +<para>If &latex; stops in the middle of the document and gives you a +‘<literal>*</literal>’ prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type <literal>\stop</literal> (and return) and it will prematurely end the document. </para> </chapter> -<appendix label="Appendix A" id="Document-templates"> +<appendix label="A" id="Document-templates"> <title>Document templates</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>document templates</primary></indexterm> + <para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional templates are collected at -<ulink url="http://www.howtotex.com/templates">http://www.howtotex.com/templates</ulink>. +be useful. Additional template resources are listed +<ulink url="http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</ulink>. </para> -<sect1 label="A.1"> +<sect1 label="A.1" id="book-template"> <title><literal>book</literal> template</title> <screen>\documentclass{book} @@ -5521,7 +6394,7 @@ The end. </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="A.2"> +<sect1 label="A.2" id="beamer-template"> <title><literal>beamer</literal> template</title> <para>The <literal>beamer</literal> class creates slides presentations. @@ -5551,7 +6424,7 @@ The end. </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="A.3"> +<sect1 label="A.3" id="tugboat-template"> <title><literal>tugboat</literal> template</title> <para><citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group, @@ -5561,13 +6434,13 @@ The end. \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf - \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, + urlcolor=black]{hyperref} \else - \usepackage{url} +\usepackage{url} \fi -\title{Example \TUB\ Article} +\title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. \author{First Last} @@ -5575,12 +6448,12 @@ The end. \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} -\maketitle - \begin{document} +\maketitle + \begin{abstract} -This is an example article for a regular \TUB{} issue. +This is an example article for \TUB{}. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} @@ -5592,22 +6465,23 @@ We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. -The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: -{\small -\begin{verbatim} +% verbatim blocks are often better in \small +\begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas +\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe +\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug +\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\TUB \TUG \tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE \Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag \careof \thinskip -\acro{FRED} -> {\small fred} % please use! +\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred \env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> @@ -5615,14 +6489,13 @@ The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -} For more information, see the ltubguid document at: \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} +(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - \bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style \nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty \bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX @@ -5633,17 +6506,17 @@ Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. </sect1> </appendix> -<chapter label="" xreflabel="Concept Index" id="Concept-Index"> +<chapter label="" id="Concept-Index"> <title>Concept Index</title> -<index></index> +<index role="cp"></index> <!-- The name of the `Command Index' node must NOT be altered for ltx-help.el. --> </chapter> -<chapter label="" xreflabel="Command Index" id="Command-Index"> +<chapter label="" id="Command-Index"> <title>Command Index</title> -<index></index> +<index role="fn"></index> </chapter> </book> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html index 08033cf85b3..399a533ae25 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> <html> <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a -document preparation system, version of May 2011. +document preparation system, version of May 2012. -This was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS -Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in +the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as TeXniques number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). -Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Karl Berry. +Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry. Copyright (C) 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -32,19 +32,18 @@ resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. - --> -<!-- Created by @PACKAGE_NAME@ @PACKAGE_VERSION@, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. --> +<!-- Created by Texinfo 4.13.90+dev, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> <head> -<title>LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2011)</title> +<title>LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2012)</title> -<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2011)"> -<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2011)"> +<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2012)"> +<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2012)"> <meta name="resource-type" content="document"> <meta name="distribution" content="global"> -<meta name="Generator" content="@PACKAGE_NAME@"> +<meta name="Generator" content="texi2any"> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> -<link href="#Top" rel="start" title="LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2011)"> +<link href="#Top" rel="start" title="Top"> <link href="#Concept-Index" rel="index" title="Concept Index"> <link href="#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents"> <link href="dir.html#Top" rel="up" title="(dir)"> @@ -78,15 +77,19 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} </head> <body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000"> +<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2012)</h1> + + + + -<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e reference manual (May 2011)</h1> <a name="SEC_Overview"></a> -<h1>Short Table of Contents</h1> +<h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2> <div class="shortcontents"> <ul class="no-bullet"> -<li><a name="stoc-Overview-of-LaTeX-1" href="#toc-Overview-of-LaTeX-1">1 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> +<li><a name="stoc-About-this-document-1" href="#toc-About-this-document-1">1 About this document</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#toc-Overview-of-LaTeX">2 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Starting-_0026-ending-1" href="#toc-Starting-_0026-ending-1">3 Starting & ending</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Document-classes-1" href="#toc-Document-classes-1">4 Document classes</a></li> @@ -120,12 +123,12 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} </div> <a name="SEC_Contents"></a> -<h1>Table of Contents</h1> +<h2 class="contents-heading">Table of Contents</h2> <div class="contents"> <ul class="no-bullet"> - <li><a name="toc-Overview-of-LaTeX-1" href="#About-this-document">1 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-About-this-document-1" href="#About-this-document">1 About this document</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#Overview">2 Overview of LaTeX</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Starting-_0026-ending-1" href="#Starting-_0026-ending">3 Starting & ending</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">4 Document classes</a> @@ -401,81 +404,82 @@ Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this documen <h1 class="top">LaTeX2e</h1> <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a -document preparation system, version as of May 2011. It is +document preparation system, version as of May 2012. It is intended to cover LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Bug reporting, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Overview" accesskey="2">Overview</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> What is LaTeX? +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Overview" accesskey="2">Overview</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What is LaTeX? </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Starting-_0026-ending" accesskey="3">Starting & ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> The standard beginning and end of a document. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Starting-_0026-ending" accesskey="3">Starting & ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The standard beginning and end of a document. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="4">Document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Some of the various classes available. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="4">Document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Some of the various classes available. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Typefaces" accesskey="5">Typefaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> And fonts, such as bold, italics etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Typefaces" accesskey="5">Typefaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">And fonts, such as bold, italics etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Layout" accesskey="6">Layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Controlling the page layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Layout" accesskey="6">Layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Controlling the page layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="7">Sectioning</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> How to section properly. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="7">Sectioning</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to section properly. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="8">Cross references</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Automatic referencing. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="8">Cross references</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic referencing. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environments" accesskey="9">Environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Such as enumerate & itemize. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Environments" accesskey="9">Environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Such as enumerate & itemize. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Influencing line breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing line breaks. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Influencing page breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Influencing page breaks. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> How to produce footnotes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to produce footnotes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Define your own commands etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Definitions">Definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Internal counters used by LaTeX. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Counters">Counters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Internal counters used by LaTeX. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> The length commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The length commands. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Paragraph commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph commands. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> How to create mathematical formulas. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to create mathematical formulas. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Paragraph, Math or LR modes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Paragraph, Math or LR modes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Various styles of page layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various styles of page layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Horizontal and vertical space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal and vertical space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Making boxes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making boxes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Inserting reserved and special characters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting reserved and special characters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Dealing with big files by splitting. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Dealing with big files by splitting. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Front_002fback-matter">Front/back matter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> The letter class. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The letter class. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput">Terminal input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> User interaction. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput">Terminal input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">User interaction. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line">Command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> System-independent command-line behavior. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-line">Command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">System-independent command-line behavior. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Starter templates for various document classes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-templates">Document templates</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Starter templates for various document classes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> General index. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Concept-Index">Concept Index</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">General index. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Alphabetical list of LaTeX commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Command-Index">Command Index</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Alphabetical list of LaTeX commands. </td></tr> </table> +<hr> <a name="About-this-document"></a> <div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview</a>, Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Top</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Overview-of-LaTeX-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">1 Overview of LaTeX</h1> +<a name="About-this-document-1"></a> +<h2 class="chapter">1 About this document</h2> <a name="index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e"></a> <a name="index-Lamport_002c-Leslie"></a> @@ -500,6 +504,28 @@ comments to <a href="mailto:latexrefman-discuss@gna.org">latexrefman-discuss@gna current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. </p> +<p>Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about +LaTeX. Here are a few: +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt><a href="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</a></dt> +<dd><p>Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><a href="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</a></dt> +<dd><p>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><a href="http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</a></dt> +<dd><p>The guide for document authors maintained as part of LaTeX; there +are several others. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><a href="http://tug.org/begin.html">http://tug.org/begin.html</a></dt> +<dd><p>Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX. +</p></dd> +</dl> + <hr> <a name="Overview"></a> @@ -508,7 +534,7 @@ infrastructure. Next: <a href="#Starting-_0026-ending" accesskey="n" rel="next">Starting & ending</a>, Previous: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="p" rel="previous">About this document</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Overview-of-LaTeX"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">2 Overview of LaTeX</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">2 Overview of LaTeX</h2> <p>What is LaTeX? </p> @@ -523,8 +549,7 @@ text that can be written in any reasonable editor. It produces at least three files as output: </p> <ol> -<li> -The main output file, which is one of: +<li> The main output file, which is one of: <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>.dvi</code></dt> @@ -564,16 +589,14 @@ the XeTeX engine (<a href="http://tug.org/xetex">http://tug.org/xetex</a>). <p>Many other less-common variants of LaTeX (and TeX) exist, which can produce HTML, XML, and other things. </p> -</li><li> -<a name="index-transcript-file"></a> +</li><li> <a name="index-transcript-file"></a> <a name="index-log-file"></a> <a name="index-_002elog-file"></a> The “transcript” or ‘<tt>.log</tt>’ file that contains summary information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. -</li><li> -<a name="index-auxiliary-file"></a> +</li><li> <a name="index-auxiliary-file"></a> <a name="index-_002eaux-file"></a> An “auxiliary” or ‘<tt>.aux</tt>’ file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for things such as cross-references. @@ -603,7 +626,7 @@ explicitly directed to do otherwise. Next: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document classes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Overview</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Starting-_0026-ending-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">3 Starting & ending</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">3 Starting & ending</h2> <a name="index-starting-_0026-ending"></a> <a name="index-ending-_0026-starting"></a> @@ -634,7 +657,7 @@ and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands (this area is called the Next: <a href="#Typefaces" accesskey="n" rel="next">Typefaces</a>, Previous: <a href="#Starting-_0026-ending" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Starting & ending</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Document-classes-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">4 Document classes</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">4 Document classes</h2> <a name="index-document-classes"></a> <a name="index-classes-of-documents"></a> @@ -665,7 +688,7 @@ classes are available as add-ons; see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>): <p>Standard <var>options</var> are described below. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Global options. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Global options. </td></tr> </table> @@ -677,7 +700,7 @@ classes are available as add-ons; see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>): Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Document-class-options-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">4.1 Document class options</h2> +<h3 class="section">4.1 Document class options</h3> <a name="index-document-class-options"></a> <a name="index-options_002c-document-class"></a> @@ -817,7 +840,7 @@ by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with Next: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="n" rel="next">Layout</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Document classes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Typefaces-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">5 Typefaces</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">5 Typefaces</h2> <a name="index-typefaces"></a> <a name="index-fonts"></a> @@ -826,11 +849,11 @@ Next: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="n" rel="next">Layout</a>, Previous: <a href=" and a style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="1">Font styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Select roman, italics etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="1">Font styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="2">Font sizes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Select point size. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="2">Font sizes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="3">Low-level font commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Select encoding, family, series, shape. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="3">Low-level font commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape. </td></tr> </table> @@ -842,7 +865,7 @@ and a style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Typefaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Typefaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Font-styles-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">5.1 Font styles</h2> +<h3 class="section">5.1 Font styles</h3> <a name="index-font-styles"></a> <a name="index-typeface-styles"></a> @@ -850,19 +873,21 @@ Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href <p>The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. </p> -<p>These commands are used like <code>\textit{italic text}</code>. The -corresponding command in parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which -takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the -next type style command or the end of the current group. +<p>This first group of commands is typically used like +<code>\textit{italic text}</code>. The corresponding command in +parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which takes no arguments. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. </p> <p>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either <code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code> to get bold sans serif. </p> -<p>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; for instance, -<code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>. +<p>You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for +instance, <code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>. </p> -<dl compact="compact"> +<p>These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the +</p><dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code></dt> <dd><a name="index-_005ctextrm"></a> <a name="index-_005crmfamily"></a> @@ -1044,7 +1069,7 @@ things. Next: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Low-level font commands</a>, Previous: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Typefaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Typefaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Font-sizes-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">5.2 Font sizes</h2> +<h3 class="section">5.2 Font sizes</h3> <a name="index-font-sizes"></a> <a name="index-typeface-sizes"></a> <a name="index-sizes-of-text"></a> @@ -1052,7 +1077,8 @@ Next: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Low-level <p>The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used (in points) with the ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’, ‘<samp>11pt</samp>’, and -‘<samp>12pt</samp>’ document size options, respectively (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). +‘<samp>12pt</samp>’ document size options, respectively (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class +options</a>). </p> <a name="index-_005ctiny"></a> <a name="index-_005cscriptsize"></a> @@ -1092,7 +1118,7 @@ these commands; for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. Previous: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Typefaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Typefaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">5.3 Low-level font commands</h2> +<h3 class="section">5.3 Low-level font commands</h3> <a name="index-low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a> <a name="index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel"></a> @@ -1200,21 +1226,21 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. Next: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sectioning</a>, Previous: <a href="#Typefaces" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Typefaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Layout-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">6 Layout</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">6 Layout</h2> <a name="index-layout-commands"></a> <p>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1">\onecolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Use one-column layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="1">\onecolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use one-column layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2">\twocolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Use two-column layout. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="2">\twocolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use two-column layout. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3">\flushbottom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Make all text pages the same height. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="3">\flushbottom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make all text pages the same height. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4">\raggedbottom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Allow text pages of differing height. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="4">\raggedbottom</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Allow text pages of differing height. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> \headheight \footskip. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="5">Page layout parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">\headheight \footskip. </td></tr> </table> @@ -1226,7 +1252,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="n" rel="next">Sectioning</a>, Previous: < Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005conecolumn-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">6.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">6.1 <code>\onecolumn</code></h3> <a name="index-_005conecolumn"></a> <a name="index-one_002dcolumn-output"></a> @@ -1241,7 +1267,7 @@ single-column output. This is the default. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\flushbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005conecolumn" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\onecolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ctwocolumn-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">6.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">6.2 <code>\twocolumn</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ctwocolumn"></a> <a name="index-multicolumn-text"></a> <a name="index-two_002dcolumn-output"></a> @@ -1324,7 +1350,7 @@ and the main text. Default ‘<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>’. Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raggedbottom</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cflushbottom-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">6.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">6.3 <code>\flushbottom</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cflushbottom"></a> @@ -1343,7 +1369,7 @@ page. Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout parameters</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\flushbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005craggedbottom-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">6.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">6.4 <code>\raggedbottom</code></h3> <a name="index-_005craggedbottom"></a> <a name="index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical"></a> @@ -1359,7 +1385,7 @@ stretched. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\raggedbottom</a>, Up: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="u" rel="up">Layout</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Page-layout-parameters-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">6.5 Page layout parameters</h2> +<h3 class="section">6.5 Page layout parameters</h3> <a name="index-page-layout-parameters"></a> <a name="index-parameters_002c-page-layout"></a> @@ -1473,7 +1499,7 @@ same as the font size, e.g., ‘<samp>10pt</samp>’ at ‘<samp>10p Next: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cross references</a>, Previous: <a href="#Layout" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Layout</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Sectioning-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">7 Sectioning</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">7 Sectioning</h2> <a name="index-sectioning"></a> <p>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: @@ -1514,10 +1540,8 @@ Next: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="n" rel="next">Cross references</a>, section title can appear in two other places: </p> <ol> -<li> -The table of contents. -</li><li> -The running head at the top of the page. +<li> The table of contents. +</li><li> The running head at the top of the page. </li></ol> <p>You may not want the same text in these places as in the main text. @@ -1568,18 +1592,18 @@ The setting Next: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environments</a>, Previous: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Sectioning</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Cross-references-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">8 Cross references</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">8 Cross references</h2> <a name="index-cross-references"></a> <p>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1">\label</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1">\label</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2">\pageref</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Refer to a page number. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="2">\pageref</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a page number. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3">\ref</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Refer to a section, figure or similar. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="3">\ref</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a section, figure or similar. </td></tr> </table> @@ -1591,7 +1615,7 @@ the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005clabel-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">8.1 <code>\label</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">8.1 <code>\label</code></h3> <a name="index-_005clabel"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -1640,7 +1664,7 @@ a colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ref</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\label</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cpageref_007bkey_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">8.2 <code>\pageref{<var>key</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">8.2 <code>\pageref{<var>key</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cpageref"></a> <a name="index-cross-referencing-with-page-number"></a> <a name="index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a> @@ -1663,7 +1687,7 @@ the place in the text where the corresponding Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\pageref</a>, Up: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="u" rel="up">Cross references</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cref_007bkey_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">8.3 <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">8.3 <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cref"></a> <a name="index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic"></a> <a name="index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing"></a> @@ -1690,7 +1714,7 @@ such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare nu Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Environments-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">9 Environments</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">9 Environments</h2> <a name="index-environments"></a> <a name="index-_005cbegin"></a> @@ -1706,61 +1730,61 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: </pre></div> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#abstract" accesskey="1">abstract</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Produce an abstract. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#abstract" accesskey="1">abstract</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Produce an abstract. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#array" accesskey="2">array</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Math arrays. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#array" accesskey="2">array</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math arrays. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#center" accesskey="3">center</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Centered lines. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#center" accesskey="3">center</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Centered lines. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#description" accesskey="4">description</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Labelled lists. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#description" accesskey="4">description</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Labelled lists. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5">displaymath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Formulas that appear on their own line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="5">displaymath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Formulas that appear on their own line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#document" accesskey="6">document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Enclose the whole document. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#document" accesskey="6">document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enclose the whole document. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7">enumerate</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Numbered lists. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="7">enumerate</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numbered lists. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8">eqnarray</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Sequences of aligned equations. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="8">eqnarray</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Sequences of aligned equations. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#equation" accesskey="9">equation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Displayed equation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#equation" accesskey="9">equation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Displayed equation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#figure">figure</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Floating figures. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#figure">figure</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating figures. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Flushed left lines. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed left lines. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushright">flushright</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Flushed right lines. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#flushright">flushright</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Flushed right lines. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Bulleted lists. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#itemize">itemize</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bulleted lists. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#letter">letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Letters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#letter">letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Letters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#list">list</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Generic list environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#list">list</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generic list environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#math">math</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> In-line math. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#math">math</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">In-line math. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Miniature page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Miniature page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#picture">picture</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#picture">picture</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#quotation">quotation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Indented environment with paragraph indentation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#quotation">quotation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Indented environment with paragraph indentation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#quote">quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Indented environment with no paragraph indentation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#quote">quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Indented environment with no paragraph indentation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Align text arbitrarily. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text arbitrarily. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#table">table</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Floating tables. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#table">table</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Floating tables. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Align text in columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Align text in columns. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Bibliography or reference list. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bibliography or reference list. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#theorem">theorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Theorems, lemmas, etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#theorem">theorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Theorems, lemmas, etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> For hand crafted title pages. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For hand crafted title pages. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Simulating typed input. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Simulating typed input. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verse">verse</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> For poetry and other things. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#verse">verse</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">For poetry and other things. </td></tr> </table> @@ -1772,7 +1796,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="abstract-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.1 <code>abstract</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.1 <code>abstract</code></h3> <a name="index-abstract-environment"></a> <a name="index-abstracts"></a> @@ -1794,7 +1818,7 @@ Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environ Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href="#abstract" accesskey="p" rel="previous">abstract</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="array-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.2 <code>array</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.2 <code>array</code></h3> <a name="index-array-environment"></a> <a name="index-arrays_002c-math"></a> @@ -1862,7 +1886,7 @@ namely <code>\arrayrulewidth</code> and <code>\arraystretch</code>. Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: <a href="#array" accesskey="p" rel="previous">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="center-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.3 <code>center</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.3 <code>center</code></h3> <a name="index-center-environment"></a> <a name="index-centering-text_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -1883,7 +1907,7 @@ margins on the current page. Each line is terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1">\centering</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccentering" accesskey="1">\centering</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> @@ -1895,7 +1919,7 @@ string <code>\\</code>. Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up">center</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ccentering-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.3.1 <code>\centering</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.3.1 <code>\centering</code></h4> <a name="index-_005ccentering"></a> <a name="index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for"></a> @@ -1930,7 +1954,7 @@ second line \\ Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next">displaymath</a>, Previous: <a href="#center" accesskey="p" rel="previous">center</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="description-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.4 <code>description</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.4 <code>description</code></h3> <a name="index-description-environment"></a> <a name="index-labelled-lists_002c-creating"></a> @@ -1970,7 +1994,7 @@ plain typewriter}]</code>. Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next">document</a>, Previous: <a href="#description" accesskey="p" rel="previous">description</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="displaymath-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.5 <code>displaymath</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.5 <code>displaymath</code></h3> <a name="index-displaymath-environment"></a> @@ -2004,7 +2028,7 @@ equation number, use the <code>equation</code> environment (see <a href="#equati Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next">enumerate</a>, Previous: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="p" rel="previous">displaymath</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="document-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.6 <code>document</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.6 <code>document</code></h3> <a name="index-document-environment"></a> @@ -2019,7 +2043,7 @@ It is required in every LaTeX document. See <a href="#Starting-_0026-ending">St Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next">eqnarray</a>, Previous: <a href="#document" accesskey="p" rel="previous">document</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="enumerate-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.7 <code>enumerate</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.7 <code>enumerate</code></h3> <a name="index-enumerate-environment"></a> <a name="index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered"></a> @@ -2068,7 +2092,8 @@ that item. <a name="index-_005clabelenumiv"></a> <p>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelenumi</code> through <code>\labelenumiv</code> to produce the default label. So, you can -use <code>\renewcommand</code> to change the labels (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase +use <code>\renewcommand</code> to change the labels (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & +\renewcommand</a>). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase letters: </p> <a name="index-_005cAlph-example"></a> @@ -2085,12 +2110,24 @@ letters: Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next">equation</a>, Previous: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="p" rel="previous">enumerate</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="eqnarray-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h3> <a name="index-eqnarray-environment"></a> <a name="index-equations_002c-aligning"></a> -<a name="index-aligning-Equations"></a> +<a name="index-aligning-equations"></a> +<a name="index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath"></a> +<a name="index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray"></a> +<a name="index-Madsen_002c-Lars"></a> +<p>First, a caveat: the <code>eqnarray</code> environment has some infelicities +which cannot be overcome; the article “Avoid eqnarray!” by Lars +Madsen describes them in detail +(<a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf">http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</a>). The bottom +line is that it is better to use the <code>align</code> environment (and +others) from the <code>amsmath</code> package. +</p> +<p>Nevertheless, here is a description of <code>eqnarray</code>: +</p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{eqnarray} <span class="roman">(or <code>eqnarray*</code>)</span> <var>formula1</var> \\ @@ -2130,7 +2167,7 @@ zero width. Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next">figure</a>, Previous: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="p" rel="previous">eqnarray</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="equation-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.9 <code>equation</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.9 <code>equation</code></h3> <a name="index-equation-environment"></a> <a name="index-equations_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -2156,7 +2193,7 @@ on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin. Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushleft</a>, Previous: <a href="#equation" accesskey="p" rel="previous">equation</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="figure-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.10 <code>figure</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.10 <code>figure</code></h3> <a name="index-figure"></a> <a name="index-inserting-figures"></a> <a name="index-figures_002c-inserting"></a> @@ -2176,6 +2213,8 @@ Figures will not be split between two pages. <p>When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a full-width figure (across both columns). </p> +<a name="index-placement-of-floats"></a> +<a name="index-specifier_002c-float-placement"></a> <p>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float: @@ -2196,10 +2235,15 @@ FAQ: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat">http://w <dt><code>h</code></dt> <dd><a name="index-float-package"></a> <p>(Here)—at the position in the text where the figure environment -appears. However, this is not allowed by itself, <code>t</code> is -automatically added. To absolutely force a figure to appear “here”, -use the <code>float</code> and use its <code>H</code> placement letter. (That -package also provides other options.) +appears. However, this is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is +automatically added. +</p> +<a name="index-here_002c-putting-floats"></a> +<a name="index-float-package-1"></a> +<p>To absolutely force a figure to appear “here”, you can +<code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it +defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at +<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</a>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>p</code></dt> @@ -2207,13 +2251,21 @@ package also provides other options.) containing no text, only floats. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>!</code></dt> +<dd><p>Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX +ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can appear +and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the page. +The <code>!</code> specifier does <em>not</em> mean “put the float here”; +see above. +</p> +</dd> </dl> <p>The standard report and article classes use the default placement <code>tbp</code>. </p> -<p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc. -you wish. +<p>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, +etc. you wish. </p> <a name="index-_005ccaption"></a> <p>The <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption <var>text</var> for the @@ -2221,6 +2273,9 @@ figure. The caption is numbered by default. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of <var>text</var> (see <a href="#Tables-of-contents">Tables of contents</a>). </p> +<p>Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and +non-float text: +</p> <dl compact="compact"> <dd><a name="index-_005cbottomfraction"></a> <p>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at @@ -2234,6 +2289,25 @@ the bottom; default ‘<samp>.3</samp>’. default ‘<samp>.5</samp>’. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\textfraction</code> +<a name="index-_005ctextfraction"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too +much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a +different page. The default is ‘<samp>.2</samp>’. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\topfraction</code> +<a name="index-_005ctopfraction"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before +floats; default ‘<samp>.7</samp>’. +</p></dd> +</dl> + +<p>Parameters relating to vertical space around floats: +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\floatsep</code> <a name="index-_005cfloatsep"></a> </dt> @@ -2254,25 +2328,36 @@ default ‘<samp>.5</samp>’. </dt> <dd><p>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default ‘<samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>’. +</p></dd> +</dl> + +<p>Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page: </p> -</dd> -<dt><code>\textfraction</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextfraction"></a> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt><code>\bottomnumber</code> +<a name="index-_005cbottomnumber"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too -much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a -different page. The default is ‘<samp>.2</samp>’. +<dd><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; +default 1. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\topfraction</code> -<a name="index-_005ctopfraction"></a> +<dt><code>\topnumber</code> +<a name="index-_005ctopnumber"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before -floats; default is ‘<samp>.7</samp>’. +<dd><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; +default 2. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\totalnumber</code> +<a name="index-_005ctotalnumber"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. +</p></dd> </dl> +<p>The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats: +<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</a>. +</p> <hr> <a name="flushleft"></a> @@ -2281,7 +2366,7 @@ floats; default is ‘<samp>.7</samp>’. Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushright</a>, Previous: <a href="#figure" accesskey="p" rel="previous">figure</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="flushleft-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.11 <code>flushleft</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.11 <code>flushleft</code></h3> <a name="index-flushleft-environment"></a> <a name="index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a> <a name="index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -2300,7 +2385,7 @@ consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged right Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1">\raggedright</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedright" accesskey="1">\raggedright</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> @@ -2312,7 +2397,7 @@ right Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. Up: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushleft</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005craggedright-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.11.1 <code>\raggedright</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.11.1 <code>\raggedright</code></h4> <a name="index-_005craggedright"></a> <a name="index-ragged-right-text"></a> <a name="index-left_002djustifying-text"></a> @@ -2336,7 +2421,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next">itemize</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="p" rel="previous">flushleft</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="flushright-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.12 <code>flushright</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.12 <code>flushright</code></h3> <a name="index-flushright-environment"></a> <a name="index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for"></a> <a name="index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -2355,7 +2440,7 @@ consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1">\raggedleft</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craggedleft" accesskey="1">\raggedleft</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> @@ -2367,7 +2452,7 @@ left. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. Up: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="u" rel="up">flushright</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005craggedleft-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.12.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.12.1 <code>\raggedleft</code></h4> <a name="index-_005craggedleft"></a> <a name="index-ragged-left-text"></a> <a name="index-justification_002c-ragged-left"></a> @@ -2391,7 +2476,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">letter</a>, Previous: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="p" rel="previous">flushright</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="itemize-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.13 <code>itemize</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.13 <code>itemize</code></h3> <a name="index-itemize-environment"></a> <a name="index-_005citem-2"></a> <a name="index-lists-of-items"></a> @@ -2420,7 +2505,7 @@ There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. </p> <ol> <li> • (bullet) -</li><li> <b>-<span class="nolinebreak">-</span></b> (bold en-dash) +</li><li> <b>-<span class="nolinebreak">-</span><!-- /@w --></b> (bold en-dash) </li><li> * (asterisk) </li><li> . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) </li></ol> @@ -2562,7 +2647,7 @@ see <a href="#g_t_005cparskip">\parskip</a>): Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next">list</a>, Previous: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="p" rel="previous">itemize</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="letter-environment_003a-writing-letters"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.14 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</h2> +<h3 class="section">9.14 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</h3> <a name="index-letter"></a> <p>This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>. @@ -2575,7 +2660,7 @@ Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next">list</a>, Previous: <a href="#ite Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next">math</a>, Previous: <a href="#letter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">letter</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="list-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.15 <code>list</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.15 <code>list</code></h3> <a name="index-list"></a> <a name="index-lists-of-items_002c-generic"></a> @@ -2611,7 +2696,7 @@ empty, i.e., <code>{}</code>, which leaves the default spacing. Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next">minipage</a>, Previous: <a href="#list" accesskey="p" rel="previous">list</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="math-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.16 <code>math</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.16 <code>math</code></h3> <a name="index-math-environment"></a> <a name="index-in_002dline-formulas"></a> @@ -2636,7 +2721,7 @@ See <a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a>. Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next">picture</a>, Previous: <a href="#math" accesskey="p" rel="previous">math</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="minipage-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.17 <code>minipage</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.17 <code>minipage</code></h3> <a name="index-minipage-environment"></a> <a name="index-minipage_002c-creating-a"></a> @@ -2681,7 +2766,7 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. Next: <a href="#quotation" accesskey="n" rel="next">quotation</a>, Previous: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="p" rel="previous">minipage</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="picture-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.18 <code>picture</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.18 <code>picture</code></h3> <a name="index-picture"></a> <a name="index-creating-pictures"></a> @@ -2764,33 +2849,33 @@ be the lower left corner of the box. <p>The <code>picture</code> commands are described in the following sections. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="1">\circle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a circle. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="1">\circle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a circle. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="2">\makebox (picture)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a box of the specified size. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="2">\makebox (picture)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box of the specified size. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="3">\framebox (picture)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a box with a frame around it. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="3">\framebox (picture)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a box with a frame around it. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="4">\dashbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a dashed box. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="4">\dashbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a dashed box. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="5">\frame</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a frame around an object. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="5">\frame</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a frame around an object. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="6">\line</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a straight line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="6">\line</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a straight line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="7">\linethickness</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Set the line thickness. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="7">\linethickness</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the line thickness. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8">\thicklines</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> A heavier line thickness. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="8">\thicklines</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">A heavier line thickness. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="9">\thinlines</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> The default line thickness. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="9">\thinlines</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The default line thickness. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw multiple instances of an object. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput">\multiput</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw multiple instances of an object. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw an ellipse. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw an ellipse. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cput">\put</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Place an object at a specified place. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cput">\put</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Place an object at a specified place. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Make a pile of objects. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack">\shortstack</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make a pile of objects. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a line with an arrow. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a line with an arrow. </td></tr> </table> @@ -2802,7 +2887,7 @@ be the lower left corner of the box. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ccircle-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.1 <code>\circle</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.1 <code>\circle</code></h4> <a name="index-_005ccircle"></a> <div class="example"> @@ -2823,7 +2908,7 @@ draws a solid circle. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\framebox (picture)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccircle" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\circle</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cmakebox-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.2 <code>\makebox</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.2 <code>\makebox</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"></a> <p><code>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code> @@ -2864,7 +2949,7 @@ your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\dashbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\makebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cframebox"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.3 <code>\framebox</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.3 <code>\framebox</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cframebox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -2891,7 +2976,7 @@ and the contents of the box. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frame</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\framebox (picture)</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cdashbox-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.4 <code>\dashbox</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.4 <code>\dashbox</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cdashbox"></a> @@ -2916,7 +3001,7 @@ multiples of the <code>dlen</code>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\line</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdashbox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\dashbox</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cframe-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.5 <code>\frame</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.5 <code>\frame</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cframe"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -2937,7 +3022,7 @@ space is put between the frame and the object. Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linethickness</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cframe" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\frame</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cline-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.6 <code>\line</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.6 <code>\line</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cline"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -2962,7 +3047,7 @@ see the <code>curve2e</code> and many many other packages on CTAN. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thicklines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cline" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\line</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005clinethickness-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.7 <code>\linethickness</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.7 <code>\linethickness</code></h4> <a name="index-_005clinethickness"></a> <p>The <code>\linethickness{<var>dim</var>}</code> command declares the thickness @@ -2980,7 +3065,7 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by <code>\oval</code>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinlines</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\linethickness</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cthicklines-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.8 <code>\thicklines</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.8 <code>\thicklines</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cthicklines"></a> <p>The <code>\thicklines</code> command is an alternate line thickness for @@ -2995,7 +3080,7 @@ cf. <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a> and <a href="#g_t_0 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\multiput</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthicklines" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\thicklines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cthinlines-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.9 <code>\thinlines</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.9 <code>\thinlines</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cthinlines"></a> <p>The <code>\thinlines</code> command is the default line thickness for @@ -3010,7 +3095,7 @@ cf. <a href="#g_t_005clinethickness">\linethickness</a> and <a href="#g_t_0 Next: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="n" rel="next">\oval</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinlines" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\thinlines</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cmultiput-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.10 <code>\multiput</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.10 <code>\multiput</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cmultiput"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -3031,7 +3116,7 @@ pattern across a picture. <var>obj</var> is first placed at position Next: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\put</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmultiput" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\multiput</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005coval-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.11 <code>\oval</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.11 <code>\oval</code></h4> <a name="index-_005coval"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -3071,7 +3156,7 @@ boxes with rounded corners. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="n" rel="next">\shortstack</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005coval" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\oval</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cput-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.12 <code>\put</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.12 <code>\put</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cput"></a> @@ -3088,7 +3173,7 @@ argument at the given coordinates. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvector" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vector</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cput" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\put</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cshortstack-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.13 <code>\shortstack</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.13 <code>\shortstack</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cshortstack"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -3123,7 +3208,7 @@ positions are: Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cshortstack" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\shortstack</a>, Up: <a href="#picture" accesskey="u" rel="up">picture</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cvector-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.18.14 <code>\vector</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.18.14 <code>\vector</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cvector"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -3144,7 +3229,7 @@ length and slope. The <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> values must lie between Next: <a href="#quote" accesskey="n" rel="next">quote</a>, Previous: <a href="#picture" accesskey="p" rel="previous">picture</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="quotation-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.19 <code>quotation</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.19 <code>quotation</code></h3> <a name="index-quotation"></a> <a name="index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a> @@ -3174,7 +3259,7 @@ normally. Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabbing</a>, Previous: <a href="#quotation" accesskey="p" rel="previous">quotation</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="quote-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.20 <code>quote</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.20 <code>quote</code></h3> <a name="index-quote"></a> <a name="index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a> @@ -3203,11 +3288,11 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph. Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next">table</a>, Previous: <a href="#quote" accesskey="p" rel="previous">quote</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="tabbing-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.21 <code>tabbing</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.21 <code>tabbing</code></h3> <a name="index-tabbing-environment"></a> <a name="index-tab-stops_002c-using"></a> -<a name="index-lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops"></a> +<a name="index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops"></a> <a name="index-alignment-via-tabbing"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -3358,7 +3443,7 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabular</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="p" rel="previous">tabbing</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="table-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.22 <code>table</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.22 <code>table</code></h3> <a name="index-table"></a> <a name="index-tables_002c-creating"></a> @@ -3398,7 +3483,7 @@ you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your table. Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next">thebibliography</a>, Previous: <a href="#table" accesskey="p" rel="previous">table</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="tabular-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.23 <code>tabular</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.23 <code>tabular</code></h3> <a name="index-tabular-environment"></a> <a name="index-lines-in-tables"></a> <a name="index-lining-text-up-in-tables"></a> @@ -3412,7 +3497,7 @@ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ \end{tabular} </pre></div> -<p> or +<p>or </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} @@ -3445,7 +3530,8 @@ the environment. <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>t</code></dt> <dd><p>align on top row -</p></dd> +</p> +</dd> <dt><code>b</code></dt> <dd><p>align on bottom row </p></dd> @@ -3477,13 +3563,19 @@ intercolumn material. <dt><code>@{<var>text</var>}</code></dt> <dd><p>This inserts <var>text</var> in every row. An @-expression suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any desired space -between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be included in -<var>text</var>. An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an @-expression -causes an extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the left of all -subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code> -command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not -suppressed by an @-expression. An <code>\extracolsep</code> command can be -used only in an @-expression in the <code>cols</code> argument. +before the adjacent item must be included in <var>text</var>. +</p> +<p>To insert commands that are automatically executed before a given +column, you have to load the <code>array</code> package and use the +<code>>{...}</code> specifier. +</p> +<a name="index-_005cextracolsep"></a> +<p>An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an @-expression causes an +extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the left of all subsequent +columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code> command. +Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed +by an @-expression. An <code>\extracolsep</code> command can be used only +in an @-expression in the <code>cols</code> argument. </p> </dd> <dt><code>p{<var>wd</var>}</code></dt> @@ -3493,12 +3585,9 @@ used only in an @-expression in the <code>cols</code> argument. appear in the item, except in the following situations: </p> <ol> -<li> -inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or <code>tabular</code>. -</li><li> -inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>. -</li><li> -in the scope of a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code> +<li> inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or <code>tabular</code>. +</li><li> inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>. +</li><li> in the scope of a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code> declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used in a <code>p</code>-column element. </li></ol> @@ -3547,16 +3636,17 @@ in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments; default is &lsq </dd> </dl> -<p>These commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> environment: +<p>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> +environment: </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1">\multicolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Make an item spanning several columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="1">\multicolumn</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make an item spanning several columns. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="2">\cline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="2">\cline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="3">\hline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="3">\hline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="4">\vline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Draw a vertical line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="4">\vline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Draw a vertical line. </td></tr> </table> @@ -3568,7 +3658,7 @@ in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments; default is &lsq Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cmulticolumn-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.23.1 <code>\multicolumn</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cmulticolumn"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -3603,7 +3693,7 @@ for flushleft, <code>r</code> for flushright. The third mandatory argument, Next: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmulticolumn" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\multicolumn</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ccline-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.23.2 <code>\cline</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.23.2 <code>\cline</code></h4> <a name="index-_005ccline"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -3624,7 +3714,7 @@ which are specified in the mandatory argument. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\cline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005chline-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.23.3 <code>\hline</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.23.3 <code>\hline</code></h4> <a name="index-_005chline"></a> <p>The <code>\hline</code> command draws a horizontal line the width of the @@ -3640,7 +3730,7 @@ of a table. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chline" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\hline</a>, Up: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="u" rel="up">tabular</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cvline-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.23.4 <code>\vline</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.23.4 <code>\vline</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cvline"></a> <p>The <code>\vline</code> command will draw a vertical line extending the full @@ -3656,7 +3746,7 @@ move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">theorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="p" rel="previous">tabular</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="thebibliography-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.24 <code>thebibliography</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.24 <code>thebibliography</code></h3> <a name="index-thebibliography"></a> <a name="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029"></a> @@ -3689,13 +3779,13 @@ commands. It is typically given as <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1">\bibitem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Specify a bibliography item. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="1">\bibitem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Specify a bibliography item. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2">\cite</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Refer to a bibliography item. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="2">\cite</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Refer to a bibliography item. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3">\nocite</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Include an item in the bibliography. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="3">\nocite</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Include an item in the bibliography. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Using BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Automatic generation of bibliographies. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="4">Using BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Automatic generation of bibliographies. </td></tr> </table> @@ -3707,7 +3797,7 @@ less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cbibitem-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.24.1 <code>\bibitem</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cbibitem"></a> @@ -3737,7 +3827,7 @@ associated label. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nocite</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\bibitem</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ccite-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.24.2 <code>\cite</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.24.2 <code>\cite</code></h4> <a name="index-_005ccite"></a> @@ -3764,7 +3854,7 @@ citation. For example, <code>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</code> might produce Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnocite-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.24.3 <code>\nocite</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cnocite"></a> <p><code>\nocite{key_list}</code> @@ -3780,7 +3870,7 @@ which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the ‘<tt>.aux</tt>’ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\nocite</a>, Up: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="u" rel="up">thebibliography</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Using-BibTeX-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.24.4 Using BibTeX</h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.24.4 Using BibTeX</h4> <a name="index-using-BibTeX"></a> <a name="index-bibTeX_002c-using"></a> @@ -3839,7 +3929,7 @@ BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next">titlepage</a>, Previous: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="p" rel="previous">thebibliography</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="theorem-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.25 <code>theorem</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.25 <code>theorem</code></h3> <a name="index-theorem-environment"></a> <a name="index-theorems_002c-typesetting"></a> @@ -3865,7 +3955,7 @@ possibilities for <var>n</var> are described under <code>\newtheorem</code> Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next">verbatim</a>, Previous: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="p" rel="previous">theorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="titlepage-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.26 <code>titlepage</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.26 <code>titlepage</code></h3> <a name="index-titlepage-environment"></a> <a name="index-making-a-title-page"></a> @@ -3896,7 +3986,7 @@ produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code> environment. Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next">verse</a>, Previous: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="p" rel="previous">titlepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="verbatim-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.27 <code>verbatim</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.27 <code>verbatim</code></h3> <a name="index-verbatim-environment"></a> <a name="index-verbatim-text"></a> @@ -3922,7 +4012,7 @@ effect that they would on a typewriter. <p>The <code>verbatim</code> uses a monospaced typewriter-like font (<code>\tt</code>). </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1">\verb</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cverb" accesskey="1">\verb</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. </td></tr> </table> @@ -3933,7 +4023,7 @@ effect that they would on a typewriter. Up: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="u" rel="up">verbatim</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cverb-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">9.27.1 <code>\verb</code></h3> +<h4 class="subsection">9.27.1 <code>\verb</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cverb"></a> <a name="index-verbatim-text_002c-inline"></a> @@ -3963,7 +4053,7 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="previous">verbatim</a>, Up: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="u" rel="up">Environments</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="verse-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">9.28 <code>verse</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">9.28 <code>verse</code></h3> <a name="index-verse-environment"></a> <a name="index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for"></a> @@ -3995,7 +4085,7 @@ stanzas. Next: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Environments</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Line-breaking-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">10 Line breaking</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">10 Line breaking</h2> <a name="index-line-breaking"></a> <a name="index-breaking-lines"></a> @@ -4009,21 +4099,21 @@ some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the <code>\\</code> command, and you can always manually force breaks. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1">\\</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Start a new line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="1">\\</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Make each input line start a new output line. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="2">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make each input line start a new output line. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3">\newline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Break the line +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="3">\newline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Break the line </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4">\- (hyphenation)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Insert explicit hyphenation. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4">\- (hyphenation)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert explicit hyphenation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="5">\fussy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Be fussy about line breaking. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="5">\fussy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be fussy about line breaking. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="6">\sloppy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Be sloppy about line breaking. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="6">\sloppy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be sloppy about line breaking. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7">\hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7">\hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Forcing & avoiding line breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding line breaks. </td></tr> </table> @@ -4035,7 +4125,7 @@ some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the Next: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="n" rel="next">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005c_005c_005b_002a_005d_005bmorespace_005d"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.1 <code>\\</code>[*][<var>morespace</var>]</h2> +<h3 class="section">10.1 <code>\\</code>[*][<var>morespace</var>]</h3> <a name="index-_005c_005c-force-line-break"></a> <a name="index-new-line_002c-starting"></a> <a name="index-line-break_002c-forcing"></a> @@ -4056,7 +4146,7 @@ except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newline</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_005c" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\\</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">10.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cobeycr"></a> <a name="index-_005crestorecr"></a> <a name="index-new-line_002c-output-as-input"></a> @@ -4076,7 +4166,7 @@ in the output. Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\obeycr & \restorecr</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewline-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.3 <code>\newline</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">10.3 <code>\newline</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewline"></a> <a name="index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029"></a> @@ -4092,7 +4182,7 @@ mode. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fussy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newline</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h2> +<h3 class="section">10.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3> <a name="index-_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a> <a name="index-hyphenation_002c-forcing"></a> @@ -4115,7 +4205,7 @@ that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. Next: <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sloppy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cfussy-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.5 <code>\fussy</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">10.5 <code>\fussy</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cfussy"></a> <p>The declaration <code>\fussy</code> (which is the default) makes TeX @@ -4133,7 +4223,7 @@ words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hyphenation</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\fussy</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csloppy-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.6 <code>\sloppy</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">10.6 <code>\sloppy</code></h3> <p>The declaration <code>\sloppy</code> makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose @@ -4149,7 +4239,7 @@ interword spacing. Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\sloppy</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005chyphenation-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">10.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3> <a name="index-_005chyphenation"></a> <a name="index-hyphenation_002c-defining"></a> @@ -4178,7 +4268,7 @@ misses the hyphenations in these words): Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\hyphenation</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">10.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">10.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3> <a name="index-_005clinebreak"></a> <a name="index-_005cnolinebreak"></a> <a name="index-line-breaks_002c-forcing"></a> @@ -4208,7 +4298,7 @@ from a demand to a request. The <var>priority</var> must be a number from Next: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Line breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Page-breaking-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">11 Page breaking</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">11 Page breaking</h2> <a name="index-page-breaking"></a> <a name="index-breaking-pages"></a> @@ -4217,15 +4307,15 @@ accumulated to fill up a page. Usually this happens automatically, but sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1">\cleardoublepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Start a new right-hand page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="1">\cleardoublepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new right-hand page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage" accesskey="2">\clearpage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Start a new page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage" accesskey="2">\clearpage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="3">\newpage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Start a new page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="3">\newpage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Start a new page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="4">\enlargethispage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Enlarge the current page a bit. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="4">\enlargethispage</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enlarge the current page a bit. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="5">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Forcing & avoiding page breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="5">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding page breaks. </td></tr> </table> @@ -4237,7 +4327,7 @@ but sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\clearpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ccleardoublepage-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">11.1 <code>\cleardoublepage</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">11.1 <code>\cleardoublepage</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ccleardoublepage"></a> <a name="index-starting-on-a-right_002dhand-page"></a> @@ -4255,7 +4345,7 @@ In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newpage</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\cleardoublepage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cclearpage-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">11.2 <code>\clearpage</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">11.2 <code>\clearpage</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cclearpage"></a> <a name="index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page"></a> <a name="index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats"></a> @@ -4271,7 +4361,7 @@ figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="n" rel="next">\enlargethispage</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclearpage" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\clearpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewpage-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">11.3 <code>\newpage</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">11.3 <code>\newpage</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewpage"></a> <a name="index-new-page_002c-starting"></a> <a name="index-starting-a-new-page"></a> @@ -4287,7 +4377,7 @@ floats (see <code>\clearpage</code> above). Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewpage" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newpage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cenlargethispage-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">11.4 <code>\enlargethispage</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">11.4 <code>\enlargethispage</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cenlargethispage"></a> <a name="index-enlarge-current-page"></a> @@ -4311,7 +4401,7 @@ much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\enlargethispage</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">11.5 <code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">11.5 <code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cpagebreak"></a> <a name="index-_005cnopagebreak"></a> <a name="index-page-break_002c-forcing"></a> @@ -4325,8 +4415,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\enlar </pre></div> <p>By default, the <code>\pagebreak</code> (<code>\nopagebreak</code>) command forces -(prevents) a page break at the current position. For -<code>\linebreak</code>, the vertical space on the page is stretched out +(prevents) a page break at the current position. With +<code>\pagebreak</code>, the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. </p> <p>With the optional argument <var>priority</var>, you can convert the @@ -4342,7 +4432,7 @@ insistent the request is. Next: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Definitions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-breaking" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Page breaking</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Footnotes-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">12 Footnotes</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">12 Footnotes</h2> <a name="index-footnotes_002c-creating"></a> <p>Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced @@ -4351,15 +4441,15 @@ produced with two commands, the <code>\footnotemark</code> and the <code>\footnotetext</code> commands. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1">\footnote</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Insert a footnote. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="1">\footnote</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert a footnote. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2">\footnotemark</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Insert footnote mark only. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="2">\footnotemark</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote mark only. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3">\footnotetext</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Insert footnote text only. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="3">\footnotetext</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert footnote text only. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Symbolic-footnotes" accesskey="4">Symbolic footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Using symbols instead of numbers for footnotes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Symbolic-footnotes" accesskey="4">Symbolic footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using symbols instead of numbers for footnotes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnote-parameters" accesskey="5">Footnote parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Parameters for footnote formatting. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Footnote-parameters" accesskey="5">Footnote parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Parameters for footnote formatting. </td></tr> </table> @@ -4371,7 +4461,7 @@ produced with two commands, the <code>\footnotemark</code> and the Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cfootnote-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">12.1 <code>\footnote</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">12.1 <code>\footnote</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cfootnote"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -4396,7 +4486,7 @@ tables or in a <code>tabular</code> environment. (See following sections.) Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="n" rel="next">\footnotetext</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnote" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\footnote</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cfootnotemark-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">12.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\footnotemark</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cfootnotemark"></a> <p>With no optional argument, the <code>\footnotemark</code> command puts the @@ -4421,7 +4511,7 @@ markers referring to the same footnote with Next: <a href="#Symbolic-footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Symbolic footnotes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\footnotemark</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cfootnotetext-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">12.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\footnotetext</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cfootnotetext"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -4445,7 +4535,7 @@ appear in outer paragraph mode. Next: <a href="#Footnote-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnote parameters</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfootnotetext" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\footnotetext</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Symbolic-footnotes-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">12.4 Symbolic footnotes</h2> +<h3 class="section">12.4 Symbolic footnotes</h3> <a name="index-footnotes_002c-symbolic-instead-of-numbered"></a> <p>If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing @@ -4470,7 +4560,7 @@ redefine <code>\@fnsymbol</code>. Previous: <a href="#Symbolic-footnotes" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Symbolic footnotes</a>, Up: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Footnotes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Footnote-parameters-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">12.5 Footnote parameters</h2> +<h3 class="section">12.5 Footnote parameters</h3> <a name="index-footnote-parameters"></a> <a name="index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes"></a> @@ -4505,28 +4595,28 @@ footnotes. This is ‘<samp>6.65pt</samp>’ for ‘<samp>10pt</sam Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Footnotes" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Footnotes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Definitions-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">13 Definitions</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">13 Definitions</h2> <a name="index-definitions"></a> <p>LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> (Re)define a new command. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="1">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">(Re)define a new command. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="2">\newcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Define a new counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="2">\newcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="3">\newlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Define a new length. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="3">\newlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="4">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Define a new box. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="4">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="5">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Define a new environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="5">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="6">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Define a new theorem-like environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="6">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="7">\newfont</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Define a new font name. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="7">\newfont</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="8">\protect</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Using tricky commands. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="8">\protect</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands. </td></tr> </table> @@ -4538,7 +4628,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a hr Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.1 <code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewcommand"></a> <a name="index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones"></a> <a name="index-defining-a-new-command"></a> @@ -4591,7 +4681,7 @@ text of the <var>n</var>th argument. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewcounter-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.2 <code>\newcounter</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.2 <code>\newcounter</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewcounter"></a> <a name="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></a> @@ -4617,7 +4707,7 @@ will be reset whenever <var>countername</var> is incremented. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newsavebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.3 <code>\newlength</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.3 <code>\newlength</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewlength"></a> <a name="index-lengths_002c-defining-new"></a> @@ -4643,7 +4733,7 @@ for more information about lengths in general. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.4 <code>\newsavebox</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.4 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewsavebox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -4663,7 +4753,7 @@ defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newsavebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.5 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.5 <code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewenvironment"></a> <a name="index-_005crenewenvironment"></a> <a name="index-environments_002c-defining"></a> @@ -4720,7 +4810,7 @@ may not contain any argument parameters. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newfont</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.6 <code>\newtheorem</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.6 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewtheorem"></a> <a name="index-theorems_002c-defining"></a> <a name="index-defining-new-theorems"></a> @@ -4767,7 +4857,7 @@ not both. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next">\protect</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newtheorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.7 <code>\newfont</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.7 <code>\newfont</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnewfont"></a> <a name="index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for"></a> <a name="index-defining-new-fonts"></a> @@ -4793,7 +4883,7 @@ More commonly, fonts are defined in families through ‘<tt>.fd</tt>’ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\newfont</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cprotect-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">13.8 <code>\protect</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">13.8 <code>\protect</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cprotect"></a> <a name="index-fragile-commands"></a> @@ -4817,7 +4907,7 @@ be preceded by <code>\protect</code>. </p> <div class="smallexample"> <pre class="smallexample"><a href="http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html">http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</a> -<a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</a> +</pre><pre class="smallexample"><a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</a> </pre></div> @@ -4829,7 +4919,7 @@ be preceded by <code>\protect</code>. Next: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Lengths</a>, Previous: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Definitions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Counters-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">14 Counters</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">14 Counters</h2> <a name="index-counters_002c-a-list-of"></a> <a name="index-variables_002c-a-list-of"></a> @@ -4849,21 +4939,21 @@ subsubsection </pre></div> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Print value of a counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="1">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print value of a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2">\usecounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Use a specified counter in a list environment. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2">\usecounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use a specified counter in a list environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Use the value of a counter in an expression. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use the value of a counter in an expression. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4">\setcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Set the value of a counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4">\setcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5">\addtocounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add a quantity to a counter. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5">\addtocounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" accesskey="8">\day \month \year</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Numeric date values. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" accesskey="8">\day \month \year</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numeric date values. </td></tr> </table> @@ -4875,7 +4965,7 @@ subsubsection Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol_003a-Printing-counters"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</h2> +<h3 class="section">14.1 <code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</h3> <p>All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. @@ -4935,7 +5025,7 @@ double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="n" rel="next">\value</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cusecounter_007bcounter_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.2 <code>\usecounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\usecounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cusecounter"></a> <a name="index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter"></a> <a name="index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter"></a> @@ -4958,7 +5048,7 @@ the list items. Next: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\setcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\usecounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cvalue_007bcounter_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.3 <code>\value{<var>counter</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\value{<var>counter</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cvalue"></a> <a name="index-counters_002c-getting-value-of"></a> @@ -4985,7 +5075,7 @@ be used anywhere LaTeX expects a number, for example: Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\value</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csetcounter_007bcounter_007d_007bvalue_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.4 <code>\setcounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">14.4 <code>\setcounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csetcounter"></a> <a name="index-counters_002c-setting"></a> <a name="index-setting-counters"></a> @@ -5007,7 +5097,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocounter</a> Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\refstepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\setcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005caddtocounter_007bcounter_007d_007bvalue_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.5 <code>\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">14.5 <code>\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005caddtocounter"></a> <p>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command increments <var>counter</var> by the @@ -5021,7 +5111,7 @@ amount specified by the <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stepcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\addtocounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005crefstepcounter_007bcounter_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.6 <code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">14.6 <code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005crefstepcounter"></a> <p>The <code>\refstepcounter</code> command works in the same way as @@ -5036,7 +5126,7 @@ current <code>\ref</code> value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" accesskey="n" rel="next">\day \month \year</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\refstepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cstepcounter_007bcounter_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.7 <code>\stepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">14.7 <code>\stepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cstepcounter"></a> <p>The <code>\stepcounter</code> command adds one to <var>counter</var> and @@ -5050,7 +5140,7 @@ resets all subsidiary counters. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\stepcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Counters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear_003a-Predefined-counters"></a> -<h2 class="section">14.8 <code>\day \month \year</code>: Predefined counters</h2> +<h3 class="section">14.8 <code>\day \month \year</code>: Predefined counters</h3> <a name="index-_005cday"></a> <a name="index-_005cmonth"></a> <a name="index-_005cyear"></a> @@ -5072,24 +5162,24 @@ current day (see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>). Next: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="n" rel="next">Making paragraphs</a>, Previous: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Counters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Lengths-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">15 Lengths</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">15 Lengths</h2> <a name="index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using"></a> <p>A <code>length</code> is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="1">\setlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Set the value of a length. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="1">\setlength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a length. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="2">\addtolength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add a quantity to a length. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="2">\addtolength</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a length. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="3">\settodepth</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Set a length to the depth of something. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="3">\settodepth</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the depth of something. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="4">\settoheight</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Set a length to the height of something. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="4">\settoheight</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the height of something. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="5">\settowidth</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Set a length to the width of something. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="5">\settowidth</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set a length to the width of something. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Predefined-lengths" accesskey="6">Predefined lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Lengths that are, like, predefined. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Predefined-lengths" accesskey="6">Predefined lengths</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Lengths that are, like, predefined. </td></tr> </table> @@ -5101,7 +5191,7 @@ length as an argument. Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtolength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csetlength_007b_005clen_007d_007bvalue_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">15.1 <code>\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">15.1 <code>\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csetlength"></a> <a name="index-lengths_002c-setting"></a> @@ -5118,7 +5208,7 @@ understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters (<code>mm</code>), poin Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settodepth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\setlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005caddtolength_007b_005clen_007d_007bamount_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">15.2 \addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}</h2> +<h3 class="section">15.2 \addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}</h3> <a name="index-_005caddtolength"></a> <a name="index-lengths_002c-adding-to"></a> @@ -5134,7 +5224,7 @@ may be negative. Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settoheight</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\addtolength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csettodepth-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">15.3 <code>\settodepth</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">15.3 <code>\settodepth</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csettodepth"></a> <p><code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code> @@ -5150,7 +5240,7 @@ equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument. Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settowidth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\settodepth</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csettoheight-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">15.4 <code>\settoheight</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">15.4 <code>\settoheight</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csettoheight"></a> <p><code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code> @@ -5167,14 +5257,13 @@ equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. Next: <a href="#Predefined-lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Predefined lengths</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\settoheight</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csettowidth_007b_005clen_007d_007btext_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">15.5 <code>\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">15.5 <code>\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csettowidth"></a> <p>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of the command <var>\len</var> to the width of the <var>text</var> argument. </p> - <hr> <a name="Predefined-lengths"></a> <div class="header"> @@ -5182,7 +5271,7 @@ to the width of the <var>text</var> argument. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\settowidth</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Predefined-lengths-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">15.6 Predefined lengths</h2> +<h3 class="section">15.6 Predefined lengths</h3> <a name="index-lengths_002c-predefined"></a> <a name="index-predefined-lengths"></a> @@ -5199,8 +5288,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\settowidth <a name="index-_005ctotalheight"></a> </p> <p>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making -commands (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). They specify the natural width etc. of the -text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + +commands (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). They specify the natural width, etc., of +the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + <code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say </p> @@ -5214,7 +5303,7 @@ natural size, e.g., say Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previous: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Lengths</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Making-paragraphs-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">16 Making paragraphs</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">16 Making paragraphs</h2> <a name="index-making-paragraphs"></a> <a name="index-paragraphs"></a> @@ -5224,13 +5313,13 @@ paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning command. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindent" accesskey="1">\indent</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Indent this paragraph. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cindent" accesskey="1">\indent</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Indent this paragraph. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnoindent" accesskey="2">\noindent</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Do not indent this paragraph. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cnoindent" accesskey="2">\noindent</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Do not indent this paragraph. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="3">\parskip</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Space added before paragraphs. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="3">\parskip</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space added before paragraphs. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="4">Marginal notes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Putting remarks in the margin. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="4">Marginal notes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Putting remarks in the margin. </td></tr> </table> @@ -5242,7 +5331,7 @@ a sectioning command. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cindent-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">16.1 <code>\indent</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">16.1 <code>\indent</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cindent"></a> <a name="index-_005cparindent-1"></a> <a name="index-indent_002c-forcing"></a> @@ -5264,7 +5353,7 @@ mode, otherwise <code>15pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>17pt</c Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cindent" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\indent</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cnoindent-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">16.2 <code>\noindent</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">16.2 <code>\noindent</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cnoindent"></a> <a name="index-indent_002c-suppressing"></a> @@ -5280,7 +5369,7 @@ the middle of a paragraph. Next: <a href="#Marginal-notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Marginal notes</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnoindent" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\noindent</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cparskip-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">16.3 <code>\parskip</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">16.3 <code>\parskip</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cparskip"></a> <a name="index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs"></a> @@ -5295,7 +5384,7 @@ before each paragraph. The default is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\parskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="u" rel="up">Making paragraphs</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Marginal-notes-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">16.4 Marginal notes</h2> +<h3 class="section">16.4 Marginal notes</h3> <a name="index-marginal-notes"></a> <a name="index-notes-in-the-margin"></a> <a name="index-remarks-in-the-margin"></a> @@ -5315,12 +5404,9 @@ where the <code>\marginpar</code> occurs. will be placed </p> <ul> -<li> -in the right margin for one-sided layout; -</li><li> -in the outside margin for two-sided layout; -</li><li> -in the nearest margin for two-column layout. +<li> in the right margin for one-sided layout; +</li><li> in the outside margin for two-sided layout; +</li><li> in the nearest margin for two-column layout. </li></ul> <a name="index-_005creversemarginpar"></a> @@ -5374,7 +5460,7 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. Next: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Making paragraphs</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Math-formulas-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">17 Math formulas</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">17 Math formulas</h2> <a name="index-math-formulas"></a> <a name="index-formulas_002c-math"></a> <a name="index-math-mode_002c-entering"></a> @@ -5436,17 +5522,17 @@ below summations. For example <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="1">Subscripts & superscripts</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Also known as exponent or index. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="1">Subscripts & superscripts</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Also known as exponent or index. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="2">Math symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Various mathematical squiggles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="2">Math symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Various mathematical squiggles. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="3">Math functions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Math function names like sin and exp. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="3">Math functions</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Math function names like sin and exp. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="4">Math accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Accents in math. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="4">Math accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Accents in math. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="5">Spacing in math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="5">Spacing in math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="6">Math miscellany</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Stuff that doesn’t fit anywhere else. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="6">Math miscellany</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stuff that doesn’t fit anywhere else. </td></tr> </table> @@ -5458,7 +5544,7 @@ below summations. For example Next: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">17.1 Subscripts & superscripts</h2> +<h3 class="section">17.1 Subscripts & superscripts</h3> <a name="index-superscript"></a> <a name="index-subscript"></a> <a name="index-exponent"></a> @@ -5480,7 +5566,7 @@ superscript. Next: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math functions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Subscripts & superscripts</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Math-symbols-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">17.2 Math symbols</h2> +<h3 class="section">17.2 Math symbols</h3> <a name="index-math-symbols"></a> <a name="index-symbols_002c-math"></a> <a name="index-greek-letters"></a> @@ -6747,7 +6833,7 @@ the pi symbol (<em>\pi</em>) in your output. Next: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Math-functions-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">17.3 Math functions</h2> +<h3 class="section">17.3 Math functions</h3> <a name="index-math-functions"></a> <a name="index-functions_002c-math"></a> @@ -6969,7 +7055,7 @@ spacing. Next: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spacing in math mode</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-functions" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Math functions</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Math-accents-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">17.4 Math accents</h2> +<h3 class="section">17.4 Math accents</h3> <a name="index-math-accents"></a> <a name="index-accents_002c-mathematical"></a> @@ -7005,7 +7091,7 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text </dt> <dd><a name="index-check-accent_002c-math"></a> <a name="index-hacek-accent_002c-math"></a> -<p>Math hác<ek (check) accent: <em>\check{x}</em>. +<p>Math háček (check) accent: <em>\check{x}</em>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ddot</code> @@ -7052,6 +7138,12 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text <p>Math dotless j. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\mathring</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathring"></a> +</dt> +<dd><a name="index-ring-accent_002c-math"></a> +<p>Math ring accent: x*. </p> +</dd> <dt><code>\tilde</code> <a name="index-_005ctilde"></a> </dt> @@ -7090,7 +7182,7 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text Next: <a href="#Math-miscellany" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math miscellany</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-accents" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Math accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Spacing-in-math-mode-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">17.5 Spacing in math mode</h2> +<h3 class="section">17.5 Spacing in math mode</h3> <a name="index-spacing-within-math-mode"></a> <a name="index-math-mode_002c-spacing"></a> @@ -7127,7 +7219,7 @@ commands for use in math mode: Previous: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Spacing in math mode</a>, Up: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="u" rel="up">Math formulas</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Math-miscellany-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">17.6 Math miscellany</h2> +<h3 class="section">17.6 Math miscellany</h3> <a name="index-math-miscellany"></a> <dl compact="compact"> @@ -7231,7 +7323,7 @@ descenders. Next: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page styles</a>, Previous: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Math formulas</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Modes-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">18 Modes</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">18 Modes</h2> <a name="index-modes"></a> <a name="index-paragraph-mode"></a> <a name="index-math-mode"></a> @@ -7243,12 +7335,9 @@ Next: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page styles</a>, Previous: modes: </p> <ul> -<li> -Paragraph mode -</li><li> -Math mode -</li><li> -Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short +<li> Paragraph mode +</li><li> Math mode +</li><li> Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short </li></ul> <p>LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a @@ -7286,7 +7375,7 @@ in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. Next: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spaces</a>, Previous: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Modes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Page-styles-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">19 Page styles</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">19 Page styles</h2> <a name="index-styles_002c-page"></a> <a name="index-page-styles"></a> @@ -7294,13 +7383,13 @@ Next: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="n" rel="next">Spaces</a>, Previous: <a href=" the page’s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1">\maketitle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Generate a title page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="1">\maketitle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Generate a title page. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2">\pagenumbering</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Set the style used for page numbers. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="2">\pagenumbering</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the style used for page numbers. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3">\pagestyle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Change the headings/footings style. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="3">\pagestyle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4">\thispagestyle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Change the headings/footings style for this page. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="4">\thispagestyle</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the headings/footings style for this page. </td></tr> </table> @@ -7312,7 +7401,7 @@ the page’s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cmaketitle-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">19.1 <code>\maketitle</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">19.1 <code>\maketitle</code></h3> <a name="index-titles_002c-making"></a> <a name="index-_005cmaketitle"></a> @@ -7371,7 +7460,7 @@ document. Use <code>\\</code> to force a line break, as usual. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\maketitle</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cpagenumbering-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">19.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">19.2 <code>\pagenumbering</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cpagenumbering"></a> <a name="index-page-numbering-style"></a> @@ -7409,7 +7498,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pagestyle</a>, Prev Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthispagestyle" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thispagestyle</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\pagenumbering</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cpagestyle-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">19.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">19.3 <code>\pagestyle</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cpagestyle"></a> <a name="index-header-style"></a> <a name="index-footer-style"></a> @@ -7475,7 +7564,7 @@ the page. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\pagestyle</a>, Up: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cthispagestyle_007bstyle_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">19.4 <code>\thispagestyle{<var>style</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\thispagestyle{<var>style</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cthispagestyle"></a> <p>The <code>\thispagestyle</code> command works in the same manner as the @@ -7490,7 +7579,7 @@ changes to <var>style</var> for the current page only. Next: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Page-styles" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Page styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Spaces-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">20 Spaces</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">20 Spaces</h2> <a name="index-spaces"></a> <p>LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. @@ -7501,31 +7590,31 @@ more often useful in math mode (see <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment">Horizontal space -</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="1">\hspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Fixed horizontal space. +</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="1">\hspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fixed horizontal space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="2">\hfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Stretchable horizontal space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="2">\hfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cSPACE" accesskey="3">\SPACE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Normal interword space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cSPACE" accesskey="3">\SPACE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Normal interword space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAT" accesskey="4">\AT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Ending a sentence. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cAT" accesskey="4">\AT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ending a sentence. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="5">\thinspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> One-sixth of an em. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="5">\thinspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">One-sixth of an em. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="6">\/</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Per-character italic correction. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="6">\/</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Per-character italic correction. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill" accesskey="7">\hrulefill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Stretchable horizontal rule. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill" accesskey="7">\hrulefill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal rule. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdotfill" accesskey="8">\dotfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Stretchable horizontal dots. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdotfill" accesskey="8">\dotfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal dots. </td></tr> <tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment"> Vertical space -</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="9">\addvspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. +</pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="9">\addvspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Fixed vertical spaces. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fixed vertical spaces. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Infinitely stretchable vertical space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Infinitely stretchable vertical space. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add arbitrary vertical space. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add arbitrary vertical space. </td></tr> </table> @@ -7537,7 +7626,7 @@ Vertical space Next: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005chspace-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.1 <code>\hspace</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.1 <code>\hspace</code></h3> <a name="index-_005chspace"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -7564,7 +7653,7 @@ form. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cSPACE" accesskey="n" rel="next">\SPACE</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chspace" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\hspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005chfill-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.2 <code>\hfill</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.2 <code>\hfill</code></h3> <a name="index-_005chfill"></a> <p>The <code>\hfill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which has @@ -7584,7 +7673,7 @@ equivalent to <code>\hfill</code>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cAT" accesskey="n" rel="next">\AT</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cSPACE-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.3 <code>\SPACE</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.3 <code>\SPACE</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cSPACE"></a> <a name="index-_005cTAB"></a> <a name="index-_005cNEWLINE"></a> @@ -7606,7 +7695,7 @@ are equivalent to <code>\ </code>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cSPACE" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\SPACE</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005c_0040"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.4 <code>\@</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.4 <code>\@</code></h3> <a name="index-_005c_0040"></a> <p>The <code>\@</code> command makes the following punctuation character end a @@ -7615,15 +7704,15 @@ a capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without <code>\@</code>: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">… in C\@. Pascal, though … -… in C. Pascal, though … +<pre class="example">… in C\@. Pascal, though … +… in C. Pascal, though … </pre></div> <p>produces </p> <blockquote> -<p>… in C. Pascal, though … -… in C. Pascal, though … +<p>… in C. Pascal, though … +… in C. Pascal, though … </p></blockquote> @@ -7634,7 +7723,7 @@ a capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next">\/</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cAT" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\AT</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cthinspace-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.5 <code>\thinspace</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.5 <code>\thinspace</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cthinspace"></a> <p><code>\thinspace</code> produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that @@ -7649,7 +7738,7 @@ in ’”. Next: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hrulefill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\thinspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005c_002f-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.6 <code>\/</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.6 <code>\/</code></h3> <a name="index-_005c_002f"></a> <p>The <code>\/</code> command produces an <em>italic correction</em>. This is a @@ -7677,7 +7766,7 @@ with pdfTeX. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdotfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\dotfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\/</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005chrulefill-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.7 <code>\hrulefill</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.7 <code>\hrulefill</code></h3> <a name="index-_005chrulefill"></a> <p>The <code>\hrulefill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can @@ -7692,7 +7781,7 @@ rule. Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addvspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\hrulefill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cdotfill-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.8 <code>\dotfill</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.8 <code>\dotfill</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cdotfill"></a> @@ -7707,7 +7796,7 @@ with dots instead of just white space. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdotfill" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\dotfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005caddvspace-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.9 <code>\addvspace</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.9 <code>\addvspace</code></h3> <a name="index-_005caddvspace"></a> <a name="index-vertical-space"></a> <a name="index-space_002c-inserting-vertical"></a> @@ -7728,7 +7817,7 @@ of the total vertical space equal to <code>length</code>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vfill</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\addvspace</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.10 <code>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.10 <code>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</code></h3> <p>These commands produce a given amount of space. </p> @@ -7766,7 +7855,7 @@ quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink). Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cvfill-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.11 <code>\vfill</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.11 <code>\vfill</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cvfill"></a> <p>The <code>\vfill</code> fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which @@ -7781,7 +7870,7 @@ can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It’s equivalent to Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\vfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cvspace_005b_002a_005d_007blength_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">20.12 <code>\vspace[*]{<var>length</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">20.12 <code>\vspace[*]{<var>length</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cvspace"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -7805,7 +7894,7 @@ space is not removed. Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions</a>, Previous: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Spaces</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Boxes-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">21 Boxes</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">21 Boxes</h2> <a name="index-boxes"></a> @@ -7813,23 +7902,23 @@ Next: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="n" rel="next">Special insertions< used in the arguments of the box-making commands. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmbox" accesskey="1">\mbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Horizontal boxes. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmbox" accesskey="1">\mbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Horizontal boxes. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox" accesskey="2">\fbox and \framebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Put a frame around a box. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox" accesskey="2">\fbox and \framebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Put a frame around a box. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="3">lrbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> An environment like \sbox. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="3">lrbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">An environment like \sbox. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="4">\makebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Box, adjustable position. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="4">\makebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Box, adjustable position. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="5">\parbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Box with text in paragraph mode. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="5">\parbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Box with text in paragraph mode. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="6">\raisebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Raise or lower text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="6">\raisebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Raise or lower text. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="7">\savebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Like \makebox, but save the text for later use. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="7">\savebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Like \makebox, but save the text for later use. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="8">\sbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Like \mbox, but save the text for later use. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="8">\sbox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Like \mbox, but save the text for later use. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="9">\usebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Print saved text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="9">\usebox</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Print saved text. </td></tr> </table> @@ -7841,7 +7930,7 @@ used in the arguments of the box-making commands. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fbox and \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cmbox_007btext_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.1 <code>\mbox{<var>text}</var></code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.1 <code>\mbox{<var>text}</var></code></h3> <a name="index-_005cmbox"></a> <a name="index-hyphenation_002c-preventing"></a> @@ -7857,7 +7946,7 @@ lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. Next: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">lrbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmbox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\mbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.2 <code>\fbox</code> and <code>\framebox</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.2 <code>\fbox</code> and <code>\framebox</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cfbox"></a> <a name="index-_005cframebox-1"></a> @@ -7893,7 +7982,7 @@ argument. </p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\fbox and \framebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="lrbox-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.3 <code>lrbox</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.3 <code>lrbox</code></h3> <a name="index-lrbox"></a> <p><code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code> @@ -7911,7 +8000,7 @@ must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#lrbox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">lrbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cmakebox-2"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.4 <code>\makebox</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.4 <code>\makebox</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cmakebox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -7953,7 +8042,7 @@ see <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029">\makebox (picture)</a>. Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raisebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\makebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cparbox-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.5 <code>\parbox</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.5 <code>\parbox</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cparbox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -8014,7 +8103,7 @@ for this to work. Next: <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\savebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cparbox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\parbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005craisebox-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.6 <code>\raisebox</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.6 <code>\raisebox</code></h3> <a name="index-_005craisebox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -8041,7 +8130,7 @@ ignoring its natural height and depth. Next: <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sbox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\raisebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csavebox-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.7 <code>\savebox</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.7 <code>\savebox</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csavebox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -8063,7 +8152,7 @@ declared with <code>\newsavebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsa Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\savebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csbox_007b_005cboxcmd_007d_007btext_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.8 <code>\sbox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.8 <code>\sbox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csbox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -8086,7 +8175,7 @@ included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\sbox</a>, Up: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Boxes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cusebox_007b_005cboxcmd"></a> -<h2 class="section">21.9 <code>\usebox{<var>\boxcmd</var></code></h2> +<h3 class="section">21.9 <code>\usebox{<var>\boxcmd</var></code></h3> <a name="index-_005cusebox"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -8106,23 +8195,23 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csbox" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\sbox</a>, Up: <a Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the input</a>, Previous: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Boxes</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Special-insertions-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">22 Special insertions</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">22 Special insertions</h2> <p>LaTeX provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Inserting # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="2">Text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="2">Text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Accents" accesskey="3">Accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Inserting accents. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Accents" accesskey="3">Accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting accents. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters" accesskey="4">Non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Inserting other non-English characters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters" accesskey="4">Non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-English characters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="5">\rule</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Inserting lines and rectangles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="5">\rule</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="6">\today</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Inserting today’s date. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="6">\today</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date. </td></tr> </table> @@ -8134,7 +8223,7 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. Next: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Reserved-characters-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">22.1 Reserved characters</h2> +<h3 class="section">22.1 Reserved characters</h3> <a name="index-reserved-characters"></a> <a name="index-characters_002c-reserved"></a> @@ -8190,7 +8279,7 @@ with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as Next: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Reserved characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Text-symbols-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">22.2 Text symbols</h2> +<h3 class="section">22.2 Text symbols</h3> <a name="index-text-symbols"></a> <a name="index-textcomp-package"></a> @@ -8647,7 +8736,7 @@ has the ascender height. Next: <a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Non-English characters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Accents-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">22.3 Accents</h2> +<h3 class="section">22.3 Accents</h3> <a name="index-accents"></a> <a name="index-characters_002c-accented"></a> @@ -8821,7 +8910,7 @@ descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <a href="#Math-miscellany">Math <a name="index-hacek-accent"></a> <a name="index-check-accent"></a> <a name="index-caron-accent"></a> -<p>Produces a hác<ek (check, caron) accent, as in ‘o<’. +<p>Produces a háček (check, caron) accent, as in ‘ǒ’. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -8834,7 +8923,7 @@ descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <a href="#Math-miscellany">Math Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rule</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Non_002dEnglish-characters-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">22.4 Non-English characters</h2> +<h3 class="section">22.4 Non-English characters</h3> <a name="index-special-characters"></a> <a name="index-non_002dEnglish-characters"></a> @@ -8944,7 +9033,7 @@ used in languages other than English. Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Non-English characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005crule-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">22.5 <code>\rule</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">22.5 <code>\rule</code></h3> <a name="index-_005crule"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -8978,7 +9067,7 @@ rectangles. The arguments are: Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\rule</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ctoday-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">22.6 <code>\today</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">22.6 <code>\today</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ctoday"></a> <p>The <code>\today</code> command produces today’s date, in the format @@ -8999,7 +9088,7 @@ of other date formats. Next: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="n" rel="next">Front/back matter</a>, Previous: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Special insertions</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Splitting-the-input-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">23 Splitting the input</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">23 Splitting the input</h2> <a name="index-splitting-the-input-file"></a> <a name="index-input-file"></a> @@ -9010,11 +9099,11 @@ there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinclude" accesskey="1">\include</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Conditionally include a file. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinclude" accesskey="1">\include</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Conditionally include a file. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2">\includeonly</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Determine which files are included. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly" accesskey="2">\includeonly</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Determine which files are included. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3">\input</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Unconditionally include a file. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="3">\input</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Unconditionally include a file. </td></tr> </table> @@ -9026,7 +9115,7 @@ when you run LaTeX. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly" accesskey="n" rel="next">\includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cinclude-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">23.1 <code>\include</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">23.1 <code>\include</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cinclude"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -9056,7 +9145,7 @@ read by another <code>\include</code> command. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\input</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\include</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cincludeonly-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">23.2 \<code>includeonly</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">23.2 \<code>includeonly</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cincludeonly"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -9081,7 +9170,7 @@ effective. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\includeonly</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cinput-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">23.3 \input</h2> +<h3 class="section">23.3 \input</h3> <a name="index-_005cinput"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -9107,7 +9196,7 @@ is tried (‘<samp>foo</samp>’ or ‘<samp>foo.bar</samp>’). Next: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Splitting the input</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Front_002fback-matter-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">24 Front/back matter</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">24 Front/back matter</h2> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Tables-of-contents" accesskey="1">Tables of contents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> @@ -9126,7 +9215,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Letters</a>, Previous: <a href Next: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="n" rel="next">Glossaries</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Tables-of-contents-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">24.1 Tables of contents</h2> +<h3 class="section">24.1 Tables of contents</h3> <a name="index-table-of-contents_002c-creating"></a> @@ -9153,9 +9242,9 @@ Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. <em>prevents</em> any of these lists from being generated. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="1">\addcontentsline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add an entry to table of contents etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="1">\addcontentsline</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add an entry to table of contents etc. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="2">\addtocontents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Add text directly to table of contents file etc. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="2">\addtocontents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add text directly to table of contents file etc. </td></tr> </table> @@ -9167,7 +9256,7 @@ Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</a>, Up: <a href="#Tables-of-contents" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tables of contents</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">24.1.1 \addcontentsline</h3> +<h4 class="subsection">24.1.1 \addcontentsline</h4> <a name="index-_005caddcontentsline_007bext_007d_007bunit_007d_007btext_007d"></a> <a name="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding"></a> @@ -9217,7 +9306,7 @@ command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>name</var>}</code>. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\addcontentsline</a>, Up: <a href="#Tables-of-contents" accesskey="u" rel="up">Tables of contents</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005caddtocontents-1"></a> -<h3 class="subsection">24.1.2 \addtocontents</h3> +<h4 class="subsection">24.1.2 \addtocontents</h4> <a name="index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"></a> <p>The <code>\addtocontents</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>} command adds text @@ -9244,7 +9333,7 @@ generates the table of contents or lists of figures or tables. Next: <a href="#Indexes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Indexes</a>, Previous: <a href="#Tables-of-contents" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Tables of contents</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Glossaries-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">24.2 Glossaries</h2> +<h3 class="section">24.2 Glossaries</h3> <a name="index-glossaries"></a> <a name="index-_005cmakeglossary"></a> @@ -9271,7 +9360,7 @@ glossaries. Previous: <a href="#Glossaries" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Glossaries</a>, Up: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="u" rel="up">Front/back matter</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Indexes-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">24.3 Indexes</h2> +<h3 class="section">24.3 Indexes</h3> <a name="index-indexes"></a> <a name="index-_005cmakeindex"></a> @@ -9338,7 +9427,7 @@ TeX FAQ entry on this topic, Next: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Terminal input/output</a>, Previous: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Front/back matter</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Letters-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">25 Letters</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">25 Letters</h2> <a name="index-letters"></a> <a name="index-creating-letters"></a> @@ -9381,31 +9470,31 @@ commands, use <code>\\</code> to separate the items. <p>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1">\address</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Your return address. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="1">\address</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Your return address. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2">\cc</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Cc list. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="2">\cc</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Cc list. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3">\closing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Saying goodbye. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="3">\closing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying goodbye. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4">\encl</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> List of enclosed material. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="4">\encl</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of enclosed material. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5">\location</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Your organisation’s address. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="5">\location</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Your organisation’s address. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6">\makelabels</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Making address labels. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="6">\makelabels</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making address labels. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7">\name</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Your name, for the return address. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="7">\name</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Your name, for the return address. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8">\opening</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Saying hello. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="8">\opening</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saying hello. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9">\ps</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Adding a postscript. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="9">\ps</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Adding a postscript. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Your signature. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csignature">\signature</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Your signature. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Allow page breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks">\startbreaks</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Allow page breaks. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Disallow page breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks">\stopbreaks</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Disallow page breaks. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Your phone number. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Your phone number. </td></tr> </table> @@ -9417,7 +9506,7 @@ commands, use <code>\\</code> to separate the items. Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005caddress_007breturn_002daddress_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.1 \address{<var>return-address}</var></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.1 \address{<var>return-address}</var></h3> <a name="index-_005caddress"></a> <p>The <code>\address</code> specifies the return address of a letter, as it @@ -9438,7 +9527,7 @@ letter will be formatted as a personal letter. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\closing</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005caddress" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\address</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ccc-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.2 <code>\cc</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.2 <code>\cc</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ccc"></a> <a name="index-cc-list_002c-in-letters"></a> @@ -9460,7 +9549,7 @@ printed on a separate line. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next">\encl</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ccc" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\cc</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cclosing-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.3 <code>\closing</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.3 <code>\closing</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cclosing"></a> <a name="index-letters_002c-ending"></a> @@ -9485,7 +9574,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next">\encl</a>, Previous: <a h Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\location</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\closing</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cencl-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.4 <code>\encl</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.4 <code>\encl</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cencl"></a> <a name="index-enclosure-list"></a> @@ -9506,7 +9595,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\location</a>, Previo Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makelabels</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\encl</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005clocation-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.5 <code>\location</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.5 <code>\location</code></h3> <a name="index-_005clocation"></a> <p><code>\location{address}</code> @@ -9522,7 +9611,7 @@ if the <code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="n" rel="next">\name</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\location</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cmakelabels-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.6 <code>\makelabels</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.6 <code>\makelabels</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cmakelabels"></a> <p><code>\makelabels{number}</code> @@ -9539,7 +9628,7 @@ address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. Next: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="n" rel="next">\opening</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakelabels" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\makelabels</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cname-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.7 <code>\name</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.7 <code>\name</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cname"></a> <p><code>\name{June Davenport}</code> @@ -9555,7 +9644,7 @@ address. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ps</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cname" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\name</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005copening_007btext_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.8 <code>\opening{<var>text</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.8 <code>\opening{<var>text</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005copening"></a> <a name="index-letters_002c-starting"></a> @@ -9581,7 +9670,7 @@ For instance: Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005copening" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\opening</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cps-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.9 <code>\ps</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.9 <code>\ps</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cps"></a> <a name="index-postscript_002c-in-letters"></a> @@ -9596,7 +9685,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Prev Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks" accesskey="n" rel="next">\startbreaks</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\ps</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csignature_007btext_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.10 <code>\signature{<var>text</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.10 <code>\signature{<var>text</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csignature"></a> <p>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the @@ -9611,7 +9700,7 @@ space for your signature. <code>\\</code> starts a new line within Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stopbreaks</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\signature</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cstartbreaks-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.11 <code>\startbreaks</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.11 <code>\startbreaks</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cstartbreaks"></a> <p><code>\startbreaks</code> @@ -9627,7 +9716,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks" accesskey="n" rel="next">\stopbreaks</a>, Pr Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next">\telephone</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstartbreaks" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\startbreaks</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cstopbreaks-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.12 <code>\stopbreaks</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.12 <code>\stopbreaks</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cstopbreaks"></a> <p><code>\stopbreaks</code> @@ -9643,7 +9732,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next">\telephone</a>, Prev Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\stopbreaks</a>, Up: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="u" rel="up">Letters</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ctelephone-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">25.13 <code>\telephone</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">25.13 <code>\telephone</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ctelephone"></a> <p><code>\telephone{number}</code> @@ -9659,14 +9748,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cstopbreaks" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\stopbreaks Next: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line</a>, Previous: <a href="#Letters" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Terminal-input_002foutput-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">26 Terminal input/output</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">26 Terminal input/output</h2> <a name="index-input_002foutput"></a> <a name="index-terminal-input_002foutput"></a> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="1">\typein</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Read text from the terminal. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="1">\typein</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Read text from the terminal. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="2">\typeout</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> Write text to the terminal. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="2">\typeout</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Write text to the terminal. </td></tr> </table> @@ -9678,7 +9767,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command line</a>, Previou Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typeout</a>, Up: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Terminal input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ctypein_005bcmd_005d_007bmsg_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">26.1 <code>\typein[<var>cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">26.1 <code>\typein[<var>cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ctypein"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -9703,7 +9792,7 @@ redefined to be the typed input. Previous: <a href="#g_t_005ctypein" accesskey="p" rel="previous">\typein</a>, Up: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="u" rel="up">Terminal input/output</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ctypeout_007bmsg_007d"></a> -<h2 class="section">26.2 <code>\typeout{<var>msg</var>}</code></h2> +<h3 class="section">26.2 <code>\typeout{<var>msg</var>}</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ctypeout"></a> <p>Synopsis: @@ -9731,7 +9820,7 @@ printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A <code>^^J</code> in Next: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="n" rel="next">Document templates</a>, Previous: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Terminal input/output</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Command-line-1"></a> -<h1 class="chapter">27 Command line</h1> +<h2 class="chapter">27 Command line</h2> <a name="index-command-line"></a> <p>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; @@ -9762,12 +9851,12 @@ command; e.g. Next: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Concept Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#Command-line" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Command line</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Document-templates-1"></a> -<h1 class="appendix">Appendix A Document templates</h1> +<h2 class="appendix">Appendix A Document templates</h2> <a name="index-document-templates"></a> <p>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional templates are collected at -<a href="http://www.howtotex.com/templates">http://www.howtotex.com/templates</a>. +be useful. Additional template resources are listed +<a href="http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates">http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</a>. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#book-template" accesskey="1">book template</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top"> @@ -9786,7 +9875,7 @@ be useful. Additional templates are collected at Next: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">beamer template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="book-template-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">A.1 <code>book</code> template</h2> +<h3 class="section">A.1 <code>book</code> template</h3> <pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{book} \title{Book Class Template} @@ -9813,7 +9902,7 @@ The end. Next: <a href="#tugboat-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">tugboat template</a>, Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="previous">book template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="beamer-template-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">A.2 <code>beamer</code> template</h2> +<h3 class="section">A.2 <code>beamer</code> template</h3> <p>The <code>beamer</code> class creates slides presentations. </p> @@ -9848,7 +9937,7 @@ Next: <a href="#tugboat-template" accesskey="n" rel="next">tugboat template</a>, Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="previous">beamer template</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document templates</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="tugboat-template-1"></a> -<h2 class="section">A.3 <code>tugboat</code> template</h2> +<h3 class="section">A.3 <code>tugboat</code> template</h3> <p><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the TeX Users Group, <a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat">http://tug.org/TUGboat</a>. @@ -9857,13 +9946,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="previous">beamer templat \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf - \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, + urlcolor=black]{hyperref} \else - \usepackage{url} +\usepackage{url} \fi -\title{Example \TUB\ Article} +\title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. \author{First Last} @@ -9871,12 +9960,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#beamer-template" accesskey="p" rel="previous">beamer templat \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} -\maketitle - \begin{document} +\maketitle + \begin{abstract} -This is an example article for a regular \TUB{} issue. +This is an example article for \TUB{}. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} @@ -9888,22 +9977,23 @@ We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. -The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: -{\small -\begin{verbatim} +% verbatim blocks are often better in \small +\begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas +\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe +\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug +\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\TUB \TUG \tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE \Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag \careof \thinskip -\acro{FRED} -> {\small fred} % please use! +\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred \env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> @@ -9911,14 +10001,13 @@ The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -} For more information, see the ltubguid document at: \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} +(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - \bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style \nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty \bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX @@ -9934,7 +10023,7 @@ Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Document templates</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Concept-Index-1"></a> -<h1 class="unnumbered">Concept Index</h1> +<h2 class="unnumbered">Concept Index</h2> <table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Concept-Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>*</b></a> @@ -10004,7 +10093,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eidx-file">‘<tt>.idx</tt>’ file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eind-file">‘<tt>.ind</tt>’ file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> -<tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_symbol-3">‘</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_symbol-3">`</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_0060see_0027-and-_0060see-also_0027-index-entries">‘see’ and ‘see also’ index entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-A">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> @@ -10015,8 +10104,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent">acute accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent_002c-math">acute accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aligning-Equations">aligning Equations</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath">align <span class="roman">environment, from <code>amsmath</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aligning-equations">aligning equations</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alignment-via-tabbing">alignment via tabbing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="roman">package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix_002c-creating">appendix, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aring">aring</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrays_002c-math">arrays, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> @@ -10171,6 +10262,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figures_002c-inserting">figures, inserting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fixed_002dwidth-font">fixed-width font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-float-package"><code>float</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-float-package-1"><code>float</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page">flushing floats and starting a page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel">font commands, low-level</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-sizes">font sizes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> @@ -10200,12 +10292,13 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-greek-letters">greek letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-H">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">hác<ek accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">háček accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent">hacek accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hat-accent">hat accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hat-accent_002c-math">hat accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-header-style">header style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-header_002c-parameters-for">header, parameters for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-here_002c-putting-floats">here, putting floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hungarian-umlaut-accent">hungarian umlaut accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-defining">hyphenation, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-forcing">hyphenation, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr> @@ -10265,8 +10358,8 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-forcing">line breaks, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-breaks_002c-preventing">line breaks, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lines-in-tables">lines in tables</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lining-text-up-in-columns-using-tab-stops">lining text up in columns using tab stops</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lining-text-up-in-tables">lining text up in tables</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops">lining text up using tab stops</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list-items_002c-specifying-counter">list items, specifying counter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items">lists of items</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-generic">lists of items, generic</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> @@ -10283,6 +10376,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-M">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent">macron accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent_002c-math">macron accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Madsen_002c-Lars">Madsen, Lars</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code>makeidx</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex-program"><code>makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-making-a-title-page">making a title page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> @@ -10352,6 +10446,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text">period, centered, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pictures_002c-creating">pictures, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pilcrow">pilcrow</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-placement-of-floats">placement of floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for">poetry, an environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polish-l">polish l</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr> @@ -10386,6 +10481,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text">right-justifying text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedleft">\raggedleft</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for">right-justifying text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ring-accent">ring accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ring-accent_002c-math">ring accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer">running header and footer</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> @@ -10416,6 +10512,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-specifier_002c-float-placement">specifier, float placement</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-splitting-the-input-file">splitting the input file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-_0026-ending">starting & ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-_0026-ending">Starting & ending</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-a-new-page">starting a new page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr> @@ -10554,7 +10651,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Concept Index</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Command-Index-1"></a> -<h1 class="unnumbered">Command Index</h1> +<h2 class="unnumbered">Command Index</h2> <table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Command-Index_fn_symbol-1"><b>$</b></a> @@ -10732,6 +10829,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Concept Index</a <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cboldmath"><code>\boldmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbot"><code>\bot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbottomfraction"><code>\bottomfraction</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbottomnumber"><code>\bottomnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbowtie"><code>\bowtie</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cBox"><code>\Box</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbreve"><code>\breve</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> @@ -10838,6 +10936,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Concept Index</a <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cextracolsep"><code>\extracolsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfbox"><code>\fbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox">\fbox and \framebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfboxrule-1"><code>\fboxrule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox">\fbox and \framebox</a></td></tr> @@ -11018,6 +11117,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Concept Index</a <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathbf"><code>\mathbf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathcal"><code>\mathcal</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathring"><code>\mathring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathrm"><code>\mathrm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -11312,9 +11412,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Concept Index</a <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctop"><code>\top</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopfraction"><code>\topfraction</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopmargin"><code>\topmargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopnumber"><code>\topnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopsep"><code>\topsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctopskip"><code>\topskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctotalheight"><code>\totalheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctotalnumber"><code>\totalnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangle"><code>\triangle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleleft"><code>\triangleleft</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctriangleright"><code>\triangleright</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -11571,9 +11673,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="previous">Concept Index</a </td></tr></table> <hr> -<p> -</p> + </body> </html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf Binary files differindex 9d805092ae2..ca7c6eca809 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi index df7973788ba..f962885638c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi @@ -1,24 +1,23 @@ \input texinfo -@c $Id: latex2e.texi 261 2011-05-12 17:45:37Z karl $ +@c $Id: latex2e.texi 263 2012-04-25 16:43:05Z karl $ @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @setfilename latex2e.info -@set UPDATED May 2011 +@set UPDATED May 2012 @settitle @LaTeX{}2e reference manual (@value{UPDATED}) @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -@c xx latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, +@c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, @c xx but latex2e stuff is missing. @c -@c xx mention \mathring -@c xx mention usrguide -@c xx mention ! float placement, p.15 of usrguide -@c xx merge http://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex-info/ -@c xx merged permuted-index +@c xx mention \oldstylenums (comes from where?) +@c xx mention \topnumber, \bottomnumber, \totalnumber @c -@c xx The typeset source2e will have an index with all kernel -@c xx commands, which would be a good start. classes.dtx et al. -@c xx define additional commands, and some of the kernel commands are -@c xx internal and so shouldn't be included here. +@c xx merge http://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex-info/ (alt-latex-info) +@c xx merge permuted-index +@c +@c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel +@c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. +@c xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. @c @c xx packages -- required, additional, useful; oberdiek ... @c xx fonts -- latexsys @@ -27,8 +26,8 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual for @LaTeX{}, a document preparation system, version of @value{UPDATED}. -This was originally translated from @file{LATEX.HLP} v1.0a in the VMS -Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +This manual was originally translated from @file{LATEX.HLP} v1.0a in +the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George@tie{}D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The @LaTeX{}@tie{}2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The @LaTeX{}2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -39,7 +38,7 @@ and C.@tie{}Biemesderfer (published by the @TeX{} Users Group as @cite{@TeX{}niques} number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). -Copyright @copyright{} 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Karl Berry.@* +Copyright @copyright{} 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry.@* Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@* Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. @@ -128,7 +127,7 @@ intended to cover @LaTeX{}2e, which has been the standard version of @node About this document -@chapter Overview of @LaTeX{} +@chapter About this document @cindex Knuth, Donald E. @cindex Lamport, Leslie @@ -153,6 +152,24 @@ The home page for this document is current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. +Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about +@LaTeX{}. Here are a few: + +@table @url +@item http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr +Two pages of recommended references to @LaTeX{} documentation. + +@item http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc +Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. + +@item http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide +The guide for document authors maintained as part of @LaTeX{}; there +are several others. + +@item http://tug.org/begin.html +Introduction to the @TeX{} system, including @LaTeX{}. +@end table + @node Overview @chapter Overview of @LaTeX{} @@ -455,18 +472,20 @@ and a style. The @LaTeX{} commands for doing this are described here. The following type style commands are supported by @LaTeX{}. -These commands are used like @code{\textit@{italic text@}}. The -corresponding command in parenthesis is the ``declaration form'', which -takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the -next type style command or the end of the current group. +This first group of commands is typically used like +@code{\textit@{italic text@}}. The corresponding command in +parenthesis is the ``declaration form'', which takes no arguments. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either @code{\sffamily\bfseries} or @code{\bfseries\sffamily} to get bold sans serif. -You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; for instance, -@code{\begin@{ttfamily@}...\end@{ttfamily@}}. +You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for +instance, @code{\begin@{ttfamily@}...\end@{ttfamily@}}. +These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the @table @code @item \textrm (\rmfamily) @findex \textrm @@ -1412,7 +1431,19 @@ letters: @findex eqnarray @r{environment} @cindex equations, aligning -@cindex aligning Equations +@cindex aligning equations + +@cindex align @r{environment, from @code{amsmath}} +@cindex amsmath @r{package, replacing @code{eqnarray}} +@cindex Madsen, Lars +First, a caveat: the @code{eqnarray} environment has some infelicities +which cannot be overcome; the article ``Avoid eqnarray!''@: by Lars +Madsen describes them in detail +(@url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf}). The bottom +line is that it is better to use the @code{align} environment (and +others) from the @code{amsmath} package. + +Nevertheless, here is a description of @code{eqnarray}: @example \begin@{eqnarray@} @r{(or @code{eqnarray*})} @@ -1487,6 +1518,8 @@ Figures will not be split between two pages. When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a full-width figure (across both columns). +@cindex placement of floats +@cindex specifier, float placement The optional argument @code{[placement]} determines where @LaTeX{} will try to place your figure. There are four places where @LaTeX{} can possibly put a float: @@ -1505,22 +1538,34 @@ FAQ: @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat}. @item h @cindex @code{float} package (Here)---at the position in the text where the figure environment -appears. However, this is not allowed by itself, @code{t} is -automatically added. To absolutely force a figure to appear ``here'', -use the @code{float} and use its @code{H} placement letter. (That -package also provides other options.) +appears. However, this is not allowed by itself; @code{t} is +automatically added. + +@cindex here, putting floats +@cindex @code{float} package +To absolutely force a figure to appear ``here'', you can +@code{\usepackage@{float@}} and use the @code{H} specifier which it +defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at +@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere}. @item p (Page of floats)---on a separate float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats. +@item ! +Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, @LaTeX{} +ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can appear +and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the page. +The @code{!} specifier does @emph{not} mean ``put the float here''; +see above. + @end table The standard report and article classes use the default placement @code{tbp}. -The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, @LaTeX{} commands, etc. -you wish. +The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, @LaTeX{} commands, +etc.@: you wish. @findex \caption The @code{\caption} command specifies caption @var{text} for the @@ -1528,7 +1573,9 @@ figure. The caption is numbered by default. If @var{loftitle} is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of @var{text} (@pxref{Tables of contents}). -@c xx float-placement, float-caption sections? +Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and +non-float text: + @ftable @code @findex \bottomfraction The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at @@ -1538,6 +1585,19 @@ the bottom; default @samp{.3}. The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; default @samp{.5}. +@item \textfraction +Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too +much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a +different page. The default is @samp{.2}. + +@item \topfraction +Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before +floats; default @samp{.7}. +@end ftable + +Parameters relating to vertical space around floats: + +@ftable @code @item \floatsep Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default @samp{12pt plus2pt minus2pt}. @@ -1550,18 +1610,26 @@ Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default @item \textfloatsep Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default @samp{20pt plus2pt minus4pt}. +@end ftable -@item \textfraction -Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too -much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a -different page. The default is @samp{.2}. +Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page: -@item \topfraction -Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before -floats; default is @samp{.7}. +@ftable @code +@item \bottomnumber +Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; +default 1. +@item \topnumber +Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; +default 2. + +@item \totalnumber +Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. @end ftable +The principal @TeX{} FAQ entry relating to floats: +@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats}. + @node flushleft @section @code{flushleft} @@ -2288,7 +2356,7 @@ Unlike the @code{quotation} environment, paragraphs are not indented. @findex tabbing @r{environment} @cindex tab stops, using -@cindex lining text up in columns using tab stops +@cindex lining text up using tab stops @cindex alignment via tabbing Synopsis: @@ -2442,7 +2510,8 @@ column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ \end@{tabular@} @end example - or +@noindent +or @example \begin@{tabular*@}@{width@}[pos]@{cols@} @@ -2474,6 +2543,7 @@ the environment. @table @code @item t align on top row + @item b align on bottom row @end table @@ -2484,7 +2554,6 @@ following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and intercolumn material. @table @code - @item l A column of left-aligned items. @@ -2500,13 +2569,20 @@ A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. @item @@@{@var{text}@} This inserts @var{text} in every row. An @@-expression suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any desired space -between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be included in -@var{text}. An @code{\extracolsep@{wd@}} command in an @@-expression -causes an extra space of width @code{wd} to appear to the left of all -subsequent columns, until countermanded by another @code{\extracolsep} -command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not -suppressed by an @@-expression. An @code{\extracolsep} command can be -used only in an @@-expression in the @code{cols} argument. +before the adjacent item must be included in @var{text}. + +To insert commands that are automatically executed before a given +column, you have to load the @code{array} package and use the +@code{>@{...@}} specifier. +@c xx should fully explain array, tabularx, and all other base packages... + +@findex \extracolsep +An @code{\extracolsep@{wd@}} command in an @@-expression causes an +extra space of width @code{wd} to appear to the left of all subsequent +columns, until countermanded by another @code{\extracolsep} command. +Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed +by an @@-expression. An @code{\extracolsep} command can be used only +in an @@-expression in the @code{cols} argument. @item p@{@var{wd}@} Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width @@ -2555,7 +2631,8 @@ Half the width of the space between columns; default is @samp{6pt}. @end ftable -These commands can be used inside a @code{tabular} environment: +The following commands can be used inside a @code{tabular} +environment: @menu * \multicolumn:: Make an item spanning several columns. @@ -3136,8 +3213,8 @@ Synopses: @end example By default, the @code{\pagebreak} (@code{\nopagebreak}) command forces -(prevents) a page break at the current position. For -@code{\linebreak}, the vertical space on the page is stretched out +(prevents) a page break at the current position. With +@code{\pagebreak}, the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. With the optional argument @var{priority}, you can convert the @@ -3753,7 +3830,6 @@ The @code{\settowidth} command sets the value of the command @var{\len} to the width of the @var{text} argument. - @node Predefined lengths @section Predefined lengths @cindex lengths, predefined @@ -3772,8 +3848,8 @@ to the width of the @var{text} argument. @findex \totalheight These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making -commands (@pxref{Boxes}). They specify the natural width etc. of the -text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals @code{\height} + +commands (@pxref{Boxes}). They specify the natural width, etc., of +the text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals @code{\height} + @code{\depth}. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say @@ -4801,6 +4877,10 @@ Math dotless i. @cindex dotless j, math Math dotless j. +@item \mathring +@cindex ring accent, math +Math ring accent: @ringaccent{x}. @c don't bother implementing in texinfo + @item \tilde @cindex tilde accent, math Math tilde accent: @math{\tilde{x}}. @@ -5221,16 +5301,16 @@ a capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without @code{\@@}: @example -@dots{} in C\@@. Pascal, though @dots{} -@dots{} in C. Pascal, though @dots{} +@dots{} in C\@@. Pascal, though @dots{} +@dots{} in C. Pascal, though @dots{} @end example @noindent produces @c Texinfo does it differently, but the result is the same. @quotation -@dots{} in C@. Pascal, though @dots{} -@dots{} in C. Pascal, though @dots{} +@dots{} in C@. Pascal, though @dots{} +@dots{} in C. Pascal, though @dots{} @end quotation @@ -6797,8 +6877,8 @@ If @LaTeX{} stops in the middle of the document and gives you a @cindex document templates Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional templates are collected at -@url{http://www.howtotex.com/templates}. +be useful. Additional template resources are listed +@url{http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates}. @menu * book template:: @@ -6872,13 +6952,13 @@ The @code{beamer} class creates slides presentations. \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf - \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, + urlcolor=black]{hyperref} \else - \usepackage{url} +\usepackage{url} \fi -\title{Example \TUB\ Article} +\title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. \author{First Last} @@ -6886,12 +6966,12 @@ The @code{beamer} class creates slides presentations. \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} -\maketitle - \begin{document} +\maketitle + \begin{abstract} -This is an example article for a regular \TUB{} issue. +This is an example article for \TUB{}. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} @@ -6903,22 +6983,23 @@ We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. -The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: -{\small -\begin{verbatim} +% verbatim blocks are often better in \small +\begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas +\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe +\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug +\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\TUB \TUG \tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE \Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag \careof \thinskip -\acro{FRED} -> {\small fred} % please use! +\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred \env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> @@ -6926,14 +7007,13 @@ The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -} For more information, see the ltubguid document at: \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} +(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - \bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style \nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty \bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt index e0acffde016..bfb0410d602 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt @@ -1,17 +1,252 @@ LaTeX2e +1 About this document +2 Overview of LaTeX +3 Starting & ending +4 Document classes +5 Typefaces +6 Layout +7 Sectioning +8 Cross references +9 Environments +10 Line breaking +11 Page breaking +12 Footnotes +13 Definitions +14 Counters +15 Lengths +16 Making paragraphs +17 Math formulas +18 Modes +19 Page styles +20 Spaces +21 Boxes +22 Special insertions +23 Splitting the input +24 Front/back matter +25 Letters +26 Terminal input/output +27 Command line +Appendix A Document templates +Concept Index +Command Index +LaTeX2e +1 About this document +2 Overview of LaTeX +3 Starting & ending +4 Document classes + 4.1 Document class options +5 Typefaces + 5.1 Font styles + 5.2 Font sizes + 5.3 Low-level font commands +6 Layout + 6.1 '\onecolumn' + 6.2 '\twocolumn' + 6.3 '\flushbottom' + 6.4 '\raggedbottom' + 6.5 Page layout parameters +7 Sectioning +8 Cross references + 8.1 '\label' + 8.2 '\pageref{KEY}' + 8.3 '\ref{KEY}' +9 Environments + 9.1 'abstract' + 9.2 'array' + 9.3 'center' + 9.3.1 '\centering' + 9.4 'description' + 9.5 'displaymath' + 9.6 'document' + 9.7 'enumerate' + 9.8 'eqnarray' + 9.9 'equation' + 9.10 'figure' + 9.11 'flushleft' + 9.11.1 '\raggedright' + 9.12 'flushright' + 9.12.1 '\raggedleft' + 9.13 'itemize' + 9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters + 9.15 'list' + 9.16 'math' + 9.17 'minipage' + 9.18 'picture' + 9.18.1 '\circle' + 9.18.2 '\makebox' + 9.18.3 '\framebox' + 9.18.4 '\dashbox' + 9.18.5 '\frame' + 9.18.6 '\line' + 9.18.7 '\linethickness' + 9.18.8 '\thicklines' + 9.18.9 '\thinlines' + 9.18.10 '\multiput' + 9.18.11 '\oval' + 9.18.12 '\put' + 9.18.13 '\shortstack' + 9.18.14 '\vector' + 9.19 'quotation' + 9.20 'quote' + 9.21 'tabbing' + 9.22 'table' + 9.23 'tabular' + 9.23.1 '\multicolumn' + 9.23.2 '\cline' + 9.23.3 '\hline' + 9.23.4 '\vline' + 9.24 'thebibliography' + 9.24.1 '\bibitem' + 9.24.2 '\cite' + 9.24.3 '\nocite' + 9.24.4 Using BibTeX + 9.25 'theorem' + 9.26 'titlepage' + 9.27 'verbatim' + 9.27.1 '\verb' + 9.28 'verse' +10 Line breaking + 10.1 '\\'[*][MORESPACE] + 10.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr' + 10.3 '\newline' + 10.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen) + 10.5 '\fussy' + 10.6 '\sloppy' + 10.7 '\hyphenation' + 10.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' +11 Page breaking + 11.1 '\cleardoublepage' + 11.2 '\clearpage' + 11.3 '\newpage' + 11.4 '\enlargethispage' + 11.5 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak' +12 Footnotes + 12.1 '\footnote' + 12.2 '\footnotemark' + 12.3 '\footnotetext' + 12.4 Symbolic footnotes + 12.5 Footnote parameters +13 Definitions + 13.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand' + 13.2 '\newcounter' + 13.3 '\newlength' + 13.4 '\newsavebox' + 13.5 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' + 13.6 '\newtheorem' + 13.7 '\newfont' + 13.8 '\protect' +14 Counters + 14.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters + 14.2 '\usecounter{COUNTER}' + 14.3 '\value{COUNTER}' + 14.4 '\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' + 14.5 '\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' + 14.6 '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}' + 14.7 '\stepcounter{COUNTER}' + 14.8 '\day \month \year': Predefined counters +15 Lengths + 15.1 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' + 15.2 \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} + 15.3 '\settodepth' + 15.4 '\settoheight' + 15.5 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' + 15.6 Predefined lengths +16 Making paragraphs + 16.1 '\indent' + 16.2 '\noindent' + 16.3 '\parskip' + 16.4 Marginal notes +17 Math formulas + 17.1 Subscripts & superscripts + 17.2 Math symbols + 17.3 Math functions + 17.4 Math accents + 17.5 Spacing in math mode + 17.6 Math miscellany +18 Modes +19 Page styles + 19.1 '\maketitle' + 19.2 '\pagenumbering' + 19.3 '\pagestyle' + 19.4 '\thispagestyle{STYLE}' +20 Spaces + 20.1 '\hspace' + 20.2 '\hfill' + 20.3 '\SPACE' + 20.4 '\@' + 20.5 '\thinspace' + 20.6 '\/' + 20.7 '\hrulefill' + 20.8 '\dotfill' + 20.9 '\addvspace' + 20.10 '\bigskip \medskip \smallskip' + 20.11 '\vfill' + 20.12 '\vspace[*]{LENGTH}' +21 Boxes + 21.1 '\mbox{TEXT}' + 21.2 '\fbox' and '\framebox' + 21.3 'lrbox' + 21.4 '\makebox' + 21.5 '\parbox' + 21.6 '\raisebox' + 21.7 '\savebox' + 21.8 '\sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}' + 21.9 '\usebox{\BOXCMD' +22 Special insertions + 22.1 Reserved characters + 22.2 Text symbols + 22.3 Accents + 22.4 Non-English characters + 22.5 '\rule' + 22.6 '\today' +23 Splitting the input + 23.1 '\include' + 23.2 \'includeonly' + 23.3 \input +24 Front/back matter + 24.1 Tables of contents + 24.1.1 \addcontentsline + 24.1.2 \addtocontents + 24.2 Glossaries + 24.3 Indexes +25 Letters + 25.1 \address{RETURN-ADDRESS} + 25.2 '\cc' + 25.3 '\closing' + 25.4 '\encl' + 25.5 '\location' + 25.6 '\makelabels' + 25.7 '\name' + 25.8 '\opening{TEXT}' + 25.9 '\ps' + 25.10 '\signature{TEXT}' + 25.11 '\startbreaks' + 25.12 '\stopbreaks' + 25.13 '\telephone' +26 Terminal input/output + 26.1 '\typein[CMD]{MSG}' + 26.2 '\typeout{MSG}' +27 Command line +Appendix A Document templates + A.1 'book' template + A.2 'beamer' template + A.3 'tugboat' template +Concept Index +Command Index +LaTeX2e ******* This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version as of May 2011. It is intended to cover +preparation system, version as of May 2012. It is intended to cover LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years. -1 Overview of LaTeX -******************* +1 About this document +********************* The LaTeX document preparation system is implemented as a macro package for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program. LaTeX was originally created by Leslie Lamport; it is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(`http://latex-project.org'). The official documentation written by the +('http://latex-project.org'). The official documentation written by the LaTeX project is available from their web site. The present document is completely unofficial and has not been @@ -19,10 +254,22 @@ reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org>. - The home page for this document is `http://home.gna.org/latexrefman'. + The home page for this document is 'http://home.gna.org/latexrefman'. That page has links to the current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. + Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about +LaTeX. Here are a few: + + Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. + + Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. + + The guide for document authors maintained as part of LaTeX; there + are several others. + + Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX. + 2 Overview of LaTeX ******************* @@ -37,44 +284,44 @@ output: 1. The main output file, which is one of: - `.dvi' - If invoked as `latex', a "Device Independent" (`.dvi') file is + '.dvi' + If invoked as 'latex', a "Device Independent" ('.dvi') file is produced. This contains commands that can be translated into commands for virtually any output device. You can view such - `.dvi' output of LaTeX by using a program such as `xdvi' - (display directly), `dvips' (convert to PostScript), or - `dvipdfmx' (convert to PDF). + '.dvi' output of LaTeX by using a program such as 'xdvi' + (display directly), 'dvips' (convert to PostScript), or + 'dvipdfmx' (convert to PDF). - `.pdf' - If invoked as `pdflatex', a "Portable Document Format" - (`.pdf') file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with + '.pdf' + If invoked as 'pdflatex', a "Portable Document Format" + ('.pdf') file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images embedded. This can be very useful, but - it does make the output much larger than the `.dvi' produced + it does make the output much larger than the '.dvi' produced from the same document. - If invoked as `lualatex', a `.pdf' file is created using the - LuaTeX engine (`http://luatex.org'). + If invoked as 'lualatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the + LuaTeX engine ('http://luatex.org'). - If invoked as `xelatex', a `.pdf' file is created using the - XeTeX engine (`http://tug.org/xetex'). + If invoked as 'xelatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the + XeTeX engine ('http://tug.org/xetex'). Many other less-common variants of LaTeX (and TeX) exist, which can produce HTML, XML, and other things. - 2. The "transcript" or `.log' file that contains summary information + 2. The "transcript" or '.log' file that contains summary information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. - 3. An "auxiliary" or `.aux' file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for + 3. An "auxiliary" or '.aux' file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for things such as cross-references. An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won't try to list them all. Xxx components? - In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a `\', followed + In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a '\', followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments -contained in square brackets, `[]', are optional while arguments -contained in braces, `{}', are required. +contained in square brackets, '[]', are optional while arguments +contained in braces, '{}', are required. LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless explicitly directed to do otherwise. @@ -93,8 +340,8 @@ where the CLASS is a valid document class for LaTeX. *Note Document classes::, for details of the various document classes available locally. - You may include other LaTeX commands between the `\documentclass' and -the `\begin{document}' commands (this area is called the "preamble"). + You may include other LaTeX commands between the '\documentclass' and +the '\begin{document}' commands (this area is called the "preamble"). 4 Document classes ****************** @@ -103,7 +350,7 @@ The class of a given document is defined with the command: \documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS} -The `\documentclass' command must be the first command in a LaTeX source +The '\documentclass' command must be the first command in a LaTeX source file. Built-in LaTeX document CLASS names are (many other document classes @@ -117,71 +364,66 @@ are available as add-ons; *note Overview::): ========================== You can specify so-called "global options" or "class options" to the -`\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual. +'\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual. To specify more than one OPTION, separate them with a comma: \documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS} Here is the list of the standard class options. - All of the standard classes except `slides' accept the following -options for selecting the typeface size (default is `10pt'): + All of the standard classes except 'slides' accept the following +options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'): 10pt 11pt 12pt All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the -paper size (default is `letterpaper'): +paper size (default is 'letterpaper'): a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper Miscellaneous other options: -`draft, final' +'draft, final' mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is - `final'. - -`fleqn' + 'final'. +'fleqn' Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. - -`landscape' +'landscape' Selects landscape format; default is portrait. - -`leqno' +'leqno' Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. - -`openbib' +'openbib' Use "open" bibliography format. - -`titlepage, notitlepage' +'titlepage, notitlepage' Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. These options are not available with the slides class: -`onecolumn' -`twocolumn' - Typeset in one or two columns; default is `onecolumn'. +'onecolumn' +'twocolumn' + Typeset in one or two columns; default is 'onecolumn'. -`oneside' -`twoside' - Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is `oneside', except for - the `book' class. +'oneside' +'twoside' + Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is 'oneside', except for + the 'book' class. - The `\evensidemargin' (`\oddsidemargin' parameter determines the + The '\evensidemargin' ('\oddsidemargin' parameter determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages between the left side of the page and the text's left margin. The defaults vary with the paper size and whether one- or two-side layout is selected. For one-sided printing the text is centered, for two-sided, - `\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between `\paperwidth' and - `\textwidth', with `\evensidemargin' the remainder. + '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth' and + '\textwidth', with '\evensidemargin' the remainder. -`openright' -`openany' +'openright' +'openany' Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default - is `openright' for book. + is 'openright' for book. - The `slides' class offers the option `clock' for printing the time at + The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at the bottom of each note. Additional packages are loaded like this: @@ -189,11 +431,11 @@ the bottom of each note. \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG} To specify more than one PKG, you can separate them with a comma, or -use multiple `\usepackage' commands. +use multiple '\usepackage' commands. - Any options given in the `\documentclass' command that are unknown by + Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with -`\usepackage'. +'\usepackage'. 5 Typefaces *********** @@ -206,106 +448,96 @@ style. The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here. The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. - These commands are used like `\textit{italic text}'. The -corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration form", which -takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the -next type style command or the end of the current group. + This first group of commands is typically used like '\textit{italic +text}'. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration +form", which takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form +lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -`\sffamily\bfseries' or `\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. +'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. - You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; for -instance, `\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'. + You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; +for instance, '\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'. -`\textrm (\rmfamily)' + These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the +'\textrm (\rmfamily)' Roman. -`\textit (\itshape)' +'\textit (\itshape)' Italics. -`\emph' - Emphasis (switches between `\textit' and `\textrm'). +'\emph' + Emphasis (switches between '\textit' and '\textrm'). -`\textmd (\mdseries)' +'\textmd (\mdseries)' Medium weight (default). -`\textbf (\bfseries)' +'\textbf (\bfseries)' Boldface. - -`\textup (\upshape)' - Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. - -`\textsl (\slshape)' +'\textup (\upshape)' + Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. +'\textsl (\slshape)' Slanted. - -`\textsf (\sffamily)' +'\textsf (\sffamily)' Sans serif. - -`\textsc (\scshape)' +'\textsc (\scshape)' Small caps. - -`\texttt (\ttfamily)' +'\texttt (\ttfamily)' Typewriter. - -`\textnormal (\normalfont)' +'\textnormal (\normalfont)' Main document font. - -`\mathrm' +'\mathrm' Roman, for use in math mode. - -`\mathbf' +'\mathbf' Boldface, for use in math mode. - -`\mathsf' +'\mathsf' Sans serif, for use in math mode. - -`\mathtt' +'\mathtt' Typewriter, for use in math mode. -`\mathit' -`(\mit)' +'\mathit' +'(\mit)' Italics, for use in math mode. -`\mathnormal' - For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. - -`\mathcal' - `Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. +'\mathnormal' + For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. +'\mathcal' + 'Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. - In addition, the command `\mathversion{bold}' can be used for + In addition, the command '\mathversion{bold}' can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. -`\mathversion{normal}' restores the default. +'\mathversion{normal}' restores the default. LaTeX also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: `{\CMD ...}' instead of -`\CMD{...}'. These are two very different things. +differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of +'\CMD{...}'. These are two very different things. -`\bf' +'\bf' Switch to bold face. -`\cal' +'\cal' Switch to calligraphic letters for math. -`\em' +'\em' Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics). -`\it' +'\it' Italics. -`\rm' +'\rm' Roman. -`\sc' +'\sc' Small caps. -`\sf' +'\sf' Sans serif. -`\sl' +'\sl' Slanted (oblique). -`\tt' +'\tt' Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). 5.2 Font sizes @@ -313,26 +545,26 @@ differently than the above commands, too: `{\CMD ...}' instead of The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used -(in points) with the `10pt', `11pt', and `12pt' document size options, +(in points) with the '10pt', '11pt', and '12pt' document size options, respectively (*note Document class options::). -Command `10pt' `11pt' `12pt' +Command '10pt' '11pt' '12pt' -------------------------------------------------- -`\tiny' 5 6 6 -`\scriptsize' 7 8 8 -`\footnotesize' 8 9 10 -`\small' 9 10 10.95 -`\normalsize' (default) 10 10.95 12 -`\large' 12 12 14.4 -`\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28 -`\LARGE' 17.28 17.28 20.74 -`\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88 -`\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88 - - The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the -declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of -the current group. You can also use the environment form of these -commands; for instance, `\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. +'\tiny' 5 6 6 +'\scriptsize' 7 8 8 +'\footnotesize' 8 9 10 +'\small' 9 10 10.95 +'\normalsize' (default) 10 10.95 12 +'\large' 12 12 14.4 +'\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28 +'\LARGE' 17.28 17.28 20.74 +'\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88 +'\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88 + + The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of +the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end +of the current group. You can also use the environment form of these +commands; for instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. 5.3 Low-level font commands =========================== @@ -341,238 +573,221 @@ These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available ones. -`\fontencoding{enc}' - Select font encoding. Valid encodings include `OT1' and `T1'. - -`\fontfamily{family}' - Select font family. Valid families include: +'\fontencoding{enc}' + Select font encoding. Valid encodings include 'OT1' and 'T1'. - * `cmr' for Computer Modern Roman +'\fontfamily{family}' + Select font family. Valid families include: - * `cmss' for Computer Modern Sans Serif - - * `cmtt' for Computer Modern Typewriter + * 'cmr' for Computer Modern Roman + * 'cmss' for Computer Modern Sans Serif + * 'cmtt' for Computer Modern Typewriter and numerous others. -`\fontseries{series}' - Select font series. Valid series include: - - * `m' Medium (normal) +'\fontseries{series}' + Select font series. Valid series include: - * `b' Bold - - * `c' Condensed - - * `bc' Bold condensed - - * `bx' Bold extended + * 'm' Medium (normal) + * 'b' Bold + * 'c' Condensed + * 'bc' Bold condensed + * 'bx' Bold extended and various other combinations. -`\fontshape{shape}' - Select font shape. Valid shapes are: - - * `n' Upright (normal) - - * `it' Italic - - * `sl' Slanted (oblique) +'\fontshape{shape}' + Select font shape. Valid shapes are: - * `sc' Small caps - - * `ui' Upright italics - - * `ol' Outline + * 'n' Upright (normal) + * 'it' Italic + * 'sl' Slanted (oblique) + * 'sc' Small caps + * 'ui' Upright italics + * 'ol' Outline The two last shapes are not available for most font families. -`\fontsize{size}{skip}' - Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to +'\fontsize{size}{skip}' + Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to and the second is the line spacing to use; this is stored in a - parameter named `\baselineskip'. The unit of both parameters - defaults to pt. The default `\baselineskip' for the Computer - Modern typeface is 1.2 times the `\fontsize'. + parameter named '\baselineskip'. The unit of both parameters + defaults to pt. The default '\baselineskip' for the Computer + Modern typeface is 1.2 times the '\fontsize'. The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the - `\baselinestretch' parameter when the type size changes; the + '\baselinestretch' parameter when the type size changes; the default is 1. However, the best way to "double space" a document, if you should be unlucky enough to have to produce such, is to use - the `setspace' package; see - `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'. + the 'setspace' package; see + 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'. -`\linespread{FACTOR}' - Equivalent to `\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and - therefore must be followed by `\selectfont' to have any effect. - Best specified in the preamble, or use the `setspace' package, as +'\linespread{FACTOR}' + Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and + therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect. + Best specified in the preamble, or use the 'setspace' package, as described just above. The changes made by calling the font commands described above do - not come into effect until `\selectfont' is called. + not come into effect until '\selectfont' is called. -`\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}' - The same as invoking `\fontencoding', `\fontfamily', `\fontseries' - and `\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by - `\selectfont'. +'\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}' + The same as invoking '\fontencoding', '\fontfamily', '\fontseries' + and '\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by + '\selectfont'. 6 Layout ******** Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. -6.1 `\onecolumn' +6.1 '\onecolumn' ================ -The `\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces +The '\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces single-column output. This is the default. -6.2 `\twocolumn' +6.2 '\twocolumn' ================ Synopsis: \twocolumn[TEXT1COL] - The `\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the optional TEXT1COL argument is present, it is + The '\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces +two-column output. If the optional TEXT1COL argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts. These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: -`\columnsep' +'\columnsep' The distance between columns (35pt by default). -`\columnseprule' +'\columnseprule' The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there is no rule. -`\columnwidth' - The width of the current column; this is equal to `\textwidth' in +'\columnwidth' + The width of the current column; this is equal to '\textwidth' in single-column text. These parameters control float behavior in two-column output: -`\dbltopfraction' +'\dbltopfraction' Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be - occupied by floats. Default `.7', can be usefully redefined to - (say) `.9' to avoid going to float pages so soon. + occupied by floats. Default '.7', can be usefully redefined to + (say) '.9' to avoid going to float pages so soon. -`\dblfloatpagefraction' +'\dblfloatpagefraction' The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by - floats, for a two-column float page. Default `.5'. + floats, for a two-column float page. Default '.5'. -`\dblfloatsep' +'\dblfloatsep' Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float - page. Default `12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for `10pt' and `11pt' - documents, `14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for `12pt'. + page. Default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt' + documents, '14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for '12pt'. -`\dbltextfloatsep' +'\dbltextfloatsep' Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a - page and the main text. Default `20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. + page and the main text. Default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. -6.3 `\flushbottom' +6.3 '\flushbottom' ================== -The `\flushbottom' declaration makes all text pages the same height, +The '\flushbottom' declaration makes all text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space where necessary to fill out the page. - This is the default if `twocolumn' mode is selected (*note Document + This is the default if 'twocolumn' mode is selected (*note Document class options::). -6.4 `\raggedbottom' +6.4 '\raggedbottom' =================== -The `\raggedbottom' declaration makes all pages the natural height of +The '\raggedbottom' declaration makes all pages the natural height of the material on that page. No rubber lengths will be stretched. 6.5 Page layout parameters ========================== -`\headheight' +'\headheight' Height of the box that contains the running head. Default is - `30pt', except in the `book' class, where it varies with the type + '30pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type size. -`\headsep' +'\headsep' Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top - of the main text. Default is `25pt', except in the `book' class, + of the main text. Default is '25pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type size. -`\footskip' +'\footskip' Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline - of the page footer. Default is `30pt', except in the `book' class, + of the page footer. Default is '30pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type size. -`\linewidth' - Width of the current line, decreased for each nested `list' (*note - list::). Specifically, it is smaller than `\textwidth' by the sum - of `\leftmargin' and `\rightmargin' (*note itemize::). The default +'\linewidth' + Width of the current line, decreased for each nested 'list' (*note + list::). Specifically, it is smaller than '\textwidth' by the sum + of '\leftmargin' and '\rightmargin' (*note itemize::). The default varies with the font size, paper width, two-column mode, etc. For - an `article' document in `10pt', it's set to `345pt'; in two-column - mode, that becomes `229.5pt'. + an 'article' document in '10pt', it's set to '345pt'; in two-column + mode, that becomes '229.5pt'. -`\textheight' +'\textheight' The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies - with the font size, document class, etc. For an `article' or - `report' document in `10pt', it's set to `43\baselineskip'; for - `book', it's `41\baselineskip'. For `11pt', it's `38\baselineskip' - and for `12pt', `36\baselineskip'. + with the font size, document class, etc. For an 'article' or + 'report' document in '10pt', it's set to '43\baselineskip'; for + 'book', it's '41\baselineskip'. For '11pt', it's '38\baselineskip' + and for '12pt', '36\baselineskip'. -`\textwidth' +'\textwidth' The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default - varies as usual. For an `article' or `report' document, it's - `345pt' at `10pt', `360pt' at `11pt', and `390pt' at `12pt'. For a - `book' document, it's `4.5in' at `10pt', and `5in' at `11pt' or - `12pt'. + varies as usual. For an 'article' or 'report' document, it's + '345pt' at '10pt', '360pt' at '11pt', and '390pt' at '12pt'. For a + 'book' document, it's '4.5in' at '10pt', and '5in' at '11pt' or + '12pt'. - In multi-column output, `\textwidth' remains the width of the - entire page body, while `\columnwidth' is the width of one column + In multi-column output, '\textwidth' remains the width of the + entire page body, while '\columnwidth' is the width of one column (*note \twocolumn::). - In lists (*note list::), `\textwidth' remains the width of the - entire page body (and `\columnwidth' the width of the entire - column), while `\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists. + In lists (*note list::), '\textwidth' remains the width of the + entire page body (and '\columnwidth' the width of the entire + column), while '\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists. - Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or `\parbox' (*note + Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or '\parbox' (*note \parbox::), all the width-related parameters are set to the specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of - the `minipage' or `\parbox'. + the 'minipage' or '\parbox'. - For completeness: `\hsize' is the TeX primitive parameter used when + For completeness: '\hsize' is the TeX primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal LaTeX documents. -`\topmargin' +'\topmargin' Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The default is - computed based on many other parameters: `\paperheight - 2in - + computed based on many other parameters: '\paperheight - 2in - \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip', and then divided by two. -`\topskip' +'\topskip' Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard clases, the default is - the same as the font size, e.g., `10pt' at `10pt'. + the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at '10pt'. 7 Sectioning ************ Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: -`\part' - -`\chapter' +'\part' +'\chapter' (report and book class only) - -`\section' - -`\subsection' - -`\subsubsection' - -`\paragraph' - -`\subparagraph' +'\section' +'\subsection' +'\subsubsection' +'\paragraph' +'\subparagraph' All sectioning commands take the same general form, e.g., @@ -582,21 +797,20 @@ Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: section title can appear in two other places: 1. The table of contents. - 2. The running head at the top of the page. You may not want the same text in these places as in the main text. To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument TOCTITLE that, when given, specifies the text for these other places. - Also, all sectioning commands have `*'-forms that print TITLE as + Also, all sectioning commands have '*'-forms that print TITLE as usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of contents. For instance: \section*{Preamble} - The `\appendix' command changes the way following sectional units are -numbered. The `\appendix' command itself generates no text and does not + The '\appendix' command changes the way following sectional units are +numbered. The '\appendix' command itself generates no text and does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this command is something like @@ -605,12 +819,12 @@ something like \appendix \chapter{The First Appendix} - The `secnumdepth' counter controls printing of section numbers. The + The 'secnumdepth' counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting \setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL} -suppresses heading numbers at any depth > LEVEL, where `chapter' is +suppresses heading numbers at any depth > LEVEL, where 'chapter' is level zero. (*Note \setcounter::.) 8 Cross references @@ -619,14 +833,14 @@ level zero. (*Note \setcounter::.) One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer the reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details." -8.1 `\label' +8.1 '\label' ============ Synopsis: \label{KEY} - A `\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the + A '\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered environment assigns that number to KEY. @@ -635,47 +849,43 @@ punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished. To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a -colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: +colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: -`ch' +'ch' for chapters - -`sec' +'sec' for lower-level sectioning commands - -`fig' +'fig' for figures - -`tab' +'tab' for tables - -`eq' +'eq' for equations - Thus, a label for a figure would look like `fig:snark' or -`fig.snark'. + Thus, a label for a figure would look like 'fig:snark' or +'fig.snark'. -8.2 `\pageref{KEY}' +8.2 '\pageref{KEY}' =================== Synopsis: \pageref{KEY} - The `\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in -the text where the corresponding `\label'{KEY} command appears. + The '\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in +the text where the corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears. -8.3 `\ref{KEY}' +8.3 '\ref{KEY}' =============== Synopsis: \ref{KEY} - The `\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit, -equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding `\label' command + The '\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit, +equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command (*note \label::). It does not produce any text, such as the word -`Section' or `Figure', just the bare number itself. +'Section' or 'Figure', just the bare number itself. 9 Environments ************** @@ -687,7 +897,7 @@ environment begins and ends in the same manner: ... \end{ENVNAME} -9.1 `abstract' +9.1 'abstract' ============== Synopsis: @@ -698,7 +908,7 @@ Synopsis: Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. -9.2 `array' +9.2 'array' =========== Synopsis: @@ -708,25 +918,23 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{array} - Math arrays are produced with the `array' environment, normally -within an `equation' environment (*note equation::). It has a single + Math arrays are produced with the 'array' environment, normally +within an 'equation' environment (*note equation::). It has a single mandatory TEMPLATE argument describing the number of columns and the alignment within them. Each column COL is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row should be formatted, as follows: -`c' +'c' centered - -`l' +'l' flush left - -`r' +'r' flush right - Column entries are separated by `&'. Column entries may include -other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array is terminated with `\\'. + Column entries are separated by '&'. Column entries may include +other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array is terminated with '\\'. - In the template, the construct `@{TEXT}' puts TEXT between columns in + In the template, the construct '@{TEXT}' puts TEXT between columns in each row. Here's an example: @@ -738,14 +946,14 @@ each row. \end{array} \end{equation} - The `\arraycolsep' parameter defines half the width of the space -separating columns; the default is `5pt'. *Note tabular::, for other -parameters which affect formatting in `array' environments, namely -`\arrayrulewidth' and `\arraystretch'. + The '\arraycolsep' parameter defines half the width of the space +separating columns; the default is '5pt'. *Note tabular::, for other +parameters which affect formatting in 'array' environments, namely +'\arrayrulewidth' and '\arraystretch'. - The `array' environment can only be used in math mode. + The 'array' environment can only be used in math mode. -9.3 `center' +9.3 'center' ============ Synopsis: @@ -755,23 +963,23 @@ Synopsis: LINE2 \\ \end{center} - The `center' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting + The 'center' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within the left and right margins on the -current page. Each line is terminated with the string `\\'. +current page. Each line is terminated with the string '\\'. -9.3.1 `\centering' +9.3.1 '\centering' ------------------ -The `\centering' declaration corresponds to the `center' environment. -This declaration can be used inside an environment such as `quote' or in -a `parbox'. Thus, the text of a figure or table can be centered on the -page by putting a `\centering' command at the beginning of the figure or +The '\centering' declaration corresponds to the 'center' environment. +This declaration can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or in +a 'parbox'. Thus, the text of a figure or table can be centered on the +page by putting a '\centering' command at the beginning of the figure or table environment. - Unlike the `center' environment, the `\centering' command does not + Unlike the 'center' environment, the '\centering' command does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the -declaration must contain the blank line or `\end' command (of an +declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command (of an environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit. Here's an example: @@ -782,7 +990,7 @@ environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit. second line \\ \end{quote} -9.4 `description' +9.4 'description' ================= Synopsis: @@ -793,19 +1001,19 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{description} - The `description' environment is used to make labelled lists. Each + The 'description' environment is used to make labelled lists. Each LABEL is typeset in bold, flush right. The ITEM text may contain multiple paragraphs. Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if -you typeset a label in typewriter using `\texttt', you'll get bold -typewriter: `\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]'. This may be too -bold, among other issues. To get just typewriter, use `\tt', which -resets all other style variations: `\item[{\tt plain typewriter}]'. +you typeset a label in typewriter using '\texttt', you'll get bold +typewriter: '\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]'. This may be too +bold, among other issues. To get just typewriter, use '\tt', which +resets all other style variations: '\item[{\tt plain typewriter}]'. For details about list spacing, see *note itemize::. -9.5 `displaymath' +9.5 'displaymath' ================= Synopsis: @@ -818,20 +1026,20 @@ or \[MATH\] - The `displaymath' environment (`\[...\]' is a synonym) typesets the -MATH text on its own line, centered by default. The global `fleqn' + The 'displaymath' environment ('\[...\]' is a synonym) typesets the +MATH text on its own line, centered by default. The global 'fleqn' option makes equations flush left; see *note Document class options::. - No equation number is added to `displaymath' text; to get an equation -number, use the `equation' environment (*note equation::). + No equation number is added to 'displaymath' text; to get an equation +number, use the 'equation' environment (*note equation::). -9.6 `document' +9.6 'document' ============== -The `document' environment encloses the body of a document. It is +The 'document' environment encloses the body of a document. It is required in every LaTeX document. *Note Starting & ending::. -9.7 `enumerate' +9.7 'enumerate' =============== Synopsis: @@ -842,63 +1050,69 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{enumerate} - The `enumerate' environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations + The 'enumerate' environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also -be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as `itemize' -(*note itemize::) and `description' (*note description::). +be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as 'itemize' +(*note itemize::) and 'description' (*note description::). - Each item of an enumerated list begins with an `\item' command. -There must be at least one `\item' command within the environment. + Each item of an enumerated list begins with an '\item' command. +There must be at least one '\item' command within the environment. By default, the numbering at each level is done like this: 1. 1., 2., ... - 2. (a), (b), ... - 3. i., ii., ... - 4. A., B., ... - The `enumerate' environment uses the counters `\enumi' through -`\enumiv' counters (*note Counters::). If the optional argument to -`\item' is given, the counter is not incremented for that item. + The 'enumerate' environment uses the counters '\enumi' through +'\enumiv' counters (*note Counters::). If the optional argument to +'\item' is given, the counter is not incremented for that item. - The `enumerate' environment uses the commands `\labelenumi' through -`\labelenumiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use -`\renewcommand' to change the labels (*note \newcommand & + The 'enumerate' environment uses the commands '\labelenumi' through +'\labelenumiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use +'\renewcommand' to change the labels (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase letters: \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}} -9.8 `eqnarray' +9.8 'eqnarray' ============== - \begin{eqnarray} (or `eqnarray*') +First, a caveat: the 'eqnarray' environment has some infelicities which +cannot be overcome; the article "Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen +describes them in detail +('http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf'). The bottom line is +that it is better to use the 'align' environment (and others) from the +'amsmath' package. + + Nevertheless, here is a description of 'eqnarray': + + \begin{eqnarray} (or 'eqnarray*') FORMULA1 \\ FORMULA2 \\ ... \end{eqnarray} - The `eqnarray' environment is used to display a sequence of equations -or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column `array' -environment, with consecutive rows separated by `\\' and consecutive -items within a row separated by an `&'. + The 'eqnarray' environment is used to display a sequence of equations +or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column 'array' +environment, with consecutive rows separated by '\\' and consecutive +items within a row separated by an '&'. - `\\*' can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning + '\\*' can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning of not allowing a page break at that line. An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a -`\nonumber' command. Alternatively, The `*'-form of the environment -(`\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') will omit equation numbering -entirely, while otherwise being the same as `eqnarray'. +'\nonumber' command. Alternatively, The '*'-form of the environment +('\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') will omit equation numbering +entirely, while otherwise being the same as 'eqnarray'. - The command `\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across -lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of + The command '\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across +lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. -9.9 `equation' +9.9 'equation' ============== Synopsis: @@ -907,11 +1121,11 @@ Synopsis: MATH \end{equation} - The `equation' environment starts a `displaymath' environment (*note + The 'equation' environment starts a 'displaymath' environment (*note displaymath::), e.g., centering the MATH text on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin. -9.10 `figure' +9.10 'figure' ============= \begin{figure[*]}[PLACEMENT] @@ -927,71 +1141,102 @@ Figures will not be split between two pages. When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a full-width figure (across both columns). - The optional argument `[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try + The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float: -`t' +'t' (Top)--at the top of a text page. -`b' - (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page. However, `b' is not - allowed for full-width floats (`figure*') with double-column - output. To ameliorate this, use the `stfloats' or `dblfloatfix' +'b' + (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page. However, 'b' is not + allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column + output. To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix' package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ: - `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'. + 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'. -`h' +'h' (Here)--at the position in the text where the figure environment - appears. However, this is not allowed by itself, `t' is - automatically added. To absolutely force a figure to appear - "here", use the `float' and use its `H' placement letter. (That - package also provides other options.) + appears. However, this is not allowed by itself; 't' is + automatically added. + + To absolutely force a figure to appear "here", you can + '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines. + For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at + 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere'. -`p' +'p' (Page of floats)--on a separate float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats. +'!' + Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX + ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can + appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the + page. The '!' specifier does _not_ mean "put the float here"; see + above. + The standard report and article classes use the default placement -`tbp'. +'tbp'. The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, -etc. you wish. +etc. you wish. - The `\caption' command specifies caption TEXT for the figure. The + The '\caption' command specifies caption TEXT for the figure. The caption is numbered by default. If LOFTITLE is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of TEXT (*note Tables of contents::). + Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and +non-float text: + The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at - the bottom; default `.3'. + the bottom; default '.3'. -`\floatpagefraction' +'\floatpagefraction' The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by - floats; default `.5'. + floats; default '.5'. -`\floatsep' - Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default `12pt +'\textfraction' + Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too + much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a + different page. The default is '.2'. + +'\topfraction' + Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before + floats; default '.7'. + + Parameters relating to vertical space around floats: + +'\floatsep' + Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt'. -`\intextsep' +'\intextsep' Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; - default `12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for `10pt' and `11pt' styles, `14pt - plus4pt minus4pt' for `12pt'. + default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt' styles, '14pt + plus4pt minus4pt' for '12pt'. -`\textfloatsep' +'\textfloatsep' Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; - default `20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. + default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. -`\textfraction' - Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too - much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a - different page. The default is `.2'. + Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page: -`\topfraction' - Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before - floats; default is `.7'. +'\bottomnumber' + Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text + page; default 1. -9.11 `flushleft' +'\topnumber' + Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; + default 2. + +'\totalnumber' + Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. + + The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats: +'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats'. + +9.11 'flushleft' ================ \begin{flushleft} @@ -1000,24 +1245,24 @@ the list of figures instead of TEXT (*note Tables of contents::). ... \end{flushleft} - The `flushleft' environment allows you to create a paragraph + The 'flushleft' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged -right Each line must be terminated with the string `\\'. +right Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'. -9.11.1 `\raggedright' +9.11.1 '\raggedright' --------------------- -The `\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the `flushleft' +The '\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the 'flushleft' environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as -`quote' or in a `parbox'. +'quote' or in a 'parbox'. - Unlike the `flushleft' environment, the `\raggedright' command does + Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the -declaration must contain the blank line or `\end' command that ends the +declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. -9.12 `flushright' +9.12 'flushright' ================= \begin{flushright} @@ -1026,24 +1271,24 @@ paragraph unit. ... \end{flushright} - The `flushright' environment allows you to create a paragraph + The 'flushright' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged -left. Each line must be terminated with the string `\\'. +left. Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'. -9.12.1 `\raggedleft' +9.12.1 '\raggedleft' -------------------- -The `\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the `flushright' +The '\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the 'flushright' environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as -`quote' or in a `parbox'. +'quote' or in a 'parbox'. - Unlike the `flushright' environment, the `\raggedleft' command does + Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the -declaration must contain the blank line or `\end' command that ends the +declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. -9.13 `itemize' +9.13 'itemize' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1054,37 +1299,34 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{itemize} - The `itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list. + The 'itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such -as `enumerate' (*note enumerate::). +as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). - Each item of an `itemize' list begins with an `\item' command. There -must be at least one `\item' command within the environment. + Each item of an 'itemize' list begins with an '\item' command. There +must be at least one '\item' command within the environment. By default, the marks at each level look like this: 1. * (bullet) - 2. -- (bold en-dash) - 3. * (asterisk) + 4. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) - 4. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) - - The `itemize' environment uses the commands `\labelitemi' through -`\labelitemiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use -`\renewcommand' to change the labels. For instance, to have the first + The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through +'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use +'\renewcommand' to change the labels. For instance, to have the first level use diamonds: \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} - The `\leftmargini' through `\leftmarginvi' parameters define the + The '\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi' parameters define the distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the -left margin of the list. By convention, `\leftmargin' is set to the -appropriate `\leftmarginN' when a new level of nesting is entered. +left margin of the list. By convention, '\leftmargin' is set to the +appropriate '\leftmarginN' when a new level of nesting is entered. - The defaults vary from `.5em' (highest levels of nesting) to `2.5em' + The defaults vary from '.5em' (highest levels of nesting) to '2.5em' (first level), and are a bit reduced in two-column mode. This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: @@ -1092,53 +1334,53 @@ greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: Some parameters that affect list formatting: -`\itemindent' +'\itemindent' Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. -`\labelsep' - Space between the label and text of an item; default `.5em'. +'\labelsep' + Space between the label and text of an item; default '.5em'. -`\labelwidth' - Width of the label; default `2em', or `1.5em' in two-column mode. +'\labelwidth' + Width of the label; default '2em', or '1.5em' in two-column mode. -`\listparindent' +'\listparindent' Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within - a list item; default `0pt'. + a list item; default '0pt'. -`\rightmargin' +'\rightmargin' Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the - enclosing environment; default `0pt', except in the `quote', - `quotation', and `verse' environments, where it is set equal to - `\leftmargin'. + enclosing environment; default '0pt', except in the 'quote', + 'quotation', and 'verse' environments, where it is set equal to + '\leftmargin'. Parameters affecting vertical spacing between list items (rather loose, by default). -`\itemsep' - Vertical space between items. The default is `2pt plus1pt - minus1pt' for `10pt' documents, `3pt plus2pt minus1pt' for `11pt', - and `4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' for `12pt'. +'\itemsep' + Vertical space between items. The default is '2pt plus1pt + minus1pt' for '10pt' documents, '3pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '11pt', + and '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '12pt'. -`\parsep' +'\parsep' Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. - Defaults are the same as `\itemsep'. + Defaults are the same as '\itemsep'. -`\topsep' +'\topsep' Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. - For top-level lists, the default is `8pt plus2pt minus4pt' for - `10pt' documents, `9pt plus3pt minus5pt' for `11pt', and `10pt - plus4pt minus6pt' for `12pt'. These are reduced for nested lists. + For top-level lists, the default is '8pt plus2pt minus4pt' for + '10pt' documents, '9pt plus3pt minus5pt' for '11pt', and '10pt + plus4pt minus6pt' for '12pt'. These are reduced for nested lists. -`\partopsep' - Extra space added to `\topsep' when the list environment starts a - paragraph. The default is `2pt plus1pt minus1pt' for `10pt' - documents, `3pt plus1pt minus1pt' for `11pt', and `3pt plus2pt - minus2pt' for `12pt'. +'\partopsep' + Extra space added to '\topsep' when the list environment starts a + paragraph. The default is '2pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '10pt' + documents, '3pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '11pt', and '3pt plus2pt + minus2pt' for '12pt'. Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide -space between items. Here is an example defining an `itemize*' +space between items. Here is an example defining an 'itemize*' environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs -within a single item (`\parskip' is not list-specific, *note +within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \parskip::): \newenvironment{itemize*}% @@ -1148,16 +1390,16 @@ within a single item (`\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}% {\end{itemize}} -9.14 `letter' environment: writing letters +9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters ========================================== This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::. -9.15 `list' +9.15 'list' =========== -The `list' environment is a generic environment which is used for -defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in +The 'list' environment is a generic environment which is used for +defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in macros. \begin{list}{LABELING}{SPACING} @@ -1167,18 +1409,18 @@ documents, but often in macros. \end{list} The mandatory LABELING argument specifies how items should be -labelled (unless the optional argument is supplied to `\item'). This +labelled (unless the optional argument is supplied to '\item'). This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the label. It can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands. The mandatory SPACING argument contains commands to change the spacing parameters for the list. This argument will most often be -empty, i.e., `{}', which leaves the default spacing. +empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing. The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by -`\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). +'\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). -9.16 `math' +9.16 'math' =========== Synopsis: @@ -1187,73 +1429,73 @@ Synopsis: MATH \end{math} - The `math' environment inserts the given MATH within the running -text. `\(...\))' and `$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::. + The 'math' environment inserts the given MATH within the running +text. '\(...\))' and '$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::. -9.17 `minipage' +9.17 'minipage' =============== \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH} TEXT \end{minipage} - The `minipage' environment typesets its body TEXT in a block that -will not be broken across pages. This is similar to the `\parbox' -command (*note \parbox::), but unlike `\parbox', other paragraph-making + The 'minipage' environment typesets its body TEXT in a block that +will not be broken across pages. This is similar to the '\parbox' +command (*note \parbox::), but unlike '\parbox', other paragraph-making environments can be used inside a minipage. - The arguments are the same as for `\parbox' (*note \parbox::). + The arguments are the same as for '\parbox' (*note \parbox::). - By default, paragraphs are not indented in the `minipage' + By default, paragraphs are not indented in the 'minipage' environment. You can restore indentation with a command such as -`\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' command. +'\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' command. - Footnotes in a `minipage' environment are handled in a way that is + Footnotes in a 'minipage' environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A -`\footnote' or `\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom +'\footnote' or '\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the -`\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary `footnote' counter (*note +'\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary 'footnote' counter (*note Counters::). However, don't put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. -9.18 `picture' +9.18 'picture' ============== \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) ... PICTURE COMMANDS ... \end{picture} - The `picture' environment allows you to create just about any kind of + The 'picture' environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and -a minus sign--a number like `5', `0.3' or `-3.1416'. A coordinate -specifies a length in multiples of the unit length `\unitlength', so if -`\unitlength' has been set to `1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies +a minus sign--a number like '5', '0.3' or '-3.1416'. A coordinate +specifies a length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if +'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. You should only change the value of -`\unitlength', using the `\setlength' command, outside of a `picture' +'\unitlength', using the '\setlength' command, outside of a 'picture' environment. - A position is a pair of coordinates, such as `(2.4,-5)', specifying -the point with x-coordinate `2.4' and y-coordinate `-5'. Coordinates + A position is a pair of coordinates, such as '(2.4,-5)', specifying +the point with x-coordinate '2.4' and y-coordinate '-5'. Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. - The `picture' environment has one mandatory argument, which is a -`position'. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment + The 'picture' environment has one mandatory argument, which is a +'position'. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this argument's x- and y-coordinates. - The `picture' environment also has an optional `position' argument, -following the `size' argument, that can change the origin. (Unlike + The 'picture' environment also has an optional 'position' argument, +following the 'size' argument, that can change the origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not contained in square -brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of the point at +brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby determining the origin). -For example, if `\unitlength' has been set to `1mm', the command +For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) @@ -1270,216 +1512,211 @@ is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining how much room to leave for it. - Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the `\put' command. + Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the '\put' command. The command \put (11.3,-.3){...} -puts the object specified by `...' in the picture, with its reference +puts the object specified by '...' in the picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for various objects will be described below. - The `\put' command creates an "LR box". You can put anything that -can go in an `\mbox' (*note \mbox::) in the text argument of the `\put' + The '\put' command creates an "LR box". You can put anything that +can go in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox::) in the text argument of the '\put' command. When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left corner of the box. - The `picture' commands are described in the following sections. + The 'picture' commands are described in the following sections. -9.18.1 `\circle' +9.18.1 '\circle' ---------------- \circle[*]{DIAMETER} - The `\circle' command produces a circle with a diameter as close to -the specified one as possible. The `*'-form of the command draws a + The '\circle' command produces a circle with a diameter as close to +the specified one as possible. The '*'-form of the command draws a solid circle. Circles up to 40 pt can be drawn. -9.18.2 `\makebox' +9.18.2 '\makebox' ----------------- -`\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}' +'\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}' - The `\makebox' command for the picture environment is similar to the -normal `\makebox' command except that you must specify a `width' and -`height' in multiples of `\unitlength'. + The '\makebox' command for the picture environment is similar to the +normal '\makebox' command except that you must specify a 'width' and +'height' in multiples of '\unitlength'. - The optional argument, `[position]', specifies the quadrant that your + The optional argument, '[position]', specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: -`t' +'t' Moves the item to the top of the rectangle. -`b' +'b' Moves the item to the bottom. -`l' +'l' Moves the item to the left. -`r' +'r' Moves the item to the right. *Note \makebox::. -9.18.3 `\framebox' +9.18.3 '\framebox' ------------------ Synopsis: \framebox(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[POS]{...} - The `\framebox' command is like `\makebox' (see previous section), + The '\framebox' command is like '\makebox' (see previous section), except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates. - The `\framebox' command produces a rule of thickness `\fboxrule', and -leaves a space `\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box. + The '\framebox' command produces a rule of thickness '\fboxrule', and +leaves a space '\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box. -9.18.4 `\dashbox' +9.18.4 '\dashbox' ----------------- Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis: \dashbox{DLEN}(RWIDTH,RHEIGHT)[POS]{TEXT} - `\dashbox' creates a dashed rectangle around TEXT in a `picture' + '\dashbox' creates a dashed rectangle around TEXT in a 'picture' environment. Dashes are DLEN units long, and the rectangle has overall width RWIDTH and height RHEIGHT. The TEXT is positioned at optional POS. - A dashed box looks best when the `rwidth' and `rheight' are multiples -of the `dlen'. + A dashed box looks best when the 'rwidth' and 'rheight' are multiples +of the 'dlen'. -9.18.5 `\frame' +9.18.5 '\frame' --------------- Synopsis: \frame{TEXT} - The `\frame' command puts a rectangular frame around TEXT. The + The '\frame' command puts a rectangular frame around TEXT. The reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the object. -9.18.6 `\line' +9.18.6 '\line' -------------- Synopsis: \line(XSLOPE,YSLOPE){LENGTH} - The `\line' command draws a line with the given LENGTH and slope + The '\line' command draws a line with the given LENGTH and slope XSLOPE/YSLOPE. Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with SLOPE = x/y, where x and y have integer values from -6 through 6. For lines of any slope, not to -mention other shapes, see the `curve2e' and many many other packages on +mention other shapes, see the 'curve2e' and many many other packages on CTAN. -9.18.7 `\linethickness' +9.18.7 '\linethickness' ----------------------- -The `\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal +The '\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment to be DIM, which must be a positive length. - `\linethickness' does not affect the thickness of slanted lines, -circles, or the quarter circles drawn by `\oval'. + '\linethickness' does not affect the thickness of slanted lines, +circles, or the quarter circles drawn by '\oval'. -9.18.8 `\thicklines' +9.18.8 '\thicklines' -------------------- -The `\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal +The '\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness:: and *note \thinlines::. -9.18.9 `\thinlines' +9.18.9 '\thinlines' ------------------- -The `\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal +The '\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness:: and *note \thicklines::. -9.18.10 `\multiput' +9.18.10 '\multiput' ------------------- Synopsis: \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){N}{OBJ} - The `\multiput' command copies the object OBJ in a regular pattern + The '\multiput' command copies the object OBJ in a regular pattern across a picture. OBJ is first placed at position (x,y), then at (x+\delta x,y+\delta y), and so on, N times. -9.18.11 `\oval' +9.18.11 '\oval' --------------- Synopsis: \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION] - The `\oval' command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The + The '\oval' command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument PORTION allows you to select part of the oval via the following: -`t' +'t' selects the top portion; - -`b' +'b' selects the bottom portion; - -`r' +'r' selects the right portion; - -`l' +'l' selects the left portion. The "corners" of the oval are made with quarter circles with a maximum radius of 20pt, so large "ovals" will look more like boxes with rounded corners. -9.18.12 `\put' +9.18.12 '\put' -------------- -`\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }' +'\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }' - The `\put' command places the item specified by the mandatory + The '\put' command places the item specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates. -9.18.13 `\shortstack' +9.18.13 '\shortstack' --------------------- Synopsis: \shortstack[POSITION]{...\\...\\...} - The `\shortstack' command produces a stack of objects. The valid + The '\shortstack' command produces a stack of objects. The valid positions are: -`r' +'r' Move the objects to the right of the stack. - -`l' +'l' Move the objects to the left of the stack - -`c' +'c' Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) - Objects are separated with `\\'. + Objects are separated with '\\'. -9.18.14 `\vector' +9.18.14 '\vector' ----------------- Synopsis: \vector(X-SLOPE,Y-SLOPE){LENGTH} - The `\vector' command draws a line with an arrow of the specified + The '\vector' command draws a line with an arrow of the specified length and slope. The x and y values must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive. -9.19 `quotation' +9.19 'quotation' ================ Synopsis: @@ -1488,13 +1725,13 @@ Synopsis: TEXT \end{quotation} - The margins of the `quotation' environment are indented on both the + The margins of the 'quotation' environment are indented on both the left and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph. - Unlike the `quote' environment, each paragraph is indented normally. + Unlike the 'quote' environment, each paragraph is indented normally. -9.20 `quote' +9.20 'quote' ============ Snyopsis: @@ -1503,13 +1740,13 @@ Snyopsis: TEXT \end{quote} - The margins of the `quote' environment are indented on both the left + The margins of the 'quote' environment are indented on both the left and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph. - Unlike the `quotation' environment, paragraphs are not indented. + Unlike the 'quotation' environment, paragraphs are not indented. -9.21 `tabbing' +9.21 'tabbing' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1520,73 +1757,73 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{tabbing} - The `tabbing' environment provides a way to align text in columns. + The 'tabbing' environment provides a way to align text in columns. It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much as was done on an ordinary typewriter. It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant and known in advance. - This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the `tabular' + This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the 'tabular' environment. - The following commands can be used inside a `tabbing' enviroment: + The following commands can be used inside a 'tabbing' enviroment: -`\\ (tabbing)' +'\\ (tabbing)' End a line. -`\= (tabbing)' +'\= (tabbing)' Sets a tab stop at the current position. -`\> (tabbing)' +'\> (tabbing)' Advances to the next tab stop. -`\<' +'\<' Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. -`\+' +'\+' Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. -`\-' +'\-' Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. -`\' (tabbing)' +'\' (tabbing)' Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, - i.e. everything from the most recent `\>', `\<', `\'', `\\', or - `\kill' command, to the right of the previous column, flush against + i.e. everything from the most recent '\>', '\<', '\'', '\\', or + '\kill' command, to the right of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop. -`\` (tabbing)' +'\` (tabbing)' Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last - column because there's no tab stop there. The `\`' command moves - all the text that follows it, up to the `\\' or `\end{tabbing}' + column because there's no tab stop there. The '\`' command moves + all the text that follows it, up to the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}' command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing - environment. There must be no `\>' or `\'' command between the - `\`' and the command that ends the line. + environment. There must be no '\>' or '\'' command between the + '\`' and the command that ends the line. -`\a (tabbing)' - In a `tabbing' environment, the commands `\=', `\'' and `\`' do not +'\a (tabbing)' + In a 'tabbing' environment, the commands '\=', '\'' and '\`' do not produce accents as usual (*note Accents::). Instead, the commands - `\a=', `\a'' and `\a`' are used. + '\a=', '\a'' and '\a`' are used. -`\kill' - Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like `\\' except +'\kill' + Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like '\\' except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output - for it. The effect of any `\=', `\+' or `\-' commands in that line + for it. The effect of any '\=', '\+' or '\-' commands in that line remain in effect. -`\poptabs' - Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last `\pushtabs'. +'\poptabs' + Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last '\pushtabs'. -`\pushtabs' - Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily - changing tab stop positions in the middle of a `tabbing' +'\pushtabs' + Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily + changing tab stop positions in the middle of a 'tabbing' environment. -`\tabbingsep' - Distance to left of tab stop moved by `\''. +'\tabbingsep' + Distance to left of tab stop moved by '\''. This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format: @@ -1600,7 +1837,7 @@ environment. end;\\ \end{tabbing} -9.22 `table' +9.22 'table' ============ Synopsis: @@ -1616,18 +1853,18 @@ Synopsis: usually "floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split between two pages. - The optional argument `[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try + The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put -a float; these are the same as that used with the `figure' environment, +a float; these are the same as that used with the 'figure' environment, and described there (*note figure::). - The standard `report' and `article' classes use the default placement -`[tbp]'. + The standard 'report' and 'article' classes use the default placement +'[tbp]'. The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, -etc., you wish. The `\caption' command allows you to title your table. +etc., you wish. The '\caption' command allows you to title your table. -9.23 `tabular' +9.23 'tabular' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1637,7 +1874,7 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{tabular} - or +or \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ @@ -1647,110 +1884,114 @@ Synopsis: These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. - `\\' must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except -for the last, where it is optional--unless an `\hline' command (to put a + '\\' must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except +for the last, where it is optional--unless an '\hline' command (to put a rule below the table) follows. The mandatory and optional arguments consist of: -`width' - Specifies the width of the `tabular*' environment. There must be +'width' + Specifies the width of the 'tabular*' environment. There must be rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified width. -`pos' +'pos' Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of the environment. - `t' + 't' align on top row - `b' + 'b' align on bottom row -`cols' +'cols' Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and intercolumn material. - `l' + 'l' A column of left-aligned items. - `r' + 'r' A column of right-aligned items. - `c' + 'c' A column of centered items. - `|' + '|' A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. - `@{TEXT}' + '@{TEXT}' This inserts TEXT in every row. An @-expression suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any - desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items - must be included in TEXT. An `\extracolsep{wd}' command in an - @-expression causes an extra space of width `wd' to appear to - the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by - another `\extracolsep' command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn - space, this extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. - An `\extracolsep' command can be used only in an @-expression - in the `cols' argument. - - `p{WD}' + desired space before the adjacent item must be included in + TEXT. + + To insert commands that are automatically executed before a + given column, you have to load the 'array' package and use the + '>{...}' specifier. + + An '\extracolsep{wd}' command in an @-expression causes an + extra space of width 'wd' to appear to the left of all + subsequent columns, until countermanded by another + '\extracolsep' command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, + this extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An + '\extracolsep' command can be used only in an @-expression in + the 'cols' argument. + + 'p{WD}' Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width - WD, as if it were the argument of a `\parbox[t]{WD}' command. - However, a `\\' may not appear in the item, except in the + WD, as if it were the argument of a '\parbox[t]{WD}' command. + However, a '\\' may not appear in the item, except in the following situations: - 1. inside an environment like `minipage', `array', or - `tabular'. - - 2. inside an explicit `\parbox'. - - 3. in the scope of a `\centering', `\raggedright', or - `\raggedleft' declaration. The latter declarations must + 1. inside an environment like 'minipage', 'array', or + 'tabular'. + 2. inside an explicit '\parbox'. + 3. in the scope of a '\centering', '\raggedright', or + '\raggedleft' declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used in a - `p'-column element. + 'p'-column element. - `*{NUM}{COLS}' + '*{NUM}{COLS}' Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive integer and COLS is any list of column-specifiers, which may - contain another `*-expression'. + contain another '*-expression'. Parameters that control formatting: -`\arrayrulewidth' - Thickness of the rule created by `|', `\hline', and `\vline' in the - `tabular' and `array' environments; the default is `.4pt'. +'\arrayrulewidth' + Thickness of the rule created by '|', '\hline', and '\vline' in the + 'tabular' and 'array' environments; the default is '.4pt'. -`\arraystretch' - Scaling of spacing between rows in the `tabular' and `array' - environments; default is `1', for no scaling. +'\arraystretch' + Scaling of spacing between rows in the 'tabular' and 'array' + environments; default is '1', for no scaling. -`\doublerulesep' - Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by `||' in - the `tabular' and `array' environments; default is `2pt'. +'\doublerulesep' + Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by '||' in + the 'tabular' and 'array' environments; default is '2pt'. -`\tabcolsep' - Half the width of the space between columns; default is `6pt'. +'\tabcolsep' + Half the width of the space between columns; default is '6pt'. - These commands can be used inside a `tabular' environment: + The following commands can be used inside a 'tabular' environment: -9.23.1 `\multicolumn' +9.23.1 '\multicolumn' --------------------- Synopsis: \multicolumn{COLS}{POS}{TEXT} - The `\multicolumn' command makes an entry that spans several columns. + The '\multicolumn' command makes an entry that spans several columns. The first mandatory argument, COLS, specifies the number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, POS, specifies the formatting of -the entry; `c' for centered, `l' for flushleft, `r' for flushright. The +the entry; 'c' for centered, 'l' for flushleft, 'r' for flushright. The third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry. Here's an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash; -`\multicolumn' is used for the heading: +'\multicolumn' is used for the heading: \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l} \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr @@ -1759,32 +2000,32 @@ third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry. 0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr \end{tabular} -9.23.2 `\cline' +9.23.2 '\cline' --------------- Synopsis: \cline{I-J} - The `\cline' command draws horizontal lines across the columns + The '\cline' command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column I and ending in column J, which are specified in the mandatory argument. -9.23.3 `\hline' +9.23.3 '\hline' --------------- -The `\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing -`tabular' or `array' environment. It's most commonly used to draw a +The '\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing +'tabular' or 'array' environment. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table. -9.23.4 `\vline' +9.23.4 '\vline' --------------- -The `\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height -and depth of its row. An `\hfill' command can be used to move the line +The '\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height +and depth of its row. An '\hfill' command can be used to move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an @-expression. -9.24 `thebibliography' +9.24 'thebibliography' ====================== Synopsis: @@ -1794,39 +2035,39 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{thebibliography} - The `thebibliography' environment produces a bibliography or + The 'thebibliography' environment produces a bibliography or reference list. - In the `article' class, this reference list is labelled "References"; -in the `report' class, it is labelled "Bibliography". You can change + In the 'article' class, this reference list is labelled "References"; +in the 'report' class, it is labelled "Bibliography". You can change the label (in the standard classes) by redefining the command -`\refname'. For instance, this eliminates it entirely: +'\refname'. For instance, this eliminates it entirely: \renewcommand{\refname}{} The mandatory WIDEST-LABEL argument is text that, when typeset, is as -wide as the widest item label produced by the `\bibitem' commands. It -is typically given as `9' for bibliographies with less than 10 -references, `99' for ones with less than 100, etc. +wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. It +is typically given as '9' for bibliographies with less than 10 +references, '99' for ones with less than 100, etc. -9.24.1 `\bibitem' +9.24.1 '\bibitem' ----------------- Synopsis: \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY} - The `\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL. If the + The '\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL. If the LABEL argument is missing, a number is automatically generated using the -`enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and +'enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. - This command writes an entry to the `.aux' file containing the item's -CITE_KEY and label. When the `.aux' file is read by the -`\begin{document}' command, the item's `label' is associated with -`cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a `\cite' command (see + This command writes an entry to the '.aux' file containing the item's +CITE_KEY and label. When the '.aux' file is read by the +'\begin{document}' command, the item's 'label' is associated with +'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (see next section) to produce the associated label. -9.24.2 `\cite' +9.24.2 '\cite' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -1835,60 +2076,57 @@ Synopsis: The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys, separated by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to the references -associated with KEYS by entries in the `.aux' file. +associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' file. The text of the optional SUBCITE argument appears after the citation. -For example, `\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce `[Knuth, p. 314]'. +For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'. -9.24.3 `\nocite' +9.24.3 '\nocite' ---------------- -`\nocite{key_list}' +'\nocite{key_list}' - The `\nocite' command produces no text, but writes `key_list', which -is a list of one or more citation keys, on the `.aux' file. + The '\nocite' command produces no text, but writes 'key_list', which +is a list of one or more citation keys, on the '.aux' file. 9.24.4 Using BibTeX ------------------- If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain -your bibliography, you don't use the `thebibliography' environment -(*note thebibliography::). Instead, you include the lines +your bibliography, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment +(*note thebibliography::). Instead, you include the lines \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE} \bibliography{BIBFILE1,BIBFILE2} - The `\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its + The '\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be -produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE`.bst', which defines how +produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE'.bst', which defines how your citations will look. The standard STYLE names distributed with BibTeX are: -`alpha' - Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and +'alpha' + Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication. - -`plain' - Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. - -`unsrt' - Like `plain', but entries are in order of citation. - -`abbrv' - Like `plain', but more compact labels. +'plain' + Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. +'unsrt' + Like 'plain', but entries are in order of citation. +'abbrv' + Like 'plain', but more compact labels. In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the demands of various publications. See -`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'. +'http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'. - The `\bibliography' command is what actually produces the -bibliography. The argument to `\bibliography' refers to files named -`BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format. -Only the entries referred to via `\cite' and `\nocite' will be listed in + The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the +bibliography. The argument to '\bibliography' refers to files named +'BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format. +Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite' will be listed in the bibliography. -9.25 `theorem' +9.25 'theorem' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1897,11 +2135,11 @@ Synopsis: THEOREM-TEXT \end{theorem} - The `theorem' environment produces "Theorem N" in boldface followed + The 'theorem' environment produces "Theorem N" in boldface followed by THEOREM-TEXT, where the numbering possibilities for N are described -under `\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::). +under '\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::). -9.26 `titlepage' +9.26 'titlepage' ================ Synopsis: @@ -1910,15 +2148,15 @@ Synopsis: TEXT \end{titlepage} - The `titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with + The 'titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The -`\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::). +'\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::). - You can use the `\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce -a standard title page without a `titlepage' environment. + You can use the '\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce +a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment. -9.27 `verbatim' +9.27 'verbatim' =============== Synopsis: @@ -1927,15 +2165,15 @@ Synopsis: LITERAL-TEXT \end{verbatim} - The `verbatim' environment is a paragraph-making environment in which -LaTeX produces exactly what you type in; for instance the `\' character -produces a printed `\'. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage + The 'verbatim' environment is a paragraph-making environment in which +LaTeX produces exactly what you type in; for instance the '\' character +produces a printed '\'. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that they would on a typewriter. - The `verbatim' uses a monospaced typewriter-like font (`\tt'). + The 'verbatim' uses a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt'). -9.27.1 `\verb' +9.27.1 '\verb' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -1943,16 +2181,16 @@ Synopsis: \verbCHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR \verb*CHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR - The `\verb' command typesets LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including -special characters and spaces, using the typewriter (`\tt') font. No -spaces are allowed between `\verb' or `\verb*' and the delimiter CHAR, + The '\verb' command typesets LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including +special characters and spaces, using the typewriter ('\tt') font. No +spaces are allowed between '\verb' or '\verb*' and the delimiter CHAR, which begins and ends the verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in LITERAL-TEXT. - The `*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a "visible + The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a "visible space" character. -9.28 `verse' +9.28 'verse' ============ Synopsis: @@ -1963,12 +2201,12 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{verse} - The `verse' environment is designed for poetry, though you may find + The 'verse' environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses for it. The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each -stanza with `\\', and use one or more blank lines to separate the +stanza with '\\', and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. 10 Line breaking @@ -1980,82 +2218,82 @@ printed document, this sequence must be broken into lines (and these lines must be broken into pages). LaTeX usually does the line (and page) breaking for you, but in some -environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the `\\' command, +environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the '\\' command, and you can always manually force breaks. -10.1 `\\'[*][MORESPACE] +10.1 '\\'[*][MORESPACE] ======================= -The `\\' command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an optional +The '\\' command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an optional argument, MORESPACE, that specifies how much extra vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a negative amount. - The `\\*' command is the same as the ordinary `\\' command except + The '\\*' command is the same as the ordinary '\\' command except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line. -10.2 `\obeycr' & `\restorecr' +10.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr' ============================= -The `\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file (`^^M', -internally) the same as `\\' (followed by `\relax'). So each new line +The '\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file ('^^M', +internally) the same as '\\' (followed by '\relax'). So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. - `\restorecr' restores normal line-breaking behavior. + '\restorecr' restores normal line-breaking behavior. -10.3 `\newline' +10.3 '\newline' =============== -The `\newline' command breaks the line at the present point, with no +The '\newline' command breaks the line at the present point, with no stretching of the text before it. It can only be used in paragraph mode. -10.4 `\-' (discretionary hyphen) +10.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen) ================================ -The `\-' command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that +The '\-' command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find most of the correct hyphenation points, and almost never use an incorrect -one. The `\-' command is used for the exceptional cases. +one. The '\-' command is used for the exceptional cases. - When you insert `\-' commands in a word, the word will only be + When you insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. -10.5 `\fussy' +10.5 '\fussy' ============= -The declaration `\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about +The declaration '\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. - This command cancels the effect of a previous `\sloppy' command + This command cancels the effect of a previous '\sloppy' command (*note \sloppy::. -10.6 `\sloppy' +10.6 '\sloppy' ============== -The declaration `\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This -will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. +The declaration '\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. +This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. - Lasts until a `\fussy' command is issued (*note \fussy::). + Lasts until a '\fussy' command is issued (*note \fussy::). -10.7 `\hyphenation' +10.7 '\hyphenation' =================== Synopsis: \hyphenation{WORD-ONE WORD-TWO} - The `\hyphenation' command declares allowed hyphenation points with a -`-' character in the given words. The words are separated by spaces. + The '\hyphenation' command declares allowed hyphenation points with a +'-' character in the given words. The words are separated by spaces. TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches exactly, no inflections are -tried. Multiple `\hyphenation' commands accumulate. Some examples (the +tried. Multiple '\hyphenation' commands accumulate. Some examples (the default TeX hyphenation patterns misses the hyphenations in these words): \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix col-umns data-base data-bases} -10.8 `\linebreak' & `\nolinebreak' +10.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' ================================== Synopses: @@ -2063,8 +2301,8 @@ Synopses: \linebreak[PRIORITY] \nolinebreak[PRIORITY] - By default, the `\linebreak' (`\nolinebreak') command forces -(prevents) a line break at the current position. For `\linebreak', the + By default, the '\linebreak' ('\nolinebreak') command forces +(prevents) a line break at the current position. For '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right margin as usual. @@ -2079,42 +2317,42 @@ LaTeX starts new pages asynchronously, when enough material has accumulated to fill up a page. Usually this happens automatically, but sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. -11.1 `\cleardoublepage' +11.1 '\cleardoublepage' ======================= -The `\cleardoublepage' command ends the current page and causes all +The '\cleardoublepage' command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary. -11.2 `\clearpage' +11.2 '\clearpage' ================= -The `\clearpage' command ends the current page and causes all figures +The '\clearpage' command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. -11.3 `\newpage' +11.3 '\newpage' =============== -The `\newpage' command ends the current page, but does not clear floats -(see `\clearpage' above). +The '\newpage' command ends the current page, but does not clear floats +(see '\clearpage' above). -11.4 `\enlargethispage' +11.4 '\enlargethispage' ======================= -`\enlargethispage{size}' +'\enlargethispage{size}' - `\enlargethispage*{size}' + '\enlargethispage*{size}' - Enlarge the `\textheight' for the current page by the specified -amount; e.g. `\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' will allow one additional -line. + Enlarge the '\textheight' for the current page by the specified +amount; e.g. '\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' will allow one +additional line. The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page -as much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit -`\pagebreak'. +as much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit +'\pagebreak'. -11.5 `\pagebreak' & `\nopagebreak' +11.5 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak' ================================== Synopses: @@ -2122,12 +2360,12 @@ Synopses: \pagebreak[PRIORITY] \nopagebreak[PRIORITY] - By default, the `\pagebreak' (`\nopagebreak') command forces -(prevents) a page break at the current position. For `\linebreak', the + By default, the '\pagebreak' ('\nopagebreak') command forces +(prevents) a page break at the current position. With '\pagebreak', the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. - With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the `\pagebreak' + With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the '\pagebreak' command from a demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is. @@ -2135,49 +2373,49 @@ to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is. ************ Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with -one command, the `\footnote' command. They can also be produced with -two commands, the `\footnotemark' and the `\footnotetext' commands. +one command, the '\footnote' command. They can also be produced with +two commands, the '\footnotemark' and the '\footnotetext' commands. -12.1 `\footnote' +12.1 '\footnote' ================ Synopsis: \footnote[NUMBER]{TEXT} - The `\footnote' command places the numbered footnote TEXT at the + The '\footnote' command places the numbered footnote TEXT at the bottom of the current page. The optional argument NUMBER changes the default footnote number. This command can only be used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you -cannot use it in sectioning commands like `\chapter', in figures, tables -or in a `tabular' environment. (See following sections.) +cannot use it in sectioning commands like '\chapter', in figures, tables +or in a 'tabular' environment. (See following sections.) -12.2 `\footnotemark' +12.2 '\footnotemark' ==================== -With no optional argument, the `\footnotemark' command puts the current +With no optional argument, the '\footnotemark' command puts the current footnote number in the text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. You give the text of the footnote separately, with the -`\footnotetext' command. +'\footnotetext' command. This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote with \footnotemark[\value{footnote}] -after the first `\footnote' command. +after the first '\footnote' command. -12.3 `\footnotetext' +12.3 '\footnotetext' ==================== Synopsis: \footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT} - The `\footnotetext' command places TEXT at the bottom of the page as -a footnote. This command can come anywhere after the `\footnotemark' -command. The `\footnotetext' command must appear in outer paragraph + The '\footnotetext' command places TEXT at the bottom of the page as +a footnote. This command can come anywhere after the '\footnotemark' +command. The '\footnotetext' command must appear in outer paragraph mode. The optional argument NUMBER changes the default footnote number. @@ -2186,40 +2424,40 @@ mode. ======================= If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing -numbers, redefine `\thefootnote' like this: +numbers, redefine '\thefootnote' like this: \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} - The `\fnsymbol' command produces a predefined series of symbols + The '\fnsymbol' command produces a predefined series of symbols (*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). If you want to use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you'll need to also -redefine `\@fnsymbol'. +redefine '\@fnsymbol'. 12.5 Footnote parameters ======================== -`\footnoterule' +'\footnoterule' Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the - page's footnotes. Default dimensions: `0.4pt' thick (or wide), and - `0.4\columnwidth' long in the standard document classes (except + page's footnotes. Default dimensions: '0.4pt' thick (or wide), and + '0.4\columnwidth' long in the standard document classes (except slides, where it does not appear). -`\footnotesep' +'\footnotesep' The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. - By default, this is set to the normal strut for `\footnotesize' + By default, this is set to the normal strut for '\footnotesize' fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no extra space - between footnotes. This is `6.65pt' for `10pt', `7.7pt' for - `11pt', and `8.4pt' for `12pt'. + between footnotes. This is '6.65pt' for '10pt', '7.7pt' for + '11pt', and '8.4pt' for '12pt'. 13 Definitions ************** LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. -13.1 `\newcommand' & `\renewcommand' +13.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand' ==================================== -`\newcommand' and `\renewcommand' define and redefine a command, +'\newcommand' and '\renewcommand' define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} @@ -2228,9 +2466,9 @@ respectively. Synopses: \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{DEFN} CMD - The command name beginning with `\'. For `\newcommand', it must - not be already defined and must not begin with `\end'; for - `\renewcommand', it must already be defined. + The command name beginning with '\'. For '\newcommand', it must + not be already defined and must not begin with '\end'; for + '\renewcommand', it must already be defined. NARGS An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments @@ -2241,53 +2479,53 @@ DEFAULT If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's first argument is optional. When the new command is called, the default value of the optional argument (i.e., if it is not - specified in the call) is the string `def'. + specified in the call) is the string 'def'. DEFN - The text to be substituted for every occurrence of `cmd'; a - construct of the form `#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the + The text to be substituted for every occurrence of 'cmd'; a + construct of the form '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the Nth argument. -13.2 `\newcounter' +13.2 '\newcounter' ================== Synopsis: \newcounter{CNT}[COUNTERNAME] - The `\newcounter' command defines a new counter named CNT. The new + The '\newcounter' command defines a new counter named CNT. The new counter is initialized to zero. - Given the optional argument `[COUNTERNAME]', CNT will be reset + Given the optional argument '[COUNTERNAME]', CNT will be reset whenever COUNTERNAME is incremented. *Note Counters::, for more information about counters. -13.3 `\newlength' +13.3 '\newlength' ================= Synopsis: \newlength{\ARG} - The `\newlength' command defines the mandatory argument as a `length' -command with a value of `0in'. The argument must be a control sequence, -as in `\newlength{\foo}'. An error occurs if `\foo' is already defined. + The '\newlength' command defines the mandatory argument as a 'length' +command with a value of '0in'. The argument must be a control sequence, +as in '\newlength{\foo}'. An error occurs if '\foo' is already defined. *Note Lengths::, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value, and for more information about lengths in general. -13.4 `\newsavebox' +13.4 '\newsavebox' ================== Synopsis: \newsavebox{CMD} - Defines `\CMD', which must be a command name not already defined, to + Defines '\CMD', which must be a command name not already defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes. -13.5 `\newenvironment' & `\renewenvironment' +13.5 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' ============================================ Synopses: @@ -2297,12 +2535,12 @@ Synopses: \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF} These commands define or redefine an environment ENV, that is, -`\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'. +'\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'. ENV - The name of the environment. For `\newenvironment', ENV must not - be an existing environment, and the command `\ENV' must be - undefined. For `\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an + The name of the environment. For '\newenvironment', ENV must not + be an existing environment, and the command '\ENV' must be + undefined. For '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an existing environment. NARGS @@ -2314,15 +2552,15 @@ DEFAULT gives the default value for that argument. BEGDEF - The text expanded at every occurrence of `\begin{ENV}'; a construct - of the form `#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the Nth + The text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'; a construct + of the form '#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the Nth argument. ENDDEF - The text expanded at every occurrence of `\end{ENV}'. It may not + The text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'. It may not contain any argument parameters. -13.6 `\newtheorem' +13.6 '\newtheorem' ================== \newtheorem{NEWENV}{LABEL}[WITHIN] @@ -2336,7 +2574,7 @@ NEWENV LABEL The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the - number. For example, `Theorem'. + number. For example, 'Theorem'. NUMBERED_LIKE (Optional.) The name of an already defined theorem-like @@ -2350,47 +2588,47 @@ WITHIN At most one of NUMBERED_LIKE and WITHIN can be specified, not both. -13.7 `\newfont' +13.7 '\newfont' =============== Synopsis: \newfont{CMD}{FONTNAME} - Defines a control sequence `\CMD', which must not already be defined, + Defines a control sequence '\CMD', which must not already be defined, to make FONTNAME be the current font. The file looked for on the system -is named `FONTNAME.tfm'. +is named 'FONTNAME.tfm'. This is a low-level command for setting up to use an individual font. -More commonly, fonts are defined in families through `.fd' files. +More commonly, fonts are defined in families through '.fd' files. -13.8 `\protect' +13.8 '\protect' =============== Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more are so-called "fragile" commands. When a fragile command is used in certain contexts, called "moving arguments", it must be preceded -by `\protect'. In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments -must have their own `\protect'. +by '\protect'. In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments +must have their own '\protect'. - Some examples of moving arguments are `\caption' (*note figure::), -`\thanks' (*note \maketitle::), and expressions in `tabular' and `array' + Some examples of moving arguments are '\caption' (*note figure::), +'\thanks' (*note \maketitle::), and expressions in 'tabular' and 'array' environments (*note tabular::). Commands which are not fragile are called "robust". They must not be -preceded by `\protect'. +preceded by '\protect'. See also: -`http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html' -`http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect' +'http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html' +'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect' 14 Counters *********** -Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The +Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or -command that produces the number, except with no `\'. (`enumi'-`enumiv' +command that produces the number, except with no '\'. ('enumi'-'enumiv' are used for the nested enumerate environment.) Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. @@ -2400,193 +2638,193 @@ counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv subsubsection -14.1 `\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters +14.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters ===================================================================== All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for -instance, `\alph{enumi}'. +instance, '\alph{enumi}'. -`\alph' - prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: `a', `b', ... +'\alph' + prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... -`\Alph' - uses uppercase letters: `A', `B', ... +'\Alph' + uses uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... -`\arabic' - uses Arabic numbers: `1', `2', ... +'\arabic' + uses Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ... -`\roman' - uses lowercase roman numerals: `i', `ii', ... +'\roman' + uses lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... -`\roman' - uses uppercase roman numerals: `I', `II', ... +'\roman' + uses uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... -`\fnsymbol' +'\fnsymbol' prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of COUNTER must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the names: - asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger -14.2 `\usecounter{COUNTER}' +14.2 '\usecounter{COUNTER}' =========================== Synopsis: \usecounter{COUNTER} - The `\usecounter' command is used in the second argument of the -`list' environment to specify COUNTER to be used to number the list + The '\usecounter' command is used in the second argument of the +'list' environment to specify COUNTER to be used to number the list items. -14.3 `\value{COUNTER}' +14.3 '\value{COUNTER}' ====================== Synopsis: \value{COUNTER} - The `\value' command produces the value of COUNTER. It can be used + The '\value' command produces the value of COUNTER. It can be used anywhere LaTeX expects a number, for example: \setcounter{myctr}{3} \addtocounter{myctr}{1} \hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent} -14.4 `\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' +14.4 '\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' ================================== Synopsis: \setcounter{\COUNTER}{VALUE} - The `\setcounter' command sets the value of \COUNTER to the VALUE + The '\setcounter' command sets the value of \COUNTER to the VALUE argument. -14.5 `\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' +14.5 '\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' ==================================== -The `\addtocounter' command increments COUNTER by the amount specified +The '\addtocounter' command increments COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE argument, which may be negative. -14.6 `\refstepcounter{COUNTER}' +14.6 '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}' =============================== -The `\refstepcounter' command works in the same way as `\stepcounter' -*Note \stepcounter::, except it also defines the current `\ref' value to -be the result of `\thecounter'. +The '\refstepcounter' command works in the same way as '\stepcounter' +*Note \stepcounter::, except it also defines the current '\ref' value to +be the result of '\thecounter'. -14.7 `\stepcounter{COUNTER}' +14.7 '\stepcounter{COUNTER}' ============================ -The `\stepcounter' command adds one to COUNTER and resets all subsidiary +The '\stepcounter' command adds one to COUNTER and resets all subsidiary counters. -14.8 `\day \month \year': Predefined counters +14.8 '\day \month \year': Predefined counters ============================================= -LaTeX defines counters for the day of the month (`\day', 1-31), month of -the year (`\month', 1-12), and year (`\year', Common Era). When TeX +LaTeX defines counters for the day of the month ('\day', 1-31), month of +the year ('\month', 1-12), and year ('\year', Common Era). When TeX starts up, they are set to the current values on the system where TeX is running. They are not updated as the job progresses. - The related command `\today' produces a string representing the + The related command '\today' produces a string representing the current day (*note \today::). 15 Lengths ********** -A `length' is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length +A 'length' is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument. -15.1 `\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' +15.1 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' ============================== -The `\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can -be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (`in'), -millimeters (`mm'), points (`pt'), big points (`bp', etc. +The '\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can +be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches ('in'), +millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big points ('bp', etc. 15.2 \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} =============================== -The `\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the +The '\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the amount specified in the AMOUNT argument, which may be negative. -15.3 `\settodepth' +15.3 '\settodepth' ================== -`\settodepth{\gnat}{text}' +'\settodepth{\gnat}{text}' - The `\settodepth' command sets the value of a `length' command equal -to the depth of the `text' argument. + The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal +to the depth of the 'text' argument. -15.4 `\settoheight' +15.4 '\settoheight' =================== -`\settoheight{\gnat}{text}' +'\settoheight{\gnat}{text}' - The `\settoheight' command sets the value of a `length' command equal -to the height of the `text' argument. + The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal +to the height of the 'text' argument. -15.5 `\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' +15.5 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' ============================== -The `\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the +The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the width of the TEXT argument. 15.6 Predefined lengths ======================= -`\width' +'\width' - `\height' + '\height' - `\depth' + '\depth' - `\totalheight' + '\totalheight' These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the -box-making commands (*note Boxes::). They specify the natural width etc. -of the text in the box. `\totalheight' equals `\height' + `\depth'. To -make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say +box-making commands (*note Boxes::). They specify the natural width, +etc., of the text in the box. '\totalheight' equals '\height' + +'\depth'. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural +size, e.g., say - `\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}' + '\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}' 16 Making paragraphs ******************** A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines--lines not -containing even a `%'. A blank line should not appear where a new +containing even a '%'. A blank line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning command. -16.1 `\indent' +16.1 '\indent' ============== -`\indent' produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of -the `\parindent' length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used +'\indent' produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of +the '\parindent' length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it would otherwise be suppressed. - The default value for `\parindent' is `1em' in two-column mode, -otherwise `15pt' for `10pt' documents, `17pt' for `11pt', and `1.5em' -for `12pt'. + The default value for '\parindent' is '1em' in two-column mode, +otherwise '15pt' for '10pt' documents, '17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' +for '12pt'. -16.2 `\noindent' +16.2 '\noindent' ================ -When used at the beginning of the paragraph, `\noindent' suppresses any +When used at the beginning of the paragraph, '\noindent' suppresses any paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph. -16.3 `\parskip' +16.3 '\parskip' =============== -`\parskip' is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before -each paragraph. The default is `0pt plus1pt'. +'\parskip' is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before +each paragraph. The default is '0pt plus1pt'. 16.4 Marginal notes =================== @@ -2595,44 +2833,42 @@ Synopsis: \marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT} - The `\marginpar' command creates a note in the margin. The first + The '\marginpar' command creates a note in the margin. The first line of the note will have the same baseline as the line in the text -where the `\marginpar' occurs. +where the '\marginpar' occurs. When you only specify the mandatory argument RIGHT, the text will be placed * in the right margin for one-sided layout; - * in the outside margin for two-sided layout; - * in the nearest margin for two-column layout. - The command `\reversemarginpar' places subsequent marginal notes in -the opposite (inside) margin. `\normalmarginpar' places them in the + The command '\reversemarginpar' places subsequent marginal notes in +the opposite (inside) margin. '\normalmarginpar' places them in the default position. When you specify both arguments, LEFT is used for the left margin, and RIGHT is used for the right margin. The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable -hyphenation there by beginning the node with `\hspace{0pt}'. +hyphenation there by beginning the node with '\hspace{0pt}'. These parameters affect the formatting of the note: -`\marginparpush' - Minimum vertical space between notes; default `7pt' for `12pt' - documents, `5pt' else. +'\marginparpush' + Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt' + documents, '5pt' else. -`\marginparsep' - Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default `11pt' - for `10pt' documents, `10pt' else. +'\marginparsep' + Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt' + for '10pt' documents, '10pt' else. -`\marginparwidth' - Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided `10pt' document - is `90pt', `83pt' for `11pt', and `68pt' for `12pt'; `17pt' more in +'\marginparwidth' + Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided '10pt' document + is '90pt', '83pt' for '11pt', and '68pt' for '12pt'; '17pt' more in each case for a two-sided document. In two column mode, the - default is `48pt'. + default is '48pt'. The standard LaTeX routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes from falling off the bottom of the page. @@ -2642,36 +2878,34 @@ from falling off the bottom of the page. There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode: -`math' +'math' For formulas that appear right in the text. - -`displaymath' +'displaymath' For formulas that appear on their own line. - -`equation' +'equation' The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation number in the right margin. - The `math' environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but -the `displaymath' and `equation' environments can be used only in -paragraph mode. The `math' and `displaymath' environments are used so + The 'math' environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but +the 'displaymath' and 'equation' environments can be used only in +paragraph mode. The 'math' and 'displaymath' environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} - In fact, the `math' environment is so common that it has an even + In fact, the 'math' environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: $ ... $ instead of \(...\) - The `\boldmath' command changes math letters and symbols to be in a + The '\boldmath' command changes math letters and symbols to be in a bold font. It is used _outside_ of math mode. Conversely, the -`\unboldmath' command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too +'\unboldmath' command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too is used _outside_ of math mode. - The `\displaystyle' declaration forces the size and style of the -formula to be that of `displaymath', e.g., with limits above and below + The '\displaystyle' declaration forces the size and style of the +formula to be that of 'displaymath', e.g., with limits above and below summations. For example $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $ @@ -2679,7 +2913,7 @@ summations. For example ============================== To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just type -`_{'exp`}'. To get exp to appear as a superscript, you type `^{'exp`}'. +'_{'exp'}'. To get exp to appear as a superscript, you type '^{'exp'}'. LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a superscript. @@ -2687,637 +2921,637 @@ subscript and a superscript. 17.2 Math symbols ================= -LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need. The -commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For -example, if you include `$\pi$' in your source, you will get the pi +LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need. +The commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For +example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get the pi symbol (\pi) in your output. -`\|' +'\|' \| -`\aleph' +'\aleph' \aleph -`\alpha' +'\alpha' \alpha -`\amalg' +'\amalg' \amalg (binary operation) -`\angle' +'\angle' \angle -`\approx' +'\approx' \approx (relation) -`\ast' +'\ast' \ast (binary operation) -`\asymp' +'\asymp' \asymp (relation) -`\backslash' +'\backslash' \ (delimiter) -`\beta' +'\beta' \beta -`\bigcap' +'\bigcap' \bigcap -`\bigcirc' +'\bigcirc' \bigcirc (binary operation) -`\bigcup' +'\bigcup' \bigcup -`\bigodot' +'\bigodot' \bigodot -`\bigoplus' +'\bigoplus' \bigoplus -`\bigotimes' +'\bigotimes' \bigotimes -`\bigtriangledown' +'\bigtriangledown' \bigtriangledown (binary operation) -`\bigtriangleup' +'\bigtriangleup' \bigtriangleup (binary operation) -`\bigsqcup' +'\bigsqcup' \bigsqcup -`\biguplus' +'\biguplus' \biguplus -`\bigcap' +'\bigcap' \bigvee -`\bigwedge' +'\bigwedge' \bigwedge -`\bot' +'\bot' \bot -`\bowtie' +'\bowtie' \bowtie (relation) -`\Box' +'\Box' (square open box symbol) -`\bullet' +'\bullet' \bullet (binary operation) -`\cap' +'\cap' \cap (binary operation) -`\cdot' +'\cdot' \cdot (binary operation) -`\chi' +'\chi' \chi -`\circ' +'\circ' \circ (binary operation) -`\clubsuit' +'\clubsuit' \clubsuit -`\cong' +'\cong' \cong (relation) -`\coprod' +'\coprod' \coprod -`\cup' +'\cup' \cup (binary operation) -`\dagger' +'\dagger' \dagger (binary operation) -`\dashv' +'\dashv' \dashv (relation) -`\ddagger' +'\ddagger' \dagger (binary operation) -`\Delta' +'\Delta' \Delta -`\delta' +'\delta' \delta -`\Diamond' +'\Diamond' bigger \diamond -`\diamond' +'\diamond' \diamond (binary operation) -`\diamondsuit' +'\diamondsuit' \diamondsuit -`\div' +'\div' \div (binary operation) -`\doteq' +'\doteq' \doteq (relation) -`\downarrow' +'\downarrow' \downarrow (delimiter) -`\Downarrow' +'\Downarrow' \Downarrow (delimiter) -`\ell' +'\ell' \ell -`\emptyset' +'\emptyset' \emptyset -`\epsilon' +'\epsilon' \epsilon -`\equiv' +'\equiv' \equiv (relation) -`\eta' +'\eta' \eta -`\exists' +'\exists' \exists -`\flat' +'\flat' \flat -`\forall' +'\forall' \forall -`\frown' +'\frown' \frown (relation) -`\Gamma' +'\Gamma' \Gamma -`\gamma' +'\gamma' \gamma -`\ge' +'\ge' \ge -`\geq' +'\geq' \geq (relation) -`\gets' +'\gets' \gets -`\gg' +'\gg' \gg (relation) -`\hbar' +'\hbar' \hbar -`\heartsuit' +'\heartsuit' \heartsuit -`\hookleftarrow' +'\hookleftarrow' \hookleftarrow -`\hookrightarrow' +'\hookrightarrow' \hookrightarrow -`\iff' +'\iff' \iff -`\Im' +'\Im' \Im -`\in' +'\in' \in (relation) -`\infty' +'\infty' \infty -`\int' +'\int' \int -`\iota' +'\iota' \iota -`\Join' +'\Join' condensed bowtie symbol (relation) -`\kappa' +'\kappa' \kappa -`\Lambda' +'\Lambda' \Lambda -`\lambda' +'\lambda' \lambda -`\land' +'\land' \land -`\langle' +'\langle' \langle (delimiter) -`\lbrace' +'\lbrace' \lbrace (delimiter) -`\lbrack' +'\lbrack' \lbrack (delimiter) -`\lceil' +'\lceil' \lceil (delimiter) -`\le' +'\le' \le -`\leadsto' +'\leadsto' -`\Leftarrow' +'\Leftarrow' \Leftarrow -`\leftarrow' +'\leftarrow' \leftarrow -`\leftharpoondown' +'\leftharpoondown' \leftharpoondown -`\leftharpoonup' +'\leftharpoonup' \leftharpoonup -`\Leftrightarrow' +'\Leftrightarrow' \Leftrightarrow -`\leftrightarrow' +'\leftrightarrow' \leftrightarrow -`\leq' +'\leq' \leq (relation) -`\lfloor' +'\lfloor' \lfloor (delimiter) -`\lhd' +'\lhd' (left-pointing arrow head) -`\ll' +'\ll' \ll (relation) -`\lnot' +'\lnot' \lnot -`\longleftarrow' +'\longleftarrow' \longleftarrow -`\longleftrightarrow' +'\longleftrightarrow' \longleftrightarrow -`\longmapsto' +'\longmapsto' \longmapsto -`\longrightarrow' +'\longrightarrow' \longrightarrow -`\lor' +'\lor' \lor -`\mapsto' +'\mapsto' \mapsto -`\mho' +'\mho' -`\mid' +'\mid' \mid (relation) -`\models' +'\models' \models (relation) -`\mp' +'\mp' \mp (binary operation) -`\mu' +'\mu' \mu -`\nabla' +'\nabla' \nabla -`\natural' +'\natural' \natural -`\ne' +'\ne' \ne -`\nearrow' +'\nearrow' \nearrow -`\neg' +'\neg' \neg -`\neq' +'\neq' \neq (relation) -`\ni' +'\ni' \ni (relation) -`\not' +'\not' Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in \not=. -`\notin' +'\notin' \ni -`\nu' +'\nu' \nu -`\nwarrow' +'\nwarrow' \nwarrow -`\odot' +'\odot' \odot (binary operation) -`\oint' +'\oint' \oint -`\Omega' +'\Omega' \Omega -`\omega' +'\omega' \omega -`\ominus' +'\ominus' \ominus (binary operation) -`\oplus' +'\oplus' \oplus (binary operation) -`\oslash' +'\oslash' \oslash (binary operation) -`\otimes' +'\otimes' \otimes (binary operation) -`\owns' +'\owns' \owns -`\parallel' +'\parallel' \parallel (relation) -`\partial' +'\partial' \partial -`\perp' +'\perp' \perp (relation) -`\phi' +'\phi' \phi -`\Pi' +'\Pi' \Pi -`\pi' +'\pi' \pi -`\pm' +'\pm' \pm (binary operation) -`\prec' +'\prec' \prec (relation) -`\preceq' +'\preceq' \preceq (relation) -`\prime' +'\prime' \prime -`\prod' +'\prod' \prod -`\propto' +'\propto' \propto (relation) -`\Psi' +'\Psi' \Psi -`\psi' +'\psi' \psi -`\rangle' +'\rangle' \rangle (delimiter) -`\rbrace' +'\rbrace' \rbrace (delimiter) -`\rbrack' +'\rbrack' \rbrack (delimiter) -`\rceil' +'\rceil' \rceil (delimiter) -`\Re' +'\Re' \Re -`\rfloor' +'\rfloor' \rfloor -`\rhd' +'\rhd' (binary operation) -`\rho' +'\rho' \rho -`\Rightarrow' +'\Rightarrow' \Rightarrow -`\rightarrow' +'\rightarrow' \rightarrow -`\rightharpoondown' +'\rightharpoondown' \rightharpoondown -`\rightharpoonup' +'\rightharpoonup' \rightharpoonup -`\rightleftharpoons' +'\rightleftharpoons' \rightleftharpoons -`\searrow' +'\searrow' \searrow -`\setminus' +'\setminus' \setminus (binary operation) -`\sharp' +'\sharp' \sharp -`\Sigma' +'\Sigma' \Sigma -`\sigma' +'\sigma' \sigma -`\sim' +'\sim' \sim (relation) -`\simeq' +'\simeq' \simeq (relation) -`\smallint' +'\smallint' \smallint -`\smile' +'\smile' \smile (relation) -`\spadesuit' +'\spadesuit' \spadesuit -`\sqcap' +'\sqcap' \sqcap (binary operation) -`\sqcup' +'\sqcup' \sqcup (binary operation) -`\sqsubset' +'\sqsubset' (relation) -`\sqsubseteq' +'\sqsubseteq' \sqsubseteq (relation) -`\sqsupset' +'\sqsupset' (relation) -`\sqsupseteq' +'\sqsupseteq' \sqsupseteq (relation) -`\star' +'\star' \star (binary operation) -`\subset' +'\subset' \subset (relation) -`\subseteq' +'\subseteq' \subseteq (relation) -`\succ' +'\succ' \succ (relation) -`\succeq' +'\succeq' \succeq (relation) -`\sum' +'\sum' \sum -`\supset' +'\supset' \supset (relation) -`\supseteq' +'\supseteq' \supseteq (relation) -`\surd' +'\surd' \surd -`\swarrow' +'\swarrow' \swarrow -`\tau' +'\tau' \tau -`\theta' +'\theta' \theta -`\times' +'\times' \times (binary operation) -`\to' +'\to' \to -`\top' +'\top' \top -`\triangle' +'\triangle' \triangle -`\triangleleft' +'\triangleleft' \triangleleft (binary operation) -`\triangleright' +'\triangleright' \triangleright (binary operation) -`\unlhd' +'\unlhd' left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) -`\unrhd' +'\unrhd' right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) -`\Uparrow' +'\Uparrow' \Uparrow (delimiter) -`\uparrow' +'\uparrow' \uparrow (delimiter) -`\Updownarrow' +'\Updownarrow' \Updownarrow (delimiter) -`\updownarrow' +'\updownarrow' \updownarrow (delimiter) -`\uplus' +'\uplus' \uplus (binary operation) -`\Upsilon' +'\Upsilon' \Upsilon -`\upsilon' +'\upsilon' \upsilon -`\varepsilon' +'\varepsilon' \varepsilon -`\varphi' +'\varphi' \varphi -`\varpi' +'\varpi' \varpi -`\varrho' +'\varrho' \varrho -`\varsigma' +'\varsigma' \varsigma -`\vartheta' +'\vartheta' \vartheta -`\vdash' +'\vdash' \vdash (relation) -`\vee' +'\vee' \vee (binary operation) -`\Vert' +'\Vert' \Vert (delimiter) -`\vert' +'\vert' \vert (delimiter) -`\wedge' +'\wedge' \wedge (binary operation) -`\wp' +'\wp' \wp -`\wr' +'\wr' \wr (binary operation) -`\Xi' +'\Xi' \Xi -`\xi' +'\xi' \xi -`\zeta' +'\zeta' \zeta 17.3 Math functions @@ -3326,106 +3560,106 @@ symbol (\pi) in your output. These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. -`\arccos' +'\arccos' \arccos -`\arcsin' +'\arcsin' \arcsin -`\arctan' +'\arctan' \arctan -`\arg' +'\arg' \arg -`\bmod' +'\bmod' Binary modulo operator (x \bmod y) -`\cos' +'\cos' \cos -`\cosh' +'\cosh' \cosh -`\cot' +'\cot' \cos -`\coth' +'\coth' \cosh -`\csc' +'\csc' \csc -`\deg' +'\deg' \deg -`\det' +'\det' \deg -`\dim' +'\dim' \dim -`\exp' +'\exp' \exp -`\gcd' +'\gcd' \gcd -`\hom' +'\hom' \hom -`\inf' +'\inf' \inf -`\ker' +'\ker' \ker -`\lg' +'\lg' \lg -`\lim' +'\lim' \lim -`\liminf' +'\liminf' \liminf -`\limsup' +'\limsup' \limsup -`\ln' +'\ln' \ln -`\log' +'\log' \log -`\max' +'\max' \max -`\min' +'\min' \min -`\pmod' +'\pmod' parenthesized modulus, as in (\pmod 2^n - 1) -`\Pr' +'\Pr' \Pr -`\sec' +'\sec' \sec -`\sin' +'\sin' \sin -`\sinh' +'\sinh' \sinh -`\sup' +'\sup' \sup -`\tan' +'\tan' \tan -`\tanh' +'\tanh' \tanh 17.4 Math accents @@ -3435,117 +3669,117 @@ LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text (*note Accents::). -`\acute' +'\acute' Math acute accent: \acute{x}. -`\bar' +'\bar' Math bar-over accent: \bar{x}. -`\breve' +'\breve' Math breve accent: \breve{x}. -`\check' +'\check' Math ha'c<ek (check) accent: \check{x}. -`\ddot' +'\ddot' Math dieresis accent: \ddot{x}. -`\dot' +'\dot' Math dot accent: \dot{x}. -`\grave' +'\grave' Math grave accent: \grave{x}. -`\hat' +'\hat' Math hat (circumflex) accent: \hat{x}. -`\imath' +'\imath' Math dotless i. -`\jmath' +'\jmath' Math dotless j. -`\tilde' +'\mathring' + Math ring accent: x*. + +'\tilde' Math tilde accent: \tilde{x}. -`\vec' +'\vec' Math vector symbol: \vec{x}. -`\widehat' +'\widehat' Math wide hat accent: \widehat{x+y}. -`\widehat' +'\widehat' Math wide tilde accent: \widetilde{x+y}. 17.5 Spacing in math mode ========================= -In a `math' environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in +In a 'math' environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in the spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following commands for use in math mode: -`\;' +'\;' A thick space (5\over18\,quad). - -`\:' -`\>' +'\:' +'\>' Both of these produce a medium space (2\over9\,quad). - -`\,' +'\,' A thin space (1\over6\,quad); not restricted to math mode. - -`\!' +'\!' A negative thin space (-{1\over6}\,quad). 17.6 Math miscellany ==================== -`\*' +'\*' A "discretionary" multiplication symbol, at which a line break is allowed. -`\cdots' +'\cdots' A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. -`\ddots' +'\ddots' A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots. -`\frac{num}{den}' - Produces the fraction `num' divided by `den'. +'\frac{num}{den}' + Produces the fraction 'num' divided by 'den'. -`\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2' - The two delimiters need not match; `.' acts as a null delimiter, +'\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2' + The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a null delimiter, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the - math in between. Example: `\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'. + math in between. Example: '\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'. -`\overbrace{TEXT}' +'\overbrace{TEXT}' Generates a brace over TEXT. For example, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}. -`\overline{TEXT}' +'\overline{TEXT}' Generates a horizontal line over TEX. For exampe, \overline{x+y}. -`\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}' +'\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}' Produces the representation of the square root of ARG. The optional argument ROOT determines what root to produce. For - example, the cube root of `x+y' would be typed as - `$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'. + example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as + '$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'. -`\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}' +'\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}' Puts TEXT above RELATION. For example, - `\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'. + '\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'. -`\underbrace{math}' +'\underbrace{math}' Generates MATH with a brace underneath. -`\underline{text}' +'\underline{text}' Causes TEXT, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. -`\vdots' +'\vdots' Produces a vertical ellipsis. 18 Modes @@ -3555,9 +3789,7 @@ When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three modes: * Paragraph mode - * Math mode - * Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a @@ -3572,16 +3804,16 @@ it's generating a mathematical formula. In "LR mode", as in paragraph mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode. -Even if you put a hundred words into an `\mbox', LaTeX would keep +Even if you put a hundred words into an '\mbox', LaTeX would keep typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line. - LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an `\mbox' + LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an '\mbox' command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box. There are also several text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of -these commands or environments will be called a `parbox'. When LaTeX is +these commands or environments will be called a 'parbox'. When LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in "inner paragraph mode". Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called "outer paragraph mode". @@ -3589,36 +3821,36 @@ called "outer paragraph mode". 19 Page styles ************** -The `\documentclass' command determines the size and position of the +The '\documentclass' command determines the size and position of the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. -19.1 `\maketitle' +19.1 '\maketitle' ================= -The `\maketitle' command generates a title on a separate title -page--except in the `article' class, where the title is placed at the +The '\maketitle' command generates a title on a separate title +page--except in the 'article' class, where the title is placed at the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is obtained from the following declarations: -`\author{NAME \and NAME2}' - The `\author' command declares the document author(s), where the - argument is a list of authors separated by `\and' commands. Use - `\\' to separate lines within a single author's entry--for example, +'\author{NAME \and NAME2}' + The '\author' command declares the document author(s), where the + argument is a list of authors separated by '\and' commands. Use + '\\' to separate lines within a single author's entry--for example, to give the author's institution or address. -`\date{TEXT}' - The `\date' command declares TEXT to be the document's date. With - no `\date' command, the current date (*note \today::) is used. +'\date{TEXT}' + The '\date' command declares TEXT to be the document's date. With + no '\date' command, the current date (*note \today::) is used. -`\thanks{TEXT}' - The `\thanks' command produces a `\footnote' to the title, usually +'\thanks{TEXT}' + The '\thanks' command produces a '\footnote' to the title, usually used for credit acknowledgements. -`\title{TEXT}' - The `\title' command declares TEXT to be the title of the document. - Use `\\' to force a line break, as usual. +'\title{TEXT}' + The '\title' command declares TEXT to be the title of the document. + Use '\\' to force a line break, as usual. -19.2 `\pagenumbering' +19.2 '\pagenumbering' ===================== Synopsis: @@ -3627,62 +3859,58 @@ Synopsis: Specifies the style of page numbers, according to STYLE: -`arabic' +'arabic' arabic numerals - -`roman' +'roman' lowercase Roman numerals - -`Roman' +'Roman' uppercase Roman numerals - -`alph' +'alph' lowercase letters - -`Alph' +'Alph' uppercase letters -19.3 `\pagestyle' +19.3 '\pagestyle' ================= Synopsis: \pagestyle{STYLE} - The `\pagestyle' command specifies how the headers and footers are + The '\pagestyle' command specifies how the headers and footers are typeset from the current page onwards. Values for STYLE: -`plain' +'plain' Just a plain page number. -`empty' +'empty' Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers. -`headings' +'headings' Put running headers on each page. The document style specifies what goes in the headers. -`myheadings' - Custom headers, specified via the `\markboth' or the `\markright' +'myheadings' + Custom headers, specified via the '\markboth' or the '\markright' commands. - Here are the descriptions of `\markboth' and `\markright': + Here are the descriptions of '\markboth' and '\markright': -`\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}' +'\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}' Sets both the left and the right heading. A "left-hand heading" - (LEFT) is generated by the last `\markboth' command before the end + (LEFT) is generated by the last '\markboth' command before the end of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT is generated by - the first `\markboth' or `\markright' that comes on the page if + the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. -`\markright{RIGHT}' +'\markright{RIGHT}' Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. -19.4 `\thispagestyle{STYLE}' +19.4 '\thispagestyle{STYLE}' ============================ -The `\thispagestyle' command works in the same manner as the -`\pagestyle' command (see previous section) except that it changes to +The '\thispagestyle' command works in the same manner as the +'\pagestyle' command (see previous section) except that it changes to STYLE for the current page only. 20 Spaces @@ -3690,70 +3918,70 @@ STYLE for the current page only. LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. - Another space-producing command is `\,' to produce a "thin" space + Another space-producing command is '\,' to produce a "thin" space (usually 1/6quad). It can be used in text mode, but is more often -useful in math mode (*note Spacing in math mode::). +useful in math mode (*note Spacing in math mode::). -20.1 `\hspace' +20.1 '\hspace' ============== Synopsis: \hspace[*]{LENGTH} - The `\hspace' command adds horizontal space. The LENGTH argument can + The '\hspace' command adds horizontal space. The LENGTH argument can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands: points, inches, etc. It is a rubber length. You can add both negative and positive space -with an `\hspace' command; adding negative space is like backspacing. +with an '\hspace' command; adding negative space is like backspacing. LaTeX normally removes horizontal space that comes at the beginning -or end of a line. To preserve this space, use the optional `*' form. +or end of a line. To preserve this space, use the optional '*' form. -20.2 `\hfill' +20.2 '\hfill' ============= -The `\hfill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which has no +The '\hfill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which has no natural space but can stretch or shrink horizontally as far as needed. - The `\fill' parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the -glue value `0pt plus1fill'); thus, `\hspace\fill' is equivalent to -`\hfill'. + The '\fill' parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the +glue value '0pt plus1fill'); thus, '\hspace\fill' is equivalent to +'\hfill'. -20.3 `\SPACE' +20.3 '\SPACE' ============= -The `\ ' (space) command produces a normal interword space. It's useful -after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence. For example `Knuth's +The '\ ' (space) command produces a normal interword space. It's useful +after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence. For example 'Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ is fundamental'. It is also often -used after control sequences, as in `\TeX\ is a nice system.' +used after control sequences, as in '\TeX\ is a nice system.' - In normal circumstances, `\'<tab> and `\'<newline> are equivalent to -`\ '. + In normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to +'\ '. -20.4 `\@' +20.4 '\@' ========= -The `\@' command makes the following punctuation character end a +The '\@' command makes the following punctuation character end a sentence even if it normally would not. This is typically used after a -capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without `\@': +capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without '\@': - ... in C\@. Pascal, though ... - ... in C. Pascal, though ... + ... in C\@. Pascal, though ... + ... in C. Pascal, though ... produces - ... in C. Pascal, though ... ... in C. Pascal, though ... + ... in C. Pascal, though ... ... in C. Pascal, though ... -20.5 `\thinspace' +20.5 '\thinspace' ================= -`\thinspace' produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 +'\thinspace' produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 of an em. This is the proper space to use in nested quotes, as in '". -20.6 `\/' +20.6 '\/' ========= -The `\/' command produces an "italic correction". This is a small space +The '\/' command produces an "italic correction". This is a small space defined by the font designer for a given character, to avoid the character colliding with whatever follows. The italic f character typically has a large italic correction value. @@ -3761,75 +3989,75 @@ typically has a large italic correction value. If the following character is a period or comma, it's not necessary to insert an italic correction, since those punctuation symbols have a very small height. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as -normal letters, it can help. Compare f: f; (in the TeX output, the `f's +normal letters, it can help. Compare f: f; (in the TeX output, the 'f's are nicely separated) with f: f;. Despite the name, roman characters can also have an italic correction. Compare pdfTeX (in the TeX output, there is a small space -after the `f') with pdfTeX. +after the 'f') with pdfTeX. -20.7 `\hrulefill' +20.7 '\hrulefill' ================= -The `\hrulefill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which can +The '\hrulefill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal rule. -20.8 `\dotfill' +20.8 '\dotfill' =============== -The `\dotfill' command produces a "rubber length" that fills with dots +The '\dotfill' command produces a "rubber length" that fills with dots instead of just white space. -20.9 `\addvspace' +20.9 '\addvspace' ================= -`\addvspace{length}' +'\addvspace{length}' - The `\addvspace' command normally adds a vertical space of height + The '\addvspace' command normally adds a vertical space of height length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same -point in the output by a previous `\addvspace' command, then this +point in the output by a previous '\addvspace' command, then this command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length -of the total vertical space equal to `length'. +of the total vertical space equal to 'length'. -20.10 `\bigskip \medskip \smallskip' +20.10 '\bigskip \medskip \smallskip' ==================================== These commands produce a given amount of space. -`\bigskip' - The same as `\vspace{bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line +'\bigskip' + The same as '\vspace{bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line space (with stretch and shrink). -`\medskip' - The same as `\vspace{medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a +'\medskip' + The same as '\vspace{medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a line space (with stretch and shrink). -`\smallskip' - The same as `\vspace{smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter +'\smallskip' + The same as '\vspace{smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink). - The `\...amount' parameters are determined by the document class. + The '\...amount' parameters are determined by the document class. -20.11 `\vfill' +20.11 '\vfill' ============== -The `\vfill' fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which can +The '\vfill' fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It's equivalent to -`\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::). +'\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::). -20.12 `\vspace[*]{LENGTH}' +20.12 '\vspace[*]{LENGTH}' ========================== Synopsis: \vspace[*]{LENGTH} - The `\vspace' command adds the vertical space LENGTH, i.e., a rubber + The '\vspace' command adds the vertical space LENGTH, i.e., a rubber length. LENGTH can be negative or positive. - Ordinarily, LaTeX removes vertical space added by `\vspace' at the -top or bottom of a page. With the optional `*' argument, the space is + Ordinarily, LaTeX removes vertical space added by '\vspace' at the +top or bottom of a page. With the optional '*' argument, the space is not removed. 21 Boxes @@ -3838,14 +4066,14 @@ not removed. All the predefined length parameters (*note Predefined lengths::) can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands. -21.1 `\mbox{TEXT}' +21.1 '\mbox{TEXT}' ================== -The `\mbox' command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text +The '\mbox' command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument. The TEXT is not broken into lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. -21.2 `\fbox' and `\framebox' +21.2 '\fbox' and '\framebox' ============================ Synopses: @@ -3853,77 +4081,73 @@ Synopses: \fbox{TEXT} \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT} - The `\fbox' and `\framebox' commands are like `\mbox', except that + The '\fbox' and '\framebox' commands are like '\mbox', except that they put a frame around the outside of the box being created. - In addition, the `\framebox' command allows for explicit + In addition, the '\framebox' command allows for explicit specification of the box width with the optional WIDTH argument (a dimension), and positioning with the optional POSITION argument. - Both commands produce a rule of thickness `\fboxrule' (default -`.4pt'), and leave a space of `\fboxsep' (default `3pt') between the + Both commands produce a rule of thickness '\fboxrule' (default +'.4pt'), and leave a space of '\fboxsep' (default '3pt') between the rule and the contents of the box. - *Note \framebox (picture)::, for the `\framebox' command in the -`picture' environment. + *Note \framebox (picture)::, for the '\framebox' command in the +'picture' environment. -21.3 `lrbox' +21.3 'lrbox' ============ -`\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}' +'\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}' - This is the environment form of `\sbox'. + This is the environment form of '\sbox'. - The text inside the environment is saved in the box `cmd', which must -have been declared with `\newsavebox'. + The text inside the environment is saved in the box 'cmd', which must +have been declared with '\newsavebox'. -21.4 `\makebox' +21.4 '\makebox' =============== Synopsis: \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT} - The `\makebox' command creates a box just wide enough to contain the + The '\makebox' command creates a box just wide enough to contain the TEXT specified. The width of the box is specified by the optional WIDTH argument. The position of the text within the box is determined by the optional POSITION argument, which may take the following values: -`c' +'c' Centered (default). - -`l' +'l' Flush left. - -`r' +'r' Flush right. - -`s' +'s' Stretch (justify) across entire WIDTH; TEXT must contain stretchable space for this to work. - `\makebox' is also used within the picture environment *note \makebox + '\makebox' is also used within the picture environment *note \makebox (picture)::. -21.5 `\parbox' +21.5 '\parbox' ============== Synopsis: \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{TEXT} - The `\parbox' command produces a box whose contents are created in -`paragraph' mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, + The '\parbox' command produces a box whose contents are created in +'paragraph' mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use any -paragraph-making environments inside a `\parbox' argument. For larger +paragraph-making environments inside a '\parbox' argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making -environment, you should use a `minipage' environment (*note minipage::). +environment, you should use a 'minipage' environment (*note minipage::). - `\parbox' has two mandatory arguments: + '\parbox' has two mandatory arguments: WIDTH the width of the parbox; - TEXT the text that goes inside the parbox. @@ -3936,27 +4160,24 @@ bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text The INNER-POS argument controls the placement of the text inside the box, as follows; if it is not specified, POSITION is used. -`t' +'t' text is placed at the top of the box. - -`c' +'c' text is centered in the box. - -`b' +'b' text is placed at the bottom of the box. - -`s' +'s' stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable space for this to work. -21.6 `\raisebox' +21.6 '\raisebox' ================ Synopsis: \raisebox{distance}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{text} - The `\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT. The first mandatory + The '\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT. The first mandatory argument specifies how high TEXT is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). TEXT itself is processed in LR mode. @@ -3965,39 +4186,39 @@ specified, LaTeX treats TEXT as extending a certain distance above the baseline (height) or below (depth), ignoring its natural height and depth. -21.7 `\savebox' +21.7 '\savebox' =============== Synopsis: \savebox{\BOXCMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT} - This command typeset TEXT in a box just as with `\makebox' (*note + This command typeset TEXT in a box just as with '\makebox' (*note \makebox::), except that instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in the box labeled \BOXCMD, which must have been declared with -`\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). +'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). -21.8 `\sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}' +21.8 '\sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}' =========================== Synopsis: \sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT} - `\sbox' types TEXT in a box just as with `\mbox' (*note \mbox::) + '\sbox' types TEXT in a box just as with '\mbox' (*note \mbox::) except that instead of the resulting box being included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled \BOXCMD. \BOXCMD must have been -previously declared with `\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). +previously declared with '\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). -21.9 `\usebox{\BOXCMD' +21.9 '\usebox{\BOXCMD' ====================== Synopsis: \usebox{\BOXCMD} - `\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a -`\savebox' command (*note \savebox::). + '\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a +'\savebox' command (*note \savebox::). 22 Special insertions ********************* @@ -4015,294 +4236,294 @@ The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, LaTeX will do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as -itself, include a `\' in front of the character. For example, `\$' will -produce `$' in your output. +itself, include a '\' in front of the character. For example, '\$' will +produce '$' in your output. - One exception to this rule is `\' itself, because `\\' has its own + One exception to this rule is '\' itself, because '\\' has its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing -`$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter `\' is produced by using -`\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::). +'$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter '\' is produced by using +'\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::). - Also, `\~' and `\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the + Also, '\~' and '\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the following letter, as in o~ and o^ (*note Accents::); to get a standalone -`~' or `^', you can again use a verbatim command. +'~' or '^', you can again use a verbatim command. Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the `\symbol' command. For example, the visible -space character used in the `\verb*' command has the code decimal 32, so -it can be typed as `\symbol{32}'. +know its number by using the '\symbol' command. For example, the +visible space character used in the '\verb*' command has the code +decimal 32, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'. - You can also specify octal numbers with `'' or hexadecimal numbers -with `"', so the previous example could also be written as -`\symbol{'40}' or `\symbol{"20}'. + You can also specify octal numbers with ''' or hexadecimal numbers +with '"', so the previous example could also be written as +'\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. 22.2 Text symbols ================= LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1; you may need to load the `textcomp' package. +available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. -`\copyright' -`\textcopyright' +'\copyright' +'\textcopyright' The copyright symbol, (C). -`\dag' +'\dag' The dagger symbol (in text). -`\ddag' +'\ddag' The double dagger symbol (in text). -`\LaTeX' +'\LaTeX' The LaTeX logo. -`\guillemotleft (<<)' -`\guillemotright (>>)' -`\guilsinglleft (<)' -`\guilsinglright (>)' +'\guillemotleft (<<)' +'\guillemotright (>>)' +'\guilsinglleft (<)' +'\guilsinglright (>)' Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: <<, >>, <, >. -`\ldots' -`\dots' -`\textellipsis' - An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): `...'. `\ldots' and - `\dots' also work in math mode. +'\ldots' +'\dots' +'\textellipsis' + An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): '...'. '\ldots' and + '\dots' also work in math mode. -`\lq' - Left (opening) quote: `. +'\lq' + Left (opening) quote: '. -`\P' -`\textparagraph' +'\P' +'\textparagraph' Paragraph sign (pilcrow). -`\pounds' -`\textsterling' +'\pounds' +'\textsterling' English pounds sterling: #. -`\quotedblbase (,,)' -`\quotesinglbase (,)' +'\quotedblbase (,,)' +'\quotesinglbase (,)' Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: ,, and ,. -`\rq' +'\rq' Right (closing) quote: '. -`\S' +'\S' Section symbol. -`\TeX' +'\TeX' The TeX logo. -`\textasciicircum' +'\textasciicircum' ASCII circumflex: ^. -`\textasciitilde' +'\textasciitilde' ASCII tilde: ~. -`\textasteriskcentered' +'\textasteriskcentered' Centered asterisk: *. -`\textbackslash' +'\textbackslash' Backslash: \. -`\textbar' +'\textbar' Vertical bar: |. -`\textbardbl' +'\textbardbl' Double vertical bar. -`\textbigcircle' +'\textbigcircle' Big circle symbol. -`\textbraceleft' +'\textbraceleft' Left brace: {. -`\textbraceright' +'\textbraceright' Right brace: }. -`\textbullet' +'\textbullet' Bullet: *. -`\textcircled{LETTER}' +'\textcircled{LETTER}' LETTER in a circle, as in (R). -`\textcompwordmark' -`\textcapitalwordmark' -`\textascenderwordmark' - Composite word mark (invisible). The `\textcapital...' form has - the cap height of the font, while the `\textascender...' form has +'\textcompwordmark' +'\textcapitalwordmark' +'\textascenderwordmark' + Composite word mark (invisible). The '\textcapital...' form has + the cap height of the font, while the '\textascender...' form has the ascender height. -`\textdagger' +'\textdagger' Dagger: \dag. -`\textdaggerdbl' +'\textdaggerdbl' Double dagger: \ddag. -`\textdollar (or `$')' +'\textdollar (or '$')' Dollar sign: $. -`\textemdash (or `---')' +'\textemdash (or '---')' Em-dash: -- (for punctuation). -`\textendash (or `--')' +'\textendash (or '--')' En-dash: -- (for ranges). -`\texteuro' +'\texteuro' The Euro symbol: Euro. -`\textexclamdown (or `!`')' +'\textexclamdown (or '!`')' Upside down exclamation point: !. -`\textgreater' +'\textgreater' Greater than: >. -`\textless' +'\textless' Less than: <. -`\textleftarrow' +'\textleftarrow' Left arrow. -`\textordfeminine' -`\textordmasculine' +'\textordfeminine' +'\textordmasculine' Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: a, o. -`\textperiodcentered' +'\textperiodcentered' Centered period: \cdot. -`\textquestiondown (or `?`')' +'\textquestiondown (or '?`')' Upside down questionation point: ?. -`\textquotedblleft (or ```')' +'\textquotedblleft (or '``')' Double left quote: ". -`\textquotedblright (or `'')' +'\textquotedblright (or ''')' Double right quote: ". -`\textquoteleft (or ``')' - Single left quote: `. +'\textquoteleft (or '`')' + Single left quote: '. -`\textquoteright (or `'')' +'\textquoteright (or ''')' Single right quote: '. -`\textquotestraightbase' -`\textquotestraightdblbase' +'\textquotestraightbase' +'\textquotestraightdblbase' Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. -`\textregistered' +'\textregistered' Registered symbol: (R). -`\textrightarrow' +'\textrightarrow' Right arrow. -`\textthreequartersemdash' +'\textthreequartersemdash' "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -`\texttrademark' +'\texttrademark' Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}. -`\texttwelveudash' +'\texttwelveudash' "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -`\textunderscore' +'\textunderscore' Underscore: _. -`\textvisiblespace' +'\textvisiblespace' Visible space symbol. 22.3 Accents ============ LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, -through the `babel' package and related support. This section does not +through the 'babel' package and related support. This section does not attempt to cover all that support. It merely lists the core LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. - The `\capital...' commands produce alternative forms for use with + The '\capital...' commands produce alternative forms for use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. -`\"' -`\capitaldieresis' +'\"' +'\capitaldieresis' Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in o". -`\'' -`\capitalacute' - Produces an acute accent, as in o'. In the `tabbing' environment, +'\'' +'\capitalacute' + Produces an acute accent, as in o'. In the 'tabbing' environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column (*note tabbing::). -`\.' +'\.' Produces a dot accent over the following, as in o.. -`\=' -`\capitalmacron' +'\=' +'\capitalmacron' Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in o=. -`\^' -`\capitalcircumflex' +'\^' +'\capitalcircumflex' Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in o^. -`\`' -`\capitalgrave' +'\`' +'\capitalgrave' Produces a grave accent over the following, as in o`. In the - `tabbing' environment, move following text to the right margin + 'tabbing' environment, move following text to the right margin (*note tabbing::). -`\~' -`\capitaltilde' +'\~' +'\capitaltilde' Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in n~. -`\b' +'\b' Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_. -`\c' -`\capitalcedilla' +'\c' +'\capitalcedilla' Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in c,. -`\d' -`\capitaldotaccent' +'\d' +'\capitaldotaccent' Produces a dot accent under the following, as in .o. -`\H' -`\capitalhungarumlaut' +'\H' +'\capitalhungarumlaut' Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in o''. -`\i' - Produces a dotless i, as in `i'. +'\i' + Produces a dotless i, as in 'i'. -`\j' - Produces a dotless j, as in `j'. +'\j' + Produces a dotless j, as in 'j'. -`\k' -`\capitalogonek' - Produces a letter with ogonek, as in `o;'. Not available in the +'\k' +'\capitalogonek' + Produces a letter with ogonek, as in 'o;'. Not available in the OT1 encoding. -`\r' -`\capitalring' - Produces a ring accent, as in `o*'. +'\r' +'\capitalring' + Produces a ring accent, as in 'o*'. -`\t' -`\capitaltie' -`\newtie' -`\capitalnewtie' - Produces a tie-after accent, as in `oo['. The `\newtie' form is +'\t' +'\capitaltie' +'\newtie' +'\capitalnewtie' + Produces a tie-after accent, as in 'oo['. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. -`\u' -`\capitalbreve' - Produces a breve accent, as in `o('. +'\u' +'\capitalbreve' + Produces a breve accent, as in 'o('. -`\underbar' +'\underbar' Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. The argument is always processed in horizontal mode. The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through - descenders. See also `\underline' in *note Math miscellany::. + descenders. See also '\underline' in *note Math miscellany::. -`\v' -`\capitalcaron' - Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in `o<'. +'\v' +'\capitalcaron' + Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in 'o<'. 22.4 Non-English characters =========================== @@ -4310,58 +4531,58 @@ capital letters. These are not available with OT1. Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting characters commonly used in languages other than English. -`\aa' -`\AA' +'\aa' +'\AA' aa and AA. -`\ae' -`\AE' +'\ae' +'\AE' ae and AE. -`\dh' -`\DH' +'\dh' +'\DH' Icelandic letter eth: d and D. -`\dj' -`\DJ' +'\dj' +'\DJ' xxxx -`\ij' -`\IJ' +'\ij' +'\IJ' ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). -`\l' -`\L' +'\l' +'\L' /l and /L. -`\ng' -`\NG' +'\ng' +'\NG' xxxx -`\o' -`\O' +'\o' +'\O' /o and /O. -`\oe' -`\OE' +'\oe' +'\OE' oe and OE. -`\ss' -`\SS' +'\ss' +'\SS' ss and SS. -`\th' -`\TH' +'\th' +'\TH' Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. -22.5 `\rule' +22.5 '\rule' ============ Synopsis: \rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS} - The `\rule' command produces "rules", that is, lines or rectangles. + The '\rule' command produces "rules", that is, lines or rectangles. The arguments are: RAISE @@ -4373,15 +4594,15 @@ WIDTH THICKNESS The thickness of the rule (mandatory). -22.6 `\today' +22.6 '\today' ============= -The `\today' command produces today's date, in the format `MONTH DD, -YYYY'; for example, `July 4, 1976'. It uses the predefined counters -`\day', `\month', and `\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this. +The '\today' command produces today's date, in the format 'MONTH DD, +YYYY'; for example, 'July 4, 1976'. It uses the predefined counters +'\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. - The `datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of + The 'datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. 23 Splitting the input @@ -4393,35 +4614,35 @@ several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. -23.1 `\include' +23.1 '\include' =============== Synopsis: \include{FILE} - If no `\includeonly' command is present, the `\include' command -executes `\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then -reads FILE, then does another `\clearpage'. + If no '\includeonly' command is present, the '\include' command +executes '\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then +reads FILE, then does another '\clearpage'. - Given an `\includeonly' command, the `\include' actions are only run -if FILE is listed as an argument to `\includeonly'. See the next + Given an '\includeonly' command, the '\include' actions are only run +if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'. See the next section. - The `\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file -read by another `\include' command. + The '\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file +read by another '\include' command. -23.2 \`includeonly' +23.2 \'includeonly' =================== Synopsis: \includeonly{FILE1,FILE2,...} - The `\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by -subsequent `\include' commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a -`\include' command for the selection to be effective. + The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by +subsequent '\include' commands. The list of filenames is +comma-separated. Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a +'\include' command for the selection to be effective. This command can only appear in the preamble. @@ -4432,13 +4653,13 @@ Synopsis: \input{FILE} - The `\input' command causes the specified FILE to be read and + The '\input' command causes the specified FILE to be read and processed, as if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that point. - If FILE does not end in `.tex' (e.g., `foo' or `foo.bar'), it is -first tried with that extension (`foo.tex' or `foo.bar.tex'). If that -is not found, the original FILE is tried (`foo' or `foo.bar'). + If FILE does not end in '.tex' (e.g., 'foo' or 'foo.bar'), it is +first tried with that extension ('foo.tex' or 'foo.bar.tex'). If that +is not found, the original FILE is tried ('foo' or 'foo.bar'). 24 Front/back matter ******************** @@ -4446,64 +4667,62 @@ is not found, the original FILE is tried (`foo' or `foo.bar'). 24.1 Tables of contents ======================= -A table of contents is produced with the `\tableofcontents' command. +A table of contents is produced with the '\tableofcontents' command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. A previous run must have generated a -`.toc' file. +'.toc' file. - The `\tableofcontents' command produces a heading, but it does not + The '\tableofcontents' command produces a heading, but it does not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the table -of contents, write a `\newpage' command after the `\tableofcontents' +of contents, write a '\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command. - The analogous commands `\listoffigures' and `\listoftables' produce a + The analogous commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. - The command `\nofiles' overrides these commands, and _prevents_ any + The command '\nofiles' overrides these commands, and _prevents_ any of these lists from being generated. 24.1.1 \addcontentsline ----------------------- -The `\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the +The '\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: EXT The extension of the file on which information is to be written, - typically one of: `toc' (table of contents), `lof' (list of - figures), or `lot' (list of tables). + typically one of: 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of + figures), or 'lot' (list of tables). UNIT The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the following, matching the value of the EXT argument: - `toc' - The name of the sectional unit: `part', `chapter', `section', - `subsection', `subsubsection'. - - `lof' + 'toc' + The name of the sectional unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section', + 'subsection', 'subsubsection'. + 'lof' For the list of figures. - - `lot' + 'lot' For the list of tables. ENTRY The actual text of the entry. - What is written to the `.EXT' file is the command -`\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'. + What is written to the '.EXT' file is the command +'\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'. 24.1.2 \addtocontents --------------------- -The `\addtocontents'{EXT}{TEXT} command adds text (or formatting -commands) directly to the `.EXT' file that generates the table of +The '\addtocontents'{EXT}{TEXT} command adds text (or formatting +commands) directly to the '.EXT' file that generates the table of contents or lists of figures or tables. EXT The extension of the file on which information is to be written: - `toc' (table of contents), `lof' (list of figures), or `lot' (list + 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of figures), or 'lot' (list of tables). TEXT @@ -4512,66 +4731,66 @@ TEXT 24.2 Glossaries =============== -The command `\makeglossary' enables creating glossaries. +The command '\makeglossary' enables creating glossaries. - The command `\glossary{TEXT}' writes a glossary entry for TEXT to an -auxiliary file with the `.glo' extension. + The command '\glossary{TEXT}' writes a glossary entry for TEXT to an +auxiliary file with the '.glo' extension. Specifically, what gets written is the command -`\glossaryentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current `\thepage' +'\glossaryentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage' value. - The `glossary' package on CTAN provides support for fancier + The 'glossary' package on CTAN provides support for fancier glossaries. 24.3 Indexes ============ -The command `\makeindex' enables creating indexes. Put this in the +The command '\makeindex' enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. - The command `\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an -auxiliary file with the `.idx' extension. + The command '\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an +auxiliary file with the '.idx' extension. Specifically, what gets written is the command -`\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current `\thepage' +'\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage' value. - To generate a index entry for `bar' that says `See foo', use a -vertical bar: `\index{bar|see{foo}}'. Use `seealso' instead of `see' to -make a `See also' entry. + To generate a index entry for 'bar' that says 'See foo', use a +vertical bar: '\index{bar|see{foo}}'. Use 'seealso' instead of 'see' to +make a 'See also' entry. - The text `See' is defined by the macro `\seename', and `See also' by -the macro `\alsoname'. These can be redefined for other languages. + The text 'See' is defined by the macro '\seename', and 'See also' by +the macro '\alsoname'. These can be redefined for other languages. - The generated `.idx' file is then sorted with an external command, -usually either `makeindex' (`http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex') -or (the multi-lingual) `xindy' (`http://xindy.sourceforge.net'). This -results in a `.ind' file, which can then be read to typeset the index. + The generated '.idx' file is then sorted with an external command, +usually either 'makeindex' ('http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex') +or (the multi-lingual) 'xindy' ('http://xindy.sourceforge.net'). This +results in a '.ind' file, which can then be read to typeset the index. - The index is usually generated with the `\printindex' command. This -is defined in the `makeidx' package, so `\usepackage{makeidx}' needs to + The index is usually generated with the '\printindex' command. This +is defined in the 'makeidx' package, so '\usepackage{makeidx}' needs to be in the preamble. - The rubber length `\indexspace' is inserted before each new letter in -the printed index; its default value is `10pt plus5pt minus3pt'. + The rubber length '\indexspace' is inserted before each new letter in +the printed index; its default value is '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'. - The `showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the + The 'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. - The `multind' package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX + The 'multind' package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, -`http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'. +'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'. 25 Letters ********** You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The -`letter' document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, +'letter' document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make just one if you so desire. - Your `.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other + Your '.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a minimum: @@ -4580,7 +4799,7 @@ minimum: ... letters ... \end{document} - Each letter is a `letter' environment, whose argument is the name and + Each letter is a 'letter' environment, whose argument is the name and address of the recipient. For example, you might have: \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St. @@ -4588,32 +4807,32 @@ address of the recipient. For example, you might have: ... \end{letter} - The letter itself begins with the `\opening' command. The text of + The letter itself begins with the '\opening' command. The text of the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that -make no sense in a letter, like `\chapter', do not work. The letter -closes with a `\closing' command. +make no sense in a letter, like '\chapter', do not work. The letter +closes with a '\closing' command. - After the `closing', you can have additional material. The `\cc' -command produces the usual "cc: ...". There's also a similar `\encl' -command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use `\\' to + After the 'closing', you can have additional material. The '\cc' +command produces the usual "cc: ...". There's also a similar '\encl' +command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use '\\' to separate the items. - These commands are used with the `letter' class. + These commands are used with the 'letter' class. 25.1 \address{RETURN-ADDRESS} ============================= -The `\address' specifies the return address of a letter, as it should +The '\address' specifies the return address of a letter, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope. Separate lines of the address -should be separated by `\\' commands. +should be separated by '\\' commands. - If you do not make an `\address' declaration, then the letter will be + If you do not make an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead. (*Note Overview::, for details on your local implementation). If you -give an `\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a +give an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a personal letter. -25.2 `\cc' +25.2 '\cc' ========== Synopsis: @@ -4623,17 +4842,17 @@ Synopsis: Produce a list of NAMEs the letter was copied to. Each name is printed on a separate line. -25.3 `\closing' +25.3 '\closing' =============== Synopsis: \closing{text} - A letter closes with a `\closing' command, for example, + A letter closes with a '\closing' command, for example, \closing{Best Regards,} -25.4 `\encl' +25.4 '\encl' ============ Synopsis: @@ -4642,133 +4861,133 @@ Synopsis: Declare a list of one more enclosures. -25.5 `\location' +25.5 '\location' ================ -`\location{address}' +'\location{address}' This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only -appears if the `firstpage' pagestyle is selected. +appears if the 'firstpage' pagestyle is selected. -25.6 `\makelabels' +25.6 '\makelabels' ================== -`\makelabels{number}' +'\makelabels{number}' If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet -of address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. +of address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. -25.7 `\name' +25.7 '\name' ============ -`\name{June Davenport}' +'\name{June Davenport}' Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return address. -25.8 `\opening{TEXT}' +25.8 '\opening{TEXT}' ===================== Synopsis: \opening{TEXT} - A letter begins with the `\opening' command. The mandatory argument, + A letter begins with the '\opening' command. The mandatory argument, TEXT, is whatever text you wish to start your letter. For instance: \opening{Dear Joe,} -25.9 `\ps' +25.9 '\ps' ========== -Use the `\ps' command to start a postscript in a letter, after -`\closing'. +Use the '\ps' command to start a postscript in a letter, after +'\closing'. -25.10 `\signature{TEXT}' +25.10 '\signature{TEXT}' ======================== Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the -space for your signature. `\\' starts a new line within TEXT as usual. +space for your signature. '\\' starts a new line within TEXT as usual. -25.11 `\startbreaks' +25.11 '\startbreaks' ==================== -`\startbreaks' +'\startbreaks' - Used after a `\stopbreaks' command to allow page breaks again. + Used after a '\stopbreaks' command to allow page breaks again. -25.12 `\stopbreaks' +25.12 '\stopbreaks' =================== -`\stopbreaks' +'\stopbreaks' - Inhibit page breaks until a `\startbreaks' command occurs. + Inhibit page breaks until a '\startbreaks' command occurs. -25.13 `\telephone' +25.13 '\telephone' ================== -`\telephone{number}' +'\telephone{number}' - This is your telephone number. This only appears if the `firstpage' + This is your telephone number. This only appears if the 'firstpage' pagestyle is selected. 26 Terminal input/output ************************ -26.1 `\typein[CMD]{MSG}' +26.1 '\typein[CMD]{MSG}' ======================== Synopsis: \typein[\CMD]{MSG} - `\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and + '\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the optional \CMD argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it -had been included in the input file in place of the `\typein' command. +had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command. If the \CMD argument is present, it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. -26.2 `\typeout{MSG}' +26.2 '\typeout{MSG}' ==================== Synopsis: \typeout{MSG} - Prints `msg' on the terminal and in the `log' file. Commands in -`msg' that are defined with `\newcommand' or `\renewcommand' (among + Prints 'msg' on the terminal and in the 'log' file. Commands in +'msg' that are defined with '\newcommand' or '\renewcommand' (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space -and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to `msg'. A `\space' -command in `msg' causes a single space to be printed, independent of -surrounding spaces. A `^^J' in `msg' prints a newline. +and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'. A '\space' +command in 'msg' causes a single space to be printed, independent of +surrounding spaces. A '^^J' in 'msg' prints a newline. 27 Command line *************** The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX -uses `.tex' as a default file extension. If you omit the input file +uses '.tex' as a default file extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g. latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex' -will process `foo.tex' without pausing after every error. +will process 'foo.tex' without pausing after every error. - If LaTeX stops in the middle of the document and gives you a `*' -prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type `\stop' (and return) and + If LaTeX stops in the middle of the document and gives you a '*' +prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type '\stop' (and return) and it will prematurely end the document. Appendix A Document templates ***************************** Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional templates are collected at -`http://www.howtotex.com/templates'. +be useful. Additional template resources are listed +'http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates'. -A.1 `book' template +A.1 'book' template =================== \documentclass{book} @@ -4788,10 +5007,10 @@ Some other text. The end. \end{document} -A.2 `beamer' template +A.2 'beamer' template ===================== -The `beamer' class creates slides presentations. +The 'beamer' class creates slides presentations. \documentclass{beamer} @@ -4815,23 +5034,24 @@ The `beamer' class creates slides presentations. \end{document} -A.3 `tugboat' template + +A.3 'tugboat' template ====================== -`TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group, -`http://tug.org/TUGboat'. +'TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group, +'http://tug.org/TUGboat'. \documentclass{ltugboat} \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf - \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, + urlcolor=black]{hyperref} \else - \usepackage{url} +\usepackage{url} \fi -\title{Example \TUB\ Article} +\title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. \author{First Last} @@ -4839,12 +5059,12 @@ A.3 `tugboat' template \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} -\maketitle - \begin{document} +\maketitle + \begin{abstract} -This is an example article for a regular \TUB{} issue. +This is an example article for \TUB{}. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} @@ -4856,22 +5076,23 @@ We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. -The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: -{\small -\begin{verbatim} +% verbatim blocks are often better in \small +\begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas +\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe +\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug +\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\TUB \TUG \tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE \Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag \careof \thinskip -\acro{FRED} -> {\small fred} % please use! +\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred \env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> @@ -4879,14 +5100,13 @@ The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -} For more information, see the ltubguid document at: \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} +(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - \bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style \nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty \bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml index fe4c53219ce..0a6df3c8ace 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml @@ -1,34 +1,37 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE texinfo PUBLIC "-//GNU//DTD TexinfoML V4.12//EN" "http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/dtd/4.12/texinfo.dtd"> <texinfo xml:lang="en"> - -<setfilename>latex2e.xml</setfilename> -<setvalue name="UPDATED">May 2011</setvalue> -<settitle>&latex;2e reference manual (May 2011)</settitle> +<filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename> +<preamble>\input texinfo +</preamble><!-- $Id: latex2e.texi 263 2012-04-25 16:43:05Z karl $ --> +<!-- %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> +<setfilename file="latex2e.info">latex2e.info</setfilename> +<setvalue name="UPDATED">May 2012</setvalue> +<settitle>&latex;2e reference manual (May 2012)</settitle> <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> -<!-- xx latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> +<!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> <!-- xx but latex2e stuff is missing. --> -<!-- --> -<!-- xx mention \mathring --> -<!-- xx mention usrguide --> -<!-- xx mention ! float placement, p.15 of usrguide --> -<!-- xx merge http://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex-info/ --> -<!-- xx merged permuted-index --> -<!-- --> -<!-- xx The typeset source2e will have an index with all kernel --> -<!-- xx commands, which would be a good start. classes.dtx et al. --> -<!-- xx define additional commands, and some of the kernel commands are --> -<!-- xx internal and so shouldn't be included here. --> -<!-- --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx mention \oldstylenums (comes from where?) --> +<!-- xx mention \topnumber, \bottomnumber, \totalnumber --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx merge http://ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex-info/ (alt-latex-info) --> +<!-- xx merge permuted-index --> +<!-- --> +<!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel --> +<!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. --> +<!-- xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. --> +<!-- --> <!-- xx packages - required, additional, useful; oberdiek ... --> <!-- xx fonts - latexsys --> +<copying> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of May 2011. +document preparation system, version of May 2012. </para> -<para>This was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the VMS -Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by +<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in +the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The &latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl @@ -39,7 +42,7 @@ and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as <cite>&tex;niques</cite> number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). </para> -<para>Copyright ©right; 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Karl Berry.&linebreak; +<para>Copyright ©right; 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry.&linebreak; Copyright ©right; 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak; Copyright ©right; 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. </para> @@ -47,6 +50,13 @@ Copyright ©right; 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. </para> +<ignore> +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). +</ignore> + <para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire @@ -55,832 +65,758 @@ notice identical to this one. </para> <para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -</para> +</para></copying> + <dircategory>TeX</dircategory> <direntry> -<menuentry> -<menunode>(latex2e)</menunode> -<menutitle> LaTeX2e</menutitle> -<menucomment> Unofficial LaTeX reference manual. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></direntry> +<menuentry><menutitle>LaTeX2e</menutitle><menunode>(latex2e)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Unofficial LaTeX reference manual. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></direntry> +<tex> +\global\hbadness=4444 % don&textrsquo;t complain much +</tex> <titlepage> -<booktitle>&latex;: Structured documents for &tex;</booktitle> -<booksubtitle>unofficial &latex; reference manual</booksubtitle> -<booksubtitle>May 2011</booksubtitle> -<author><uref><urefurl>http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</urefurl></uref></author> +<title>&latex;: Structured documents for &tex;</title> +<subtitle>unofficial &latex; reference manual</subtitle> +<subtitle>May 2012</subtitle> +<author><url><urefurl>http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author> <page></page> -<vskip></vskip><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of May 2011. -</para> -<para>This was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the VMS -Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by -George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The -&latex; 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore. The -&latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen. Karl -Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges -using <cite>Hypertext Help with &latex;</cite>, by Sheldon Green, and the -<cite>&latex; Command Summary</cite> (for &latex; 2.09) by L. Botway -and C. Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users Group as -<cite>&tex;niques</cite> number 10), as reference material (no text was -directly copied). -</para> -<para>Copyright ©right; 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Karl Berry.&linebreak; -Copyright ©right; 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak; -Copyright ©right; 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. -</para> -<para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. -</para> - -<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. -</para> -<para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -</para></titlepage> +<vskip> 0pt plus 1filll +</vskip> +<insertcopying></insertcopying> +</titlepage> <shortcontents></shortcontents> <contents></contents> -<node> -<nodename>Top</nodename> -<nodenext>About this document</nodenext> -<nodeup>(dir)</nodeup> -</node> -<top> -<title>&latex;2e</title> +<node name="Top"><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">About this document</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">(dir)</nodeup></node> +<top><sectiontitle>&latex;2e</sectiontitle> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version as of May 2011. It is +document preparation system, version as of May 2012. It is intended to cover &latex;2e, which has been the standard version of &latex; for many years. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>About this document</menunode> -<menutitle>About this document</menutitle> -<menucomment> Bug reporting, etc. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Overview</menunode> -<menutitle>Overview</menutitle> -<menucomment> What is &latex;? -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Starting & ending</menunode> -<menutitle>Starting & ending</menutitle> -<menucomment> The standard beginning and end of a document. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Document classes</menunode> -<menutitle>Document classes</menutitle> -<menucomment> Some of the various classes available. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Typefaces</menunode> -<menutitle>Typefaces</menutitle> -<menucomment> And fonts, such as bold, italics etc. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Layout</menunode> -<menutitle>Layout</menutitle> -<menucomment> Controlling the page layout. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Sectioning</menunode> -<menutitle>Sectioning</menutitle> -<menucomment> How to section properly. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Cross references</menunode> -<menutitle>Cross references</menutitle> -<menucomment> Automatic referencing. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Environments</menunode> -<menutitle>Environments</menutitle> -<menucomment> Such as enumerate & itemize. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Line breaking</menunode> -<menutitle>Line breaking</menutitle> -<menucomment> Influencing line breaks. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Page breaking</menunode> -<menutitle>Page breaking</menutitle> -<menucomment> Influencing page breaks. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Footnotes</menunode> -<menutitle>Footnotes</menutitle> -<menucomment> How to produce footnotes. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Definitions</menunode> -<menutitle>Definitions</menutitle> -<menucomment> Define your own commands etc. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Counters</menunode> -<menutitle>Counters</menutitle> -<menucomment> Internal counters used by &latex;. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Lengths</menunode> -<menutitle>Lengths</menutitle> -<menucomment> The length commands. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Making paragraphs</menunode> -<menutitle>Making paragraphs</menutitle> -<menucomment> Paragraph commands. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Math formulas</menunode> -<menutitle>Math formulas</menutitle> -<menucomment> How to create mathematical formulas. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Modes</menunode> -<menutitle>Modes</menutitle> -<menucomment> Paragraph, Math or LR modes. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Page styles</menunode> -<menutitle>Page styles</menutitle> -<menucomment> Various styles of page layout. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Spaces</menunode> -<menutitle>Spaces</menutitle> -<menucomment> Horizontal and vertical space. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Boxes</menunode> -<menutitle>Boxes</menutitle> -<menucomment> Making boxes. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Special insertions</menunode> -<menutitle>Special insertions</menutitle> -<menucomment> Inserting reserved and special characters. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Splitting the input</menunode> -<menutitle>Splitting the input</menutitle> -<menucomment> Dealing with big files by splitting. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Front/back matter</menunode> -<menutitle>Front/back matter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Letters</menunode> -<menutitle>Letters</menutitle> -<menucomment> The letter class. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Terminal input/output</menunode> -<menutitle>Terminal input/output</menutitle> -<menucomment> User interaction. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Command line</menunode> -<menutitle>Command line</menutitle> -<menucomment> System-independent command-line behavior. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Document templates</menunode> -<menutitle>Document templates</menutitle> -<menucomment> Starter templates for various document classes. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Concept Index</menunode> -<menutitle>Concept Index</menutitle> -<menucomment> General index. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Command Index</menunode> -<menutitle>Command Index</menutitle> -<menucomment> Alphabetical list of &latex; commands. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> +<menuentry><menunode>About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Overview</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">What is &latex;? +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Starting & ending</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The standard beginning and end of a document. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Document classes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Some of the various classes available. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Typefaces</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">And fonts, such as bold, italics etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Layout</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Controlling the page layout. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Sectioning</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">How to section properly. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Cross references</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Automatic referencing. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Environments</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Such as enumerate & itemize. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Line breaking</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Influencing line breaks. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Page breaking</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Influencing page breaks. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Footnotes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">How to produce footnotes. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Definitions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define your own commands etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Counters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Internal counters used by &latex;. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Lengths</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The length commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Making paragraphs</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Paragraph commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Math formulas</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">How to create mathematical formulas. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Modes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Paragraph, Math or LR modes. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Page styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Various styles of page layout. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Spaces</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Horizontal and vertical space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Boxes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Making boxes. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Special insertions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting reserved and special characters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Splitting the input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Dealing with big files by splitting. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Front/back matter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Letters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The letter class. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Terminal input/output</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">User interaction. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Command line</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">System-independent command-line behavior. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Document templates</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Starter templates for various document classes. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Concept Index</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">General index. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Command Index</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Alphabetical list of &latex; commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> </top> -<node> -<nodename>About this document</nodename> -<nodenext>Overview</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Top</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Overview of &latex;</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">Knuth, Donald E.</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">Lamport, Leslie</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">&latex; Project team</indexterm>The &latex; document preparation system is implemented as a macro -package for Donald E. Knuth's &tex; typesetting program. +<node name="About-this-document"><nodename>About this document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Overview</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Top</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>About this document</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Knuth, Donald E.</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Lamport, Leslie</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">&latex; Project team</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The &latex; document preparation system is implemented as a macro +package for Donald E. Knuth&textrsquo;s &tex; typesetting program. &latex; was originally created by Leslie Lamport; it is now -maintained by a group of volunteers (<uref><urefurl>http://latex-project.org</urefurl></uref>). +maintained by a group of volunteers (<url><urefurl>http://latex-project.org</urefurl></url>). The official documentation written by the &latex; project is available from their web site. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">bug reporting</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">reporting bugs</indexterm><indexterm index="fn"><email><emailaddress>latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</emailaddress></email> <r>email address</r></indexterm>The present document is completely unofficial and has not been +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bug reporting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">reporting bugs</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn"><email><emailaddress>latexrefman-discuss&arobase;gna.org</emailaddress></email> <r>email address</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The present document is completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the &latex; maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all -comments to <email><emailaddress>latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</emailaddress></email>. +comments to <email><emailaddress>latexrefman-discuss&arobase;gna.org</emailaddress></email>. </para> <para>The home page for this document is -<uref><urefurl>http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</urefurl></uref>. That page has links to the +<url><urefurl>http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</urefurl></url>. That page has links to the current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. </para> +<para>Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about +&latex;. Here are a few: +</para> +<table commandarg="url"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="url">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latex-doc-ptr</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Two pages of recommended references to &latex; documentation. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="url">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/first-latex-doc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="url">http://www.ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The guide for document authors maintained as part of &latex;; there +are several others. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="url">http://tug.org/begin.html</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Introduction to the &tex; system, including &latex;. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> + </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Overview</nodename> -<nodenext>Starting & ending</nodenext> -<nodeprev>About this document</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Overview of &latex;</title> +<node name="Overview"><nodename>Overview</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Starting & ending</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">About this document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Overview of &latex;</sectiontitle> <para>What is &latex;? </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">overview of &latex;</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">basics of &latex;</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">&latex; overview</indexterm>&latex; typesets a file of text using the &tex; program and the -&latex; “macro package” for &tex;. That is, it processes an input +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">overview of &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">basics of &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">&latex; overview</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&latex; typesets a file of text using the &tex; program and the +&latex; &textldquo;macro package&textrdquo; for &tex;. That is, it processes an input file containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that describe how the text should be formatted. &latex; files are plain text that can be written in any reasonable editor. It produces at least three files as output: </para> -<enumerate first="1"><item> +<enumerate first="1"> +<listitem> <para>The main output file, which is one of: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>.dvi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">.dvi <r>file</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">latex <r>command</r></indexterm>If invoked as <command>latex</command>, a “Device Independent” (<file>.dvi</file>) +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">.dvi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">.dvi <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">latex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>If invoked as <command>latex</command>, a &textldquo;Device Independent&textrdquo; (<file>.dvi</file>) file is produced. This contains commands that can be translated into commands for virtually any output device. You can view such <file>.dvi</file> output of &latex; by using a program such as <command>xdvi</command> (display directly), <command>dvips</command> (convert to PostScript), or <command>dvipdfmx</command> (convert to PDF). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>.pdf</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">.pdf <r>file</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">pdf&tex;</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">pdflatex <r>command</r></indexterm>If invoked as <command>pdflatex</command>, a “Portable Document Format” +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">.pdf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">.pdf <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">pdf&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">pdflatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>If invoked as <command>pdflatex</command>, a &textldquo;Portable Document Format&textrdquo; (<file>.pdf</file>) file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images embedded. This can be very useful, but it does make the output much larger than the <file>.dvi</file> produced from the same document. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">lualatex <r>command</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">Lua&tex;</indexterm>If invoked as <command>lualatex</command>, a <file>.pdf</file> file is created using -the Lua&tex; engine (<uref><urefurl>http://luatex.org</urefurl></uref>). +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">lualatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Lua&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<para>If invoked as <command>lualatex</command>, a <file>.pdf</file> file is created using +the Lua&tex; engine (<url><urefurl>http://luatex.org</urefurl></url>). </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">xelatex <r>command</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">Xe&tex;</indexterm>If invoked as <command>xelatex</command>, a <file>.pdf</file> file is created using -the Xe&tex; engine (<uref><urefurl>http://tug.org/xetex</urefurl></uref>). +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">xelatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Xe&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<para>If invoked as <command>xelatex</command>, a <file>.pdf</file> file is created using +the Xe&tex; engine (<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/xetex</urefurl></url>). </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>Many other less-common variants of &latex; (and &tex;) exist, which can produce HTML, XML, and other things. </para> -</item> -<item> -<para><indexterm index="cp">transcript file</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">log file</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">.log <r>file</r></indexterm>The “transcript” or <file>.log</file> file that contains summary +</listitem><listitem> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">transcript file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">log file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">.log <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The &textldquo;transcript&textrdquo; or <file>.log</file> file that contains summary information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. </para> -</item> -<item> -<para><indexterm index="cp">auxiliary file</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">.aux <r>file</r></indexterm>An “auxiliary” or <file>.aux</file> file. This is used by &latex; itself, +</listitem><listitem> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">auxiliary file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">.aux <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>An &textldquo;auxiliary&textrdquo; or <file>.aux</file> file. This is used by &latex; itself, for things such as cross-references. -</para></item> -</enumerate> +</para></listitem></enumerate> -<para>An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won't try to +<para>An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won&textrsquo;t try to list them all. Xxx components? </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\ <r>character starting commands</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">[...] <r>for optional arguments</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">{...} <r>for required arguments</r></indexterm>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a <code>\</code>, +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ <r>character starting commands</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">[...] <r>for optional arguments</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">{...} <r>for required arguments</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a <code>\</code>, followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments contained in square brackets, <code>[]</code>, are -optional while arguments contained in braces, <code>{}</code>, are +optional while arguments contained in braces, <code>{}</code>, are required. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">case sensitivity of &latex;</indexterm>&latex; is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">case sensitivity of &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&latex; is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless explicitly directed to do otherwise. </para> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Starting & ending</nodename> -<nodenext>Document classes</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Overview</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Starting & ending</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">starting & ending</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ending & starting</indexterm></para> +<node name="Starting-_0026-ending"><nodename>Starting & ending</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document classes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Overview</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Starting & ending</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">starting & ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ending & starting</indexterm></cindex> + <para>A minimal input file looks like the following: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{<var>class</var>} -\begin{document} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{<var>class</var>} +\begin{document} <var>your text</var> -\end{document} -</example> +\end{document} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> <para>where the <var>class</var> is a valid document class for &latex;. -See <xref><xrefnodename>Document classes</xrefnodename></xref>, for details of the various document classes +<xref><xrefnodename>Document classes</xrefnodename></xref>, for details of the various document classes available locally. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">preamble, defined</indexterm>You may include other &latex; commands between the <code>\documentclass</code> -and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands (this area is called the +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">preamble, defined</indexterm></cindex> +<para>You may include other &latex; commands between the <code>\documentclass</code> +and the <code>\begin{document}</code> commands (this area is called the <dfn>preamble</dfn>). </para> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Document classes</nodename> -<nodenext>Typefaces</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Starting & ending</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Document classes</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">document classes</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">classes of documents</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\documentclass</indexterm></para> +<node name="Document-classes"><nodename>Document classes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Typefaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Starting & ending</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Document classes</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">document classes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\documentclass</indexterm></findex> + <para>The class of a given document is defined with the command: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> <para>The <code>\documentclass</code> command must be the first command in a &latex; source file. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">article <r>class</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">report <r>class</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">book <r>class</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">letter <r>class</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">slides <r>class</r></indexterm>Built-in &latex; document <var>class</var> names are (many other document -classes are available as add-ons; see <xref><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></xref>): +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Built-in &latex; document <var>class</var> names are (many other document +classes are available as add-ons; <pxref><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>): </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">article report book letter slides -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">article report book letter slides +</pre></example> + <!-- xx briefly describe each one --> <para>Standard <var>options</var> are described below. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>Document class options</menunode> -<menutitle>Document class options</menutitle> -<menucomment> Global options. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>Document class options</nodename> -<nodeup>Document classes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Document class options</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">document class options</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">options, document class</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">class options</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">global options</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>Document class options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Global options. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="Document-class-options"><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Document class options</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">document class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">global options</indexterm></cindex> + <para>You can specify so-called <dfn>global options</dfn> or <dfn>class options</dfn> to the <code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual. To specify more than one <var>option</var>, separate them with a comma: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>option1</var>,<var>option2</var>,...]{<var>class</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>option1</var>,<var>option2</var>,...]{<var>class</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>Here is the list of the standard class options. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>): </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">10pt 11pt 12pt -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">10pt 11pt 12pt +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default is <code>letterpaper</code>): </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">draft <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">final <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm>Miscellaneous other options: -</para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>draft, final</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">black boxes, omitting</indexterm>mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is <code>final</code>. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>fleqn</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>landscape</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>leqno</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>openbib</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Use “open” bibliography format. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>titlepage, notitlepage</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Miscellaneous other options: +</para> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">draft, final</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<para>mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is <code>final</code>. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">titlepage, notitlepage</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>These options are not available with the slides class: </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">openright <r>option</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></para><table><tableitem><tableterm><code>onecolumn</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>twocolumn</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Typeset in one or two columns; default is <code>onecolumn</code>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>oneside</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>twoside</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\evensidemargin</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">onecolumn</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">twocolumn</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Typeset in one or two columns; default is <code>onecolumn</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">oneside</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">twoside</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except for the <code>book</code> class. </para> <para>The <code>\evensidemargin</code> (<code>\oddsidemargin</code> parameter determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages between the left side of the -page and the text's left margin. The defaults vary with the paper +page and the text&textrsquo;s left margin. The defaults vary with the paper size and whether one- or two-side layout is selected. For one-sided printing the text is centered, for two-sided, <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, with <code>\evensidemargin</code> the remainder. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>openright</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>openany</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Determines if a chapter should start on a +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">openright</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">openany</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default is <code>openright</code> for book. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">packages, loading</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">loading additional packages</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\usepackage</indexterm>Additional packages are loaded like this: +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">packages, loading</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\usepackage</indexterm></findex> +<para>Additional packages are loaded like this: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>To specify more than one <var>pkg</var>, you can separate them with a comma, or use multiple <code>\usepackage</code> commands. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">global options</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">options, global</indexterm>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">global options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">options, global</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <code>\usepackage</code>. </para> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Typefaces</nodename> -<nodenext>Layout</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Document classes</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Typefaces</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">typefaces</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">fonts</indexterm></para> +<node name="Typefaces"><nodename>Typefaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Layout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document classes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Typefaces</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">typefaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">fonts</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Two important aspects of selecting a <dfn>font</dfn> are specifying a size and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>Font styles</menunode> -<menutitle>Font styles</menutitle> -<menucomment> Select roman, italics etc. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Font sizes</menunode> -<menutitle>Font sizes</menutitle> -<menucomment> Select point size. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Low-level font commands</menunode> -<menutitle>Low-level font commands</menutitle> -<menucomment> Select encoding, family, series, shape. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>Font styles</nodename> -<nodenext>Font sizes</nodenext> -<nodeup>Typefaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Font styles</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">font styles</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">typeface styles</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">styles of text</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>Font styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select roman, italics etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Font sizes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select point size. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Low-level font commands</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select encoding, family, series, shape. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="Font-styles"><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Typefaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">font styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">typeface styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. </para> -<para>These commands are used like <code>\textit{italic text}</code>. The -corresponding command in parenthesis is the “declaration form”, which -takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the -next type style command or the end of the current group. +<para>This first group of commands is typically used like +<code>\textit{italic text}</code>. The corresponding command in +parenthesis is the &textldquo;declaration form&textrdquo;, which takes no arguments. The +scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command +or the end of the current group. </para> <para>The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either <code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code> to get bold sans serif. </para> -<para>You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; for instance, -<code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>. -</para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textrm (\rmfamily)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textrm</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\rmfamily</indexterm>Roman. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textit (\itshape)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textit</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\itshape</indexterm>Italics. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\emph</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\emph</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">emphasis</indexterm>Emphasis (switches between <code>\textit</code> and <code>\textrm</code>). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textmd (\mdseries)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textmd</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\mdseries</indexterm>Medium weight (default). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textbf (\bfseries)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textbf</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\bfseries</indexterm>Boldface. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textup (\upshape)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textup</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\upshape</indexterm>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textsl (\slshape)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textsl</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\slshape</indexterm>Slanted. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textsf (\sffamily)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textsf</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\sffamily</indexterm>Sans serif. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textsc (\scshape)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textsc</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\scshape</indexterm>Small caps. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\texttt (\ttfamily)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\texttt</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\ttfamily</indexterm>Typewriter. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\textnormal (\normalfont)</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\textnormal</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\normalfont</indexterm>Main document font. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\mathrm</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\mathrm</indexterm>Roman, for use in math mode. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\mathbf</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\mathbf</indexterm>Boldface, for use in math mode. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\mathsf</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\mathsf</indexterm>Sans serif, for use in math mode. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\mathtt</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\mathtt</indexterm>Typewriter, for use in math mode. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\mathit</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>(\mit)</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Italics, for use in math mode. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\mathnormal</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\mathnormal</indexterm>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\mathcal</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\mathcal</indexterm>`Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +<para>You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for +instance, <code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>. +</para> +<para>These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the +</para><table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textrm</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex> +<para>Roman. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textit</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\itshape</indexterm></findex> +<para>Italics. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\emph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\emph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Emphasis (switches between <code>\textit</code> and <code>\textrm</code>). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textmd</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mdseries</indexterm></findex> +<para>Medium weight (default). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textbf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\bfseries</indexterm></findex> +<para>Boldface. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textup</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\upshape</indexterm></findex> +<para>Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textsl</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\slshape</indexterm></findex> +<para>Slanted. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textsf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\sffamily</indexterm></findex> +<para>Sans serif. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textsc</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\scshape</indexterm></findex> +<para>Small caps. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\texttt</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex> +<para>Typewriter. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\textnormal</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\normalfont</indexterm></findex> +<para>Main document font. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mathrm</indexterm></findex> +<para>Roman, for use in math mode. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mathbf</indexterm></findex> +<para>Boldface, for use in math mode. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mathsf</indexterm></findex> +<para>Sans serif, for use in math mode. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mathtt</indexterm></findex> +<para>Typewriter, for use in math mode. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">(\mit)</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex> +<para>For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mathcal</indexterm></findex> +<para>&textlsquo;Calligraphic&textrsquo; letters, for use in math mode. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>In addition, the command -<code>\mathversion{bold}</code> -<indexterm index="fn">\mathversion</indexterm>can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in -formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. +<code>\mathversion{bold}</code> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> +can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in +formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. </para> <para>&latex; also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to the given style, that is, are <emph>not</emph> cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: <code>{\<var>cmd</var> ...}</code> -instead of <code>\<var>cmd</var>{...}</code>. These are two very different +differently than the above commands, too: <code>{\<var>cmd</var> ...}</code> +instead of <code>\<var>cmd</var>{...}</code>. These are two very different things. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bf</indexterm><code>\bf</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">bold font</indexterm>Switch to <b>bold face</b>. +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bold font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Switch to <b>bold face</b>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cal</indexterm><code>\cal</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">script letters for math</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\em</indexterm><code>\em</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">emphasis</indexterm>Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\em</indexterm>\em</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\it</indexterm><code>\it</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">italic font</indexterm>Italics. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">italic font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Italics. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rm</indexterm><code>\rm</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">roman font</indexterm>Roman. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">roman font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Roman. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sc</indexterm><code>\sc</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">small caps font</indexterm>Small caps. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Small caps. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sf</indexterm><code>\sf</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">sans serif font</indexterm>Sans serif. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Sans serif. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sl</indexterm><code>\sl</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">slanted font</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">oblique font</indexterm>Slanted (oblique). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Slanted (oblique). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\tt</indexterm><code>\tt</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">typewriter font</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">monospace font</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">fixed-width font</indexterm>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Font sizes</nodename> -<nodenext>Low-level font commands</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Font styles</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Typefaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Font sizes</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">font sizes</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">typeface sizes</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">sizes of text</indexterm></para> +<node name="Font-sizes"><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Typefaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used (in points) with the <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp>, and -<samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (see <xref><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></xref>). -</para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\tiny</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\scriptsize</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\footnotesize</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\small</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\normalsize</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\large</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\Large</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\LARGE</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\huge</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\Huge</indexterm></para> -<multitable><columnfraction>36</columnfraction> -<columnfraction>7</columnfraction> -<columnfraction>7</columnfraction> -<columnfraction>7</columnfraction> -<thead><row><entry> Command </entry><entry> <code>10pt</code> </entry><entry> <code>11pt</code> </entry><entry> <code>12pt</code> -</entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry> <code>\tiny</code> -</entry><entry> 5 </entry><entry> 6 </entry><entry> 6 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\scriptsize</code> -</entry><entry> 7 </entry><entry> 8 </entry><entry> 8 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\footnotesize</code> -</entry><entry> 8 </entry><entry> 9 </entry><entry> 10 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\small</code> -</entry><entry> 9 </entry><entry> 10 </entry><entry> 10.95 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\normalsize</code> (default) -</entry><entry> 10 </entry><entry> 10.95 </entry><entry> 12 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\large</code> -</entry><entry> 12 </entry><entry> 12 </entry><entry> 14.4 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\Large</code> -</entry><entry> 14.4 </entry><entry> 14.4 </entry><entry> 17.28 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\LARGE</code> -</entry><entry> 17.28 </entry><entry> 17.28 </entry><entry> 20.74 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\huge</code> -</entry><entry> 20.74 </entry><entry> 20.74 </entry><entry> 24.88 -</entry></row><row><entry> <code>\Huge</code> -</entry><entry> 24.88 </entry><entry> 24.88 </entry><entry> 24.88 -</entry></row></tbody></multitable> - -<para>The commands as listed here are “declaration forms”. The scope of +<samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (<pxref><xrefnodename>Document class +options</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\tiny</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\small</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\normalsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\Large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\LARGE</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\huge</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\Huge</indexterm></findex> + +<multitable><columnprototypes><columnprototype><code>\normalsize</code> (default)</columnprototype><columnprototype>24.88</columnprototype><columnprototype>24.88</columnprototype><columnprototype>24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes> +<thead><row><entry command="headitem"><para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>12pt</code> +</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\tiny</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>5 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>6 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>6 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\scriptsize</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>7 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>8 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\footnotesize</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>8 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>10 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\small</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>9 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>10.95 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\normalsize</code> (default) +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>10 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>10.95 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>12 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\large</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>12 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>14.4 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\Large</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>14.4 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>17.28 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\LARGE</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>17.28 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>20.74 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\huge</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>20.74 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>24.88 +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"><para><code>\Huge</code> +</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>24.88 </para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>24.88 +</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> + +<para>The commands as listed here are &textldquo;declaration forms&textrdquo;. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. You can also use the environment form of -these commands; for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. +these commands; for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename> -<nodeprev>Font sizes</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Typefaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Low-level font commands</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">low-level font commands</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">font commands, low-level</indexterm></para> +<node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands"><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Typefaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> + <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available ones. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>\fontencoding{enc}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\fontencoding</indexterm>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <code>OT1</code> and <code>T1</code>. +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding{enc}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex> +<para>Select font encoding. Valid encodings include <code>OT1</code> and <code>T1</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\fontfamily{family}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\fontfamily</indexterm>Select font family. Valid families include: +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{family}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> +<para>Select font family. Valid families include: </para> -<itemize><itemfunction>•</itemfunction><item><para> <code>cmr</code> for Computer Modern Roman -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>cmss</code> for Computer Modern Sans Serif -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>cmtt</code> for Computer Modern Typewriter -</para></item> -</itemize> +<itemize commandarg="bullet"><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> +<listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>cmr</code> for Computer Modern Roman +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>cmss</code> for Computer Modern Sans Serif +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>cmtt</code> for Computer Modern Typewriter +</para></listitem></itemize> <para>and numerous others. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\fontseries{series}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\fontseries</indexterm>Select font series. Valid series include: -</para> -<itemize><itemfunction>•</itemfunction><item><para> <code>m</code> Medium (normal) -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>b</code> Bold -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>c</code> Condensed -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>bc</code> Bold condensed -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>bx</code> Bold extended -</para></item> -</itemize> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{series}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> +<para>Select font series. Valid series include: +</para> +<itemize commandarg="bullet"><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> +<listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>m</code> Medium (normal) +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>b</code> Bold +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>c</code> Condensed +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>bc</code> Bold condensed +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>bx</code> Bold extended +</para></listitem></itemize> <para>and various other combinations. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\fontshape{shape}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\fontshape</indexterm>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: -</para> -<itemize><itemfunction>•</itemfunction><item><para> <code>n</code> Upright (normal) -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>it</code> Italic -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>sl</code> Slanted (oblique) -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>sc</code> Small caps -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>ui</code> Upright italics -</para></item> -<item><para> <code>ol</code> Outline -</para></item> -</itemize> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{shape}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> +<para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: +</para> +<itemize commandarg="bullet"><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> +<listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>n</code> Upright (normal) +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>it</code> Italic +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>sl</code> Slanted (oblique) +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>sc</code> Small caps +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>ui</code> Upright italics +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend><para><code>ol</code> Outline +</para></listitem></itemize> <para>The two last shapes are not available for most font families. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\fontsize{size}{skip}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\fontsize</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\baselineskip</indexterm>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to and +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{size}{skip}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> +<para>Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to and the second is the line spacing to use; this is stored in a parameter named <code>\baselineskip</code>. The unit of both parameters defaults to pt. The default <code>\baselineskip</code> for the Computer Modern typeface is 1.2 times the <code>\fontsize</code>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\baselinestretch</indexterm><indexterm index="cp"><code>setspace</code> package</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">double spacing</indexterm>The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><code>setspace</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the <code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter when the type size changes; the -default is 1. However, the best way to “double space” a document, +default is 1. However, the best way to &textldquo;double space&textrdquo; a document, if you should be unlucky enough to have to produce such, is to use the <code>setspace</code> package; see -<uref><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace</urefurl></uref>. +<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace</urefurl></url>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\linespread</indexterm></para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Equivalent to -<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\linespread</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Equivalent to +<code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect. Best specified in the preamble, or use the <code>setspace</code> package, as described just above. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\selectfont</indexterm>The changes made by calling the font commands described above do +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\selectfont</indexterm></findex> +<para>The changes made by calling the font commands described above do not come into effect until <code>\selectfont</code> is called. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\usefont</indexterm>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\usefont</indexterm></findex> +<para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Layout</nodename> -<nodenext>Sectioning</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Typefaces</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Layout</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">layout commands</indexterm></para> +<node name="Layout"><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Typefaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\onecolumn</menunode> -<menutitle>\onecolumn</menutitle> -<menucomment> Use one-column layout. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\twocolumn</menunode> -<menutitle>\twocolumn</menutitle> -<menucomment> Use two-column layout. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\flushbottom</menunode> -<menutitle>\flushbottom</menutitle> -<menucomment> Make all text pages the same height. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\raggedbottom</menunode> -<menutitle>\raggedbottom</menutitle> -<menucomment> Allow text pages of differing height. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Page layout parameters</menunode> -<menutitle>Page layout parameters</menutitle> -<menucomment> \headheight \footskip. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\onecolumn</nodename> -<nodenext>\twocolumn</nodenext> -<nodeup>Layout</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\onecolumn</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\onecolumn</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">one-column output</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\onecolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use one-column layout. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\twocolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use two-column layout. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\flushbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make all text pages the same height. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\raggedbottom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Allow text pages of differing height. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Page layout parameters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">\headheight \footskip. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005conecolumn"><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces single-column output. This is the default. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\twocolumn</nodename> -<nodenext>\flushbottom</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\onecolumn</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Layout</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\twocolumn</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\twocolumn</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">multicolumn text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">two-column output</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005ctwocolumn"><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\twocolumn[<var>text1col</var>] -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\twocolumn[<var>text1col</var>] +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces two-column output. If the optional <var>text1col</var> argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting @@ -888,269 +824,255 @@ starts. </para> <para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\columnsep</indexterm><code>\columnsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The distance between columns (35pt by default). +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The distance between columns (35pt by default). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\columnseprule</indexterm><code>\columnseprule</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there is no rule. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there is no rule. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\columnwidth</indexterm><code>\columnwidth</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The width of the current column; this is equal to <code>\textwidth</code> in +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The width of the current column; this is equal to <code>\textwidth</code> in single-column text. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <para>These parameters control float behavior in two-column output: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dbltopfraction</indexterm><code>\dbltopfraction</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by floats. Default <samp>.7</samp>, can be usefully redefined to (say) <samp>.9</samp> to avoid going to float pages so soon. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm><code>\dblfloatpagefraction</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats, +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats, for a two-column float page. Default <samp>.5</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dblfloatsep</indexterm><code>\dblfloatsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float page. Default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> and <samp>11pt</samp> documents, <samp>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm><code>\dbltextfloatsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. Default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\flushbottom</nodename> -<nodenext>\raggedbottom</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\twocolumn</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Layout</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\flushbottom</code></title> +<node name="_005cflushbottom"><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\flushbottom</indexterm></para> <para>The <code>\flushbottom</code> declaration makes all text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space where necessary to fill out the page. </para> <para>This is the default if <code>twocolumn</code> mode is selected -(see <xref><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></xref>). +(<pxref><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename> -<nodenext>Page layout parameters</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\flushbottom</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Layout</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\raggedbottom</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\raggedbottom</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005craggedbottom"><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\raggedbottom</code> declaration makes all pages the natural height of the material on that page. No rubber lengths will be stretched. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename> -<nodeprev>\raggedbottom</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Layout</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Page layout parameters</title> +<node name="Page-layout-parameters"><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="cp">page layout parameters</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">parameters, page layout</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">layout, page parameters for</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">header, parameters for</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">footer, parameters for</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">running header and footer</indexterm></para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\headheight</indexterm><code>\headheight</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Height of the box that contains the running head. Default is +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Height of the box that contains the running head. Default is <samp>30pt</samp>, except in the <code>book</code> class, where it varies with the type size. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\headsep</indexterm><code>\headsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. Default is <samp>25pt</samp>, except in the <code>book</code> class, where it varies with the type size. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\footskip</indexterm><code>\footskip</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of the page footer. Default is <samp>30pt</samp>, except in the <code>book</code> class, where it varies with the type size. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\linewidth</indexterm><code>\linewidth</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></xref>). Specifically, it is smaller than <code>\textwidth</code> by +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> +(<pxref><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>). Specifically, it is smaller than <code>\textwidth</code> by the sum of <code>\leftmargin</code> and <code>\rightmargin</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></xref>). The default varies with the font size, paper +(<pxref><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></pxref>). The default varies with the font size, paper width, two-column mode, etc. For an <code>article</code> document in -<samp>10pt</samp>, it's set to <samp>345pt</samp>; in two-column mode, that +<samp>10pt</samp>, it&textrsquo;s set to <samp>345pt</samp>; in two-column mode, that becomes <samp>229.5pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textheight</indexterm><code>\textheight</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies with +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies with the font size, document class, etc. For an <code>article</code> or -<code>report</code> document in <samp>10pt</samp>, it's set to -<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>; for <code>book</code>, it's <samp>41\baselineskip</samp>. -For <samp>11pt</samp>, it's <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> and for <samp>12pt</samp>, +<code>report</code> document in <samp>10pt</samp>, it&textrsquo;s set to +<samp>43\baselineskip</samp>; for <code>book</code>, it&textrsquo;s <samp>41\baselineskip</samp>. +For <samp>11pt</samp>, it&textrsquo;s <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> and for <samp>12pt</samp>, <samp>36\baselineskip</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textwidth</indexterm><code>\textwidth</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default varies -as usual. For an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, it's +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default varies +as usual. For an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, it&textrsquo;s <samp>345pt</samp> at <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>360pt</samp> at <samp>11pt</samp>, and -<samp>390pt</samp> at <samp>12pt</samp>. For a <code>book</code> document, it's +<samp>390pt</samp> at <samp>12pt</samp>. For a <code>book</code> document, it&textrsquo;s <samp>4.5in</samp> at <samp>10pt</samp>, and <samp>5in</samp> at <samp>11pt</samp> or <samp>12pt</samp>. </para> <para>In multi-column output, <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the entire page body, while <code>\columnwidth</code> is the width of one column -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>). +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>In lists (see <xref><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></xref>), <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the +<para>In lists (<pxref><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\textwidth</code> remains the width of the entire page body (and <code>\columnwidth</code> the width of the entire column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists. </para> -<para>Inside a minipage (see <xref><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></xref>) or <code>\parbox</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></xref>), all the width-related parameters are set to the +<para>Inside a minipage (<pxref><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\parbox</code> +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>), all the width-related parameters are set to the specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\hsize</indexterm>For completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex; primitive parameter used +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\hsize</indexterm></findex> +<para>For completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex; primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal &latex; documents. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\topmargin</indexterm><code>\topmargin</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The default is computed based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight − 2in − \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</code>, and then divided by two. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\topskip</indexterm><code>\topskip</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard clases, the default is the same as the font size, e.g., <samp>10pt</samp> at <samp>10pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Sectioning</nodename> -<nodenext>Cross references</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Layout</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Sectioning</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">sectioning</indexterm></para> +<node name="Sectioning"><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">sectioning</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\part</indexterm><code>\part</code></tableterm> -</tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\chapter</indexterm><code>\chapter</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(report and book class only) -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\section</indexterm><code>\section</code></tableterm> -</tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\subsection</indexterm><code>\subsection</code></tableterm> -</tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\subsubsection</indexterm><code>\subsubsection</code></tableterm> -</tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\paragraph</indexterm><code>\paragraph</code></tableterm> -</tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\subparagraph</indexterm><code>\subparagraph</code></tableterm> -</tableitem></table> +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\part</indexterm>\part</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\chapter</indexterm>\chapter</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(report and book class only) +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\section</indexterm>\section</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\subsection</indexterm>\subsection</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\subsubsection</indexterm>\subsubsection</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\paragraph</indexterm>\paragraph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\subparagraph</indexterm>\subparagraph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry></ftable> <para>All sectioning commands take the same general form, e.g., </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\chapter[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>In addition to providing the heading <var>title</var> in the main text, the section title can appear in two other places: </para> -<enumerate first="1"><item> +<enumerate first="1"> +<listitem> <para>The table of contents. -</para></item> -<item> +</para></listitem><listitem> <para>The running head at the top of the page. -</para></item> -</enumerate> +</para></listitem></enumerate> <para>You may not want the same text in these places as in the main text. To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument <var>toctitle</var> that, when given, specifies the text for these other places. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">*-form of sectioning commands</indexterm>Also, all sectioning commands have <code>*</code>-forms that print +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">*-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Also, all sectioning commands have <code>*</code>-forms that print <var>title</var> as usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of contents. For instance: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\section*{Preamble} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\appendix</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">appendix, creating</indexterm>The <code>\appendix</code> command changes the way following sectional units +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\section*{Preamble} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\appendix</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">appendix, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>\appendix</code> command changes the way following sectional units are numbered. The <code>\appendix</code> command itself generates no text and does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this command is something like </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\chapter{A Chapter} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\chapter{A Chapter} &dots; \appendix -\chapter{The First Appendix} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">section numbers, printing</indexterm>The <code>secnumdepth</code> counter controls printing of section numbers. +\chapter{The First Appendix} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>secnumdepth</code> counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{<var>level</var>} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> <para>suppresses heading numbers at any depth <math>> <var>level</var></math>, where -<code>chapter</code> is level zero. (See <xref><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></xref>.) +<code>chapter</code> is level zero. (<xref><xrefnodename>\setcounter</xrefnodename></xref>.) </para> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Cross references</nodename> -<nodenext>Environments</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Sectioning</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Cross references</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">cross references</indexterm></para> +<node name="Cross-references"><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">cross references</indexterm></cindex> + <para>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” +the reader to them, as in &textldquo;See Figure 3 for more details.&textrdquo; </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\label</menunode> -<menutitle>\label</menutitle> -<menucomment> Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\pageref</menunode> -<menutitle>\pageref</menutitle> -<menucomment> Refer to a page number. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\ref</menunode> -<menutitle>\ref</menutitle> -<menucomment> Refer to a section, figure or similar. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\label</nodename> -<nodenext>\pageref</nodenext> -<nodeup>Cross references</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\label</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\label</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\label</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\pageref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a page number. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\ref</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a section, figure or similar. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005clabel"><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\label</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\label{<var>key</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\label{<var>key</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>A <code>\label</code> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to <var>key</var> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered environment assigns that number to <var>key</var>. @@ -1162,290 +1084,183 @@ punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished. common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>ch</code></tableterm> -<item><para>for chapters -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>sec</code></tableterm> -<item><para>for lower-level sectioning commands -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>fig</code></tableterm> -<item><para>for figures -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>tab</code></tableterm> -<item><para>for tables -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>eq</code></tableterm> -<item><para>for equations -</para></item></tableitem></table> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">ch</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>for chapters +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">sec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>for lower-level sectioning commands +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">fig</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>for figures +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">tab</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>for tables +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">eq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>for equations +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code>fig:snark</code> or <code>fig.snark</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\pageref</nodename> -<nodenext>\ref</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\label</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Cross references</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\pageref{<var>key</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\pageref</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">cross referencing with page number</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cpageref"><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\pageref{<var>key</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\pageref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\pageref{<var>key</var>} -</example> -<para>The <code>\pageref</code>{<var>key</var>} command produces the page number of +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\pageref{<var>key</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\pageref</code>{<var>key</var>} command produces the page number of the place in the text where the corresponding -<code>\label</code>{<var>key</var>} command appears. +<code>\label</code>{<var>key</var>} command appears. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\ref</nodename> -<nodeprev>\pageref</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Cross references</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\ref</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">section number, cross referencing</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cref"><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\ref{<var>key</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\ref{<var>key</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\ref</code> command produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, figure, &dots;, of the corresponding -<code>\label</code> command (see <xref><xrefnodename>\label</xrefnodename></xref>). It does not produce any text, -such as the word `Section' or `Figure', just the bare number itself. +<code>\label</code> command (<pxref><xrefnodename>\label</xrefnodename></pxref>). It does not produce any text, +such as the word &textlsquo;Section&textrsquo; or &textlsquo;Figure&textrsquo;, just the bare number itself. </para> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Environments</nodename> -<nodenext>Line breaking</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Cross references</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Environments</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">environments</indexterm></para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\begin</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\end</indexterm></para> +<node name="Environments"><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">environments</indexterm></cindex> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\begin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\end</indexterm></findex> + <para>&latex; provides many environments for marking off certain text. Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{<var>envname</var>} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{<var>envname</var>} ... -\end{<var>envname</var>} -</example> +\end{<var>envname</var>} +</pre></example> + <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>abstract</menunode> -<menutitle>abstract</menutitle> -<menucomment> Produce an abstract. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>array</menunode> -<menutitle>array</menutitle> -<menucomment> Math arrays. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>center</menunode> -<menutitle>center</menutitle> -<menucomment> Centered lines. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>description</menunode> -<menutitle>description</menutitle> -<menucomment> Labelled lists. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>displaymath</menunode> -<menutitle>displaymath</menutitle> -<menucomment> Formulas that appear on their own line. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>document</menunode> -<menutitle>document</menutitle> -<menucomment> Enclose the whole document. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>enumerate</menunode> -<menutitle>enumerate</menutitle> -<menucomment> Numbered lists. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>eqnarray</menunode> -<menutitle>eqnarray</menutitle> -<menucomment> Sequences of aligned equations. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>equation</menunode> -<menutitle>equation</menutitle> -<menucomment> Displayed equation. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>figure</menunode> -<menutitle>figure</menutitle> -<menucomment> Floating figures. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>flushleft</menunode> -<menutitle>flushleft</menutitle> -<menucomment> Flushed left lines. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>flushright</menunode> -<menutitle>flushright</menutitle> -<menucomment> Flushed right lines. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>itemize</menunode> -<menutitle>itemize</menutitle> -<menucomment> Bulleted lists. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>letter</menunode> -<menutitle>letter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Letters. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>list</menunode> -<menutitle>list</menutitle> -<menucomment> Generic list environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>math</menunode> -<menutitle>math</menutitle> -<menucomment> In-line math. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>minipage</menunode> -<menutitle>minipage</menutitle> -<menucomment> Miniature page. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>picture</menunode> -<menutitle>picture</menutitle> -<menucomment> Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>quotation</menunode> -<menutitle>quotation</menutitle> -<menucomment> Indented environment with paragraph indentation. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>quote</menunode> -<menutitle>quote</menutitle> -<menucomment> Indented environment with no paragraph indentation. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>tabbing</menunode> -<menutitle>tabbing</menutitle> -<menucomment> Align text arbitrarily. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>table</menunode> -<menutitle>table</menutitle> -<menucomment> Floating tables. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>tabular</menunode> -<menutitle>tabular</menutitle> -<menucomment> Align text in columns. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>thebibliography</menunode> -<menutitle>thebibliography</menutitle> -<menucomment> Bibliography or reference list. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>theorem</menunode> -<menutitle>theorem</menutitle> -<menucomment> Theorems, lemmas, etc. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>titlepage</menunode> -<menutitle>titlepage</menutitle> -<menucomment> For hand crafted title pages. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>verbatim</menunode> -<menutitle>verbatim</menutitle> -<menucomment> Simulating typed input. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>verse</menunode> -<menutitle>verse</menutitle> -<menucomment> For poetry and other things. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>abstract</nodename> -<nodenext>array</nodenext> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>abstract</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">abstract <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">abstracts</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>abstract</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Produce an abstract. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>array</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Math arrays. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>center</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Centered lines. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>description</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Labelled lists. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>displaymath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Formulas that appear on their own line. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Enclose the whole document. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>enumerate</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Numbered lists. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>eqnarray</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Sequences of aligned equations. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>equation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Displayed equation. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>figure</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Floating figures. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>flushleft</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Flushed left lines. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>flushright</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Flushed right lines. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>itemize</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bulleted lists. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>letter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Letters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>list</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generic list environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>math</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">In-line math. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>minipage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Miniature page. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>picture</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>quotation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Indented environment with paragraph indentation. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>quote</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Indented environment with no paragraph indentation. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>tabbing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Align text arbitrarily. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>table</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Floating tables. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>tabular</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Align text in columns. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>thebibliography</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bibliography or reference list. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>theorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Theorems, lemmas, etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>titlepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">For hand crafted title pages. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>verbatim</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Simulating typed input. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>verse</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">For poetry and other things. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="abstract"><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">abstract <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: -</para><example xml:space="preserve">\begin{abstract} +</para><example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{abstract} ... -\end{abstract} -</example> +\end{abstract} +</pre></example> + <para>Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>array</nodename> -<nodenext>center</nodenext> -<nodeprev>abstract</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>array</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">array <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">arrays, math</indexterm></para> +<node name="array"><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">array <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{array}{<var>template</var>} -<var>col1 text</var>&<var>col1 text</var>&<var>coln</var>}\\ +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{array}{<var>template</var>} +<var>col1 text</var>&<var>col1 text</var>&<var>coln</var>}\\ ... -\end{array} -</example> +\end{array} +</pre></example> + <para>Math arrays are produced with the <code>array</code> environment, normally -within an <code>equation</code> environment (see <xref><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></xref>). It has a +within an <code>equation</code> environment (<pxref><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>). It has a single mandatory <var>template</var> argument describing the number of columns and the alignment within them. Each column <var>col</var> is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row should be formatted, as follows: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>c</code></tableterm> -<item><para>centered -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>l</code></tableterm> -<item><para>flush left -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>r</code></tableterm> -<item><para>flush right -</para></item></tableitem></table> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>array</code>)</indexterm>Column entries are separated by <code>&</code>. Column entries may include +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>centered +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>flush left +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>flush right +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>array</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<para>Column entries are separated by <code>&</code>. Column entries may include other &latex; commands. Each row of the array is terminated with <code>\\</code>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">@{...}</indexterm>In the template, the construct <code>@{<var>text</var>}</code> puts <var>text</var> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">&arobase;{...}</indexterm></findex> +<para>In the template, the construct <code>&arobase;{<var>text</var>}</code> puts <var>text</var> between columns in each row. </para> -<para>Here's an example: +<para>Here&textrsquo;s an example: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} - \begin{array}{lrc} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \begin{array}{lrc} left1 & right1 & centered1 \\ left2 & right2 & centered2 \\ - \end{array} -\end{equation} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\arraycolsep</indexterm>The <code>\arraycolsep</code> parameter defines half the width of the space -separating columns; the default is <samp>5pt</samp>. See <xref><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></xref>, for other + \end{array} +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\arraycolsep</code> parameter defines half the width of the space +separating columns; the default is <samp>5pt</samp>. <xref><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></xref>, for other parameters which affect formatting in <code>array</code> environments, namely <code>\arrayrulewidth</code> and <code>\arraystretch</code>. </para> @@ -1453,45 +1268,38 @@ namely <code>\arrayrulewidth</code> and <code>\arraystretch</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>center</nodename> -<nodenext>description</nodenext> -<nodeprev>array</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>center</code></title> +<node name="center"><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">center <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">center <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">centering text, environment for</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} <var>line1</var> \\ <var>line2</var> \\ -\end{center} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>center</code>)</indexterm>The <code>center</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph +\end{center} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>center</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>center</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Each line is terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\centering</menunode> -<menutitle>\centering</menutitle> -<menucomment> Declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\centering</nodename> -<nodeup>center</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\centering</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\centering</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\centering</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declaration form of the <code>center</code> environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005ccentering"><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\centering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\centering</code> declaration corresponds to the <code>center</code> environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. Thus, the text of a figure or @@ -1500,446 +1308,511 @@ command at the beginning of the figure or table environment. </para> <para>Unlike the <code>center</code> environment, the <code>\centering</code> command does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how &latex; formats -paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of +paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&textrsquo;s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command (of an environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit. </para> -<para>Here's an example: +<para>Here&textrsquo;s an example: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{quote} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{quote} \centering first line \\ second line \\ -\end{quote} -</example> +\end{quote} +</pre></example> + </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>description</nodename> -<nodenext>displaymath</nodenext> -<nodeprev>center</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>description</code></title> +<node name="description"><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">description <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">description <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">labelled lists, creating</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">description lists, creating</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{description} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{description} \item [<var>label1</var>] <var>item1</var> \item [<var>label2</var>] <var>item2</var> ... -\end{description} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\item</indexterm>The <code>description</code> environment is used to make labelled lists. Each +\end{description} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\item</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>description</code> environment is used to make labelled lists. Each <var>label</var> is typeset in bold, flush right. The <var>item</var> text may contain multiple paragraphs. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm>Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if -you typeset a label in typewriter using <code>\texttt</code>, you'll get -bold typewriter: <code>\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]</code>. This +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if +you typeset a label in typewriter using <code>\texttt</code>, you&textrsquo;ll get +bold typewriter: <code>\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]</code>. This may be too bold, among other issues. To get just typewriter, use -<code>\tt</code>, which resets all other style variations: <code>\item[{\tt -plain typewriter}]</code>. +<code>\tt</code>, which resets all other style variations: <code>\item[{\tt +plain typewriter}]</code>. </para> -<para>For details about list spacing, see <xref><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></xref>. +<para>For details about list spacing, see <ref><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>displaymath</nodename> -<nodenext>document</nodenext> -<nodeprev>description</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>displaymath</code></title> +<node name="displaymath"><nodename>displaymath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">document</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">description</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">displaymath <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">displaymath <r>environment</r></indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{displaymath} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> -\end{displaymath} -</example> -<para>or +\end{displaymath} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent><para>or </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\[<var>math</var>\] -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\[<var>math</var>\] +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>displaymath</code> environment (<code>\[...\]</code> is a synonym) typesets the <var>math</var> text on its own line, centered by default. The global <code>fleqn</code> option makes equations flush left; see -<xref><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></xref>. +<ref><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <para>No equation number is added to <code>displaymath</code> text; to get an -equation number, use the <code>equation</code> environment (see <xref><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></xref>). +equation number, use the <code>equation</code> environment (<pxref><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>document</nodename> -<nodenext>enumerate</nodenext> -<nodeprev>displaymath</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>document</code></title> +<node name="document"><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">document <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">document <r>environment</r></indexterm></para> <para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the body of a document. -It is required in every &latex; document. See <xref><xrefnodename>Starting & ending</xrefnodename></xref>. +It is required in every &latex; document. <xref><xrefnodename>Starting & ending</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>enumerate</nodename> -<nodenext>eqnarray</nodenext> -<nodeprev>document</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>enumerate</code></title> +<node name="enumerate"><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">enumerate <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">enumerate <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{enumerate} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{enumerate} \item <var>item1</var> \item <var>item2</var> ... -\end{enumerate} -</example> +\end{enumerate} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>enumerate</code> environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as -<code>itemize</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></xref>) and <code>description</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></xref>). +<code>itemize</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></pxref>) and <code>description</code> +(<pxref><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\item</indexterm>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <code>\item</code> command. +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\item</indexterm></findex> +<para>Each item of an enumerated list begins with an <code>\item</code> command. There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. </para> <para>By default, the numbering at each level is done like this: </para> -<enumerate first="1"><item><para> 1., 2., &dots; -</para></item> -<item><para> (a), (b), &dots; -</para></item> -<item><para> i., ii., &dots; -</para></item> -<item><para> A., B., &dots; -</para></item> -</enumerate> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\enumi</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\enumii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\enumiii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\enumiv</indexterm>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the counters <code>\enumi</code> -through <code>\enumiv</code> counters (see <xref><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></xref>). If the optional +<enumerate first="1"> +<listitem><para>1., 2., &dots; +</para></listitem><listitem><para>(a), (b), &dots; +</para></listitem><listitem><para>i., ii., &dots; +</para></listitem><listitem><para>A., B., &dots; +</para></listitem></enumerate> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\enumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\enumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the counters <code>\enumi</code> +through <code>\enumiv</code> counters (<pxref><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></pxref>). If the optional argument to <code>\item</code> is given, the counter is not incremented for that item. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumi</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumiii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumiv</indexterm>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelenumi</code> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelenumi</code> through <code>\labelenumiv</code> to produce the default label. So, you can -use <code>\renewcommand</code> to change the labels (see <xref><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></xref>). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase +use <code>\renewcommand</code> to change the labels (<pxref><xrefnodename>\newcommand & +\renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase letters: </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></para><example xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}} -</example> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}} +</pre></example> + </section> -<node> -<nodename>eqnarray</nodename> -<nodenext>equation</nodenext> -<nodeprev>enumerate</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>eqnarray</code></title> +<node name="eqnarray"><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">eqnarray <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">eqnarray <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">equations, aligning</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">aligning Equations</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{eqnarray} <r>(or <code>eqnarray*</code>)</r> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> +<para>First, a caveat: the <code>eqnarray</code> environment has some infelicities +which cannot be overcome; the article &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars +Madsen describes them in detail +(<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf</urefurl></url>). The bottom +line is that it is better to use the <code>align</code> environment (and +others) from the <code>amsmath</code> package. +</para> +<para>Nevertheless, here is a description of <code>eqnarray</code>: +</para> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{eqnarray} <r>(or <code>eqnarray*</code>)</r> <var>formula1</var> \\ <var>formula2</var> \\ ... -\end{eqnarray} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>eqnarray</code>)</indexterm>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is used to display a sequence of +\end{eqnarray} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>eqnarray</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is used to display a sequence of equations or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with consecutive rows separated by <code>\\</code> and consecutive items within a row separated by an <code>&</code>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\* (for <code>eqnarray</code>)</indexterm><code>\\*</code> can also be used to separate equations, with its normal +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\* (for <code>eqnarray</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<para><code>\\*</code> can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning of not allowing a page break at that line. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\nonumber</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<para>An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a <code>\nonumber</code> command. Alternatively, The <code>*</code>-form of the -environment (<code>\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}</code>) will +environment (<code>\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}</code>) will omit equation numbering entirely, while otherwise being the same as <code>eqnarray</code>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\lefteqn</indexterm>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> +<para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>equation</nodename> -<nodenext>figure</nodenext> -<nodeprev>eqnarray</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>equation</code></title> +<node name="equation"><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">equation <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">equation <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">equations, environment for</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">formulas, environment for</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} <var>math</var> -\end{equation} -</example> +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>equation</code> environment starts a <code>displaymath</code> -environment (see <xref><xrefnodename>displaymath</xrefnodename></xref>), e.g., centering the <var>math</var> text +environment (<pxref><xrefnodename>displaymath</xrefnodename></pxref>), e.g., centering the <var>math</var> text on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>figure</nodename> -<nodenext>flushleft</nodenext> -<nodeprev>equation</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>figure</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">figure</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">inserting figures</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">figures, inserting</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{figure[*]}[<var>placement</var>] +<node name="figure"><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">figure</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> + +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{figure[*]}[<var>placement</var>] <var>figbody</var> -\label{<var>label}</var> -\caption[<var>loftitle</var>]{<var>text</var>} -\end{figure} -</example> +\label{<var>label}</var> +\caption[<var>loftitle</var>]{<var>text</var>} +\end{figure} +</pre></example> + <para>Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are -instead “floated” to a convenient place, such as the top of a page. +instead &textldquo;floated&textrdquo; to a convenient place, such as the top of a page. Figures will not be split between two pages. </para> <para>When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a full-width figure (across both columns). </para> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> <para>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where &latex; will try to place your figure. There are four places where &latex; can possibly put a float: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>t</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(Top)—at the top of a text page. +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Top)&textmdash;at the top of a text page. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>b</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(Bottom)—at the bottom of a text page. However, <code>b</code> is not +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Bottom)&textmdash;at the bottom of a text page. However, <code>b</code> is not allowed for full-width floats (<code>figure*</code>) with double-column output. To ameliorate this, use the <code>stfloats</code> or <code>dblfloatfix</code> package, but see the discussion at caveats in the -FAQ: <uref><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</urefurl></uref>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>h</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp"><code>float</code> package</indexterm>(Here)—at the position in the text where the figure environment -appears. However, this is not allowed by itself, <code>t</code> is -automatically added. To absolutely force a figure to appear “here”, -use the <code>float</code> and use its <code>H</code> placement letter. (That -package also provides other options.) -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>p</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(Page of floats)—on a separate float page, which is a page +FAQ: <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</urefurl></url>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">h</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><code>float</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>(Here)&textmdash;at the position in the text where the figure environment +appears. However, this is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is +automatically added. +</para> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><code>float</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>To absolutely force a figure to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can +<code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it +defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at +<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</urefurl></url>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">!</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, &latex; +ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can appear +and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the page. +The <code>!</code> specifier does <emph>not</emph> mean &textldquo;put the float here&textrdquo;; +see above. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>The standard report and article classes use the default placement <code>tbp</code>. </para> -<para>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, &latex; commands, etc. -you wish. +<para>The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, &latex; commands, +etc.&noeos; you wish. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\caption</indexterm>The <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption <var>text</var> for the +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption <var>text</var> for the figure. The caption is numbered by default. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of <var>text</var> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>Tables of contents</xrefnodename></xref>). +(<pxref><xrefnodename>Tables of contents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<!-- xx float-placement, float-caption sections? --> -<table><item><para><indexterm index="fn">\bottomfraction</indexterm>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at +<para>Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and +non-float text: +</para> +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex> +<para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>. </para> -</item><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\floatpagefraction</indexterm><code>\floatpagefraction</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; default <samp>.5</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\floatsep</indexterm><code>\floatsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too +much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a +different page. The default is <samp>.2</samp>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before +floats; default <samp>.7</samp>. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> + +<para>Parameters relating to vertical space around floats: +</para> +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\intextsep</indexterm><code>\intextsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> and <samp>11pt</samp> styles, <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textfloatsep</indexterm><code>\textfloatsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> + +<para>Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page: </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textfraction</indexterm><code>\textfraction</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too -much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a -different page. The default is <samp>.2</samp>. +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bottomnumber</indexterm>\bottomnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; +default 1. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\topfraction</indexterm><code>\topfraction</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before -floats; default is <samp>.7</samp>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\topnumber</indexterm>\topnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; +default 2. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\totalnumber</indexterm>\totalnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> +<para>The principal &tex; FAQ entry relating to floats: +<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</urefurl></url>. +</para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>flushleft</nodename> -<nodenext>flushright</nodenext> -<nodeprev>figure</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>flushleft</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">flushleft <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushleft} +<node name="flushleft"><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">flushleft <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> + +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushleft} <var>line1</var> \\ <var>line2</var> \\ ... -\end{flushleft} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm>The <code>flushleft</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph +\end{flushleft} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>flushleft</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged right Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\raggedright</menunode> -<menutitle>\raggedright</menutitle> -<menucomment> Declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\raggedright</nodename> -<nodeup>flushleft</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\raggedright</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\raggedright</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ragged right text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">left-justifying text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">justification, ragged right</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\raggedright</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declaration form of the <code>flushleft</code> environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005craggedright"><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\raggedright</code> declaration corresponds to the <code>flushleft</code> environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. </para> <para>Unlike the <code>flushleft</code> environment, the <code>\raggedright</code> command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how &latex; -formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the +formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&textrsquo;s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command that ends the paragraph unit. </para> </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>flushright</nodename> -<nodenext>itemize</nodenext> -<nodeprev>flushleft</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>flushright</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">flushright <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright} +<node name="flushright"><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">flushright <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> + +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright} <var>line1</var> \\ <var>line2</var> \\ ... -\end{flushright} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm>The <code>flushright</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph +\end{flushright} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>flushright</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\raggedleft</menunode> -<menutitle>\raggedleft</menutitle> -<menucomment> Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\raggedleft</nodename> -<nodeup>flushright</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\raggedleft</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\raggedleft</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ragged left text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">justification, ragged left</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">right-justifying text</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\raggedleft</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Declaration form of the <code>flushright</code> environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005craggedleft"><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\raggedleft</code> declaration corresponds to the <code>flushright</code> environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as <code>quote</code> or in a <code>parbox</code>. </para> <para>Unlike the <code>flushright</code> environment, the <code>\raggedleft</code> command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how &latex; -formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the +formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit&textrsquo;s format, the scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or <code>\end</code> command that ends the paragraph unit. </para> </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>itemize</nodename> -<nodenext>letter</nodenext> -<nodeprev>flushright</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>itemize</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">itemize <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\item</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lists of items</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">unordered lists</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bulleted lists</indexterm></para> +<node name="itemize"><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">itemize <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\item</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{itemize} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{itemize} \item <var>item1</var> \item <var>item2</var> ... -\end{itemize} -</example> -<para>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces an “unordered”, “bulleted” +\end{itemize} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces an &textldquo;unordered&textrdquo;, &textldquo;bulleted&textrdquo; list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making -environments, such as <code>enumerate</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></xref>). +environments, such as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>Each item of an <code>itemize</code> list begins with an <code>\item</code> command. There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. </para> <para>By default, the marks at each level look like this: </para> -<enumerate first="1"><item><para> • (bullet) -</para></item> -<item><para> <b>--<!-- /@w --></b> (bold en-dash) -</para></item> -<item><para> * (asterisk) -</para></item> -<item><para> . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) -</para></item> -</enumerate> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemi</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemiii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemiv</indexterm>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code> +<enumerate first="1"> +<listitem><para>• (bullet) +</para></listitem><listitem><para><b>-<w>-</w></b> (bold en-dash) +</para></listitem><listitem><para>* (asterisk) +</para></listitem><listitem><para>. (centered dot, rendered here as a period) +</para></listitem></enumerate> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code> through <code>\labelitemiv</code> to produce the default label. So, you can use <code>\renewcommand</code> to change the labels. For instance, to have the first level use diamonds: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\leftmargin</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftmargini</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginiii</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginiv</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginv</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginvi</indexterm>The <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code> parameters define +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code> parameters define the distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the list. By convention, <code>\leftmargin</code> is set to the appropriate <code>\leftmargin<var>N</var></code> when a new level of @@ -1949,106 +1822,106 @@ nesting is entered. <samp>2.5em</samp> (first level), and are a bit reduced in two-column mode. This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em +</pre></example> + <!-- xx should be in its own generic section --> <para>Some parameters that affect list formatting: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\itemindent</indexterm><code>\itemindent</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelsep</indexterm><code>\labelsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Space between the label and text of an item; default <samp>.5em</samp>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Space between the label and text of an item; default <samp>.5em</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\labelwidth</indexterm><code>\labelwidth</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Width of the label; default <samp>2em</samp>, or <samp>1.5em</samp> in two-column mode. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Width of the label; default <samp>2em</samp>, or <samp>1.5em</samp> in two-column mode. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\listparindent</indexterm><code>\listparindent</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within a +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item; default <samp>0pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rightmargin</indexterm><code>\rightmargin</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the enclosing environment; default <samp>0pt</samp>, except in the <code>quote</code>, <code>quotation</code>, and <code>verse</code> environments, where it is set equal to <code>\leftmargin</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <para>Parameters affecting vertical spacing between list items (rather loose, by default). </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\itemsep</indexterm><code>\itemsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Vertical space between items. The default is <code>2pt plus1pt +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical space between items. The default is <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>3pt plus2pt minus1pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code> for <code>12pt</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\parsep</indexterm><code>\parsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. Defaults +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. Defaults are the same as <code>\itemsep</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\topsep</indexterm><code>\topsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. For top-level lists, the default is <code>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>9pt plus3pt minus5pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>10pt plus4pt minus6pt</code> for <code>12pt</code>. These are reduced for nested lists. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\partopsep</indexterm><code>\partopsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Extra space added to <code>\topsep</code> when the list environment starts a +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra space added to <code>\topsep</code> when the list environment starts a paragraph. The default is <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>3pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for <code>12pt</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, -see <xref><xrefnodename>\parskip</xrefnodename></xref>): -</para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment{itemize*}% - {\begin{itemize}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}% - \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}% - {\end{itemize}} -</example> - -</section> -<node> -<nodename>letter</nodename> -<nodenext>list</nodenext> -<nodeprev>itemize</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">letter</indexterm></para> -<para>This environment is used for creating letters. See <xref><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>. -</para> - -</section> -<node> -<nodename>list</nodename> -<nodenext>math</nodenext> -<nodeprev>letter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>list</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">list</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lists of items, generic</indexterm></para> +<pxref><xrefnodename>\parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>): +</para> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment{itemize*}% + {\begin{itemize}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}% + \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}% + \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}% + {\end{itemize}} +</pre></example> + + +</section> +<node name="letter"><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">letter</indexterm></findex> + +<para>This environment is used for creating letters. <xref><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>. +</para> + +</section> +<node name="list"><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">list</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>list</code> environment is a generic environment which is used for defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in macros. </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{list}{<var>labeling</var>}{<var>spacing</var>} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{list}{<var>labeling</var>}{<var>spacing</var>} \item <var>item1</var> \item <var>item2</var> ... -\end{list} -</example> +\end{list} +</pre></example> + <para>The mandatory <var>labeling</var> argument specifies how items should be labelled (unless the optional argument is supplied to <code>\item</code>). This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the @@ -2056,92 +1929,93 @@ label. It can and usually does contain other &latex; commands. </para> <para>The mandatory <var>spacing</var> argument contains commands to change the spacing parameters for the list. This argument will most often be -empty, i.e., <code>{}</code>, which leaves the default spacing. +empty, i.e., <code>{}</code>, which leaves the default spacing. </para> <para>The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by -<code>\linewidth</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>Page layout parameters</xrefnodename></xref>). +<code>\linewidth</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>Page layout parameters</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>math</nodename> -<nodenext>minipage</nodenext> -<nodeprev>list</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>math</code></title> +<node name="math"><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">math <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">math <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">in-line formulas</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{math} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{math} <var>math</var> -\end{math} -</example> +\end{math} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>math</code> environment inserts the given <var>math</var> within the running text. <code>\(...\))</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. -See <xref><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></xref>. +<xref><xrefnodename>Math formulas</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>minipage</nodename> -<nodenext>picture</nodenext> -<nodeprev>math</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>minipage</code></title> +<node name="minipage"><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">minipage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">minipage <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">minipage, creating a</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{minipage}[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{minipage}[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>} <var>text</var> -\end{minipage} -</example> +\end{minipage} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>minipage</code> environment typesets its body <var>text</var> in a block that will not be broken across pages. This is similar to the -<code>\parbox</code> command (see <xref><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></xref>), but unlike <code>\parbox</code>, +<code>\parbox</code> command (<pxref><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>), but unlike <code>\parbox</code>, other paragraph-making environments can be used inside a minipage. </para> <!-- (xxref positions) --> -<para>The arguments are the same as for <code>\parbox</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></xref>). +<para>The arguments are the same as for <code>\parbox</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\parindent</indexterm>By default, paragraphs are not indented in the <code>minipage</code> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<para>By default, paragraphs are not indented in the <code>minipage</code> environment. You can restore indentation with a command such as -<code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> command. +<code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> command. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">footnotes in figures</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">figures, footnotes in</indexterm>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the <code>\mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the ordinary -<code>footnote</code> counter (see <xref><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></xref>). +<code>footnote</code> counter (<pxref><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>However, don't put one minipage inside another if you are using +<para>However, don&textrsquo;t put one minipage inside another if you are using footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>picture</nodename> -<nodenext>quotation</nodenext> -<nodeprev>minipage</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>picture</code></title> +<node name="picture"><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">picture</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">picture</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">creating pictures</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">pictures, creating</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) &dots; <var>picture commands</var> &dots; -\end{picture} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\unitlength</indexterm>The <code>picture</code> environment allows you to create just about any +\end{picture} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>picture</code> environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell &latex; where to put things in the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal -point and a minus sign—a number like <code>5</code>, <code>0.3</code> or +point and a minus sign&textmdash;a number like <code>5</code>, <code>0.3</code> or <code>-3.1416</code>. A coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length <code>\unitlength</code>, so if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1cm</code>, then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 @@ -2159,7 +2033,7 @@ the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. <para>The <code>picture</code> environment has one mandatory argument, which is a <code>position</code>. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this -argument's x- and y-coordinates. +argument&textrsquo;s x- and y-coordinates. </para> <para>The <code>picture</code> environment also has an optional <code>position</code> argument, following the <code>size</code> argument, that can change the @@ -2169,9 +2043,11 @@ coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby determining the origin). For example, if <code>\unitlength</code> has been set to <code>1mm</code>, the command </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) -</example> -<para>produces a picture of width 100 millimeters and height 200 +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent><para>produces a picture of width 100 millimeters and height 200 millimeters, whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose upper-right corner is therefore the point (110,220). When you first draw a picture, you typically omit the optional argument, leaving the @@ -2179,112 +2055,57 @@ origin at the lower-left corner. If you then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument. </para> -<para>The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the +<para>The environment&textrsquo;s mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is; &latex; will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even -off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by &latex; in determining +off the page. The picture&textrsquo;s nominal size is used by &latex; in determining how much room to leave for it. </para> <para>Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the <code>\put</code> command. The command </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\put (11.3,-.3){...} -</example> -<para>puts the object specified by <code>...</code> in the +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\put (11.3,-.3){...} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent><para>puts the object specified by <code>...</code> in the picture, with its reference point at coordinates <math>(11.3,-.3)</math>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">lR box</indexterm>The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn>. You can put anything -that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>\mbox</xrefnodename></xref>) in the text argument of +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">lR box</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn>. You can put anything +that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>\mbox</xrefnodename></pxref>) in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left corner of the box. </para> <para>The <code>picture</code> commands are described in the following sections. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\circle</menunode> -<menutitle>\circle</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a circle. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\makebox (picture)</menunode> -<menutitle>\makebox (picture)</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a box of the specified size. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\framebox (picture)</menunode> -<menutitle>\framebox (picture)</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a box with a frame around it. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\dashbox</menunode> -<menutitle>\dashbox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a dashed box. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\frame</menunode> -<menutitle>\frame</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a frame around an object. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\line</menunode> -<menutitle>\line</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a straight line. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\linethickness</menunode> -<menutitle>\linethickness</menutitle> -<menucomment> Set the line thickness. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\thicklines</menunode> -<menutitle>\thicklines</menutitle> -<menucomment> A heavier line thickness. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\thinlines</menunode> -<menutitle>\thinlines</menutitle> -<menucomment> The default line thickness. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\multiput</menunode> -<menutitle>\multiput</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw multiple instances of an object. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\oval</menunode> -<menutitle>\oval</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw an ellipse. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\put</menunode> -<menutitle>\put</menutitle> -<menucomment> Place an object at a specified place. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\shortstack</menunode> -<menutitle>\shortstack</menutitle> -<menucomment> Make a pile of objects. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\vector</menunode> -<menutitle>\vector</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a line with an arrow. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\circle</nodename> -<nodenext>\makebox (picture)</nodenext> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\circle</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\circle</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\circle[*]{<var>diameter</var>} -</example> +<menuentry><menunode>\circle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a circle. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\makebox (picture)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a box of the specified size. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\framebox (picture)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a box with a frame around it. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\dashbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a dashed box. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\frame</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a frame around an object. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\line</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a straight line. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\linethickness</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the line thickness. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\thicklines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">A heavier line thickness. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\thinlines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The default line thickness. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\multiput</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw multiple instances of an object. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\oval</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw an ellipse. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\put</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Place an object at a specified place. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\shortstack</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make a pile of objects. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\vector</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a line with an arrow. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005ccircle"><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\circle</indexterm></findex> + +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\circle[*]{<var>diameter</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\circle</code> command produces a circle with a diameter as close to the specified one as possible. The <code>*</code>-form of the command draws a solid circle. @@ -2293,16 +2114,11 @@ draws a solid circle. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename> -<nodenext>\framebox (picture)</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\circle</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\makebox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\makebox (picture)</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code> +<node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\makebox (picture)</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}</code> </para> <para>The <code>\makebox</code> command for the picture environment is similar to the normal <code>\makebox</code> command except that you must specify a @@ -2311,61 +2127,58 @@ the normal <code>\makebox</code> command except that you must specify a <para>The optional argument, <code>[position]</code>, specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>t</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Moves the item to the top of the rectangle. +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the item to the top of the rectangle. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>b</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Moves the item to the bottom. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the item to the bottom. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>l</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Moves the item to the left. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the item to the left. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>r</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Moves the item to the right. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the item to the right. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>See <xref><xrefnodename>\makebox</xrefnodename></xref>. +<para><xref><xrefnodename>\makebox</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename> -<nodenext>\dashbox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\makebox (picture)</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\framebox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\framebox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029"><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\framebox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\framebox(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>pos</var>]{...} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\framebox(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>pos</var>]{...} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\framebox</code> command is like <code>\makebox</code> (see previous section), except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\fboxrule</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\fboxsep</indexterm>The <code>\framebox</code> command produces a rule of thickness +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\framebox</code> command produces a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code>, and leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule and the contents of the box. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\dashbox</nodename> -<nodenext>\frame</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\framebox (picture)</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\dashbox</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\dashbox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cdashbox"><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\dashbox{<var>dlen</var>}(<var>rwidth</var>,<var>rheight</var>)[<var>pos</var>]{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\dashbox{<var>dlen</var>}(<var>rwidth</var>,<var>rheight</var>)[<var>pos</var>]{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para><code>\dashbox</code> creates a dashed rectangle around <var>text</var> in a <code>picture</code> environment. Dashes are <var>dlen</var> units long, and the rectangle has overall width <var>rwidth</var> and height <var>rheight</var>. @@ -2376,38 +2189,32 @@ multiples of the <code>dlen</code>. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\frame</nodename> -<nodenext>\line</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\dashbox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\frame</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\frame</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cframe"><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\dashbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\frame</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\frame{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\frame{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\frame</code> command puts a rectangular frame around <var>text</var>. The reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the object. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\line</nodename> -<nodenext>\linethickness</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\frame</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\line</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\line</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cline"><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\line</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\line(<var>xslope</var>,<var>yslope</var>){<var>length</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\line(<var>xslope</var>,<var>yslope</var>){<var>length</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\line</code> command draws a line with the given <var>length</var> and slope <var>xslope</var>/<var>yslope</var>. </para> @@ -2418,16 +2225,11 @@ see the <code>curve2e</code> and many many other packages on CTAN. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\linethickness</nodename> -<nodenext>\thicklines</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\line</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\linethickness</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\linethickness</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\linethickness{<var>dim</var>}</code> command declares the thickness +<node name="_005clinethickness"><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> + +<para>The <code>\linethickness{<var>dim</var>}</code> command declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment to be <var>dim</var>, which must be a positive length. </para> @@ -2436,48 +2238,35 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by <code>\oval</code>. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\thicklines</nodename> -<nodenext>\thinlines</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\linethickness</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\thicklines</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\thicklines</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cthicklines"><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\thicklines</code> command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; -cf. <xref><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></xref> and <xref><xrefnodename>\thinlines</xrefnodename></xref>. +cf. <ref><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref><xrefnodename>\thinlines</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\thinlines</nodename> -<nodenext>\multiput</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\thicklines</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\thinlines</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\thinlines</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cthinlines"><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\thinlines</code> command is the default line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; -cf. <xref><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></xref> and <xref><xrefnodename>\thicklines</xrefnodename></xref>. +cf. <ref><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref><xrefnodename>\thicklines</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\multiput</nodename> -<nodenext>\oval</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\thinlines</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\multiput</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\multiput</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cmultiput"><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\multiput</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: -</para><example xml:space="preserve">\multiput(<var>x</var>,<var>y</var>)(<var>delta_x</var>,<var>delta_y</var>){<var>n</var>}{<var>obj</var>} -</example> +</para><example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\multiput(<var>x</var>,<var>y</var>)(<var>delta_x</var>,<var>delta_y</var>){<var>n</var>}{<var>obj</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\multiput</code> command copies the object <var>obj</var> in a regular pattern across a picture. <var>obj</var> is first placed at position <math>(x,y)</math>, then at <math>(x+\delta x,y+\delta y)</math>, and so on, @@ -2485,96 +2274,86 @@ pattern across a picture. <var>obj</var> is first placed at position </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\oval</nodename> -<nodenext>\put</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\multiput</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\oval</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\oval</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005coval"><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\put</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\oval</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>portion</var>] -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\oval(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)[<var>portion</var>] +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\oval</code> command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument <var>portion</var> allows you to select part of the oval via the following: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>t</code></tableterm> -<item><para>selects the top portion; -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>b</code></tableterm> -<item><para>selects the bottom portion; -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>r</code></tableterm> -<item><para>selects the right portion; -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>l</code></tableterm> -<item><para>selects the left portion. -</para></item></tableitem></table> - -<para>The “corners” of the oval are made with quarter circles with a -maximum radius of 20<dmn>pt</dmn>, so large “ovals” will look more like +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>selects the top portion; +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>selects the bottom portion; +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>selects the right portion; +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>selects the left portion. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> + +<para>The &textldquo;corners&textrdquo; of the oval are made with quarter circles with a +maximum radius of 20<dmn>pt</dmn>, so large &textldquo;ovals&textrdquo; will look more like boxes with rounded corners. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\put</nodename> -<nodenext>\shortstack</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\oval</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\put</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\put</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</code> +<node name="_005cput"><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\put</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }</code> </para> <para>The <code>\put</code> command places the item specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\shortstack</nodename> -<nodenext>\vector</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\put</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\shortstack</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\shortstack</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cshortstack"><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\shortstack[<var>position</var>]{...\\...\\...} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\shortstack[<var>position</var>]{...\\...\\...} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\shortstack</code> command produces a stack of objects. The valid positions are: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>r</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Move the objects to the right of the stack. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>l</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Move the objects to the left of the stack -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>c</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) -</para></item></tableitem></table> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Move the objects to the right of the stack. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Move the objects to the left of the stack +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm>Objects are separated with <code>\\</code>. +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Objects are separated with <code>\\</code>. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\vector</nodename> -<nodeprev>\shortstack</nodeprev> -<nodeup>picture</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\vector</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\vector</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cvector"><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\vector</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\vector(<var>x-slope</var>,<var>y-slope</var>){<var>length</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\vector(<var>x-slope</var>,<var>y-slope</var>){<var>length</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\vector</code> command draws a line with an arrow of the specified length and slope. The <math>x</math> and <math>y</math> values must lie between −4 and +4, inclusive. @@ -2582,22 +2361,22 @@ length and slope. The <math>x</math> and <math>y</math> values must lie between </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>quotation</nodename> -<nodenext>quote</nodenext> -<nodeprev>picture</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>quotation</code></title> +<node name="quotation"><nodename>quotation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">quotation</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">quotation</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{quotation} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{quotation} <var>text</var> -\end{quotation} -</example> +\end{quotation} +</pre></example> + <para>The margins of the <code>quotation</code> environment are indented on both the left and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph. @@ -2607,22 +2386,22 @@ normally. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>quote</nodename> -<nodenext>tabbing</nodenext> -<nodeprev>quotation</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>quote</code></title> +<node name="quote"><nodename>quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quotation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>quote</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">quote</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">quote</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></para> <para>Snyopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{quote} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{quote} <var>text</var> -\end{quote} -</example> +\end{quote} +</pre></example> + <para>The margins of the <code>quote</code> environment are indented on both the left and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph. @@ -2631,24 +2410,24 @@ blank line between text produces a new paragraph. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>tabbing</nodename> -<nodenext>table</nodenext> -<nodeprev>quote</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>tabbing</code></title> +<node name="tabbing"><nodename>tabbing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>tabbing</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">tabbing <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">tabbing <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">tab stops, using</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lining text up in columns using tab stops</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabbing} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabbing} <var>row1col1</var> \= <var>row1col2</var> \= <var>row1col3</var> \= <var>row1col4</var> \\ <var>row2col1</var> \> \> <var>row2col3</var> \\ ... -\end{tabbing} -</example> +\end{tabbing} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment provides a way to align text in columns. It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much as was done on an ordinary typewriter. It is best suited for cases where @@ -2659,70 +2438,77 @@ environment. </para> <para>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> enviroment: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm><code>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para>End a line. +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>End a line. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm><code>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm><code>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\></indexterm>Advances to the next tab stop. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\></indexterm></findex> +<para>Advances to the next tab stop. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\<</indexterm><code>\<</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\+</indexterm><code>\+</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\-</indexterm><code>\-</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm><code>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\&textrsquo; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e. everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the right -of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop. +of the previous column, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm><code>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab -stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last column -because there's no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves all the -text that follows it, up to the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\&textlsquo; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab +stop 0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last column +because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves all the +text that follows it, up to the <code>\\</code> or <code>\end{tabbing}</code> command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the command that ends the line. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm><code>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and -<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (see <xref><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></xref>). Instead, +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\a&textrsquo; <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\a&textlsquo; <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and +<code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code> are used. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\kill</indexterm><code>\kill</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in effect. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\poptabs</indexterm><code>\poptabs</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\poptabs</indexterm>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> +<para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\pushtabs</indexterm><code>\pushtabs</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\tabbingsep</indexterm><code>\tabbingsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Distance to left of tab stop moved by <code>\'</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance to left of tab stop moved by <code>\'</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <para>This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabbing} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabbing} function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ \> begin \= \+ \\ \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\ @@ -2730,37 +2516,37 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ else \+ \\ fact := 1; \-\- \\ end;\\ -\end{tabbing} -</example> +\end{tabbing} +</pre></example> + </section> -<node> -<nodename>table</nodename> -<nodenext>tabular</nodenext> -<nodeprev>tabbing</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>table</code></title> +<node name="table"><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">table</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">table</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">tables, creating</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">creating tables</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve"> \begin{table}[placement] +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \begin{table}[placement] body of the table - \caption{table title} - \end{table} -</example> + \caption{table title} + \end{table} +</pre></example> + <para>Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are -usually “floated” to a convenient place, like the top of a page. +usually &textldquo;floated&textrdquo; to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split between two pages. </para> <para>The optional argument <code>[placement]</code> determines where &latex; will try to place your table. There are four places where &latex; can possibly put a float; these are the same as that used with the <code>figure</code> -environment, and described there (see <xref><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></xref>). +environment, and described there (<pxref><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>The standard <code>report</code> and <code>article</code> classes use the default placement <code>[tbp]</code>. @@ -2770,166 +2556,162 @@ you wish. The <code>\caption</code> command allows you to title your table. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>tabular</nodename> -<nodenext>thebibliography</nodenext> -<nodeprev>table</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>tabular</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">tabular <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lines in tables</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lining text up in tables</indexterm></para> +<node name="tabular"><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">tabular <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}[pos]{cols} column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ ... -\end{tabular} -</example> -<para> or +\end{tabular} +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> +<para>or </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ ... -\end{tabular*} -</example> +\end{tabular*} +</pre></example> + <para>These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm><code>\\</code> must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, -except for the last, where it is optional—unless an <code>\hline</code> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para><code>\\</code> must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, +except for the last, where it is optional&textmdash;unless an <code>\hline</code> command (to put a rule below the table) follows. </para> <para>The mandatory and optional arguments consist of: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>width</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Specifies the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. There must be +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">width</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Specifies the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. There must be rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified width. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>pos</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">pos</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of the environment. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>t</code></tableterm> -<item><para>align on top row -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>b</code></tableterm> -<item><para>align on bottom row -</para></item></tableitem></table> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>align on top row +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>align on bottom row +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>cols</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">cols</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and intercolumn material. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>l</code></tableterm> -<item><para>A column of left-aligned items. +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A column of left-aligned items. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>r</code></tableterm> -<item><para>A column of right-aligned items. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A column of right-aligned items. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>c</code></tableterm> -<item><para>A column of centered items. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A column of centered items. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>|</code></tableterm> -<item><para>A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">|</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>@{<var>text</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>This inserts <var>text</var> in every row. An @-expression suppresses the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">&arobase;{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>This inserts <var>text</var> in every row. An &arobase;-expression suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any desired space -between the inserted text and the adjacent items must be included in -<var>text</var>. An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an @-expression -causes an extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the left of all -subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code> -command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not -suppressed by an @-expression. An <code>\extracolsep</code> command can be -used only in an @-expression in the <code>cols</code> argument. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>p{<var>wd</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width +before the adjacent item must be included in <var>text</var>. +</para> +<para>To insert commands that are automatically executed before a given +column, you have to load the <code>array</code> package and use the +<code>>{...}</code> specifier. +<!-- xx should fully explain array, tabularx, and all other base packages... --> +</para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> +<para>An <code>\extracolsep{wd}</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an +extra space of width <code>wd</code> to appear to the left of all subsequent +columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code> command. +Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not suppressed +by an &arobase;-expression. An <code>\extracolsep</code> command can be used only +in an &arobase;-expression in the <code>cols</code> argument. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">p{<var>wd</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width <var>wd</var>, as if it were the argument of a -<code>\parbox[t]{<var>wd</var>}</code> command. However, a <code>\\</code> may not +<code>\parbox[t]{<var>wd</var>}</code> command. However, a <code>\\</code> may not appear in the item, except in the following situations: </para> -<enumerate first="1"><item> +<enumerate first="1"> +<listitem> <para>inside an environment like <code>minipage</code>, <code>array</code>, or <code>tabular</code>. -</para></item> -<item> +</para></listitem><listitem> <para>inside an explicit <code>\parbox</code>. -</para></item> -<item> +</para></listitem><listitem> <para>in the scope of a <code>\centering</code>, <code>\raggedright</code>, or <code>\raggedleft</code> declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used in a <code>p</code>-column element. -</para></item> -</enumerate> +</para></listitem></enumerate> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>*{<var>num</var>}{<var>cols</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Equivalent to <var>num</var> copies of <var>cols</var>, where <var>num</var> is a +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">*{<var>num</var>}{<var>cols</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Equivalent to <var>num</var> copies of <var>cols</var>, where <var>num</var> is a positive integer and <var>cols</var> is any list of column-specifiers, which may contain another <code>*-expression</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>Parameters that control formatting: <!-- xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? --> </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm><code>\arrayrulewidth</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments; the default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\arraystretch</indexterm><code>\arraystretch</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Scaling of spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Scaling of spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments; default is <samp>1</samp>, for no scaling. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\doublerulesep</indexterm><code>\doublerulesep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by <code>||</code> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by <code>||</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments; default is <samp>2pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\tabcolsep</indexterm><code>\tabcolsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Half the width of the space between columns; default is <samp>6pt</samp>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Half the width of the space between columns; default is <samp>6pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<para>These commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> environment: +<para>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabular</code> +environment: </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\multicolumn</menunode> -<menutitle>\multicolumn</menutitle> -<menucomment> Make an item spanning several columns. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\cline</menunode> -<menutitle>\cline</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\hline</menunode> -<menutitle>\hline</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\vline</menunode> -<menutitle>\vline</menutitle> -<menucomment> Draw a vertical line. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\multicolumn</nodename> -<nodenext>\cline</nodenext> -<nodeup>tabular</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\multicolumn</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\multicolumn</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\multicolumn</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make an item spanning several columns. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\cline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\hline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\vline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Draw a vertical line. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cmulticolumn"><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: -</para><example xml:space="preserve">\multicolumn{<var>cols</var>}{<var>pos</var>}{<var>text</var>} -</example> +</para><example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\multicolumn{<var>cols</var>}{<var>pos</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\multicolumn</code> command makes an entry that spans several columns. The first mandatory argument, <var>cols</var>, specifies the number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, <var>pos</var>, @@ -2937,138 +2719,110 @@ specifies the formatting of the entry; <code>c</code> for centered, <code>l</cod for flushleft, <code>r</code> for flushright. The third mandatory argument, <var>text</var>, specifies what text to put in the entry. </para> -<para>Here's an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash; +<para>Here&textrsquo;s an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash; <code>\multicolumn</code> is used for the heading: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{r@{--}l} -\multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{r&arobase;{--}l} +\multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr 0x80&0x7FF \cr 0x800&0xFFFF \cr 0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr -\end{tabular} -</example> +\end{tabular} +</pre></example> + </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\cline</nodename> -<nodenext>\hline</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\multicolumn</nodeprev> -<nodeup>tabular</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\cline</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\cline</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005ccline"><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\cline</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\cline{<var>i</var>-<var>j</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\cline{<var>i</var>-<var>j</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\cline</code> command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column <var>i</var> and ending in column <var>j</var>, which are specified in the mandatory argument. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\hline</nodename> -<nodenext>\vline</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\cline</nodeprev> -<nodeup>tabular</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\hline</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\hline</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005chline"><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\hline</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\hline</code> command draws a horizontal line the width of the -enclosing <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. It's most +enclosing <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\vline</nodename> -<nodeprev>\hline</nodeprev> -<nodeup>tabular</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\vline</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\vline</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cvline"><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\vline</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\vline</code> command will draw a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row. An <code>\hfill</code> command can be used to move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an -@-expression. +&arobase;-expression. </para> </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>thebibliography</nodename> -<nodenext>theorem</nodenext> -<nodeprev>tabular</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>thebibliography</code></title> +<node name="thebibliography"><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">thebibliography</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">thebibliography</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{thebibliography}{<var>widest-label</var>} -\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key}</var> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{thebibliography}{<var>widest-label</var>} +\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key}</var> ... -\end{thebibliography} -</example> +\end{thebibliography} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>thebibliography</code> environment produces a bibliography or reference list. </para> <para>In the <code>article</code> class, this reference list is labelled -“References”; in the <code>report</code> class, it is labelled -“Bibliography”. You can change the label (in the standard classes) +&textldquo;References&textrdquo;; in the <code>report</code> class, it is labelled +&textldquo;Bibliography&textrdquo;. You can change the label (in the standard classes) by redefining the command <code>\refname</code>. For instance, this eliminates it entirely: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\refname}{} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\refname}{} +</pre></example> + <para>The mandatory <var>widest-label</var> argument is text that, when typeset, is as wide as the widest item label produced by the <code>\bibitem</code> commands. It is typically given as <code>9</code> for bibliographies with less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\bibitem</menunode> -<menutitle>\bibitem</menutitle> -<menucomment> Specify a bibliography item. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\cite</menunode> -<menutitle>\cite</menutitle> -<menucomment> Refer to a bibliography item. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\nocite</menunode> -<menutitle>\nocite</menutitle> -<menucomment> Include an item in the bibliography. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Using BibTeX</menunode> -<menutitle>Using BibTeX</menutitle> -<menucomment> Automatic generation of bibliographies. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\bibitem</nodename> -<nodenext>\cite</nodenext> -<nodeup>thebibliography</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\bibitem</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\bibitem</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\bibitem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Specify a bibliography item. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\cite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Refer to a bibliography item. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\nocite</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Include an item in the bibliography. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Using BibTeX</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Automatic generation of bibliographies. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cbibitem"><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: -</para><example xml:space="preserve">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key</var>} -</example> +</para><example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by <var>label</var>. If the <var>label</var> argument is missing, a number is automatically generated using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The @@ -3076,93 +2830,88 @@ automatically generated using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The symbols not containing a comma. </para> <para>This command writes an entry to the <file>.aux</file> file containing the -item's <var>cite_key</var> and label. When the <file>.aux</file> file is read by -the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the item's <code>label</code> is +item&textrsquo;s <var>cite_key</var> and label. When the <file>.aux</file> file is read by +the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the item&textrsquo;s <code>label</code> is associated with <code>cite_key</code>, causing references to <var>cite_key</var> with a <code>\cite</code> command (see next section) to produce the associated label. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\cite</nodename> -<nodenext>\nocite</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\bibitem</nodeprev> -<nodeup>thebibliography</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\cite</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\cite</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005ccite"><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\cite</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\cite[<var>subcite</var>]{<var>keys</var> -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\cite[<var>subcite</var>]{<var>keys</var> +</pre></example> + <para>The <var>keys</var> argument is a list of one or more citation keys, separated by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to the references associated with <var>keys</var> by entries in the <file>.aux</file> file. </para> <para>The text of the optional <var>subcite</var> argument appears after the -citation. For example, <code>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</code> might produce -`[Knuth, p. 314]'. +citation. For example, <code>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</code> might produce +&textlsquo;[Knuth, p. 314]&textrsquo;. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\nocite</nodename> -<nodenext>Using BibTeX</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\cite</nodeprev> -<nodeup>thebibliography</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\nocite</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\nocite</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\nocite{key_list}</code> +<node name="_005cnocite"><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\nocite</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\nocite{key_list}</code> </para> <para>The <code>\nocite</code> command produces no text, but writes <code>key_list</code>, which is a list of one or more citation keys, on the <file>.aux</file> file. </para> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename> -<nodeprev>\nocite</nodeprev> -<nodeup>thebibliography</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title>Using Bib&tex;</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">using Bib&tex;</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bib&tex;, using</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\bibliographystyle</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\bibliography</indexterm></para> +<node name="Using-BibTeX"><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> + <para>If you use the Bib&tex; program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of -titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don't use the -<code>thebibliography</code> environment (see <xref><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></xref>). Instead, +titles) to maintain your bibliography, you don&textrsquo;t use the +<code>thebibliography</code> environment (<pxref><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, you include the lines </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\bibliographystyle{<var>bibstyle</var>} -\bibliography{<var>bibfile1</var>,<var>bibfile2</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\bibliographystyle{<var>bibstyle</var>} +\bibliography{<var>bibfile1</var>,<var>bibfile2</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\bibliographystyle</code> command does not produce any output of its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be produced: <var>bibstyle</var> refers to a file <var>bibstyle</var><file>.bst</file>, which defines how your citations will look. The standard <var>style</var> names distributed with Bib&tex; are: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>alpha</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">alpha</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>plain</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>unsrt</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>abbrv</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">plain</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">unsrt</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Like <code>plain</code>, but entries are in order of citation. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">abbrv</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Like <code>plain</code>, but more compact labels. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>In addition, numerous other Bib&tex; style files exist tailored to the demands of various publications. See -<uref><urefurl>http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib</urefurl></uref>. +<url><urefurl>http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib</urefurl></url>. </para> <para>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the bibliography. The argument to <code>\bibliography</code> refers to files @@ -3173,72 +2922,71 @@ Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>theorem</nodename> -<nodenext>titlepage</nodenext> -<nodeprev>thebibliography</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>theorem</code></title> +<node name="theorem"><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">theorem <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">theorem <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{theorem} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{theorem} <var>theorem-text</var> -\end{theorem} -</example> -<para>The <code>theorem</code> environment produces “Theorem <var>n</var>” in +\end{theorem} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>theorem</code> environment produces &textldquo;Theorem <var>n</var>&textrdquo; in boldface followed by <var>theorem-text</var>, where the numbering possibilities for <var>n</var> are described under <code>\newtheorem</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\newtheorem</xrefnodename></xref>). +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\newtheorem</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>titlepage</nodename> -<nodenext>verbatim</nodenext> -<nodeprev>theorem</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>titlepage</code></title> +<node name="titlepage"><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">titlepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">titlepage <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">making a title page</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">title pages, creating</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{titlepage} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{titlepage} <var>text</var> -\end{titlepage} -</example> +\end{titlepage} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>titlepage</code> environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The <code>\today</code> command may be useful on title pages -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></xref>). +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>You can use the <code>\maketitle</code> command (see <xref><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></xref>) to +<para>You can use the <code>\maketitle</code> command (<pxref><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>) to produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code> environment. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>verbatim</nodename> -<nodenext>verse</nodenext> -<nodeprev>titlepage</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>verbatim</code></title> +<node name="verbatim"><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">verbatim <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">verbatim <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">verbatim text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">simulating typed text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">typed text, simulating</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">code, typesetting</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{verbatim} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{verbatim} <var>literal-text</var> -\end{verbatim} -</example> +\end{verbatim} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>verbatim</code> environment is a paragraph-making environment in which &latex; produces exactly what you type in; for instance the <code>\</code> character produces a printed <samp>\</samp>. It turns &latex; @@ -3248,59 +2996,59 @@ effect that they would on a typewriter. <para>The <code>verbatim</code> uses a monospaced typewriter-like font (<code>\tt</code>). </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\verb</menunode> -<menutitle>\verb</menutitle> -<menucomment> The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - -<node> -<nodename>\verb</nodename> -<nodeup>verbatim</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title><code>\verb</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\verb</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\verb</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The macro form of the <code>verbatim</code> environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + +<node name="_005cverb"><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\verb</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\verb<var>char</var><var>literal-text</var><var>char</var> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\verb<var>char</var><var>literal-text</var><var>char</var> \verb*<var>char</var><var>literal-text</var><var>char</var> -</example> +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\verb</code> command typesets <var>literal-text</var> as it is input, including special characters and spaces, using the typewriter (<code>\tt</code>) font. No spaces are allowed between <code>\verb</code> or <code>\verb*</code> and the delimiter <var>char</var>, which begins and ends the verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">visible space</indexterm>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a -“visible space” character. +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">visible space</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a +&textldquo;visible space&textrdquo; character. +<tex> +(Namely, {\tt\char&textlsquo;\ }.) +</tex> </para> </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>verse</nodename> -<nodeprev>verbatim</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Environments</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>verse</code></title> +<node name="verse"><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">verse <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">verse <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\begin{verse} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{verse} <var>line1</var> \\ <var>line2</var> \\ ... -\end{verse} -</example> +\end{verse} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>verse</code> environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses for it. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm>The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. @@ -3308,15 +3056,11 @@ stanzas. </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Line breaking</nodename> -<nodenext>Page breaking</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Environments</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Line breaking</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">line breaking</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">breaking lines</indexterm></para> +<node name="Line-breaking"><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To produce a printed document, this sequence must be broken into lines @@ -3327,57 +3071,23 @@ some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the <code>\\</code> command, and you can always manually force breaks. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\\</menunode> -<menutitle>\\</menutitle> -<menucomment> Start a new line. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\obeycr & \restorecr</menunode> -<menutitle>\obeycr & \restorecr</menutitle> -<menucomment> Make each input line start a new output line. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newline</menunode> -<menutitle>\newline</menutitle> -<menucomment> Break the line -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\- (hyphenation)</menunode> -<menutitle>\- (hyphenation)</menutitle> -<menucomment> Insert explicit hyphenation. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\fussy</menunode> -<menutitle>\fussy</menutitle> -<menucomment> Be fussy about line breaking. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\sloppy</menunode> -<menutitle>\sloppy</menutitle> -<menucomment> Be sloppy about line breaking. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\hyphenation</menunode> -<menutitle>\hyphenation</menutitle> -<menucomment> Tell &latex; how to hyphenate a word. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</menunode> -<menutitle>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</menutitle> -<menucomment> Forcing & avoiding line breaks. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\\</nodename> -<nodenext>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\\</code>[*][<var>morespace</var>]</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">new line, starting</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">line break, forcing</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\\</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Start a new line. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\obeycr & \restorecr</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make each input line start a new output line. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Break the line +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\- (hyphenation)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert explicit hyphenation. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\fussy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Be fussy about line breaking. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\sloppy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Be sloppy about line breaking. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\hyphenation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tell &latex; how to hyphenate a word. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forcing & avoiding line breaks. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005c_005c"><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\\</code>[*][<var>morespace</var>]</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\\</code> command tells &latex; to start a new line. It has an optional argument, <var>morespace</var>, that specifies how much extra vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a @@ -3388,15 +3098,12 @@ except that it tells &latex; not to start a new page after the line. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodename> -<nodenext>\newline</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\\</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\obeycr</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\restorecr</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">new line, output as input</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr"><nodename>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>, internally) the same as <code>\\</code> (followed by <code>\relax</code>). So each new line in the input will also be a new line @@ -3406,30 +3113,22 @@ in the output. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newline</nodename> -<nodenext>\- (hyphenation)</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newline</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newline</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnewline"><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\newline</code> command breaks the line at the present point, with no stretching of the text before it. It can only be used in paragraph mode. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename> -<nodenext>\fussy</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newline</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\-</code> command tells &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. &latex; is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find most of the correct hyphenation points, and almost never use an @@ -3443,54 +3142,41 @@ that &latex; might otherwise have chosen. </section> -<node> -<nodename>\fussy</nodename> -<nodenext>\sloppy</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\fussy</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\fussy</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cfussy"><nodename>\fussy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fussy</indexterm></findex> + <para>The declaration <code>\fussy</code> (which is the default) makes &tex; picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. </para> <para>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code>\sloppy</code> command -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\sloppy</xrefnodename></xref>. +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\sloppy</xrefnodename></pxref>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\sloppy</nodename> -<nodenext>\hyphenation</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\fussy</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\sloppy</code></title> +<node name="_005csloppy"><nodename>\sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle> <para>The declaration <code>\sloppy</code> makes &tex; less fussy about line breaking. This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. </para> -<para>Lasts until a <code>\fussy</code> command is issued (see <xref><xrefnodename>\fussy</xrefnodename></xref>). +<para>Lasts until a <code>\fussy</code> command is issued (<pxref><xrefnodename>\fussy</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\hyphenation</nodename> -<nodenext>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\sloppy</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\hyphenation</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\hyphenation</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005chyphenation"><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation{<var>word-one</var> <var>word-two</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation{<var>word-one</var> <var>word-two</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\hyphenation</code> command declares allowed hyphenation points with a <code>-</code> character in the given words. The words are separated by spaces. &tex; will only hyphenate if the word matches exactly, no @@ -3498,23 +3184,26 @@ inflections are tried. Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate. Some examples (the default &tex; hyphenation patterns misses the hyphenations in these words): </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix col-umns data-base data-bases} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix col-umns data-base data-bases} +</pre></example> + </section> -<node> -<nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename> -<nodeprev>\hyphenation</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Line breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\linebreak</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\nolinebreak</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">line breaks, forcing</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"><nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopses: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\linebreak[<var>priority</var>] +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\linebreak[<var>priority</var>] \nolinebreak[<var>priority</var>] -</example> +</pre></example> + <para>By default, the <code>\linebreak</code> (<code>\nolinebreak</code>) command forces (prevents) a line break at the current position. For <code>\linebreak</code>, the spaces in the line are stretched out so that it @@ -3527,57 +3216,30 @@ from a demand to a request. The <var>priority</var> must be a number from </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Page breaking</nodename> -<nodenext>Footnotes</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Line breaking</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Page breaking</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">page breaking</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">breaking pages</indexterm></para> +<node name="Page-breaking"><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> + <para>&latex; starts new pages asynchronously, when enough material has accumulated to fill up a page. Usually this happens automatically, but sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\cleardoublepage</menunode> -<menutitle>\cleardoublepage</menutitle> -<menucomment> Start a new right-hand page. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\clearpage</menunode> -<menutitle>\clearpage</menutitle> -<menucomment> Start a new page. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newpage</menunode> -<menutitle>\newpage</menutitle> -<menucomment> Start a new page. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\enlargethispage</menunode> -<menutitle>\enlargethispage</menutitle> -<menucomment> Enlarge the current page a bit. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</menunode> -<menutitle>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</menutitle> -<menucomment> Forcing & avoiding page breaks. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\cleardoublepage</nodename> -<nodenext>\clearpage</nodenext> -<nodeup>Page breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\cleardoublepage</code></title> - -<para><indexterm index="fn">\cleardoublepage</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\cleardoublepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Start a new right-hand page. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\clearpage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Start a new page. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newpage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Start a new page. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\enlargethispage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Enlarge the current page a bit. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forcing & avoiding page breaks. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005ccleardoublepage"><nodename>\cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\clearpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\cleardoublepage</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\cleardoublepage</code> command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand @@ -3585,49 +3247,39 @@ In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\clearpage</nodename> -<nodenext>\newpage</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\cleardoublepage</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Page breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\clearpage</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\clearpage</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cclearpage"><nodename>\clearpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\clearpage</code> command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newpage</nodename> -<nodenext>\enlargethispage</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\clearpage</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Page breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newpage</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newpage</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">new page, starting</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">starting a new page</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnewpage"><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\newpage</code> command ends the current page, but does not clear floats (see <code>\clearpage</code> above). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename> -<nodenext>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newpage</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Page breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\enlargethispage</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\enlargethispage</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">enlarge current page</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\enlargethispage{size}</code> +<node name="_005cenlargethispage"><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> + +<para><code>\enlargethispage{size}</code> </para> -<para><code>\enlargethispage*{size}</code> +<para><code>\enlargethispage*{size}</code> </para> <para>Enlarge the <code>\textheight</code> for the current page by the specified -amount; e.g. <code>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code> will allow one +amount; e.g. <code>\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}</code> will allow one additional line. </para> <para>The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page as @@ -3636,22 +3288,23 @@ much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename> -<nodeprev>\enlargethispage</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Page breaking</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\pagebreak</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\nopagebreak</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">page break, forcing</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">page break, preventing</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak"><nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopses: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\pagebreak[<var>priority</var>] +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagebreak[<var>priority</var>] \nopagebreak[<var>priority</var>] -</example> +</pre></example> + <para>By default, the <code>\pagebreak</code> (<code>\nopagebreak</code>) command forces -(prevents) a page break at the current position. For -<code>\linebreak</code>, the vertical space on the page is stretched out +(prevents) a page break at the current position. With +<code>\pagebreak</code>, the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. </para> <para>With the optional argument <var>priority</var>, you can convert the @@ -3662,61 +3315,34 @@ insistent the request is. </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Footnotes</nodename> -<nodenext>Definitions</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Page breaking</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Footnotes</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">footnotes, creating</indexterm></para> +<node name="Footnotes"><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with one command, the <code>\footnote</code> command. They can also be produced with two commands, the <code>\footnotemark</code> and the <code>\footnotetext</code> commands. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\footnote</menunode> -<menutitle>\footnote</menutitle> -<menucomment> Insert a footnote. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\footnotemark</menunode> -<menutitle>\footnotemark</menutitle> -<menucomment> Insert footnote mark only. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\footnotetext</menunode> -<menutitle>\footnotetext</menutitle> -<menucomment> Insert footnote text only. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Symbolic footnotes</menunode> -<menutitle>Symbolic footnotes</menutitle> -<menucomment> Using symbols instead of numbers for footnotes. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Footnote parameters</menunode> -<menutitle>Footnote parameters</menutitle> -<menucomment> Parameters for footnote formatting. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\footnote</nodename> -<nodenext>\footnotemark</nodenext> -<nodeup>Footnotes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\footnote</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\footnote</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\footnote</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert a footnote. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\footnotemark</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert footnote mark only. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\footnotetext</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert footnote text only. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Symbolic footnotes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using symbols instead of numbers for footnotes. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Footnote parameters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Parameters for footnote formatting. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cfootnote"><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\footnote</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\footnote[<var>number</var>]{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnote[<var>number</var>]{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\footnote</code> command places the numbered footnote <var>text</var> at the bottom of the current page. The optional argument <var>number</var> changes the default footnote number. @@ -3728,15 +3354,10 @@ tables or in a <code>tabular</code> environment. (See following sections.) </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\footnotemark</nodename> -<nodenext>\footnotetext</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\footnote</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Footnotes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\footnotemark</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\footnotemark</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cfootnotemark"><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> + <para>With no optional argument, the <code>\footnotemark</code> command puts the current footnote number in the text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. You give the text of the footnote separately, @@ -3745,25 +3366,25 @@ with the <code>\footnotetext</code> command. <para>This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote with </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> <para>after the first <code>\footnote</code> command. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\footnotetext</nodename> -<nodenext>Symbolic footnotes</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\footnotemark</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Footnotes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\footnotetext</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\footnotetext</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cfootnotetext"><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbolic footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\footnotetext[<var>number</var>]{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\footnotetext[<var>number</var>]{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\footnotetext</code> command places <var>text</var> at the bottom of the page as a footnote. This command can come anywhere after the <code>\footnotemark</code> command. The <code>\footnotetext</code> command must @@ -3773,314 +3394,270 @@ appear in outer paragraph mode. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Symbolic footnotes</nodename> -<nodenext>Footnote parameters</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\footnotetext</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Footnotes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Symbolic footnotes</title> +<node name="Symbolic-footnotes"><nodename>Symbolic footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnote parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Symbolic footnotes</sectiontitle> -<para><indexterm index="cp">footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered</indexterm>If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered</indexterm></cindex> +<para>If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing numbers, redefine <code>\thefootnote</code> like this: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\@fnsymbol</indexterm>The <code>\fnsymbol</code> command produces a predefined series of symbols -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></xref>). If you want to -use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you'll need to also -redefine <code>\@fnsymbol</code>. +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\fnsymbol</code> command produces a predefined series of symbols +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you want to +use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you&textrsquo;ll need to also +redefine <code>\&arobase;fnsymbol</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Footnote parameters</nodename> -<nodeprev>Symbolic footnotes</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Footnotes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Footnote parameters</title> +<node name="Footnote-parameters"><nodename>Footnote parameters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbolic footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Footnote parameters</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="cp">footnote parameters</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\footnoterule</indexterm><code>\footnoterule</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page's +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s footnotes. Default dimensions: <code>0.4pt</code> thick (or wide), and <code>0.4\columnwidth</code> long in the standard document classes (except slides, where it does not appear). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\footnotesep</indexterm><code>\footnotesep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. By +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. By default, this is set to the normal strut for <code>\footnotesize</code> -fonts (see <xref><xrefnodename>Font sizes</xrefnodename></xref>), therefore there is no extra space between +fonts (<pxref><xrefnodename>Font sizes</xrefnodename></pxref>), therefore there is no extra space between footnotes. This is <samp>6.65pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>7.7pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>8.4pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Definitions</nodename> -<nodenext>Counters</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Footnotes</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Definitions</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">definitions</indexterm></para> +<node name="Definitions"><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">definitions</indexterm></cindex> + <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </para> <!-- xx everything in this chapter needs examples. --> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\newcommand & \renewcommand</menunode> -<menutitle>\newcommand & \renewcommand</menutitle> -<menucomment> (Re)define a new command. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newcounter</menunode> -<menutitle>\newcounter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Define a new counter. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newlength</menunode> -<menutitle>\newlength</menutitle> -<menucomment> Define a new length. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newsavebox</menunode> -<menutitle>\newsavebox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Define a new box. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</menunode> -<menutitle>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</menutitle> -<menucomment> Define a new environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newtheorem</menunode> -<menutitle>\newtheorem</menutitle> -<menucomment> Define a new theorem-like environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\newfont</menunode> -<menutitle>\newfont</menutitle> -<menucomment> Define a new font name. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\protect</menunode> -<menutitle>\protect</menutitle> -<menucomment> Using tricky commands. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename> -<nodenext>\newcounter</nodenext> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newcommand</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">commands, defining new ones</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">defining a new command</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">new commands, defining</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\newcommand & \renewcommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">(Re)define a new command. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new length. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newsavebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new box. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newtheorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new theorem-like environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new font name. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using tricky commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> + <para><code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\renewcommand</code> define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve"> \newcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\renewcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} - \newcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\renewcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \newcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\renewcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>defn</var>} + \newcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\renewcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +</pre></example> + -<table><tableitem><tableterm><var>cmd</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The command name beginning with <code>\</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code>, it +<table commandarg="var"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">cmd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The command name beginning with <code>\</code>. For <code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined and must not begin with <code>\end</code>; for <code>\renewcommand</code>, it must already be defined. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>nargs</var></tableterm> -<item><para>An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">nargs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments that the command will take. The default is for the command to have no arguments. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>default</var></tableterm> -<item><para>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">default</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command&textrsquo;s first argument is optional. When the new command is called, the default value of the optional argument (i.e., if it is not specified in the call) is the string <samp>def</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>defn</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">defn</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a construct of the form <code>#<var>n</var></code> in <var>defn</var> is replaced by the text of the <var>n</var>th argument. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> <!-- xx \providecommand, * form (non-\long) --> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newcounter</nodename> -<nodenext>\newlength</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newcounter</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newcounter</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">counters, defining new</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnewcounter"><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\newcounter{<var>cnt</var>}[<var>countername</var>] -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter{<var>cnt</var>}[<var>countername</var>] +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\newcounter</code> command defines a new counter named <var>cnt</var>. The new counter is initialized to zero. </para> <para>Given the optional argument <code>[<var>countername</var>]</code>, <var>cnt</var> will be reset whenever <var>countername</var> is incremented. </para> -<para>See <xref><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></xref>, for more information about counters. +<para><xref><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></xref>, for more information about counters. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newlength</nodename> -<nodenext>\newsavebox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newcounter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newlength</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newlength</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lengths, defining new</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnewlength"><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\<var>arg</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newlength{\<var>arg</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\newlength</code> command defines the mandatory argument as a <code>length</code> command with a value of <code>0in</code>. The argument must -be a control sequence, as in <code>\newlength{\foo}</code>. An error +be a control sequence, as in <code>\newlength{\foo}</code>. An error occurs if <code>\foo</code> is already defined. </para> -<para>See <xref><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value, and +<para><xref><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value, and for more information about lengths in general. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newsavebox</nodename> -<nodenext>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newlength</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newsavebox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newsavebox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnewsavebox"><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{<var>cmd</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{<var>cmd</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>Defines <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, which must be a command name not already defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodename> -<nodenext>\newtheorem</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newsavebox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newenvironment</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\renewenvironment</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">environments, defining</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">defining new environments</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">redefining environments</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment"><nodename>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopses: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve"> \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>} - \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>} -\renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>} + \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>} +\renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>]{<var>begdef</var>}{<var>enddef</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>These commands define or redefine an environment <var>env</var>, that is, -<code>\begin{<var>env</var>} &dots; \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>} &dots; \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><var>env</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The name of the environment. For <code>\newenvironment</code>, <var>env</var> +<table commandarg="var"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">env</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The name of the environment. For <code>\newenvironment</code>, <var>env</var> must not be an existing environment, and the command <code>\<var>env</var></code> must be undefined. For <code>\renewenvironment</code>, <var>env</var> must be the name of an existing environment. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>nargs</var></tableterm> -<item><para>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">nargs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>default</var></tableterm> -<item><para>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <var>default</var> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">default</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and <var>default</var> gives the default value for that argument. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>begdef</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>; a +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">begdef</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>; a construct of the form <code>#<var>n</var></code> in <var>begdef</var> is replaced by the text of the <var>n</var>th argument. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>enddef</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. It +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">enddef</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text expanded at every occurrence of <code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. It may not contain any argument parameters. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newtheorem</nodename> -<nodenext>\newfont</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newtheorem</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newtheorem</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">theorems, defining</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">defining new theorems</indexterm></para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem{<var>newenv</var>}{<var>label</var>}[<var>within</var>] -\newtheorem{<var>newenv</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>label</var>} -</example> +<node name="_005cnewtheorem"><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex> + +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem{<var>newenv</var>}{<var>label</var>}[<var>within</var>] +\newtheorem{<var>newenv</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>label</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>This command defines a theorem-like environment. Arguments: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><var>newenv</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The name of the environment to be defined; must not be the name of an +<table commandarg="var"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">newenv</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The name of the environment to be defined; must not be the name of an existing environment or otherwise defined. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>label</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">label</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the number. For example, <samp>Theorem</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>numbered_like</var></tableterm> -<item><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined theorem-like environment; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">numbered_like</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined theorem-like environment; the new environment will be numbered just like <var>numbered_like</var>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>within</var></tableterm> -<item><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined counter, a sectional unit. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">within</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(Optional.) The name of an already defined counter, a sectional unit. The new theorem counter will be reset at the same time as the <var>within</var> counter. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>At most one of <var>numbered_like</var> and <var>within</var> can be specified, not both. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\newfont</nodename> -<nodenext>\protect</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\newtheorem</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\newfont</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\newfont</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">fonts, new commands for</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">defining new fonts</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnewfont"><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newfont</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\newfont{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>fontname</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newfont{<var>cmd</var>}{<var>fontname</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>Defines a control sequence <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, which must not already be defined, to make <var>fontname</var> be the current font. The file looked for on the system is named <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. @@ -4090,319 +3667,238 @@ More commonly, fonts are defined in families through <file>.fd</file> files. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\protect</nodename> -<nodeprev>\newfont</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Definitions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\protect</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\protect</indexterm></para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">fragile commands</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">moving arguments</indexterm>Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and +<node name="_005cprotect"><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\protect</indexterm></findex> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more are so-called <dfn>fragile</dfn> commands. When a fragile command is used in certain contexts, called <dfn>moving arguments</dfn>, it must be preceded by <code>\protect</code>. In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments must have their own <code>\protect</code>. </para> <para>Some examples of moving arguments are <code>\caption</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></xref>), <code>\thanks</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></xref>), and -expressions in <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments -(see <xref><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></xref>). +(<pxref><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\thanks</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>), and +&hyphenbreak;expressions in <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments +(<pxref><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">robust commands</indexterm>Commands which are not fragile are called <dfn>robust</dfn>. They must not +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">robust commands</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Commands which are not fragile are called <dfn>robust</dfn>. They must not be preceded by <code>\protect</code>. </para> <para>See also: </para> -<smallexample xml:space="preserve"><exdent></exdent><uref><urefurl>http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</urefurl></uref> -<exdent></exdent><uref><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</urefurl></uref> +<smallexample> +<exdent><url><urefurl>http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html</urefurl></url></exdent> +<exdent><url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect</urefurl></url></exdent> </smallexample> + <!-- xx really need examples. --> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Counters</nodename> -<nodenext>Lengths</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Definitions</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Counters</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">counters, a list of</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">variables, a list of</indexterm></para> +<node name="Counters"><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or command that produces the number, except with no <code>\</code>. -(<code>enumi</code>–<code>enumiv</code> are used for the nested enumerate -environment.) Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;'s +(<code>enumi</code>&textndash;<code>enumiv</code> are used for the nested enumerate +environment.) Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document classes to control numbering. </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii section page footnote enumiii subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv subsubsection -</example> +</pre></example> + <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</menunode> -<menutitle>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</menutitle> -<menucomment> Print value of a counter. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\usecounter</menunode> -<menutitle>\usecounter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Use a specified counter in a list environment. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\value</menunode> -<menutitle>\value</menutitle> -<menucomment> Use the value of a counter in an expression. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\setcounter</menunode> -<menutitle>\setcounter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Set the value of a counter. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\addtocounter</menunode> -<menutitle>\addtocounter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add a quantity to a counter. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\refstepcounter</menunode> -<menutitle>\refstepcounter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\stepcounter</menunode> -<menutitle>\stepcounter</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\day \month \year</menunode> -<menutitle>\day \month \year</menutitle> -<menucomment> Numeric date values. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename> -<nodenext>\usecounter</nodenext> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</title> +<menuentry><menunode>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Print value of a counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\usecounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use a specified counter in a list environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\value</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use the value of a counter in an expression. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\setcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the value of a counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\addtocounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add a quantity to a counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\refstepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\stepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\day \month \year</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Numeric date values. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle> <para>All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for -instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. +instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\alph</indexterm><code>\alph</code></tableterm> -<item><para>prints <var>counter</var> using lowercase letters: `a', `b', &enddots; +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\alph</indexterm>\alph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>prints <var>counter</var> using lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Alph</indexterm><code>\Alph</code></tableterm> -<item><para>uses uppercase letters: `A', `B', &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Alph</indexterm>\Alph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\arabic</indexterm><code>\arabic</code></tableterm> -<item><para>uses Arabic numbers: `1', `2', &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\arabic</indexterm>\arabic</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses Arabic numbers: &textlsquo;1&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;2&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\roman</indexterm><code>\roman</code></tableterm> -<item><para>uses lowercase roman numerals: `i', `ii', &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\roman</indexterm>\roman</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\roman</indexterm><code>\roman</code></tableterm> -<item><para>uses uppercase roman numerals: `I', `II', &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\roman</indexterm>\roman</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\fnsymbol</indexterm><code>\fnsymbol</code></tableterm> -<item><para>prints the value of <var>counter</var> in a specific sequence of nine +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\fnsymbol</indexterm>\fnsymbol</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>prints the value of <var>counter</var> in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of <var>counter</var> must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. </para> -<para>The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the names: -</para><display xml:space="preserve">asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel +<tex> +Here are the symbols: +$\ast$ $\dagger$ $\ddagger$ $\S$ $\P$ $\parallel$ +$\ast\ast$ $\dagger\dagger$ $\ddagger\ddagger$ +</tex> +<para>The symbols mostly aren&textrsquo;t supported in Info, but here are the names: +</para><display> +<pre xml:space="preserve">asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger -</display> -</item></tableitem></table> +</pre></display> + +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\usecounter</nodename> -<nodenext>\value</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\usecounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\usecounter</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">list items, specifying counter</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cusecounter"><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\usecounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\usecounter{<var>counter</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usecounter{<var>counter</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\usecounter</code> command is used in the second argument of the <code>list</code> environment to specify <var>counter</var> to be used to number the list items. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\value</nodename> -<nodenext>\setcounter</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\usecounter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\value{<var>counter</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\value</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">counters, getting value of</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cvalue"><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\value{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\value</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\value{<var>counter</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\value{<var>counter</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\value</code> command produces the value of <var>counter</var>. It can be used anywhere &latex; expects a number, for example: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{myctr}{3} -\addtocounter{myctr}{1} -\hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent} -</example> - -</section> -<node> -<nodename>\setcounter</nodename> -<nodenext>\addtocounter</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\value</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\setcounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\setcounter</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">counters, setting</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">setting counters</indexterm></para> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{myctr}{3} +\addtocounter{myctr}{1} +\hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent} +</pre></example> + + +</section> +<node name="_005csetcounter"><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\setcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">setting counters</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{<var>\counter</var>}{<var>value</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{<var>\counter</var>}{<var>value</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\setcounter</code> command sets the value of <var>\counter</var> to the <var>value</var> argument. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\addtocounter</nodename> -<nodenext>\refstepcounter</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\setcounter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\addtocounter</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005caddtocounter"><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command increments <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename> -<nodenext>\stepcounter</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\addtocounter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\refstepcounter</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005crefstepcounter"><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\refstepcounter</code> command works in the same way as -<code>\stepcounter</code> See <xref><xrefnodename>\stepcounter</xrefnodename></xref>, except it also defines the +<code>\stepcounter</code> <xref><xrefnodename>\stepcounter</xrefnodename></xref>, except it also defines the current <code>\ref</code> value to be the result of <code>\thecounter</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\stepcounter</nodename> -<nodenext>\day \month \year</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\refstepcounter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\stepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\stepcounter</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cstepcounter"><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day \month \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\stepcounter</code> command adds one to <var>counter</var> and resets all subsidiary counters. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\day \month \year</nodename> -<nodeprev>\stepcounter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Counters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\day \month \year</code>: Predefined counters</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\day</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\month</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\year</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear"><nodename>\day \month \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\day \month \year</code>: Predefined counters</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\day</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\month</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\year</indexterm></findex> + <para>&latex; defines counters for the day of the month (<code>\day</code>, -1–31), month of the year (<code>\month</code>, 1–12), and year +1&textndash;31), month of the year (<code>\month</code>, 1&textndash;12), and year (<code>\year</code>, Common Era). When &tex; starts up, they are set to the current values on the system where &tex; is running. They are not updated as the job progresses. </para> <para>The related command <code>\today</code> produces a string representing the -current day (see <xref><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></xref>). +current day (<pxref><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Lengths</nodename> -<nodenext>Making paragraphs</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Counters</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Lengths</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></para> +<node name="Lengths"><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex> + <para>A <code>length</code> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\setlength</menunode> -<menutitle>\setlength</menutitle> -<menucomment> Set the value of a length. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\addtolength</menunode> -<menutitle>\addtolength</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add a quantity to a length. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\settodepth</menunode> -<menutitle>\settodepth</menutitle> -<menucomment> Set a length to the depth of something. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\settoheight</menunode> -<menutitle>\settoheight</menutitle> -<menucomment> Set a length to the height of something. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\settowidth</menunode> -<menutitle>\settowidth</menutitle> -<menucomment> Set a length to the width of something. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Predefined lengths</menunode> -<menutitle>Predefined lengths</menutitle> -<menucomment> Lengths that are, like, predefined. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\setlength</nodename> -<nodenext>\addtolength</nodenext> -<nodeup>Lengths</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\setlength</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lengths, setting</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\setlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the value of a length. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\addtolength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add a quantity to a length. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\settodepth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the depth of something. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\settoheight</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the height of something. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the width of something. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Predefined lengths</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Lengths that are, like, predefined. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005csetlength"><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\setlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\setlength</code> sets the value of <var>\len</var> to the <var>value</var> argument, which can be expressed in any units that &latex; understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters (<code>mm</code>), points @@ -4410,47 +3906,33 @@ understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters (<code>mm</code>), poin </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\addtolength</nodename> -<nodenext>\settodepth</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\setlength</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Lengths</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>\addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\addtolength</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lengths, adding to</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a “length command” +<node name="_005caddtolength"><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>\addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\addtolength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a &textldquo;length command&textrdquo; <var>\len</var> by the amount specified in the <var>amount</var> argument, which may be negative. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\settodepth</nodename> -<nodenext>\settoheight</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\addtolength</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Lengths</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\settodepth</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\settodepth</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code> +<node name="_005csettodepth"><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\settodepth</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code> </para> <para>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\settoheight</nodename> -<nodenext>\settowidth</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\settodepth</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Lengths</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\settoheight</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\settoheight</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code> +<node name="_005csettoheight"><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\settoheight</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code> </para> <para>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. @@ -4458,94 +3940,67 @@ equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. </section> -<node> -<nodename>\settowidth</nodename> -<nodenext>Predefined lengths</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\settoheight</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Lengths</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\settowidth</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005csettowidth"><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Predefined lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\settowidth</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of the command <var>\len</var> to the width of the <var>text</var> argument. </para> - </section> -<node> -<nodename>Predefined lengths</nodename> -<nodeprev>\settowidth</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Lengths</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Predefined lengths</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">lengths, predefined</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">predefined lengths</indexterm></para> +<node name="Predefined-lengths"><nodename>Predefined lengths</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Predefined lengths</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lengths, predefined</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">predefined lengths</indexterm></cindex> + <para><code>\width</code> -<indexterm index="fn">\width</indexterm></para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\width</indexterm></findex> +</para> <para><code>\height</code> -<indexterm index="fn">\height</indexterm></para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\height</indexterm></findex> +</para> <para><code>\depth</code> -<indexterm index="fn">\depth</indexterm></para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\depth</indexterm></findex> +</para> <para><code>\totalheight</code> -<indexterm index="fn">\totalheight</indexterm></para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\totalheight</indexterm></findex> +</para> <para>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making -commands (see <xref><xrefnodename>Boxes</xrefnodename></xref>). They specify the natural width etc. of the -text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + +commands (<pxref><xrefnodename>Boxes</xrefnodename></pxref>). They specify the natural width, etc., of +the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + <code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say </para> -<para><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code> +<para><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code> </para> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename> -<nodenext>Math formulas</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Lengths</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Making paragraphs</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">making paragraphs</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">paragraphs</indexterm></para> -<para>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines—lines not +<node name="Making-paragraphs"><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines&textmdash;lines not containing even a <code>%</code>. A blank line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning command. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\indent</menunode> -<menutitle>\indent</menutitle> -<menucomment> Indent this paragraph. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\noindent</menunode> -<menutitle>\noindent</menutitle> -<menucomment> Do not indent this paragraph. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\parskip</menunode> -<menutitle>\parskip</menutitle> -<menucomment> Space added before paragraphs. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Marginal notes</menunode> -<menutitle>Marginal notes</menutitle> -<menucomment> Putting remarks in the margin. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\indent</nodename> -<nodenext>\noindent</nodenext> -<nodeup>Making paragraphs</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\indent</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\indent</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\parindent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">indent, forcing</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\indent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Indent this paragraph. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\noindent</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Do not indent this paragraph. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\parskip</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space added before paragraphs. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Marginal notes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Putting remarks in the margin. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cindent"><nodename>\indent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\indent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex> + <para><code>\indent</code> produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of the <code>\parindent</code> length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it would @@ -4557,47 +4012,40 @@ mode, otherwise <code>15pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>17pt</c </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\noindent</nodename> -<nodenext>\parskip</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\indent</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Making paragraphs</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\noindent</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\noindent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">indent, suppressing</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cnoindent"><nodename>\noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\noindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">indent, suppressing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, <code>\noindent</code> suppresses any paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\parskip</nodename> -<nodenext>Marginal notes</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\noindent</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Making paragraphs</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\parskip</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\parskip</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cparskip"><nodename>\parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Marginal notes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\parskip</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> + <para><code>\parskip</code> is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before each paragraph. The default is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Marginal notes</nodename> -<nodeprev>\parskip</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Making paragraphs</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Marginal notes</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">marginal notes</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">notes in the margin</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">remarks in the margin</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\marginpar</indexterm></para> +<node name="Marginal-notes"><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\marginpar</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\marginpar[<var>left</var>]{<var>right</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\marginpar[<var>left</var>]{<var>right</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\marginpar</code> command creates a note in the margin. The first line of the note will have the same baseline as the line in the text where the <code>\marginpar</code> occurs. @@ -4605,18 +4053,18 @@ where the <code>\marginpar</code> occurs. <para>When you only specify the mandatory argument <var>right</var>, the text will be placed </para> -<itemize><itemfunction>•</itemfunction><item> +<itemize commandarg="bullet"><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> +<listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>in the right margin for one-sided layout; -</para></item> -<item> +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>in the outside margin for two-sided layout; -</para></item> -<item> +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>in the nearest margin for two-column layout. -</para></item> -</itemize> +</para></listitem></itemize> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\reversemarginpar</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\normalmarginpar</indexterm>The command <code>\reversemarginpar</code> places subsequent marginal notes +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<para>The command <code>\reversemarginpar</code> places subsequent marginal notes in the opposite (inside) margin. <code>\normalmarginpar</code> places them in the default position. </para> @@ -4624,25 +4072,26 @@ in the default position. margin, and <var>right</var> is used for the right margin. </para> <para>The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable -hyphenation there by beginning the node with <code>\hspace{0pt}</code>. +hyphenation there by beginning the node with <code>\hspace{0pt}</code>. </para> <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\marginparpush</indexterm><code>\marginparpush</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp> documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\marginparsep</indexterm><code>\marginparsep</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default <samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\marginparwidth</indexterm><code>\marginparwidth</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>; <samp>17pt</samp> more in each case for a two-sided document. In two column mode, the default is <samp>48pt</samp>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <para>The standard &latex; routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes from falling off the bottom of the page. @@ -4653,1050 +4102,1081 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Math formulas</nodename> -<nodenext>Modes</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Making paragraphs</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Math formulas</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">math formulas</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">formulas, math</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">math mode, entering</indexterm></para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">math <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">displaymath <r>environment</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">equation <r>environment</r></indexterm>There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode: -</para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>math</code></tableterm> -<item><para>For formulas that appear right in the text. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>displaymath</code></tableterm> -<item><para>For formulas that appear on their own line. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>equation</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation +<node name="Math-formulas"><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">math <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">displaymath <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">equation <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode: +</para> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">math</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>For formulas that appear right in the text. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">displaymath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>For formulas that appear on their own line. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">equation</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation number in the right margin. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\(</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\[</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\]</indexterm>The <code>math</code> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\(</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\[</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\]</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>math</code> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but the <code>displaymath</code> and <code>equation</code> environments can be used only in paragraph mode. The <code>math</code> and <code>displaymath</code> environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\(...\) <r>instead of</r> \begin{math}...\end{math} -\[...\] <r>instead of</r> \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">$</indexterm>In fact, the <code>math</code> environment is so common that it has an even +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\(...\) <r>instead of</r> \begin{math}...\end{math} +\[...\] <r>instead of</r> \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">$</indexterm></findex> +<para>In fact, the <code>math</code> environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">$ ... $ <r>instead of</r> \(...\) -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\boldmath</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\unboldmath</indexterm>The <code>\boldmath</code> command changes math letters and symbols to be in +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">$ ... $ <r>instead of</r> \(...\) +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\boldmath</code> command changes math letters and symbols to be in a bold font. It is used <emph>outside</emph> of math mode. Conversely, the <code>\unboldmath</code> command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too is used <emph>outside</emph> of math mode. </para> <!-- xx own section? Math fonts? --> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\displaystyle</indexterm>The <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration forces the size and style of the +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration forces the size and style of the formula to be that of <code>displaymath</code>, e.g., with limits above and below summations. For example -</para><example xml:space="preserve">$\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $ -</example> +</para><example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">$\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $ +</pre></example> + <!-- xx see also \cal, \mathcal --> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>Subscripts & superscripts</menunode> -<menutitle>Subscripts & superscripts</menutitle> -<menucomment> Also known as exponent or index. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Math symbols</menunode> -<menutitle>Math symbols</menutitle> -<menucomment> Various mathematical squiggles. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Math functions</menunode> -<menutitle>Math functions</menutitle> -<menucomment> Math function names like sin and exp. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Math accents</menunode> -<menutitle>Math accents</menutitle> -<menucomment> Accents in math. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Spacing in math mode</menunode> -<menutitle>Spacing in math mode</menutitle> -<menucomment> Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Math miscellany</menunode> -<menutitle>Math miscellany</menutitle> -<menucomment> Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename> -<nodenext>Math symbols</nodenext> -<nodeup>Math formulas</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Subscripts & superscripts</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">superscript</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">subscript</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">exponent</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">_</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">^</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>Subscripts & superscripts</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Also known as exponent or index. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Math symbols</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Various mathematical squiggles. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Math functions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Math function names like sin and exp. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Math accents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Accents in math. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Spacing in math mode</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Math miscellany</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stuff that doesn&textrsquo;t fit anywhere else. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts"><nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Subscripts & superscripts</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">superscript</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">subscript</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">exponent</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">_</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">^</indexterm></findex> + <para>To get an expression <i>exp</i> to appear as a subscript, you just type -<code>_{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. To get <i>exp</i> to appear as a -superscript, you type <code>^{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. &latex; handles +<code>_{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. To get <i>exp</i> to appear as a +superscript, you type <code>^{</code><i>exp</i><code>}</code>. &latex; handles superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a superscript. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Math symbols</nodename> -<nodenext>Math functions</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Math formulas</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Math symbols</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">math symbols</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">symbols, math</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">greek letters</indexterm></para> -<para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to +<node name="Math-symbols"><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">greek letters</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical symbol you&textrsquo;re likely to need. The commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For example, if you include <code>$\pi$</code> in your source, you will get the pi symbol (<math>\pi</math>) in your output. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\|</indexterm><code>\|</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\|</math> +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\|</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\aleph</indexterm><code>\aleph</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\aleph</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\aleph</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\alpha</indexterm><code>\alpha</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\alpha</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\alpha</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\amalg</indexterm><code>\amalg</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\amalg</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\amalg</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\angle</indexterm><code>\angle</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\angle</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\angle</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\approx</indexterm><code>\approx</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\approx</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\approx</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ast</indexterm><code>\ast</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ast</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ast</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\asymp</indexterm><code>\asymp</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\asymp</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\asymp</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\backslash</indexterm><code>\backslash</code></tableterm> -<item><para>\ (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>\ (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\beta</indexterm><code>\beta</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\beta</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\beta</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigcap</indexterm><code>\bigcap</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigcap</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigcap</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigcirc</indexterm><code>\bigcirc</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigcirc</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigcirc</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigcup</indexterm><code>\bigcup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigcup</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigcup</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigodot</indexterm><code>\bigodot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigodot</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigodot</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigoplus</indexterm><code>\bigoplus</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigoplus</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigoplus</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigotimes</indexterm><code>\bigotimes</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigotimes</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigotimes</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigtriangledown</indexterm><code>\bigtriangledown</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigtriangledown</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigtriangledown</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigtriangleup</indexterm><code>\bigtriangleup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigtriangleup</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigtriangleup</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigsqcup</indexterm><code>\bigsqcup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigsqcup</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigsqcup</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\biguplus</indexterm><code>\biguplus</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\biguplus</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\biguplus</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigcap</indexterm><code>\bigcap</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigvee</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigvee</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigwedge</indexterm><code>\bigwedge</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bigwedge</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bigwedge</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bot</indexterm><code>\bot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bot</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bot</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bowtie</indexterm><code>\bowtie</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\bowtie</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\bowtie</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Box</indexterm><code>\Box</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(square open box symbol) <!-- xx not in plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(square open box symbol) <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bullet</indexterm><code>\bullet</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">bullet symbol</indexterm><math>\bullet</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<para><math>\bullet</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cap</indexterm><code>\cap</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cap</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cap</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cdot</indexterm><code>\cdot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cdot</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cdot</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\chi</indexterm><code>\chi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\chi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\chi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\circ</indexterm><code>\circ</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\circ</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\circ</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\clubsuit</indexterm><code>\clubsuit</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\clubsuit</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\clubsuit</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cong</indexterm><code>\cong</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cong</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cong</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\coprod</indexterm><code>\coprod</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\coprod</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\coprod</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cup</indexterm><code>\cup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cup</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cup</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dagger</indexterm><code>\dagger</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\dagger</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dagger</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dashv</indexterm><code>\dashv</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\dashv</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dashv</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ddagger</indexterm><code>\ddagger</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\dagger</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dagger</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Delta</indexterm><code>\Delta</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Delta</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Delta</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\delta</indexterm><code>\delta</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\delta</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\delta</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Diamond</indexterm><code>\Diamond</code></tableterm> -<item><para>bigger <math>\diamond</math> <!-- xx not in plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>bigger <math>\diamond</math> <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\diamond</indexterm><code>\diamond</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\diamond</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\diamond</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\diamondsuit</indexterm><code>\diamondsuit</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\diamondsuit</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\diamondsuit</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\div</indexterm><code>\div</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\div</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\div</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\doteq</indexterm><code>\doteq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\doteq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\doteq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\downarrow</indexterm><code>\downarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\downarrow</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\downarrow</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Downarrow</indexterm><code>\Downarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Downarrow</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Downarrow</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ell</indexterm><code>\ell</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ell</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ell</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\emptyset</indexterm><code>\emptyset</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\emptyset</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\emptyset</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\epsilon</indexterm><code>\epsilon</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\epsilon</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\epsilon</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\equiv</indexterm><code>\equiv</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\equiv</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\equiv</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\eta</indexterm><code>\eta</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\eta</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\eta</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\exists</indexterm><code>\exists</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\exists</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\exists</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\flat</indexterm><code>\flat</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\flat</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\flat</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\forall</indexterm><code>\forall</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\forall</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\forall</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\frown</indexterm><code>\frown</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\frown</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\frown</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Gamma</indexterm><code>\Gamma</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Gamma</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Gamma</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\gamma</indexterm><code>\gamma</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\gamma</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gamma</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ge</indexterm><code>\ge</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ge</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ge</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\geq</indexterm><code>\geq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\geq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\geq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\gets</indexterm><code>\gets</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\gets</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gets</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\gg</indexterm><code>\gg</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\gg</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gg</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\hbar</indexterm><code>\hbar</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\hbar</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hbar</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\heartsuit</indexterm><code>\heartsuit</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\heartsuit</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\heartsuit</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\hookleftarrow</indexterm><code>\hookleftarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\hookleftarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hookleftarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\hookrightarrow</indexterm><code>\hookrightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\hookrightarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hookrightarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\iff</indexterm><code>\iff</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\iff</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\iff</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Im</indexterm><code>\Im</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Im</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Im</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\in</indexterm><code>\in</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\in</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\in</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\infty</indexterm><code>\infty</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\infty</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\infty</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\int</indexterm><code>\int</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\int</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\int</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\iota</indexterm><code>\iota</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\iota</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\iota</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Join</indexterm><code>\Join</code></tableterm> -<item><para>condensed bowtie symbol (relation) <!-- xx not in plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>condensed bowtie symbol (relation) <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\kappa</indexterm><code>\kappa</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\kappa</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\kappa</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Lambda</indexterm><code>\Lambda</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Lambda</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Lambda</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lambda</indexterm><code>\lambda</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lambda</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lambda</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\land</indexterm><code>\land</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\land</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\land</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\langle</indexterm><code>\langle</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\langle</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\langle</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lbrace</indexterm><code>\lbrace</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lbrace</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lbrace</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lbrack</indexterm><code>\lbrack</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lbrack</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lbrack</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lceil</indexterm><code>\lceil</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lceil</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lceil</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\le</indexterm><code>\le</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\le</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\le</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\leadsto</indexterm><code>\leadsto</code></tableterm> -<!-- xx missing from plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><!-- xx missing from plain --> -</tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Leftarrow</indexterm><code>\Leftarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Leftarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Leftarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftarrow</indexterm><code>\leftarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\leftarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leftarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftharpoondown</indexterm><code>\leftharpoondown</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\leftharpoondown</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leftharpoondown</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftharpoonup</indexterm><code>\leftharpoonup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\leftharpoonup</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leftharpoonup</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm><code>\Leftrightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Leftrightarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Leftrightarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\leftrightarrow</indexterm><code>\leftrightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\leftrightarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leftrightarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\leq</indexterm><code>\leq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\leq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\leq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lfloor</indexterm><code>\lfloor</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lfloor</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lfloor</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lhd</indexterm><code>\lhd</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(left-pointing arrow head) <!-- xx not in plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(left-pointing arrow head) <!-- xx not in plain --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ll</indexterm><code>\ll</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ll</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ll</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lnot</indexterm><code>\lnot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lnot</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lnot</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\longleftarrow</indexterm><code>\longleftarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\longleftarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longleftarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm><code>\longleftrightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\longleftrightarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longleftrightarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\longmapsto</indexterm><code>\longmapsto</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\longmapsto</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longmapsto</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\longrightarrow</indexterm><code>\longrightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\longrightarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\longrightarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lor</indexterm><code>\lor</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lor</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lor</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\mapsto</indexterm><code>\mapsto</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\mapsto</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mapsto</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\mho</indexterm><code>\mho</code></tableterm> -<!-- xx not in plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><!-- xx not in plain --> -</tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\mid</indexterm><code>\mid</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\mid</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mid</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\models</indexterm><code>\models</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\models</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\models</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\mp</indexterm><code>\mp</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\mp</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mp</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\mu</indexterm><code>\mu</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\mu</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\mu</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\nabla</indexterm><code>\nabla</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\nabla</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nabla</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\natural</indexterm><code>\natural</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\natural</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\natural</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ne</indexterm><code>\ne</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ne</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ne</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\nearrow</indexterm><code>\nearrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\nearrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nearrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\neg</indexterm><code>\neg</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\neg</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\neg</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\neq</indexterm><code>\neq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\neq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\neq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ni</indexterm><code>\ni</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ni</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ni</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\not</indexterm><code>\not</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in <math>\not=</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in <math>\not=</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\notin</indexterm><code>\notin</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ni</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ni</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\nu</indexterm><code>\nu</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\nu</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nu</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\nwarrow</indexterm><code>\nwarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\nwarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\nwarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\odot</indexterm><code>\odot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\odot</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\odot</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\oint</indexterm><code>\oint</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\oint</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\oint</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Omega</indexterm><code>\Omega</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Omega</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Omega</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\omega</indexterm><code>\omega</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\omega</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\omega</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ominus</indexterm><code>\ominus</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ominus</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ominus</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\oplus</indexterm><code>\oplus</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\oplus</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\oplus</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\oslash</indexterm><code>\oslash</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\oslash</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\oslash</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\otimes</indexterm><code>\otimes</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\otimes</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\otimes</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\owns</indexterm><code>\owns</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\owns</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\owns</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\parallel</indexterm><code>\parallel</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\parallel</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\parallel</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\partial</indexterm><code>\partial</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\partial</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\partial</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\perp</indexterm><code>\perp</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\perp</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\perp</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\phi</indexterm><code>\phi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\phi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\phi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Pi</indexterm><code>\Pi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Pi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Pi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\pi</indexterm><code>\pi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\pi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\pi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\pm</indexterm><code>\pm</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\pm</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\pm</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\prec</indexterm><code>\prec</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\prec</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\prec</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\preceq</indexterm><code>\preceq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\preceq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\preceq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\prime</indexterm><code>\prime</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\prime</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\prime</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\prod</indexterm><code>\prod</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\prod</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\prod</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\propto</indexterm><code>\propto</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\propto</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\propto</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Psi</indexterm><code>\Psi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Psi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Psi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\psi</indexterm><code>\psi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\psi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\psi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rangle</indexterm><code>\rangle</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rangle</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rangle</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rbrace</indexterm><code>\rbrace</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rbrace</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rbrace</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rbrack</indexterm><code>\rbrack</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rbrack</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rbrack</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rceil</indexterm><code>\rceil</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rceil</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rceil</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Re</indexterm><code>\Re</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Re</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Re</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rfloor</indexterm><code>\rfloor</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rfloor</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rfloor</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rhd</indexterm><code>\rhd</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(binary operation) <!-- xx not in plain @math{\rhd} --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(binary operation) <!-- xx not in plain @math{\rhd} --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rho</indexterm><code>\rho</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rho</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rho</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Rightarrow</indexterm><code>\Rightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Rightarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Rightarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rightarrow</indexterm><code>\rightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rightarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rightharpoondown</indexterm><code>\rightharpoondown</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rightharpoondown</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightharpoondown</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rightharpoonup</indexterm><code>\rightharpoonup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rightharpoonup</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightharpoonup</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm><code>\rightleftharpoons</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\rightleftharpoons</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\rightleftharpoons</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\searrow</indexterm><code>\searrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\searrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\searrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\setminus</indexterm><code>\setminus</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\setminus</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\setminus</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sharp</indexterm><code>\sharp</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sharp</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sharp</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Sigma</indexterm><code>\Sigma</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Sigma</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Sigma</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sigma</indexterm><code>\sigma</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sigma</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sigma</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sim</indexterm><code>\sim</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sim</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sim</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\simeq</indexterm><code>\simeq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\simeq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\simeq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\smallint</indexterm><code>\smallint</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\smallint</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\smallint</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\smile</indexterm><code>\smile</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\smile</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\smile</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\spadesuit</indexterm><code>\spadesuit</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\spadesuit</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\spadesuit</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sqcap</indexterm><code>\sqcap</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sqcap</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqcap</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sqcup</indexterm><code>\sqcup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sqcup</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqcup</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sqsubset</indexterm><code>\sqsubset</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsubset}) --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsubset}) --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sqsubseteq</indexterm><code>\sqsubseteq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sqsubseteq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqsubseteq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sqsupset</indexterm><code>\sqsupset</code></tableterm> -<item><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsupset}) --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>(relation) <!-- not in plain (@math{\sqsupset}) --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sqsupseteq</indexterm><code>\sqsupseteq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sqsupseteq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sqsupseteq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\star</indexterm><code>\star</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\star</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\star</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\subset</indexterm><code>\subset</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\subset</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\subset</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\subseteq</indexterm><code>\subseteq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\subseteq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\subseteq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\succ</indexterm><code>\succ</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\succ</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\succ</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\succeq</indexterm><code>\succeq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\succeq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\succeq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sum</indexterm><code>\sum</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sum</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sum</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\supset</indexterm><code>\supset</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\supset</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\supset</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\supseteq</indexterm><code>\supseteq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\supseteq</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\supseteq</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\surd</indexterm><code>\surd</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\surd</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\surd</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\swarrow</indexterm><code>\swarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\swarrow</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\swarrow</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\tau</indexterm><code>\tau</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\tau</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tau</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\theta</indexterm><code>\theta</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\theta</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\theta</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\times</indexterm><code>\times</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\times</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\times</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\to</indexterm><code>\to</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\to</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\to</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\top</indexterm><code>\top</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\top</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\top</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\triangle</indexterm><code>\triangle</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\triangle</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\triangle</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\triangleleft</indexterm><code>\triangleleft</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\triangleleft</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\triangleleft</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\triangleright</indexterm><code>\triangleright</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\triangleright</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\triangleright</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\unlhd</indexterm><code>\unlhd</code></tableterm> -<item><para>left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\unrhd</indexterm><code>\unrhd</code></tableterm> -<item><para>right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) <!-- not in plain --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Uparrow</indexterm><code>\Uparrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Uparrow</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Uparrow</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\uparrow</indexterm><code>\uparrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\uparrow</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\uparrow</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Updownarrow</indexterm><code>\Updownarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Updownarrow</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Updownarrow</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\updownarrow</indexterm><code>\updownarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\updownarrow</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\updownarrow</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\uplus</indexterm><code>\uplus</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\uplus</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\uplus</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Upsilon</indexterm><code>\Upsilon</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Upsilon</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Upsilon</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\upsilon</indexterm><code>\upsilon</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\upsilon</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\upsilon</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\varepsilon</indexterm><code>\varepsilon</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\varepsilon</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varepsilon</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\varphi</indexterm><code>\varphi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\varphi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varphi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\varpi</indexterm><code>\varpi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\varpi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varpi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\varrho</indexterm><code>\varrho</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\varrho</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varrho</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\varsigma</indexterm><code>\varsigma</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\varsigma</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\varsigma</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\vartheta</indexterm><code>\vartheta</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\vartheta</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vartheta</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\vdash</indexterm><code>\vdash</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\vdash</math> (relation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vdash</math> (relation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\vee</indexterm><code>\vee</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\vee</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vee</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Vert</indexterm><code>\Vert</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Vert</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Vert</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\vert</indexterm><code>\vert</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\vert</math> (delimiter) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\vert</math> (delimiter) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\wedge</indexterm><code>\wedge</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\wedge</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\wedge</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\wp</indexterm><code>\wp</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\wp</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\wp</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\wr</indexterm><code>\wr</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\wr</math> (binary operation) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\wr</math> (binary operation) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Xi</indexterm><code>\Xi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Xi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Xi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\xi</indexterm><code>\xi</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\xi</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\xi</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\zeta</indexterm><code>\zeta</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\zeta</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\zeta</math> </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Math functions</nodename> -<nodenext>Math accents</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Math symbols</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Math formulas</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Math functions</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">math functions</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">functions, math</indexterm></para> +<node name="Math-functions"><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math functions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">functions, math</indexterm></cindex> + <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\arccos</indexterm><code>\arccos</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\arccos</math> +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arccos</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\arcsin</indexterm><code>\arcsin</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\arcsin</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arcsin</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\arctan</indexterm><code>\arctan</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\arctan</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arctan</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\arg</indexterm><code>\arg</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\arg</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arg</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bmod</indexterm><code>\bmod</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Binary modulo operator (<math>x \bmod y</math>) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator (<math>x \bmod y</math>) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cos</indexterm><code>\cos</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cos</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cos</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cosh</indexterm><code>\cosh</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cosh</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cosh</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cot</indexterm><code>\cot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cos</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cos</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\coth</indexterm><code>\coth</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\cosh</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cosh</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\csc</indexterm><code>\csc</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\csc</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\csc</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\deg</indexterm><code>\deg</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\deg</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\deg</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\det</indexterm><code>\det</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\deg</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\deg</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dim</indexterm><code>\dim</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\dim</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dim</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\exp</indexterm><code>\exp</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\exp</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\exp</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\gcd</indexterm><code>\gcd</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\gcd</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gcd</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\hom</indexterm><code>\hom</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\hom</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hom</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\inf</indexterm><code>\inf</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\inf</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\inf</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ker</indexterm><code>\ker</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ker</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ker</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lg</indexterm><code>\lg</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lg</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lg</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lim</indexterm><code>\lim</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\lim</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lim</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\liminf</indexterm><code>\liminf</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\liminf</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\liminf</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\limsup</indexterm><code>\limsup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\limsup</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\limsup</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ln</indexterm><code>\ln</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\ln</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ln</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\log</indexterm><code>\log</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\log</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\log</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\max</indexterm><code>\max</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\max</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\max</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\min</indexterm><code>\min</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\min</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\min</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\pmod</indexterm><code>\pmod</code></tableterm> -<item><para>parenthesized modulus, as in (<math>\pmod 2^n - 1</math>) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>parenthesized modulus, as in (<math>\pmod 2^n - 1</math>) </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\Pr</indexterm><code>\Pr</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\Pr</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Pr</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sec</indexterm><code>\sec</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sec</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sec</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sin</indexterm><code>\sin</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sin</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sin</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sinh</indexterm><code>\sinh</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sinh</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sinh</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sup</indexterm><code>\sup</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\sup</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sup</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\tan</indexterm><code>\tan</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\tan</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tan</math> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\tanh</indexterm><code>\tanh</code></tableterm> -<item><para><math>\tanh</math> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tanh</math> </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Math accents</nodename> -<nodenext>Spacing in math mode</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Math functions</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Math formulas</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Math accents</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">math accents</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">accents, mathematical</indexterm></para> +<node name="Math-accents"><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex> + <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text -(see <xref><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></xref>). +(<pxref><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math acute accent: <math>\acute{x}</math>. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\acute</indexterm><code>\acute</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">acute accent, math</indexterm>Math acute accent: <math>\acute{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math bar-over accent: <math>\bar{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\bar</indexterm><code>\bar</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">bar-over accent, math</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">macron accent, math</indexterm>Math bar-over accent: <math>\bar{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math breve accent: <math>\breve{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\breve</indexterm><code>\breve</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">breve accent, math</indexterm>Math breve accent: <math>\breve{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">h<accent type="acute">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math h<accent type="acute">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent: <math>\check{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\check</indexterm><code>\check</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">check accent, math</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">hác<ek accent, math</indexterm>Math hác<ek (check) accent: <math>\check{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math dieresis accent: <math>\ddot{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ddot</indexterm><code>\ddot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">double dot accent, math</indexterm>Math dieresis accent: <math>\ddot{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math dot accent: <math>\dot{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dot</indexterm><code>\dot</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">overdot accent, math</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">dot over accent, math</indexterm>Math dot accent: <math>\dot{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math grave accent: <math>\grave{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\grave</indexterm><code>\grave</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">grave accent, math</indexterm>Math grave accent: <math>\grave{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math hat (circumflex) accent: <math>\hat{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\hat</indexterm><code>\hat</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">hat accent, math</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">circumflex accent, math</indexterm>Math hat (circumflex) accent: <math>\hat{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math dotless i. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\imath</indexterm><code>\imath</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">dotless i, math</indexterm>Math dotless i. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math dotless j. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\jmath</indexterm><code>\jmath</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">dotless j, math</indexterm>Math dotless j. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math ring accent: <accent type="ring">x</accent>. <!-- don't bother implementing in texinfo --> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\tilde</indexterm><code>\tilde</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">tilde accent, math</indexterm>Math tilde accent: <math>\tilde{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math tilde accent: <math>\tilde{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\vec</indexterm><code>\vec</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">vector symbol, math</indexterm>Math vector symbol: <math>\vec{x}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math vector symbol: <math>\vec{x}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\widehat</indexterm><code>\widehat</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">wide hat accent, math</indexterm>Math wide hat accent: <math>\widehat{x+y}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math wide hat accent: <math>\widehat{x+y}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\widehat</indexterm><code>\widehat</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">wide tile accent, math</indexterm>Math wide tilde accent: <math>\widetilde{x+y}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">wide tile accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Math wide tilde accent: <math>\widetilde{x+y}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename> -<nodenext>Math miscellany</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Math accents</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Math formulas</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Spacing in math mode</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">spacing within math mode</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">math mode, spacing</indexterm></para> +<node name="Spacing-in-math-mode"><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> + <para>In a <code>math</code> environment, &latex; ignores the spaces you type and puts in the spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, &latex; provides the following commands for use in math mode: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>\;</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\;</indexterm>A thick space (<math>5\over18\,</math>quad). -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\:</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\:</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\></indexterm>Both of these produce a medium space (<math>2\over9\,</math>quad). -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\,</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\,</indexterm>A thin space (<math>1\over6\,</math>quad); not restricted to math mode. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\!</code></tableterm> -<item><para>A negative thin space (<math>-{1\over6}\,</math>quad). -</para></item></tableitem></table> - - -</section> -<node> -<nodename>Math miscellany</nodename> -<nodeprev>Spacing in math mode</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Math formulas</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Math miscellany</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">math miscellany</indexterm></para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\*</indexterm><code>\*</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">discretionary multiplication</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</indexterm>A “discretionary” multiplication symbol, at which a line break is +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\;</indexterm></findex> +<para>A thick space (<math>5\over18\,</math>quad). +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\:</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\></indexterm></findex> +<para>Both of these produce a medium space (<math>2\over9\,</math>quad). +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\,</indexterm></findex> +<para>A thin space (<math>1\over6\,</math>quad); not restricted to math mode. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A negative thin space (<math>-{1\over6}\,</math>quad). +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> + + +</section> +<node name="Math-miscellany"><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> + +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<beforefirstitem> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\*</indexterm>\*</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">discretionary multiplication</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</indexterm></cindex> +<para>A &textldquo;discretionary&textrdquo; multiplication symbol, at which a line break is allowed. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\cdots</indexterm><code>\cdots</code></tableterm> -<item><para>A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. +<tex> +As in: &textlsquo;$\cdots$&textrsquo;. +</tex> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ddots</indexterm><code>\ddots</code></tableterm> -<item><para>A diagonal ellipsis: <math>\ddots</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>A diagonal ellipsis: <math>\ddots</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\frac{num}{den}</indexterm><code>\frac{num}{den}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\frac</indexterm>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\frac{num}{den}</indexterm>\frac{num}{den}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\frac</indexterm></findex> +<para>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></indexterm><code>\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\right</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">null delimiter</indexterm>The two delimiters need not match; <samp>.</samp> acts as a null delimiter, +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></indexterm>\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\right</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The two delimiters need not match; <samp>.</samp> acts as a null delimiter, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the math in between. Example: <code>\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</code>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</indexterm><code>\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Generates a brace over <var>text</var>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates a brace over <var>text</var>. For example, <math>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Generates a horizontal line over <var>tex</var>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates a horizontal line over <var>tex</var>. For exampe, <math>\overline{x+y}</math>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</indexterm><code>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Produces the representation of the square root of <var>arg</var>. The +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</indexterm>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Produces the representation of the square root of <var>arg</var>. The optional argument <var>root</var> determines what root to produce. For example, the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as -<code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</indexterm><code>\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Puts <var>text</var> above <var>relation</var>. For example, -<code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\underbrace{math}</indexterm><code>\underbrace{math}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Generates <var>math</var> with a brace underneath. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\underline{text}</indexterm><code>\underline{text}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Causes <var>text</var>, which may be either math mode or not, to be +<code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>. +<tex> +In &tex;, the result looks like this: +$\root 3 \of x+y$. +</tex> +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</indexterm>\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Puts <var>text</var> above <var>relation</var>. For example, +<code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>. +<tex> +In &tex;, the result looks like this: +$\buildrel f \over \longrightarrow$. +</tex> +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\underbrace{math}</indexterm>\underbrace{math}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates <var>math</var> with a brace underneath. +<tex> +In &tex;, the result looks like this: +$\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}$. +</tex> +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\underline{text}</indexterm>\underline{text}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Causes <var>text</var>, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. +<tex> +In &tex;, the result looks like this: +$\underline{xyz}$ +</tex> </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\vdots</indexterm><code>\vdots</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\vdots</indexterm>Produces a vertical ellipsis. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\vdots</indexterm></findex> +<para>Produces a vertical ellipsis. +<tex> +In &tex;, the result looks like this: +$\vdots$. +</tex> </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Modes</nodename> -<nodenext>Page styles</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Math formulas</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Modes</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">modes</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">paragraph mode</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">math mode</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">left-to-right mode</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">lR mode</indexterm></para> +<node name="Modes"><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">modes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">lR mode</indexterm></cindex> + <para>When &latex; is processing your input text, it is always in one of three modes: </para> -<itemize><itemfunction>•</itemfunction><item> +<itemize commandarg="bullet"><itemprepend>•</itemprepend> +<listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>Paragraph mode -</para></item> -<item> +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>Math mode -</para></item> -<item> +</para></listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend> <para>Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short -</para></item> -</itemize> +</para></listitem></itemize> <para>&latex; changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when &latex; is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands. </para> -<para>“Paragraph mode” is the most common; it's the one &latex; is in +<para>&textldquo;Paragraph mode&textrdquo; is the most common; it&textrsquo;s the one &latex; is in when processing ordinary text. In that mode, &latex; breaks your text into lines and breaks the lines into pages. &latex; is in -“math mode” when it's generating a mathematical formula. In “LR -mode”, as in paragraph mode, &latex; considers the output that it +&textldquo;math mode&textrdquo; when it&textrsquo;s generating a mathematical formula. In &textldquo;LR +mode&textrdquo;, as in paragraph mode, &latex; considers the output that it produces to be a string of words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, &latex; keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode. Even if you put a hundred words @@ -5711,169 +5191,152 @@ There are also several text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put &latex; in paragraph mode. The box make by one of these commands or environments will be called a <code>parbox</code>. When &latex; is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in -“inner paragraph mode”. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out -in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. +&textldquo;inner paragraph mode&textrdquo;. Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out +in, is called &textldquo;outer paragraph mode&textrdquo;. </para> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Page styles</nodename> -<nodenext>Spaces</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Modes</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Page styles</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">styles, page</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">page styles</indexterm></para> +<node name="Page-styles"><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">page styles</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The <code>\documentclass</code> command determines the size and position of -the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. +the page&textrsquo;s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\maketitle</menunode> -<menutitle>\maketitle</menutitle> -<menucomment> Generate a title page. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\pagenumbering</menunode> -<menutitle>\pagenumbering</menutitle> -<menucomment> Set the style used for page numbers. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\pagestyle</menunode> -<menutitle>\pagestyle</menutitle> -<menucomment> Change the headings/footings style. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\thispagestyle</menunode> -<menutitle>\thispagestyle</menutitle> -<menucomment> Change the headings/footings style for this page. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\maketitle</nodename> -<nodenext>\pagenumbering</nodenext> -<nodeup>Page styles</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\maketitle</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">titles, making</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\maketitle</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\maketitle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Generate a title page. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\pagenumbering</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the style used for page numbers. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\pagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the headings/footings style. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\thispagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the headings/footings style for this page. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cmaketitle"><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\maketitle</code> command generates a title on a separate title -page—except in the <code>article</code> class, where the title is placed +page&textmdash;except in the <code>article</code> class, where the title is placed at the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is obtained from the following declarations: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</indexterm><code>\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">author, for titlepage</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm>The <code>\author</code> command declares the document author(s), where the +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</indexterm>\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\author</code> command declares the document author(s), where the argument is a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. Use -<code>\\</code> to separate lines within a single author's entry—for -example, to give the author's institution or address. +<code>\\</code> to separate lines within a single author&textrsquo;s entry&textmdash;for +example, to give the author&textrsquo;s institution or address. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm><code>\date{<var>text</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">date, for titlepage</indexterm>The <code>\date</code> command declares <var>text</var> to be the document's -date. With no <code>\date</code> command, the current date (see <xref><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></xref>) +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>\date</code> command declares <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s +date. With no <code>\date</code> command, the current date (<pxref><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>) is used. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">credit footnote</indexterm>The <code>\thanks</code> command produces a <code>\footnote</code> to the title, +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>\thanks</code> command produces a <code>\footnote</code> to the title, usually used for credit acknowledgements. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">title, for titlepage</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm>The <code>\title</code> command declares <var>text</var> to be the title of the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\title</code> command declares <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Use <code>\\</code> to force a line break, as usual. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename> -<nodenext>\pagestyle</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\maketitle</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Page styles</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\pagenumbering</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\pagenumbering</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">page numbering style</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cpagenumbering"><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\pagenumbering{<var>style</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagenumbering{<var>style</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>Specifies the style of page numbers, according to <var>style</var>: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>arabic</code></tableterm> -<item><para>arabic numerals -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>roman</code></tableterm> -<item><para>lowercase Roman numerals -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>Roman</code></tableterm> -<item><para>uppercase Roman numerals -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>alph</code></tableterm> -<item><para>lowercase letters -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>Alph</code></tableterm> -<item><para>uppercase letters -</para></item></tableitem></table> - - -</section> -<node> -<nodename>\pagestyle</nodename> -<nodenext>\thispagestyle</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\pagenumbering</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Page styles</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\pagestyle</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\pagestyle</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">header style</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">footer style</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">running header and footer style</indexterm></para> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">arabic</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>arabic numerals +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">roman</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>lowercase Roman numerals +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">Roman</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>uppercase Roman numerals +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">alph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>lowercase letters +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">Alph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>uppercase letters +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> + + +</section> +<node name="_005cpagestyle"><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">header style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\pagestyle{<var>style</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\pagestyle{<var>style</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\pagestyle</code> command specifies how the headers and footers are typeset from the current page onwards. Values for <var>style</var>: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>plain</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Just a plain page number. +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">plain</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Just a plain page number. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>empty</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">empty</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>headings</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Put running headers on each page. The document style specifies what +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">headings</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Put running headers on each page. The document style specifies what goes in the headers. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>myheadings</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Custom headers, specified via the <code>\markboth</code> or the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">myheadings</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Custom headers, specified via the <code>\markboth</code> or the <code>\markright</code> commands. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</indexterm><code>\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Sets both the left and the right heading. A “left-hand heading” +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the left and the right heading. A &textldquo;left-hand heading&textrdquo; (<var>left</var>) is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before -the end of the page, while a “right-hand heading” (<var>right</var> is +the end of the page, while a &textldquo;right-hand heading&textrdquo; (<var>right</var> is generated by the first <code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm><code>\markright{<var>right</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename> -<nodeprev>\pagestyle</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Page styles</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\thispagestyle{<var>style</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\thispagestyle</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cthispagestyle"><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle{<var>style</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\thispagestyle</code> command works in the same manner as the <code>\pagestyle</code> command (see previous section) except that it changes to <var>style</var> for the current page only. @@ -5881,100 +5344,45 @@ changes to <var>style</var> for the current page only. </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Spaces</nodename> -<nodenext>Boxes</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Page styles</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Spaces</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">spaces</indexterm></para> +<node name="Spaces"><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">spaces</indexterm></cindex> + <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. </para> -<para>Another space-producing command is <code>\,</code> to produce a “thin” +<para>Another space-producing command is <code>\,</code> to produce a &textldquo;thin&textrdquo; space (usually 1/6<dmn>quad</dmn>). It can be used in text mode, but is -more often useful in math mode (see <xref><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>). +more often useful in math mode (<pxref><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <menu> -<para>Horizontal space -</para><menuentry> -<menunode>\hspace</menunode> -<menutitle>\hspace</menutitle> -<menucomment> Fixed horizontal space. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\hfill</menunode> -<menutitle>\hfill</menutitle> -<menucomment> Stretchable horizontal space. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\SPACE</menunode> -<menutitle>\SPACE</menutitle> -<menucomment> Normal interword space. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\AT</menunode> -<menutitle>\AT</menutitle> -<menucomment> Ending a sentence. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\thinspace</menunode> -<menutitle>\thinspace</menutitle> -<menucomment> One-sixth of an em. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\/</menunode> -<menutitle>\/</menutitle> -<menucomment> Per-character italic correction. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\hrulefill</menunode> -<menutitle>\hrulefill</menutitle> -<menucomment> Stretchable horizontal rule. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\dotfill</menunode> -<menutitle>\dotfill</menutitle> -<menucomment> Stretchable horizontal dots. -</menucomment> -</menuentry> -<para>Vertical space -</para><menuentry> -<menunode>\addvspace</menunode> -<menutitle>\addvspace</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</menunode> -<menutitle>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</menutitle> -<menucomment> Fixed vertical spaces. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\vfill</menunode> -<menutitle>\vfill</menutitle> -<menucomment> Infinitely stretchable vertical space. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\vspace</menunode> -<menutitle>\vspace</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add arbitrary vertical space. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\hspace</nodename> -<nodenext>\hfill</nodenext> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\hspace</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\hspace</indexterm></para> +<menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve">Horizontal space +</pre></menucomment><menuentry><menunode>\hspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fixed horizontal space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\hfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchable horizontal space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\SPACE</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Normal interword space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\AT</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ending a sentence. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\thinspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">One-sixth of an em. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\/</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Per-character italic correction. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\hrulefill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchable horizontal rule. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\dotfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchable horizontal dots. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve"> +Vertical space +</pre></menucomment><menuentry><menunode>\addvspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fixed vertical spaces. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\vfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Infinitely stretchable vertical space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\vspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add arbitrary vertical space. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005chspace"><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\hspace</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\hspace[*]{<var>length</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\hspace[*]{<var>length</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\hspace</code> command adds horizontal space. The <var>length</var> argument can be expressed in any terms that &latex; understands: points, inches, etc. It is a rubber length. You can add both @@ -5987,36 +5395,29 @@ form. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\hfill</nodename> -<nodenext>\SPACE</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\hspace</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\hfill</code></title> +<node name="_005chfill"><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\SPACE</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\hfill</indexterm>The <code>\hfill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which has +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\hfill</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\hfill</code> fill command produces a &textldquo;rubber length&textrdquo; which has no natural space but can stretch or shrink horizontally as far as needed. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\fill</indexterm>The <code>\fill</code> parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fill</indexterm></findex> +<para>The <code>\fill</code> parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the glue value <samp>0pt plus1fill</samp>); thus, <code>\hspace\fill</code> is equivalent to <code>\hfill</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\SPACE</nodename> -<nodenext>\AT</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\hfill</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\SPACE</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\SPACE</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\TAB</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\NEWLINE</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\ </code> (space) command produces a normal interword space. It's -useful after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence. For example +<node name="_005cSPACE"><nodename>\SPACE</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AT</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\SPACE</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\SPACE</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\TAB</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\NEWLINE</indexterm></findex> + +<para>The <code>\ </code> (space) command produces a normal interword space. It&textrsquo;s +useful after punctuation which shouldn&textrsquo;t end a sentence. For example <code>Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ is fundamental</code>. It is also often used after control sequences, as in <code>\TeX\ is a nice system.</code> @@ -6026,117 +5427,97 @@ are equivalent to <code>\ </code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\AT</nodename> -<nodenext>\thinspace</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\SPACE</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\@</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\@</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\@</code> command makes the following punctuation character end a +<node name="_005cAT"><nodename>\AT</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\SPACE</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> + +<para>The <code>\&arobase;</code> command makes the following punctuation character end a sentence even if it normally would not. This is typically used after a capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without -<code>\@</code>: +<code>\&arobase;</code>: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">&dots; in C\@. Pascal, though &dots; -&dots; in C. Pascal, though &dots; -</example> -<para>produces +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">&dots; in C\&arobase;. Pascal, though &dots; +&dots; in C. Pascal, though &dots; +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent><para>produces </para> <!-- Texinfo does it differently, but the result is the same. --> <quotation> -<para>&dots; in C&eosperiod; Pascal, though &dots; -&dots; in C. Pascal, though &dots; +<para>&dots; in C&eosperiod; Pascal, though &dots; +&dots; in C. Pascal, though &dots; </para></quotation> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\thinspace</nodename> -<nodenext>\/</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\AT</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\thinspace</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\thinspace</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cthinspace"><nodename>\thinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\AT</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> + <para><code>\thinspace</code> produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 of an em. This is the proper space to use in nested quotes, as -in '<dmn>”</dmn>. +in &textrsquo;<dmn>&textrdquo;</dmn>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\/</nodename> -<nodenext>\hrulefill</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\thinspace</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\/</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\/</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005c_002f"><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\/</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\/</code> command produces an <dfn>italic correction</dfn>. This is a small space defined by the font designer for a given character, to avoid the character colliding with whatever follows. The italic <i>f</i> character typically has a large italic correction value. </para> -<para>If the following character is a period or comma, it's not necessary to +<para>If the following character is a period or comma, it&textrsquo;s not necessary to insert an italic correction, since those punctuation symbols have a very small height. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as normal letters, it can help. Compare -<i>f: f;</i> (in the &tex; output, the `f's are nicely separated) +<tex> +{\it f\/: f\/;} +</tex> +<i>f: f;</i> (in the &tex; output, the &textlsquo;f&textrsquo;s are nicely separated) with <i>f: f;</i>. </para> <para>Despite the name, roman characters can also have an italic correction. Compare -pdf&tex; (in the &tex; output, there is a small space after the `f') +<tex> +pdf\/\TeX{} +</tex> +pdf&tex; (in the &tex; output, there is a small space after the &textlsquo;f&textrsquo;) with pdf&tex;. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\hrulefill</nodename> -<nodenext>\dotfill</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\/</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\hrulefill</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\hrulefill</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\hrulefill</code> fill command produces a “rubber length” which can +<node name="_005chrulefill"><nodename>\hrulefill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex> + +<para>The <code>\hrulefill</code> fill command produces a &textldquo;rubber length&textrdquo; which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal rule. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\dotfill</nodename> -<nodenext>\addvspace</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\hrulefill</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\dotfill</code></title> +<node name="_005cdotfill"><nodename>\dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hrulefill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\dotfill</code></sectiontitle> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\dotfill</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\dotfill</code> command produces a “rubber length” that fills +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\dotfill</indexterm></findex> + +<para>The <code>\dotfill</code> command produces a &textldquo;rubber length&textrdquo; that fills with dots instead of just white space. </para> <!-- xx undone --> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\addvspace</nodename> -<nodenext>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\dotfill</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\addvspace</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\addvspace</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">vertical space</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\addvspace{length}</code> +<node name="_005caddvspace"><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\dotfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> + +<para><code>\addvspace{length}</code> </para> <para>The <code>\addvspace</code> command normally adds a vertical space of height length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same @@ -6146,62 +5527,56 @@ of the total vertical space equal to <code>length</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodename> -<nodenext>\vfill</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\addvspace</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</code></title> +<node name="_005cbigskip-_005cmedskip-_005csmallskip"><nodename>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addvspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</code></sectiontitle> <para>These commands produce a given amount of space. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>\bigskip</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\bigskip</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\bigskipamount</indexterm>The same as <code>\vspace{bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\bigskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\bigskip</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex> +<para>The same as <code>\vspace{bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line space (with stretch and shrink). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\medskip</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\medskip</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\medskipamount</indexterm>The same as <code>\vspace{medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\medskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\medskip</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex> +<para>The same as <code>\vspace{medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a line space (with stretch and shrink). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\smallskip</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\smallskip</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\smallskipamount</indexterm>The same as <code>\vspace{smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\smallskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\smallskip</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex> +<para>The same as <code>\vspace{smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink). </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>The <code>\...amount</code> parameters are determined by the document class. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\vfill</nodename> -<nodenext>\vspace</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\vfill</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\vfill</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cvfill"><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\vfill</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\vfill</code> fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which -can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It's equivalent to -<code>\vspace{\fill}</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></xref>). +can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It&textrsquo;s equivalent to +<code>\vspace{\fill}</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\vspace</nodename> -<nodeprev>\vfill</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Spaces</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\vspace[*]{<var>length</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\vspace</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cvspace"><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\vspace[*]{<var>length</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\vspace</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\vspace[*]{<var>length</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\vspace[*]{<var>length</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\vspace</code> command adds the vertical space <var>length</var>, i.e., a rubber length. <var>length</var> can be negative or positive. </para> @@ -6212,97 +5587,51 @@ space is not removed. </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Boxes</nodename> -<nodenext>Special insertions</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Spaces</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Boxes</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">boxes</indexterm></para> -<para>All the predefined length parameters (see <xref><xrefnodename>Predefined lengths</xrefnodename></xref>) can be +<node name="Boxes"><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">boxes</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>All the predefined length parameters (<pxref><xrefnodename>Predefined lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>) can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\mbox</menunode> -<menutitle>\mbox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Horizontal boxes. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\fbox and \framebox</menunode> -<menutitle>\fbox and \framebox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Put a frame around a box. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>lrbox</menunode> -<menutitle>lrbox</menutitle> -<menucomment> An environment like \sbox. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\makebox</menunode> -<menutitle>\makebox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Box, adjustable position. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\parbox</menunode> -<menutitle>\parbox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Box with text in paragraph mode. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\raisebox</menunode> -<menutitle>\raisebox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Raise or lower text. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\savebox</menunode> -<menutitle>\savebox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Like \makebox, but save the text for later use. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\sbox</menunode> -<menutitle>\sbox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Like \mbox, but save the text for later use. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\usebox</menunode> -<menutitle>\usebox</menutitle> -<menucomment> Print saved text. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\mbox</nodename> -<nodenext>\fbox and \framebox</nodenext> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\mbox{<var>text}</var></code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\mbox</indexterm></para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm>The <code>\mbox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the +<menuentry><menunode>\mbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Horizontal boxes. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\fbox and \framebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Put a frame around a box. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>lrbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">An environment like \sbox. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\makebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Box, adjustable position. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\parbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Box with text in paragraph mode. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\raisebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Raise or lower text. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\savebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Like \makebox, but save the text for later use. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\sbox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Like \mbox, but save the text for later use. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\usebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Print saved text. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cmbox"><nodename>\mbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox and \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\mbox{<var>text}</var></code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\mbox</indexterm></findex> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>\mbox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument. The <var>text</var> is not broken into lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\fbox and \framebox</nodename> -<nodenext>lrbox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\mbox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\fbox</code> and <code>\framebox</code></title> +<node name="_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox"><nodename>\fbox and \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\fbox</code> and <code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\framebox</indexterm></findex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\fbox</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\framebox</indexterm></para> <para>Synopses: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\fbox{<var>text</var>} -\framebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\fbox{<var>text</var>} +\framebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\fbox</code> and <code>\framebox</code> commands are like <code>\mbox</code>, except that they put a frame around the outside of the box being created. </para> @@ -6311,25 +5640,22 @@ specification of the box width with the optional <var>width</var> argument (a dimension), and positioning with the optional <var>position</var> argument. <!-- xxref --> </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\fboxrule</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\fboxsep</indexterm>Both commands produce a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> (default +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> +<para>Both commands produce a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> (default <samp>.4pt</samp>), and leave a space of <code>\fboxsep</code> (default <samp>3pt</samp>) between the rule and the contents of the box. </para> -<para>See <xref><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></xref>, for the <code>\framebox</code> command in the +<para><xref><xrefnodename>\framebox (picture)</xrefnodename></xref>, for the <code>\framebox</code> command in the <code>picture</code> environment. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>lrbox</nodename> -<nodenext>\makebox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\fbox and \framebox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>lrbox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">lrbox</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code> +<node name="lrbox"><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox and \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">lrbox</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code> </para> <para>This is the environment form of <code>\sbox</code>. </para> @@ -6338,69 +5664,65 @@ must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\makebox</nodename> -<nodenext>\parbox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>lrbox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\makebox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\makebox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cmakebox"><nodename>\makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\makebox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\makebox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to contain the <var>text</var> specified. The width of the box is specified by the optional <var>width</var> argument. The position of the text within the box is determined by the optional <var>position</var> argument, which may take the following values: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>c</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Centered (default). -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>l</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Flush left. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>r</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Flush right. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>s</code></tableterm> -<item><para>Stretch (justify) across entire <var>width</var>; <var>text</var> must contain +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Centered (default). +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">l</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Flush left. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">r</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Flush right. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">s</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Stretch (justify) across entire <var>width</var>; <var>text</var> must contain stretchable space for this to work. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para><code>\makebox</code> is also used within the picture environment -see <xref><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></xref>. +<pxref><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></pxref>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\parbox</nodename> -<nodenext>\raisebox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\makebox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\parbox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\parbox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cparbox"><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\parbox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\parbox[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\parbox[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\parbox</code> command produces a box whose contents are created in <code>paragraph</code> mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you -shouldn't use any paragraph-making environments inside a +shouldn&textrsquo;t use any paragraph-making environments inside a <code>\parbox</code> argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a -<code>minipage</code> environment (see <xref><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></xref>). +<code>minipage</code> environment (<pxref><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para><code>\parbox</code> has two mandatory arguments: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><var>width</var></tableterm> -<item><para>the width of the parbox; -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>text</var></tableterm> -<item><para>the text that goes inside the parbox. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +<table commandarg="var"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">width</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>the width of the parbox; +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">text</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>the text that goes inside the parbox. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>The optional <var>position</var> argument allows you to align either the top or bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding @@ -6411,32 +5733,30 @@ text (default is top). <para>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument controls the placement of the text inside the box, as follows; if it is not specified, <var>position</var> is used. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>t</code></tableterm> -<item><para>text is placed at the top of the box. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>c</code></tableterm> -<item><para>text is centered in the box. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>b</code></tableterm> -<item><para>text is placed at the bottom of the box. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>s</code></tableterm> -<item><para>stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable space +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">t</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>text is placed at the top of the box. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">c</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>text is centered in the box. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">b</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>text is placed at the bottom of the box. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">s</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable space for this to work. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\raisebox</nodename> -<nodenext>\savebox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\parbox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\raisebox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\raisebox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005craisebox"><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\raisebox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\raisebox{distance}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{text} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\raisebox{distance}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{text} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\raisebox</code> command raises or lowers <var>text</var>. The first mandatory argument specifies how high <var>text</var> is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). <var>text</var> itself is processed @@ -6449,347 +5769,409 @@ ignoring its natural height and depth. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\savebox</nodename> -<nodenext>\sbox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\raisebox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\savebox</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\savebox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005csavebox"><nodename>\savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\savebox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\savebox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}[<var>width</var>][<var>pos</var>]{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\savebox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}[<var>width</var>][<var>pos</var>]{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>This command typeset <var>text</var> in a box just as with <code>\makebox</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\makebox</xrefnodename></xref>), except that instead of printing the resulting box, +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>), except that instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in the box labeled <var>\boxcmd</var>, which must have been -declared with <code>\newsavebox</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></xref>). +declared with <code>\newsavebox</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\sbox</nodename> -<nodenext>\usebox</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\savebox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\sbox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\sbox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005csbox"><nodename>\sbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\sbox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\sbox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\sbox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\sbox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para><code>\sbox</code> types <var>text</var> in a box just as with <code>\mbox</code> -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\mbox</xrefnodename></xref>) except that instead of the resulting box being +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\mbox</xrefnodename></pxref>) except that instead of the resulting box being included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled <var>\boxcmd</var>. <var>\boxcmd</var> must have been previously declared with -<code>\newsavebox</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></xref>). +<code>\newsavebox</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>\newsavebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\usebox</nodename> -<nodeprev>\sbox</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Boxes</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\usebox{<var>\boxcmd</var></code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\usebox</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cusebox"><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\usebox{<var>\boxcmd</var></code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\usebox</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\usebox{<var>\boxcmd</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usebox{<var>\boxcmd</var>} +</pre></example> + <para><code>\usebox</code> producesthe box most recently saved in the bin -<var>\boxcmd</var> by a <code>\savebox</code> command (see <xref><xrefnodename>\savebox</xrefnodename></xref>). +<var>\boxcmd</var> by a <code>\savebox</code> command (<pxref><xrefnodename>\savebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Special insertions</nodename> -<nodenext>Splitting the input</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Boxes</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Special insertions</title> +<node name="Special-insertions"><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle> <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>Reserved characters</menunode> -<menutitle>Reserved characters</menutitle> -<menucomment> Inserting # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Text symbols</menunode> -<menutitle>Text symbols</menutitle> -<menucomment> Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Accents</menunode> -<menutitle>Accents</menutitle> -<menucomment> Inserting accents. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Non-English characters</menunode> -<menutitle>Non-English characters</menutitle> -<menucomment> Inserting other non-English characters. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\rule</menunode> -<menutitle>\rule</menutitle> -<menucomment> Inserting lines and rectangles. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\today</menunode> -<menutitle>\today</menutitle> -<menucomment> Inserting today's date. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>Reserved characters</nodename> -<nodenext>Text symbols</nodenext> -<nodeup>Special insertions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Reserved characters</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">reserved characters</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">characters, reserved</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>Reserved characters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Text symbols</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Accents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting accents. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Non-English characters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-English characters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\rule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting lines and rectangles. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\today</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting today&textrsquo;s date. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="Reserved-characters"><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The following characters play a special role in &latex; and are called -“reserved characters” or “special characters”. -</para> -<example xml:space="preserve"># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } -</example> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\#</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\$</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\%</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\&</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\_</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\{</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\}</indexterm>Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, &latex; +&textldquo;reserved characters&textrdquo; or &textldquo;special characters&textrdquo;. +</para> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +</pre></example> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\#</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\$</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\%</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\&</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\_</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\{</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\}</indexterm></findex> +<para>Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, &latex; will do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as itself, include a <code>\</code> in front of the character. For example, <code>\$</code> will produce <code>$</code> in your output. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\backslash</indexterm>One exception to this rule is <code>\</code> itself, because <code>\\</code> has +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\backslash</indexterm></findex> +<para>One exception to this rule is <code>\</code> itself, because <code>\\</code> has its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing <code>$\backslash$</code> in your file, and a typewriter <code>\</code> is -produced by using <samp>\</samp> in a verbatim command (see <xref><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></xref>). +produced by using <samp>\</samp> in a verbatim command (<pxref><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\~</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\^</indexterm>Also, <code>\~</code> and <code>\^</code> place tilde and circumflex accents over -the following letter, as in õ and ô (see <xref><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></xref>); to get +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\~</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\^</indexterm></findex> +<para>Also, <code>\~</code> and <code>\^</code> place tilde and circumflex accents over +the following letter, as in <accent type="tilde">o</accent> and <accent type="circ">o</accent> (<pxref><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>); to get a standalone <code>~</code> or <code>^</code>, you can again use a verbatim command. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\symbol</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\symbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you know its number by using the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code -decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. +decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. </para> <para>You can also specify octal numbers with <code>'</code> or hexadecimal numbers with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as -<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. +<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Text symbols</nodename> -<nodenext>Accents</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Reserved characters</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Special insertions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Text symbols</title> +<node name="Text-symbols"><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle> -<para><indexterm index="cp">text symbols</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not available in OT1; you may need to load the <code>textcomp</code> package. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\copyright</indexterm><code>\copyright</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textcopyright</indexterm><code>\textcopyright</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">copyright symbol</indexterm>The copyright symbol, ©right;. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dag</indexterm><code>\dag</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">dagger, in text</indexterm>The dagger symbol (in text). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ddag</indexterm><code>\ddag</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">double dagger, in text</indexterm>The double dagger symbol (in text). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\LaTeX</indexterm><code>\LaTeX</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">&latex; logo</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">logo, &latex;</indexterm>The &latex; logo. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm><code>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm><code>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm><code>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm><code>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">double guillemets</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">single guillemets</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">left angle quotation marks</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">right angle quotation marks</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">double angle quotation marks</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">single angle quotation marks</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">French quotation marks</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">quotation marks, French</indexterm>Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: +<ftable commandarg="code"> +<beforefirstitem> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The copyright symbol, ©right;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The dagger symbol (in text). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The double dagger symbol (in text). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The &latex; logo. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: «, », ‹, ›. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\ldots</indexterm><code>\ldots</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\dots</indexterm><code>\dots</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textellipsis</indexterm><code>\textellipsis</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">ellipsis</indexterm>An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): `&dots;'. <code>\ldots</code> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> +<para>An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): &textlsquo;&dots;&textrsquo;. <code>\ldots</code> and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\lq</indexterm><code>\lq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">left quote</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">opening quote</indexterm>Left (opening) quote: `. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\P</indexterm><code>\P</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textparagraph</indexterm><code>\textparagraph</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">paragraph symbol</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">pilcrow</indexterm>Paragraph sign (pilcrow). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\pounds</indexterm><code>\pounds</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textsterling</indexterm><code>\textsterling</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">pounds symbol</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">sterling symbol</indexterm>English pounds sterling: £. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm><code>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm><code>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm>Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Left (opening) quote: &textlsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<para>English pounds sterling: £. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: „ and ‚. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\rq</indexterm><code>\rq</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">right quote</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">closing quote</indexterm>Right (closing) quote: '. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\S</indexterm><code>\S</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">section symbol</indexterm>Section symbol. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\TeX</indexterm><code>\TeX</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">&tex; logo</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">logo, &tex;</indexterm>The &tex; logo. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textasciicircum</indexterm><code>\textasciicircum</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm>ASCII circumflex: ^. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textasciitilde</indexterm><code>\textasciitilde</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm>ASCII tilde: ~. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm><code>\textasteriskcentered</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm>Centered asterisk: *. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textbackslash</indexterm><code>\textbackslash</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">backslash, in text</indexterm>Backslash: \. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textbar</indexterm><code>\textbar</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">vertical bar, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm>Vertical bar: |. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textbardbl</indexterm><code>\textbardbl</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm>Double vertical bar. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textbigcircle</indexterm><code>\textbigcircle</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm>Big circle symbol. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textbraceleft</indexterm><code>\textbraceleft</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">left brace, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">brace, left, in text</indexterm>Left brace: {. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textbraceright</indexterm><code>\textbraceright</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">right brace, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">brace, right, in text</indexterm>Right brace: }. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textbullet</indexterm><code>\textbullet</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">bullet, in text</indexterm>Bullet: •. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm><code>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">circled letter, in text</indexterm><var>letter</var> in a circle, as in ®istered;. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textcompwordmark</indexterm><code>\textcompwordmark</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textcapitalwordmark</indexterm><code>\textcapitalwordmark</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textascenderwordmark</indexterm><code>\textascenderwordmark</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">composite word mark, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">cap height</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ascender height</indexterm>Composite word mark (invisible). The <code>\textcapital...</code> form +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Right (closing) quote: &textrsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Section symbol. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The &tex; logo. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>ASCII circumflex: ^. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>ASCII tilde: ~. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Centered asterisk: *. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Backslash: \. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Vertical bar: |. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Double vertical bar. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Big circle symbol. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Left brace: {. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Right brace: }. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Bullet: •. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para><var>letter</var> in a circle, as in ®istered;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textcapitalwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textascenderwordmark</indexterm>\textascenderwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">cap height</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Composite word mark (invisible). The <code>\textcapital...</code> form has the cap height of the font, while the <code>\textascender...</code> form has the ascender height. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textdagger</indexterm><code>\textdagger</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">dagger, in text</indexterm>Dagger: <math>\dag</math>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm><code>\textdaggerdbl</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">dagger, double, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">double dagger, in text</indexterm>Double dagger: <math>\ddag</math>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textdollar <r>(or <code>$</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textdollar <r>(or <code>$</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">dollar sign</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">currency, dollar</indexterm>Dollar sign: $. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">em-dash</indexterm>Em-dash: — (for punctuation). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">e-dash</indexterm>En-dash: — (for ranges). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\texteuro</indexterm><code>\texteuro</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">euro symbol</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">currency, euro</indexterm>The Euro symbol: €. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm>Upside down exclamation point: ¡. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textgreater</indexterm><code>\textgreater</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm>Greater than: >. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textless</indexterm><code>\textless</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">less than symbol, in text</indexterm>Less than: <. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textleftarrow</indexterm><code>\textleftarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">arrow, left, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">left arrow, in text</indexterm>Left arrow. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textordfeminine</indexterm><code>\textordfeminine</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textordmasculine</indexterm><code>\textordmasculine</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm>Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: ª, º. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textperiodcentered</indexterm><code>\textperiodcentered</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">period, centered, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">centered period, in text</indexterm>Centered period: <math>\cdot</math>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">questionation point, upside-down</indexterm>Upside down questionation point: ¿. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">left quote, double</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">double left quote</indexterm>Double left quote: “. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">right quote, double</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">double right quote</indexterm>Double right quote: ”. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">left quote, single</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">single left quote</indexterm>Single left quote: `. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm><code>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">right quote, single</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">single right quote</indexterm>Single right quote: '. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm><code>\textquotestraightbase</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">quote, straight base</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">straight quote, base</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">double quote, straight base</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">straight double quote, base</indexterm>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textregistered</indexterm><code>\textregistered</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">registered symbol</indexterm>Registered symbol: ®istered;. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textrightarrow</indexterm><code>\textrightarrow</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">arrow, right, in text</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">right arrow, in text</indexterm>Right arrow. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm><code>\textthreequartersemdash</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm>“Three-quarters” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\texttrademark</indexterm><code>\texttrademark</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">trademark symbol</indexterm>Trademark symbol: <math>^{\hbox{TM}}</math>. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\texttwelveudash</indexterm><code>\texttwelveudash</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm>“Two-thirds” em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textunderscore</indexterm><code>\textunderscore</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">underscore, in text</indexterm>Underscore: _. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><indexterm index="fn">\textvisiblespace</indexterm><code>\textvisiblespace</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="cp">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm>Visible space symbol. -</para> -</item></tableitem></table> - - -</section> -<node> -<nodename>Accents</nodename> -<nodenext>Non-English characters</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Text symbols</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Special insertions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Accents</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">accents</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">characters, accented</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">letters, accented</indexterm></para> -<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world's scripts and +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Dagger: <math>\dag</math>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Double dagger: <math>\ddag</math>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textdollar <r>(or <code>$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Dollar sign: $. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Em-dash: &textmdash; (for punctuation). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<para>En-dash: &textmdash; (for ranges). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The Euro symbol: €. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Upside down exclamation point: ¡. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Greater than: >. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Less than: <. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Left arrow. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: ª, º. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Centered period: <math>\cdot</math>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">questionation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Upside down questionation point: ¿. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Double left quote: &textldquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Double right quote: &textrdquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Single left quote: &textlsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Single right quote: &textrsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Registered symbol: ®istered;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Right arrow. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Trademark symbol: <math>^{\hbox{TM}}</math>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Underscore: _. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Visible space symbol. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> + + +</section> +<node name="Accents"><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Non-English characters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages, through the <code>babel</code> package and related support. This section does not attempt to cover all that support. It merely lists the core &latex; commands for creating accented characters. @@ -6797,274 +6179,345 @@ the core &latex; commands for creating accented characters. <para>The <code>\capital...</code> commands produce alternative forms for use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>\"</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitaldieresis</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitaldieresis</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">umlaut accent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">dieresis accent</indexterm>Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in ö. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\'</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalacute</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalacute</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">acute accent</indexterm>Produces an acute accent, as in ó. In the <code>tabbing</code> +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\"</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in <accent type="uml">o</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\&textrsquo; <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces an acute accent, as in <accent type="acute">o</accent>. In the <code>tabbing</code> environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column -(see <xref><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></xref>). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\.</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">dot accent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">dot-over accent</indexterm>Produces a dot accent over the following, as in o.. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\=</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalmacron</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalmacron</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">macron accent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">overbar accent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bar-over accent</indexterm>Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in o¯. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\^</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalcircumflex</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">circumflex accent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">hat accent</indexterm>Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in ô. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\`</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalgrave</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalgrave</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">grave accent</indexterm>Produces a grave accent over the following, as in ò. In the +(<pxref><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a dot accent over the following, as in <accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in <accent type="macr">o</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in <accent type="circ">o</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\&textlsquo; <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a grave accent over the following, as in <accent type="grave">o</accent>. In the <code>tabbing</code> environment, move following text to the right margin -(see <xref><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></xref>). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\~</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitaltilde</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitaltilde</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">tilde accent</indexterm>Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in ñ. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\b</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">bar-under accent</indexterm>Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\c</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalcedilla</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalcedilla</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">cedilla accent</indexterm>Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in ç. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\d</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitaldotaccent</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">dot-under accent</indexterm>Produces a dot accent under the following, as in .o. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\H</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalhungarumlaut</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm>Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in o''. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\i</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">dotless i</indexterm>Produces a dotless i, as in `i'. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\j</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="cp">dotless j</indexterm>Produces a dotless j, as in `j'. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\k</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalogonek</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalogonek</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ogonek</indexterm>Produces a letter with ogonek, as in `o;'. Not available in +(<pxref><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></pxref>). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in <accent type="tilde">n</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a bar accent under the following, as in <accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in <accent type="cedil">c</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a dot accent under the following, as in <accent type="udotaccent">o</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in <accent type="doubleacute">o</accent>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\i</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a dotless i, as in &textlsquo;<dotless>i</dotless>&textrsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\j</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a dotless j, as in &textlsquo;<dotless>j</dotless>&textrsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a letter with ogonek, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="ogon">o</accent>&textrsquo;. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\r</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalring</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalring</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ring accent</indexterm>Produces a ring accent, as in `o*'. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\t</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitaltie</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\newtie</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalnewtie</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitaltie</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\newtie</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalnewtie</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">tie-after accent</indexterm>Produces a tie-after accent, as in `oo['. The +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a ring accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="ring">o</accent>&textrsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\newtie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a tie-after accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent>&textrsquo;. The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\u</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalbreve</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalbreve</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">breve accent</indexterm>Produces a breve accent, as in `o('. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\underbar</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\underbar</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">underbar</indexterm>Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a breve accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="breve">o</accent>&textrsquo;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\underbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\underbar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">underbar</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. The argument is always processed in horizontal mode. The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through -descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <xref><xrefnodename>Math miscellany</xrefnodename></xref>. +descenders. See also <code>\underline</code> in <ref><xrefnodename>Math miscellany</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\v</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\capitalcaron</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\capitalcaron</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">hacek accent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">check accent</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">caron accent</indexterm>Produces a hác<ek (check, caron) accent, as in `o<'. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">check accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Produces a h<accent type="acute">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="caron">o</accent>&textrsquo;. </para> -</item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Non-English characters</nodename> -<nodenext>\rule</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Accents</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Special insertions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Non-English characters</title> +<node name="Non_002dEnglish-characters"><nodename>Non-English characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Non-English characters</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">letters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="cp">special characters</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">non-English characters</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">characters, non-English</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">letters, non-English</indexterm></para> <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting characters commonly used in languages other than English. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>\aa</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\AA</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\aa (å)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\AA (Å)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">aring</indexterm>å and Å. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\ae</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\AE</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\ae (æ)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\AE (Æ)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ae ligature</indexterm>æ and Æ. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\dh</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\DH</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\dh (æ)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\DH (Æ)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">Icelandic eth</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\dj</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\DJ</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\dj</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\DJ</indexterm>xxxx -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\ij</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\IJ</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\ij (ij)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\l</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\L</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\l (/l)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\L (/L)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">polish l</indexterm>/l and /L. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\ng</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\NG</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\ng</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\NG</indexterm>xxxx -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\o</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\O</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\o (ø)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\O (Ø)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">oslash</indexterm>ø and Ø. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\oe</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\OE</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\oe (œ)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\OE (Œ)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">oe ligature</indexterm>œ and Œ. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\ss</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\SS</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\ss (ß)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\SS (SS)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">es-zet German letter</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">sharp S letters</indexterm>ß and SS. -</para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>\th</code></tableterm> -<tableterm><code>\TH</code></tableterm> -<item><para><indexterm index="fn">\th (þ)</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\TH (Þ)</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">Icelandic thorn</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. -</para> -</item></tableitem></table> +<table commandarg="code"> +<beforefirstitem> +</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">aring</indexterm></cindex> +<para>å and Å. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> +<para>æ and Æ. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\dh (æ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\DH (Æ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\dj</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\DJ</indexterm></findex> +<para>xxxx +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> +<para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">polish l</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&lslash; and &Lslash;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ng</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\NG</indexterm></findex> +<para>xxxx +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">oslash</indexterm></cindex> +<para>ø and Ø. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> +<para>œ and Œ. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> +<para>ß and SS. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item> +<itemx><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry></table> + + +</section> +<node name="_005crule"><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Non-English characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\rule</indexterm></findex> - -</section> -<node> -<nodename>\rule</nodename> -<nodenext>\today</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Non-English characters</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Special insertions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\rule</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\rule</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\rule[<var>raise</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>thickness</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\rule[<var>raise</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>thickness</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\rule</code> command produces <dfn>rules</dfn>, that is, lines or rectangles. The arguments are: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><var>raise</var></tableterm> -<item><para>How high to raise the rule (optional). +<table commandarg="var"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">raise</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>How high to raise the rule (optional). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>width</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The length of the rule (mandatory). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">width</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The length of the rule (mandatory). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>thickness</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The thickness of the rule (mandatory). -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">thickness</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The thickness of the rule (mandatory). +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\today</nodename> -<nodeprev>\rule</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Special insertions</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\today</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\today</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\today</code> command produces today's date, in the format -<samp><var>month</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>yyyy</var></samp>; for example, `July 4, 1976'. +<node name="_005ctoday"><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\today</indexterm></findex> + +<para>The <code>\today</code> command produces today&textrsquo;s date, in the format +<samp><var>month</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>yyyy</var></samp>; for example, &textlsquo;July 4, 1976&textrsquo;. It uses the predefined counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and -<code>\year</code> (see <xref><xrefnodename>\day \month \year</xrefnodename></xref>) to do this. It is not +<code>\year</code> (<pxref><xrefnodename>\day \month \year</xrefnodename></pxref>) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp"><code>datetime</code> package</indexterm>The <code>datetime</code> package, among others, can produce a wide variety +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><code>datetime</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>datetime</code> package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. </para> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Splitting the input</nodename> -<nodenext>Front/back matter</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Special insertions</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Splitting the input</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">splitting the input file</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">input file</indexterm></para> +<node name="Splitting-the-input"><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">input file</indexterm></cindex> + <para>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole -input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into +input in a single large file, it&textrsquo;s more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run &latex;. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\include</menunode> -<menutitle>\include</menutitle> -<menucomment> Conditionally include a file. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\includeonly</menunode> -<menutitle>\includeonly</menutitle> -<menucomment> Determine which files are included. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\input</menunode> -<menutitle>\input</menutitle> -<menucomment> Unconditionally include a file. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\include</nodename> -<nodenext>\includeonly</nodenext> -<nodeup>Splitting the input</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\include</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\include</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\include</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Conditionally include a file. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\includeonly</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Determine which files are included. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\input</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Unconditionally include a file. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005cinclude"><nodename>\include</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\include</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\include</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\include{<var>file</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\include{<var>file</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>If no <code>\includeonly</code> command is present, the <code>\include</code> command executes <code>\clearpage</code> to start a new page -(see <xref><xrefnodename>\clearpage</xrefnodename></xref>), then reads <var>file</var>, then does another +(<pxref><xrefnodename>\clearpage</xrefnodename></pxref>), then reads <var>file</var>, then does another <code>\clearpage</code>. </para> <para>Given an <code>\includeonly</code> command, the <code>\include</code> actions are only run if <var>file</var> is listed as an argument to <code>\includeonly</code>. See the next section. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file read by another <code>\include</code> command. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\includeonly</nodename> -<nodenext>\input</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\include</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Splitting the input</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>\<code>includeonly</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\includeonly</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cincludeonly"><nodename>\includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\include</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>\<code>includeonly</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\includeonly</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\includeonly{<var>file1</var>,<var>file2</var>,...} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\includeonly{<var>file1</var>,<var>file2</var>,...} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read by subsequent <code>\include</code> commands. The list of filenames is comma-separated. Each <var>file</var> must exactly match a filename @@ -7075,18 +6528,16 @@ effective. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\input</nodename> -<nodeprev>\includeonly</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Splitting the input</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>\input</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\input</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cinput"><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>\input</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\input</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\input{<var>file</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\input{<var>file</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\input</code> command causes the specified <var>file</var> to be read and processed, as if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that point. @@ -7099,44 +6550,24 @@ is tried (<samp>foo</samp> or <samp>foo.bar</samp>). </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Front/back matter</nodename> -<nodenext>Letters</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Splitting the input</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Front/back matter</title> +<node name="Front_002fback-matter"><nodename>Front/back matter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Front/back matter</sectiontitle> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>Tables of contents</menunode> -<menutitle>Tables of contents</menutitle> -<menucomment> -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Glossaries</menunode> -<menutitle>Glossaries</menutitle> -<menucomment> -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>Indexes</menunode> -<menutitle>Indexes</menutitle> -<menucomment> -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>Tables of contents</nodename> -<nodenext>Glossaries</nodenext> -<nodeup>Front/back matter</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Tables of contents</title> - -<para><indexterm index="cp">table of contents, creating</indexterm></para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\tableofcontents</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm>A table of contents is produced with the <code>\tableofcontents</code> +<menuentry><menunode>Tables of contents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Glossaries</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>Indexes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="Tables-of-contents"><nodename>Tables of contents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Tables of contents</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>A table of contents is produced with the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go; &latex; does the rest for you. A previous run must have generated a <file>.toc</file> file. @@ -7146,107 +6577,98 @@ not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the table of contents, write a <code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\listoffigures</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\listoftables</indexterm>The analogous commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> +<para>The analogous commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> produce a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\nofiles</indexterm>The command <code>\nofiles</code> overrides these commands, and +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\nofiles</indexterm></findex> +<para>The command <code>\nofiles</code> overrides these commands, and <emph>prevents</emph> any of these lists from being generated. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\addcontentsline</menunode> -<menutitle>\addcontentsline</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add an entry to table of contents etc. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\addtocontents</menunode> -<menutitle>\addtocontents</menutitle> -<menucomment> Add text directly to table of contents file etc. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename> -<nodenext>\addtocontents</nodenext> -<nodeup>Tables of contents</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title>\addcontentsline</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\addcontentsline</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} +<menuentry><menunode>\addcontentsline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add an entry to table of contents etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\addtocontents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add text directly to table of contents file etc. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005caddcontentsline"><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Tables of contents</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle>\addcontentsline</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>The <code>\addcontentsline</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><var>ext</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written, +<table commandarg="var"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">ext</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written, typically one of: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures), or <code>lot</code> (list of tables). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>unit</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">unit</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the following, matching the value of the <var>ext</var> argument: </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><code>toc</code></tableterm> -<item><para>The name of the sectional unit: <code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>, +<table commandarg="code"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">toc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The name of the sectional unit: <code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>, <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, <code>subsubsection</code>. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>lof</code></tableterm> -<item><para>For the list of figures. -</para></item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><code>lot</code></tableterm> -<item><para>For the list of tables. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">lof</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>For the list of figures. +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">lot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>For the list of tables. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>entry</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The actual text of the entry. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">entry</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The actual text of the entry. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\contentsline</indexterm>What is written to the <file>.<var>ext</var></file> file is the -command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>name</var>}</code>. +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> +<para>What is written to the <file>.<var>ext</var></file> file is the +command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>name</var>}</code>. </para> <!-- ?? how hardwired are these values? other unit names? --> </subsection> -<node> -<nodename>\addtocontents</nodename> -<nodeprev>\addcontentsline</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Tables of contents</nodeup> -</node> -<subsection> -<title>\addtocontents</title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></para> -<para>The <code>\addtocontents</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>} command adds text +<node name="_005caddtocontents"><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tables of contents</nodeup></node> +<subsection><sectiontitle>\addtocontents</sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> + +<para>The <code>\addtocontents</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>} command adds text (or formatting commands) directly to the <file>.<var>ext</var></file> file that generates the table of contents or lists of figures or tables. </para> -<table><tableitem><tableterm><var>ext</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written: +<table commandarg="var"> +<tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">ext</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written: <file>toc</file> (table of contents), <file>lof</file> (list of figures), or <file>lot</file> (list of tables). </para> -</item></tableitem><tableitem><tableterm><var>text</var></tableterm> -<item><para>The text to be written. -</para></item></tableitem></table> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="var">text</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text to be written. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> </subsection> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Glossaries</nodename> -<nodenext>Indexes</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Tables of contents</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Front/back matter</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Glossaries</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">glossaries</indexterm></para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\makeglossary</indexterm>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> enables creating glossaries. -</para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\glossary</indexterm><indexterm index="cp"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm>The command <code>\glossary{<var>text</var>}</code> writes a glossary entry for +<node name="Glossaries"><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Tables of contents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> +<para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> enables creating glossaries. +</para> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\glossary</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The command <code>\glossary{<var>text</var>}</code> writes a glossary entry for <var>text</var> to an auxiliary file with the <file>.glo</file> extension. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\glossaryentry</indexterm>Specifically, what gets written is the command -<code>\glossaryentry{<var>text</var>}{<var>pageno</var>}</code>, where +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\glossaryentry</indexterm></findex> +<para>Specifically, what gets written is the command +<code>\glossaryentry{<var>text</var>}{<var>pageno</var>}</code>, where <var>pageno</var> is the current <code>\thepage</code> value. </para> <para>The <code>glossary</code> package on CTAN provides support for fancier @@ -7254,67 +6676,74 @@ glossaries. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>Indexes</nodename> -<nodeprev>Glossaries</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Front/back matter</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>Indexes</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">indexes</indexterm></para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\makeindex</indexterm>The command <code>\makeindex</code> enables creating indexes. Put this in +<node name="Indexes"><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">indexes</indexterm></cindex> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> +<para>The command <code>\makeindex</code> enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\index</indexterm><indexterm index="cp"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm>The command <code>\index{<var>text</var>}</code> writes an index entry for +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\index</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The command <code>\index{<var>text</var>}</code> writes an index entry for <var>text</var> to an auxiliary file with the <file>.idx</file> extension. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\indexentry</indexterm>Specifically, what gets written is the command -<code>\indexentry{<var>text</var>}{<var>pageno</var>}</code>, where <var>pageno</var> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> +<para>Specifically, what gets written is the command +<code>\indexentry{<var>text</var>}{<var>pageno</var>}</code>, where <var>pageno</var> is the current <code>\thepage</code> value. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp">`see' and `see also' index entries</indexterm>To generate a index entry for `bar' that says `See foo', use a -vertical bar: <code>\index{bar|see{foo}}</code>. Use <code>seealso</code> -instead of <code>see</code> to make a `See also' entry. +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex> +<para>To generate a index entry for &textlsquo;bar&textrsquo; that says &textlsquo;See foo&textrsquo;, use a +vertical bar: <code>\index{bar|see{foo}}</code>. Use <code>seealso</code> +instead of <code>see</code> to make a &textlsquo;See also&textrsquo; entry. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\seename</indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\alsoname</indexterm>The text `See' is defined by the macro <code>\seename</code>, and `See also' +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\seename</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> +<para>The text &textlsquo;See&textrsquo; is defined by the macro <code>\seename</code>, and &textlsquo;See also&textrsquo; by the macro <code>\alsoname</code>. These can be redefined for other languages. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm><indexterm index="cp"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm><indexterm index="cp"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm>The generated <file>.idx</file> file is then sorted with an external +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The generated <file>.idx</file> file is then sorted with an external command, usually either <command>makeindex</command> -(<uref><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex</urefurl></uref>) or (the -multi-lingual) <command>xindy</command> (<uref><urefurl>http://xindy.sourceforge.net</urefurl></uref>). +(<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex</urefurl></url>) or (the +multi-lingual) <command>xindy</command> (<url><urefurl>http://xindy.sourceforge.net</urefurl></url>). This results in a <file>.ind</file> file, which can then be read to typeset the index. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">printindex</indexterm><indexterm index="cp"><code>makeidx</code> package</indexterm>The index is usually generated with the <code>\printindex</code> command. +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">printindex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><code>makeidx</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The index is usually generated with the <code>\printindex</code> command. This is defined in the <code>makeidx</code> package, so -<code>\usepackage{makeidx}</code> needs to be in the preamble. +<code>\usepackage{makeidx}</code> needs to be in the preamble. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">indexspace</indexterm>The rubber length <code>\indexspace</code> is inserted before each new +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">indexspace</indexterm></findex> +<para>The rubber length <code>\indexspace</code> is inserted before each new letter in the printed index; its default value is <samp>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</samp>. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp"><code>showidx</code> package</indexterm>The <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><code>showidx</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp"><code>multind</code> package</indexterm>The <code>multind</code> package supports multiple indexes. See also the +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><code>multind</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>multind</code> package supports multiple indexes. See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, -<uref><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</urefurl></uref>. +<url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</urefurl></url>. </para> </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Letters</nodename> -<nodenext>Terminal input/output</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Front/back matter</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Letters</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">letters</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">creating letters</indexterm></para> +<node name="Letters"><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">creating letters</indexterm></cindex> + <para>You can use &latex; to typeset letters, both personal and business. The <code>letter</code> document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make just one if you so desire. @@ -7323,202 +6752,138 @@ once, although you can make just one if you so desire. document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a minimum: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass{letter} - \begin{document} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass{letter} + \begin{document} ... letters ... - \end{document} -</example> + \end{document} +</pre></example> + <para>Each letter is a <code>letter</code> environment, whose argument is the name and address of the recipient. For example, you might have: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve"> \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St. - \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA} +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St. + \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA} ... - \end{letter} -</example> + \end{letter} +</pre></example> + <para>The letter itself begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The text of the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary &latex; input. Commands that make no sense in a letter, like <code>\chapter</code>, do not work. The letter closes with a <code>\closing</code> command. </para> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm>After the <code>closing</code>, you can have additional material. The -<code>\cc</code> command produces the usual “cc: &dots;”. There's also a +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>After the <code>closing</code>, you can have additional material. The +<code>\cc</code> command produces the usual &textldquo;cc: &dots;&textrdquo;. There&textrsquo;s also a similar <code>\encl</code> command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use <code>\\</code> to separate the items. </para> <para>These commands are used with the <code>letter</code> class. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\address</menunode> -<menutitle>\address</menutitle> -<menucomment> Your return address. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\cc</menunode> -<menutitle>\cc</menutitle> -<menucomment> Cc list. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\closing</menunode> -<menutitle>\closing</menutitle> -<menucomment> Saying goodbye. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\encl</menunode> -<menutitle>\encl</menutitle> -<menucomment> List of enclosed material. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\location</menunode> -<menutitle>\location</menutitle> -<menucomment> Your organisation's address. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\makelabels</menunode> -<menutitle>\makelabels</menutitle> -<menucomment> Making address labels. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\name</menunode> -<menutitle>\name</menutitle> -<menucomment> Your name, for the return address. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\opening</menunode> -<menutitle>\opening</menutitle> -<menucomment> Saying hello. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\ps</menunode> -<menutitle>\ps</menutitle> -<menucomment> Adding a postscript. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\signature</menunode> -<menutitle>\signature</menutitle> -<menucomment> Your signature. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\startbreaks</menunode> -<menutitle>\startbreaks</menutitle> -<menucomment> Allow page breaks. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\stopbreaks</menunode> -<menutitle>\stopbreaks</menutitle> -<menucomment> Disallow page breaks. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\telephone</menunode> -<menutitle>\telephone</menutitle> -<menucomment> Your phone number. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\address</nodename> -<nodenext>\cc</nodenext> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title>\address{<var>return-address}</var></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\address</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\address</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Your return address. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\cc</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Cc list. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\closing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Saying goodbye. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\encl</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">List of enclosed material. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\location</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Your organisation&textrsquo;s address. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\makelabels</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Making address labels. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\name</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Your name, for the return address. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\opening</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Saying hello. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\ps</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Adding a postscript. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\signature</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Your signature. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\startbreaks</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Allow page breaks. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\stopbreaks</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Disallow page breaks. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\telephone</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Your phone number. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005caddress"><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle>\address{<var>return-address}</var></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\address</indexterm></findex> + <para>The <code>\address</code> specifies the return address of a letter, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated by <code>\\</code> commands. </para> <para>If you do not make an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter -will be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard -letterhead. (See <xref><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></xref>, for details on your local +will be formatted for copying onto your organisation&textrsquo;s standard +letterhead. (<xref><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></xref>, for details on your local implementation). If you give an <code>\address</code> declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a personal letter. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\cc</nodename> -<nodenext>\closing</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\address</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\cc</code></title> +<node name="_005ccc"><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\cc</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\cc</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">cc list, in letters</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\cc{<var>name1</var>\\<var>name2</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\cc{<var>name1</var>\\<var>name2</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>Produce a list of <var>name</var>s the letter was copied to. Each name is printed on a separate line. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\closing</nodename> -<nodenext>\encl</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\cc</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\closing</code></title> +<node name="_005cclosing"><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\closing</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\closing</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">letters, ending</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">closing letters</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\closing{text} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing{text} +</pre></example> + <para>A letter closes with a <code>\closing</code> command, for example, -</para><example xml:space="preserve">\closing{Best Regards,} -</example> +</para><example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing{Best Regards,} +</pre></example> + </section> -<node> -<nodename>\encl</nodename> -<nodenext>\location</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\closing</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\encl</code></title> +<node name="_005cencl"><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\encl</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\encl</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">enclosure list</indexterm></para> <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\encl{<var>line1</var>\\<var>line2</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\encl{<var>line1</var>\\<var>line2</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>Declare a list of one more enclosures. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\location</nodename> -<nodenext>\makelabels</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\encl</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\location</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\location</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\location{address}</code> +<node name="_005clocation"><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\location</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\location{address}</code> </para> -<para>This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only appears +<para>This modifies your organisation&textrsquo;s standard address. This only appears if the <code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\makelabels</nodename> -<nodenext>\name</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\location</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\makelabels</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\makelabels</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\makelabels{number}</code> +<node name="_005cmakelabels"><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\makelabels</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\makelabels{number}</code> </para> <para>If you issue this command in the preamble, &latex; will create a sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. @@ -7526,81 +6891,62 @@ address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. </section> -<node> -<nodename>\name</nodename> -<nodenext>\opening</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\makelabels</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\name</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\name</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\name{June Davenport}</code> +<node name="_005cname"><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\name</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\name{June Davenport}</code> </para> <para>Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return address. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\opening</nodename> -<nodenext>\ps</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\name</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\opening{<var>text</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\opening</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">letters, starting</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005copening"><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\opening{<var>text</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\opening</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\opening{<var>text</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\opening{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>A letter begins with the <code>\opening</code> command. The mandatory argument, <var>text</var>, is whatever text you wish to start your letter. For instance: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\opening{Dear Joe,} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\opening{Dear Joe,} +</pre></example> + </section> -<node> -<nodename>\ps</nodename> -<nodenext>\signature</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\opening</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\ps</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\ps</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">postscript, in letters</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cps"><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\ps</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Use the <code>\ps</code> command to start a postscript in a letter, after <code>\closing</code>. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\signature</nodename> -<nodenext>\startbreaks</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\ps</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\signature{<var>text</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\signature</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005csignature"><nodename>\signature</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\startbreaks</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\ps</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\signature{<var>text</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\signature</indexterm></findex> + <para>Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the space for your signature. <code>\\</code> starts a new line within <var>text</var> as usual. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\startbreaks</nodename> -<nodenext>\stopbreaks</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\signature</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\startbreaks</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\startbreaks</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cstartbreaks"><nodename>\startbreaks</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stopbreaks</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\startbreaks</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\startbreaks</indexterm></findex> + <para><code>\startbreaks</code> </para> <para>Used after a <code>\stopbreaks</code> command to allow page breaks again. @@ -7608,15 +6954,10 @@ space for your signature. <code>\\</code> starts a new line within </section> -<node> -<nodename>\stopbreaks</nodename> -<nodenext>\telephone</nodenext> -<nodeprev>\startbreaks</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\stopbreaks</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\stopbreaks</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005cstopbreaks"><nodename>\stopbreaks</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\telephone</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\startbreaks</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\stopbreaks</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\stopbreaks</indexterm></findex> + <para><code>\stopbreaks</code> </para> <para>Inhibit page breaks until a <code>\startbreaks</code> command occurs. @@ -7624,15 +6965,11 @@ space for your signature. <code>\\</code> starts a new line within </section> -<node> -<nodename>\telephone</nodename> -<nodeprev>\stopbreaks</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Letters</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\telephone</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\telephone</indexterm></para> -<para><code>\telephone{number}</code> +<node name="_005ctelephone"><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stopbreaks</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\telephone</indexterm></findex> + +<para><code>\telephone{number}</code> </para> <para>This is your telephone number. This only appears if the <code>firstpage</code> pagestyle is selected. @@ -7640,41 +6977,27 @@ space for your signature. <code>\\</code> starts a new line within </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Terminal input/output</nodename> -<nodenext>Command line</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Letters</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Terminal input/output</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">input/output</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">terminal input/output</indexterm></para> +<node name="Terminal-input_002foutput"><nodename>Terminal input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Terminal input/output</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> + <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>\typein</menunode> -<menutitle>\typein</menutitle> -<menucomment> Read text from the terminal. -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>\typeout</menunode> -<menutitle>\typeout</menutitle> -<menucomment> Write text to the terminal. -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>\typein</nodename> -<nodenext>\typeout</nodenext> -<nodeup>Terminal input/output</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\typein[<var>cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\typein</indexterm></para> +<menuentry><menunode>\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from the terminal. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>\typeout</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Write text to the terminal. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="_005ctypein"><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\typein[<var>cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\typein</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\typein[<var>\cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\typein[<var>\cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>} +</pre></example> + <para><code>\typein</code> prints <var>msg</var> on the terminal and causes &latex; to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the optional <var>\cmd</var> argument is omitted, the typed input is @@ -7685,24 +7008,22 @@ redefined to be the typed input. </para> </section> -<node> -<nodename>\typeout</nodename> -<nodeprev>\typein</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Terminal input/output</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>\typeout{<var>msg</var>}</code></title> -<para><indexterm index="fn">\typeout</indexterm></para> +<node name="_005ctypeout"><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>\typeout{<var>msg</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\typeout</indexterm></findex> + <para>Synopsis: </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">\typeout{<var>msg</var>} -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\typeout{<var>msg</var>} +</pre></example> + <para>Prints <code>msg</code> on the terminal and in the <code>log</code> file. Commands in <code>msg</code> that are defined with <code>\newcommand</code> or <code>\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. </para> -<para>&latex;'s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space +<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>. A <code>\space</code> command in <code>msg</code> causes a single space to be printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A <code>^^J</code> in @@ -7711,73 +7032,53 @@ printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A <code>^^J</code> in </section> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Command line</nodename> -<nodenext>Document templates</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Terminal input/output</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<chapter> -<title>Command line</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">command line</indexterm></para> +<node name="Command-line"><nodename>Command line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document templates</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<chapter><sectiontitle>Command line</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">command line</indexterm></cindex> + <para>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; &tex; uses <file>.tex</file> as a default file extension. If you omit the input file entirely, &tex; accepts input from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g. </para> -<example xml:space="preserve">latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex' -</example> +<example> +<pre xml:space="preserve">latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex' +</pre></example> + +<noindent></noindent> <para>will process <file>foo.tex</file> without pausing after every error. </para> -<para><indexterm index="cp"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm><indexterm index="cp">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm><indexterm index="fn">\stop</indexterm>If &latex; stops in the middle of the document and gives you a +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn"><indexterm index="fn">\stop</indexterm></findex> +<para>If &latex; stops in the middle of the document and gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type <code>\stop</code> (and return) and it will prematurely end the document. </para> </chapter> -<node> -<nodename>Document templates</nodename> -<nodenext>Concept Index</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Command line</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<appendix> -<title>Document templates</title> -<para><indexterm index="cp">document templates</indexterm></para> +<node name="Document-templates"><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Concept Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<appendix><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp"><indexterm index="cp">document templates</indexterm></cindex> + <para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional templates are collected at -<uref><urefurl>http://www.howtotex.com/templates</urefurl></uref>. +be useful. Additional template resources are listed +<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates</urefurl></url>. </para> <menu> -<menuentry> -<menunode>book template</menunode> -<menutitle>book template</menutitle> -<menucomment> -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>beamer template</menunode> -<menutitle>beamer template</menutitle> -<menucomment> -</menucomment> -</menuentry><menuentry> -<menunode>tugboat template</menunode> -<menutitle>tugboat template</menutitle> -<menucomment> -</menucomment> -</menuentry></menu> - - -<node> -<nodename>book template</nodename> -<nodenext>beamer template</nodenext> -<nodeup>Document templates</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>book</code> template</title> - -<verbatim xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{book} +<menuentry><menunode>book template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>beamer template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry><menunode>tugboat template</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve"> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="book-template"><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">beamer template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> + +<verbatim xml:space="preserve"> +\documentclass{book} \title{Book Class Template} \author{Alex Author} @@ -7795,19 +7096,16 @@ The end. \end{document} </verbatim> + + </section> -<node> -<nodename>beamer template</nodename> -<nodenext>tugboat template</nodenext> -<nodeprev>book template</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Document templates</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>beamer</code> template</title> +<node name="beamer-template"><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tugboat template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle> <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates slides presentations. </para> -<verbatim xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{beamer} +<verbatim xml:space="preserve"> +\documentclass{beamer} \title{Beamer Class template} \author{Alex Author} @@ -7831,29 +7129,27 @@ The end. </verbatim> + + </section> -<node> -<nodename>tugboat template</nodename> -<nodeprev>beamer template</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Document templates</nodeup> -</node> -<section> -<title><code>tugboat</code> template</title> +<node name="tugboat-template"><nodename>tugboat template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> +<section><sectiontitle><code>tugboat</code> template</sectiontitle> <para><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group, -<uref><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></uref>. +<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>. </para> -<verbatim xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{ltugboat} +<verbatim xml:space="preserve"> +\documentclass{ltugboat} \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf - \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, + urlcolor=black]{hyperref} \else - \usepackage{url} +\usepackage{url} \fi -\title{Example \TUB\ Article} +\title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. \author{First Last} @@ -7861,12 +7157,12 @@ The end. \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} -\maketitle - \begin{document} +\maketitle + \begin{abstract} -This is an example article for a regular \TUB{} issue. +This is an example article for \TUB{}. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} @@ -7878,22 +7174,23 @@ We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. -The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: -{\small -\begin{verbatim} +% verbatim blocks are often better in \small +\begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas +\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe +\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug +\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\TUB \TUG \tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE \Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag \careof \thinskip -\acro{FRED} -> {\small fred} % please use! +\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred \env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> @@ -7901,14 +7198,13 @@ The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -} For more information, see the ltubguid document at: \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} +(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - \bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style \nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty \bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX @@ -7917,30 +7213,22 @@ Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. \end{document} </verbatim> + + </section> </appendix> -<node> -<nodename>Concept Index</nodename> -<nodenext>Command Index</nodenext> -<nodeprev>Document templates</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<unnumbered> -<title>Concept Index</title> +<node name="Concept-Index"><nodename>Concept Index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document templates</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<unnumbered><sectiontitle>Concept Index</sectiontitle> -<printindex>cp</printindex> +<printindex value="cp"></printindex> <!-- The name of the `Command Index' node must NOT be altered for ltx-help.el. --> </unnumbered> -<node> -<nodename>Command Index</nodename> -<nodeprev>Concept Index</nodeprev> -<nodeup>Top</nodeup> -</node> -<unnumbered> -<title>Command Index</title> +<node name="Command-Index"><nodename>Command Index</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Concept Index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> +<unnumbered><sectiontitle>Command Index</sectiontitle> -<printindex>fn</printindex> +<printindex value="fn"></printindex> </unnumbered> +<bye></bye> </texinfo> diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info index 5558bb86e05..c5d3a86f724 100644 --- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info +++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/latex2e.info @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from +This is latex2e.info, produced by texi2any version 4.13.90+dev from latex2e.texi. This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version of May 2011. - - This was originally translated from `LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the VMS Help -Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade -of Sam Houston State University. The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by -Stephen Gilmore. The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten -Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, and -gratefully acknowledges using `Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by Sheldon -Green, and the `LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway and -C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as `TeXniques' number -10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). - - Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Karl Berry. +preparation system, version of May 2012. + + This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the +VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. +Greenwade of Sam Houston State University. The LaTeX 2.09 version was +written by Stephen Gilmore. The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this +by Torsten Martinsen. Karl Berry made further updates and additions, +and gratefully acknowledges using 'Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by +Sheldon Green, and the 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by +L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as +'TeXniques' number 10), as reference material (no text was directly +copied). + + Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry. Copyright (C) 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. @@ -30,7 +31,6 @@ permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. - INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * LaTeX2e: (latex2e). Unofficial LaTeX reference manual. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ LaTeX2e ******* This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version as of May 2011. It is intended to cover +preparation system, version as of May 2012. It is intended to cover LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years. * Menu: @@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years. File: latex2e.info, Node: About this document, Next: Overview, Prev: Top, Up: Top -1 Overview of LaTeX -******************* +1 About this document +********************* The LaTeX document preparation system is implemented as a macro package for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program. LaTeX was originally created by Leslie Lamport; it is now maintained by a group of volunteers -(`http://latex-project.org'). The official documentation written by the +('http://latex-project.org'). The official documentation written by the LaTeX project is available from their web site. The present document is completely unofficial and has not been @@ -96,10 +96,22 @@ reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org>. - The home page for this document is `http://home.gna.org/latexrefman'. + The home page for this document is 'http://home.gna.org/latexrefman'. That page has links to the current output in various formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. + Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about +LaTeX. Here are a few: + + Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation. + + Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. + + The guide for document authors maintained as part of LaTeX; there + are several others. + + Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX. + File: latex2e.info, Node: Overview, Next: Starting & ending, Prev: About this document, Up: Top @@ -117,44 +129,44 @@ output: 1. The main output file, which is one of: - `.dvi' - If invoked as `latex', a "Device Independent" (`.dvi') file is + '.dvi' + If invoked as 'latex', a "Device Independent" ('.dvi') file is produced. This contains commands that can be translated into commands for virtually any output device. You can view such - `.dvi' output of LaTeX by using a program such as `xdvi' - (display directly), `dvips' (convert to PostScript), or - `dvipdfmx' (convert to PDF). + '.dvi' output of LaTeX by using a program such as 'xdvi' + (display directly), 'dvips' (convert to PostScript), or + 'dvipdfmx' (convert to PDF). - `.pdf' - If invoked as `pdflatex', a "Portable Document Format" - (`.pdf') file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with + '.pdf' + If invoked as 'pdflatex', a "Portable Document Format" + ('.pdf') file. Typically, this is a self-contained file, with all fonts and images embedded. This can be very useful, but - it does make the output much larger than the `.dvi' produced + it does make the output much larger than the '.dvi' produced from the same document. - If invoked as `lualatex', a `.pdf' file is created using the - LuaTeX engine (`http://luatex.org'). + If invoked as 'lualatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the + LuaTeX engine ('http://luatex.org'). - If invoked as `xelatex', a `.pdf' file is created using the - XeTeX engine (`http://tug.org/xetex'). + If invoked as 'xelatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the + XeTeX engine ('http://tug.org/xetex'). Many other less-common variants of LaTeX (and TeX) exist, which can produce HTML, XML, and other things. - 2. The "transcript" or `.log' file that contains summary information + 2. The "transcript" or '.log' file that contains summary information and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input file. - 3. An "auxiliary" or `.aux' file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for + 3. An "auxiliary" or '.aux' file. This is used by LaTeX itself, for things such as cross-references. An open-ended list of other files might be created. We won't try to list them all. Xxx components? - In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a `\', followed + In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a '\', followed by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter. Arguments -contained in square brackets, `[]', are optional while arguments -contained in braces, `{}', are required. +contained in square brackets, '[]', are optional while arguments +contained in braces, '{}', are required. LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless explicitly directed to do otherwise. @@ -176,8 +188,8 @@ where the CLASS is a valid document class for LaTeX. *Note Document classes::, for details of the various document classes available locally. - You may include other LaTeX commands between the `\documentclass' and -the `\begin{document}' commands (this area is called the "preamble"). + You may include other LaTeX commands between the '\documentclass' and +the '\begin{document}' commands (this area is called the "preamble"). File: latex2e.info, Node: Document classes, Next: Typefaces, Prev: Starting & ending, Up: Top @@ -189,7 +201,7 @@ The class of a given document is defined with the command: \documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS} -The `\documentclass' command must be the first command in a LaTeX source +The '\documentclass' command must be the first command in a LaTeX source file. Built-in LaTeX document CLASS names are (many other document classes @@ -210,71 +222,66 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Document class options, Up: Document classes ========================== You can specify so-called "global options" or "class options" to the -`\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual. +'\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual. To specify more than one OPTION, separate them with a comma: \documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS} Here is the list of the standard class options. - All of the standard classes except `slides' accept the following -options for selecting the typeface size (default is `10pt'): + All of the standard classes except 'slides' accept the following +options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'): 10pt 11pt 12pt All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the -paper size (default is `letterpaper'): +paper size (default is 'letterpaper'): a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper Miscellaneous other options: -`draft, final' +'draft, final' mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is - `final'. - -`fleqn' + 'final'. +'fleqn' Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. - -`landscape' +'landscape' Selects landscape format; default is portrait. - -`leqno' +'leqno' Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. - -`openbib' +'openbib' Use "open" bibliography format. - -`titlepage, notitlepage' +'titlepage, notitlepage' Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. These options are not available with the slides class: -`onecolumn' -`twocolumn' - Typeset in one or two columns; default is `onecolumn'. +'onecolumn' +'twocolumn' + Typeset in one or two columns; default is 'onecolumn'. -`oneside' -`twoside' - Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is `oneside', except for - the `book' class. +'oneside' +'twoside' + Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is 'oneside', except for + the 'book' class. - The `\evensidemargin' (`\oddsidemargin' parameter determines the + The '\evensidemargin' ('\oddsidemargin' parameter determines the distance on even (odd) numbered pages between the left side of the page and the text's left margin. The defaults vary with the paper size and whether one- or two-side layout is selected. For one-sided printing the text is centered, for two-sided, - `\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between `\paperwidth' and - `\textwidth', with `\evensidemargin' the remainder. + '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth' and + '\textwidth', with '\evensidemargin' the remainder. -`openright' -`openany' +'openright' +'openany' Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default - is `openright' for book. + is 'openright' for book. - The `slides' class offers the option `clock' for printing the time at + The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at the bottom of each note. Additional packages are loaded like this: @@ -282,11 +289,11 @@ the bottom of each note. \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG} To specify more than one PKG, you can separate them with a comma, or -use multiple `\usepackage' commands. +use multiple '\usepackage' commands. - Any options given in the `\documentclass' command that are unknown by + Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with -`\usepackage'. +'\usepackage'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Typefaces, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: Top @@ -311,106 +318,96 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Font styles, Next: Font sizes, Up: Typefaces The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. - These commands are used like `\textit{italic text}'. The -corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration form", which -takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the -next type style command or the end of the current group. + This first group of commands is typically used like '\textit{italic +text}'. The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration +form", which takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form +lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group. The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either -`\sffamily\bfseries' or `\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. +'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif. - You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; for -instance, `\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'. + You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; +for instance, '\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'. -`\textrm (\rmfamily)' + These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the +'\textrm (\rmfamily)' Roman. -`\textit (\itshape)' +'\textit (\itshape)' Italics. -`\emph' - Emphasis (switches between `\textit' and `\textrm'). +'\emph' + Emphasis (switches between '\textit' and '\textrm'). -`\textmd (\mdseries)' +'\textmd (\mdseries)' Medium weight (default). -`\textbf (\bfseries)' +'\textbf (\bfseries)' Boldface. - -`\textup (\upshape)' - Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. - -`\textsl (\slshape)' +'\textup (\upshape)' + Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. +'\textsl (\slshape)' Slanted. - -`\textsf (\sffamily)' +'\textsf (\sffamily)' Sans serif. - -`\textsc (\scshape)' +'\textsc (\scshape)' Small caps. - -`\texttt (\ttfamily)' +'\texttt (\ttfamily)' Typewriter. - -`\textnormal (\normalfont)' +'\textnormal (\normalfont)' Main document font. - -`\mathrm' +'\mathrm' Roman, for use in math mode. - -`\mathbf' +'\mathbf' Boldface, for use in math mode. - -`\mathsf' +'\mathsf' Sans serif, for use in math mode. - -`\mathtt' +'\mathtt' Typewriter, for use in math mode. -`\mathit' -`(\mit)' +'\mathit' +'(\mit)' Italics, for use in math mode. -`\mathnormal' - For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. - -`\mathcal' - `Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. +'\mathnormal' + For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style declaration. +'\mathcal' + 'Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. - In addition, the command `\mathversion{bold}' can be used for + In addition, the command '\mathversion{bold}' can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. -`\mathversion{normal}' restores the default. +'\mathversion{normal}' restores the default. LaTeX also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative. They are used -differently than the above commands, too: `{\CMD ...}' instead of -`\CMD{...}'. These are two very different things. +differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of +'\CMD{...}'. These are two very different things. -`\bf' +'\bf' Switch to bold face. -`\cal' +'\cal' Switch to calligraphic letters for math. -`\em' +'\em' Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics). -`\it' +'\it' Italics. -`\rm' +'\rm' Roman. -`\sc' +'\sc' Small caps. -`\sf' +'\sf' Sans serif. -`\sl' +'\sl' Slanted (oblique). -`\tt' +'\tt' Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). @@ -421,26 +418,26 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Font sizes, Next: Low-level font commands, Prev: Fo The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used -(in points) with the `10pt', `11pt', and `12pt' document size options, +(in points) with the '10pt', '11pt', and '12pt' document size options, respectively (*note Document class options::). -Command `10pt' `11pt' `12pt' +Command '10pt' '11pt' '12pt' -------------------------------------------------- -`\tiny' 5 6 6 -`\scriptsize' 7 8 8 -`\footnotesize' 8 9 10 -`\small' 9 10 10.95 -`\normalsize' (default) 10 10.95 12 -`\large' 12 12 14.4 -`\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28 -`\LARGE' 17.28 17.28 20.74 -`\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88 -`\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88 - - The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the -declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of -the current group. You can also use the environment form of these -commands; for instance, `\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. +'\tiny' 5 6 6 +'\scriptsize' 7 8 8 +'\footnotesize' 8 9 10 +'\small' 9 10 10.95 +'\normalsize' (default) 10 10.95 12 +'\large' 12 12 14.4 +'\Large' 14.4 14.4 17.28 +'\LARGE' 17.28 17.28 20.74 +'\huge' 20.74 20.74 24.88 +'\Huge' 24.88 24.88 24.88 + + The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of +the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end +of the current group. You can also use the environment form of these +commands; for instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Low-level font commands, Prev: Font sizes, Up: Typefaces @@ -452,79 +449,68 @@ These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available ones. -`\fontencoding{enc}' - Select font encoding. Valid encodings include `OT1' and `T1'. +'\fontencoding{enc}' + Select font encoding. Valid encodings include 'OT1' and 'T1'. -`\fontfamily{family}' - Select font family. Valid families include: +'\fontfamily{family}' + Select font family. Valid families include: - * `cmr' for Computer Modern Roman - - * `cmss' for Computer Modern Sans Serif - - * `cmtt' for Computer Modern Typewriter + * 'cmr' for Computer Modern Roman + * 'cmss' for Computer Modern Sans Serif + * 'cmtt' for Computer Modern Typewriter and numerous others. -`\fontseries{series}' - Select font series. Valid series include: - - * `m' Medium (normal) +'\fontseries{series}' + Select font series. Valid series include: - * `b' Bold - - * `c' Condensed - - * `bc' Bold condensed - - * `bx' Bold extended + * 'm' Medium (normal) + * 'b' Bold + * 'c' Condensed + * 'bc' Bold condensed + * 'bx' Bold extended and various other combinations. -`\fontshape{shape}' - Select font shape. Valid shapes are: - - * `n' Upright (normal) - - * `it' Italic - - * `sl' Slanted (oblique) - - * `sc' Small caps +'\fontshape{shape}' + Select font shape. Valid shapes are: - * `ui' Upright italics - - * `ol' Outline + * 'n' Upright (normal) + * 'it' Italic + * 'sl' Slanted (oblique) + * 'sc' Small caps + * 'ui' Upright italics + * 'ol' Outline The two last shapes are not available for most font families. -`\fontsize{size}{skip}' - Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to +'\fontsize{size}{skip}' + Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch to and the second is the line spacing to use; this is stored in a - parameter named `\baselineskip'. The unit of both parameters - defaults to pt. The default `\baselineskip' for the Computer - Modern typeface is 1.2 times the `\fontsize'. + parameter named '\baselineskip'. The unit of both parameters + defaults to pt. The default '\baselineskip' for the Computer + Modern typeface is 1.2 times the '\fontsize'. The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the - `\baselinestretch' parameter when the type size changes; the + '\baselinestretch' parameter when the type size changes; the default is 1. However, the best way to "double space" a document, if you should be unlucky enough to have to produce such, is to use - the `setspace' package; see - `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'. + the 'setspace' package; see + 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'. -`\linespread{FACTOR}' - Equivalent to `\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and - therefore must be followed by `\selectfont' to have any effect. - Best specified in the preamble, or use the `setspace' package, as +'\linespread{FACTOR}' + Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and + therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect. + Best specified in the preamble, or use the 'setspace' package, as described just above. The changes made by calling the font commands described above do - not come into effect until `\selectfont' is called. + not come into effect until '\selectfont' is called. -`\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}' - The same as invoking `\fontencoding', `\fontfamily', `\fontseries' - and `\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by - `\selectfont'. +'\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}' + The same as invoking '\fontencoding', '\fontfamily', '\fontseries' + and '\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by + '\selectfont'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Layout, Next: Sectioning, Prev: Typefaces, Up: Top @@ -545,78 +531,78 @@ Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. File: latex2e.info, Node: \onecolumn, Next: \twocolumn, Up: Layout -6.1 `\onecolumn' +6.1 '\onecolumn' ================ -The `\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces +The '\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces single-column output. This is the default. File: latex2e.info, Node: \twocolumn, Next: \flushbottom, Prev: \onecolumn, Up: Layout -6.2 `\twocolumn' +6.2 '\twocolumn' ================ Synopsis: \twocolumn[TEXT1COL] - The `\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the optional TEXT1COL argument is present, it is + The '\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces +two-column output. If the optional TEXT1COL argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts. These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: -`\columnsep' +'\columnsep' The distance between columns (35pt by default). -`\columnseprule' +'\columnseprule' The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there is no rule. -`\columnwidth' - The width of the current column; this is equal to `\textwidth' in +'\columnwidth' + The width of the current column; this is equal to '\textwidth' in single-column text. These parameters control float behavior in two-column output: -`\dbltopfraction' +'\dbltopfraction' Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be - occupied by floats. Default `.7', can be usefully redefined to - (say) `.9' to avoid going to float pages so soon. + occupied by floats. Default '.7', can be usefully redefined to + (say) '.9' to avoid going to float pages so soon. -`\dblfloatpagefraction' +'\dblfloatpagefraction' The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by - floats, for a two-column float page. Default `.5'. + floats, for a two-column float page. Default '.5'. -`\dblfloatsep' +'\dblfloatsep' Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float - page. Default `12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for `10pt' and `11pt' - documents, `14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for `12pt'. + page. Default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt' + documents, '14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for '12pt'. -`\dbltextfloatsep' +'\dbltextfloatsep' Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a - page and the main text. Default `20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. + page and the main text. Default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \flushbottom, Next: \raggedbottom, Prev: \twocolumn, Up: Layout -6.3 `\flushbottom' +6.3 '\flushbottom' ================== -The `\flushbottom' declaration makes all text pages the same height, +The '\flushbottom' declaration makes all text pages the same height, adding extra vertical space where necessary to fill out the page. - This is the default if `twocolumn' mode is selected (*note Document + This is the default if 'twocolumn' mode is selected (*note Document class options::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Page layout parameters, Prev: \flushbottom, Up: Layout -6.4 `\raggedbottom' +6.4 '\raggedbottom' =================== -The `\raggedbottom' declaration makes all pages the natural height of +The '\raggedbottom' declaration makes all pages the natural height of the material on that page. No rubber lengths will be stretched. @@ -625,71 +611,71 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Page layout parameters, Prev: \raggedbottom, Up: La 6.5 Page layout parameters ========================== -`\headheight' +'\headheight' Height of the box that contains the running head. Default is - `30pt', except in the `book' class, where it varies with the type + '30pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type size. -`\headsep' +'\headsep' Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top - of the main text. Default is `25pt', except in the `book' class, + of the main text. Default is '25pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type size. -`\footskip' +'\footskip' Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline - of the page footer. Default is `30pt', except in the `book' class, + of the page footer. Default is '30pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type size. -`\linewidth' - Width of the current line, decreased for each nested `list' (*note - list::). Specifically, it is smaller than `\textwidth' by the sum - of `\leftmargin' and `\rightmargin' (*note itemize::). The default +'\linewidth' + Width of the current line, decreased for each nested 'list' (*note + list::). Specifically, it is smaller than '\textwidth' by the sum + of '\leftmargin' and '\rightmargin' (*note itemize::). The default varies with the font size, paper width, two-column mode, etc. For - an `article' document in `10pt', it's set to `345pt'; in two-column - mode, that becomes `229.5pt'. + an 'article' document in '10pt', it's set to '345pt'; in two-column + mode, that becomes '229.5pt'. -`\textheight' +'\textheight' The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies - with the font size, document class, etc. For an `article' or - `report' document in `10pt', it's set to `43\baselineskip'; for - `book', it's `41\baselineskip'. For `11pt', it's `38\baselineskip' - and for `12pt', `36\baselineskip'. + with the font size, document class, etc. For an 'article' or + 'report' document in '10pt', it's set to '43\baselineskip'; for + 'book', it's '41\baselineskip'. For '11pt', it's '38\baselineskip' + and for '12pt', '36\baselineskip'. -`\textwidth' +'\textwidth' The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default - varies as usual. For an `article' or `report' document, it's - `345pt' at `10pt', `360pt' at `11pt', and `390pt' at `12pt'. For a - `book' document, it's `4.5in' at `10pt', and `5in' at `11pt' or - `12pt'. + varies as usual. For an 'article' or 'report' document, it's + '345pt' at '10pt', '360pt' at '11pt', and '390pt' at '12pt'. For a + 'book' document, it's '4.5in' at '10pt', and '5in' at '11pt' or + '12pt'. - In multi-column output, `\textwidth' remains the width of the - entire page body, while `\columnwidth' is the width of one column + In multi-column output, '\textwidth' remains the width of the + entire page body, while '\columnwidth' is the width of one column (*note \twocolumn::). - In lists (*note list::), `\textwidth' remains the width of the - entire page body (and `\columnwidth' the width of the entire - column), while `\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists. + In lists (*note list::), '\textwidth' remains the width of the + entire page body (and '\columnwidth' the width of the entire + column), while '\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists. - Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or `\parbox' (*note + Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or '\parbox' (*note \parbox::), all the width-related parameters are set to the specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of - the `minipage' or `\parbox'. + the 'minipage' or '\parbox'. - For completeness: `\hsize' is the TeX primitive parameter used when + For completeness: '\hsize' is the TeX primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal LaTeX documents. -`\topmargin' +'\topmargin' Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The default is - computed based on many other parameters: `\paperheight - 2in - + computed based on many other parameters: '\paperheight - 2in - \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip', and then divided by two. -`\topskip' +'\topskip' Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard clases, the default is - the same as the font size, e.g., `10pt' at `10pt'. + the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at '10pt'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Cross references, Prev: Layout, Up: Top @@ -699,20 +685,14 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Cross references, Prev: Layout, Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: -`\part' - -`\chapter' +'\part' +'\chapter' (report and book class only) - -`\section' - -`\subsection' - -`\subsubsection' - -`\paragraph' - -`\subparagraph' +'\section' +'\subsection' +'\subsubsection' +'\paragraph' +'\subparagraph' All sectioning commands take the same general form, e.g., @@ -722,21 +702,20 @@ Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: section title can appear in two other places: 1. The table of contents. - 2. The running head at the top of the page. You may not want the same text in these places as in the main text. To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument TOCTITLE that, when given, specifies the text for these other places. - Also, all sectioning commands have `*'-forms that print TITLE as + Also, all sectioning commands have '*'-forms that print TITLE as usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of contents. For instance: \section*{Preamble} - The `\appendix' command changes the way following sectional units are -numbered. The `\appendix' command itself generates no text and does not + The '\appendix' command changes the way following sectional units are +numbered. The '\appendix' command itself generates no text and does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this command is something like @@ -745,12 +724,12 @@ something like \appendix \chapter{The First Appendix} - The `secnumdepth' counter controls printing of section numbers. The + The 'secnumdepth' counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting \setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL} -suppresses heading numbers at any depth > LEVEL, where `chapter' is +suppresses heading numbers at any depth > LEVEL, where 'chapter' is level zero. (*Note \setcounter::.) @@ -771,14 +750,14 @@ the reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details." File: latex2e.info, Node: \label, Next: \pageref, Up: Cross references -8.1 `\label' +8.1 '\label' ============ Synopsis: \label{KEY} - A `\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the + A '\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered environment assigns that number to KEY. @@ -787,53 +766,49 @@ punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished. To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a -colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: +colon or period. Some conventionally-used prefixes: -`ch' +'ch' for chapters - -`sec' +'sec' for lower-level sectioning commands - -`fig' +'fig' for figures - -`tab' +'tab' for tables - -`eq' +'eq' for equations - Thus, a label for a figure would look like `fig:snark' or -`fig.snark'. + Thus, a label for a figure would look like 'fig:snark' or +'fig.snark'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \pageref, Next: \ref, Prev: \label, Up: Cross references -8.2 `\pageref{KEY}' +8.2 '\pageref{KEY}' =================== Synopsis: \pageref{KEY} - The `\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in -the text where the corresponding `\label'{KEY} command appears. + The '\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in +the text where the corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears. File: latex2e.info, Node: \ref, Prev: \pageref, Up: Cross references -8.3 `\ref{KEY}' +8.3 '\ref{KEY}' =============== Synopsis: \ref{KEY} - The `\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit, -equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding `\label' command + The '\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit, +equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command (*note \label::). It does not produce any text, such as the word -`Section' or `Figure', just the bare number itself. +'Section' or 'Figure', just the bare number itself. File: latex2e.info, Node: Environments, Next: Line breaking, Prev: Cross references, Up: Top @@ -882,7 +857,7 @@ environment begins and ends in the same manner: File: latex2e.info, Node: abstract, Next: array, Up: Environments -9.1 `abstract' +9.1 'abstract' ============== Synopsis: @@ -896,7 +871,7 @@ paragraphs. File: latex2e.info, Node: array, Next: center, Prev: abstract, Up: Environments -9.2 `array' +9.2 'array' =========== Synopsis: @@ -906,25 +881,23 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{array} - Math arrays are produced with the `array' environment, normally -within an `equation' environment (*note equation::). It has a single + Math arrays are produced with the 'array' environment, normally +within an 'equation' environment (*note equation::). It has a single mandatory TEMPLATE argument describing the number of columns and the alignment within them. Each column COL is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row should be formatted, as follows: -`c' +'c' centered - -`l' +'l' flush left - -`r' +'r' flush right - Column entries are separated by `&'. Column entries may include -other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array is terminated with `\\'. + Column entries are separated by '&'. Column entries may include +other LaTeX commands. Each row of the array is terminated with '\\'. - In the template, the construct `@{TEXT}' puts TEXT between columns in + In the template, the construct '@{TEXT}' puts TEXT between columns in each row. Here's an example: @@ -936,17 +909,17 @@ each row. \end{array} \end{equation} - The `\arraycolsep' parameter defines half the width of the space -separating columns; the default is `5pt'. *Note tabular::, for other -parameters which affect formatting in `array' environments, namely -`\arrayrulewidth' and `\arraystretch'. + The '\arraycolsep' parameter defines half the width of the space +separating columns; the default is '5pt'. *Note tabular::, for other +parameters which affect formatting in 'array' environments, namely +'\arrayrulewidth' and '\arraystretch'. - The `array' environment can only be used in math mode. + The 'array' environment can only be used in math mode. File: latex2e.info, Node: center, Next: description, Prev: array, Up: Environments -9.3 `center' +9.3 'center' ============ Synopsis: @@ -956,30 +929,30 @@ Synopsis: LINE2 \\ \end{center} - The `center' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting + The 'center' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are centered within the left and right margins on the -current page. Each line is terminated with the string `\\'. +current page. Each line is terminated with the string '\\'. * Menu: -* \centering:: Declaration form of the `center' environment. +* \centering:: Declaration form of the 'center' environment. File: latex2e.info, Node: \centering, Up: center -9.3.1 `\centering' +9.3.1 '\centering' ------------------ -The `\centering' declaration corresponds to the `center' environment. -This declaration can be used inside an environment such as `quote' or in -a `parbox'. Thus, the text of a figure or table can be centered on the -page by putting a `\centering' command at the beginning of the figure or +The '\centering' declaration corresponds to the 'center' environment. +This declaration can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or in +a 'parbox'. Thus, the text of a figure or table can be centered on the +page by putting a '\centering' command at the beginning of the figure or table environment. - Unlike the `center' environment, the `\centering' command does not + Unlike the 'center' environment, the '\centering' command does not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the -declaration must contain the blank line or `\end' command (of an +declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command (of an environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit. Here's an example: @@ -993,7 +966,7 @@ environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit. File: latex2e.info, Node: description, Next: displaymath, Prev: center, Up: Environments -9.4 `description' +9.4 'description' ================= Synopsis: @@ -1004,22 +977,22 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{description} - The `description' environment is used to make labelled lists. Each + The 'description' environment is used to make labelled lists. Each LABEL is typeset in bold, flush right. The ITEM text may contain multiple paragraphs. Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if -you typeset a label in typewriter using `\texttt', you'll get bold -typewriter: `\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]'. This may be too -bold, among other issues. To get just typewriter, use `\tt', which -resets all other style variations: `\item[{\tt plain typewriter}]'. +you typeset a label in typewriter using '\texttt', you'll get bold +typewriter: '\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]'. This may be too +bold, among other issues. To get just typewriter, use '\tt', which +resets all other style variations: '\item[{\tt plain typewriter}]'. For details about list spacing, see *note itemize::. File: latex2e.info, Node: displaymath, Next: document, Prev: description, Up: Environments -9.5 `displaymath' +9.5 'displaymath' ================= Synopsis: @@ -1032,26 +1005,26 @@ or \[MATH\] - The `displaymath' environment (`\[...\]' is a synonym) typesets the -MATH text on its own line, centered by default. The global `fleqn' + The 'displaymath' environment ('\[...\]' is a synonym) typesets the +MATH text on its own line, centered by default. The global 'fleqn' option makes equations flush left; see *note Document class options::. - No equation number is added to `displaymath' text; to get an equation -number, use the `equation' environment (*note equation::). + No equation number is added to 'displaymath' text; to get an equation +number, use the 'equation' environment (*note equation::). File: latex2e.info, Node: document, Next: enumerate, Prev: displaymath, Up: Environments -9.6 `document' +9.6 'document' ============== -The `document' environment encloses the body of a document. It is +The 'document' environment encloses the body of a document. It is required in every LaTeX document. *Note Starting & ending::. File: latex2e.info, Node: enumerate, Next: eqnarray, Prev: document, Up: Environments -9.7 `enumerate' +9.7 'enumerate' =============== Synopsis: @@ -1062,31 +1035,28 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{enumerate} - The `enumerate' environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations + The 'enumerate' environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also -be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as `itemize' -(*note itemize::) and `description' (*note description::). +be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as 'itemize' +(*note itemize::) and 'description' (*note description::). - Each item of an enumerated list begins with an `\item' command. -There must be at least one `\item' command within the environment. + Each item of an enumerated list begins with an '\item' command. +There must be at least one '\item' command within the environment. By default, the numbering at each level is done like this: 1. 1., 2., ... - 2. (a), (b), ... - 3. i., ii., ... - 4. A., B., ... - The `enumerate' environment uses the counters `\enumi' through -`\enumiv' counters (*note Counters::). If the optional argument to -`\item' is given, the counter is not incremented for that item. + The 'enumerate' environment uses the counters '\enumi' through +'\enumiv' counters (*note Counters::). If the optional argument to +'\item' is given, the counter is not incremented for that item. - The `enumerate' environment uses the commands `\labelenumi' through -`\labelenumiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use -`\renewcommand' to change the labels (*note \newcommand & + The 'enumerate' environment uses the commands '\labelenumi' through +'\labelenumiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use +'\renewcommand' to change the labels (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::). For instance, to have the first level use uppercase letters: @@ -1095,36 +1065,45 @@ letters: File: latex2e.info, Node: eqnarray, Next: equation, Prev: enumerate, Up: Environments -9.8 `eqnarray' +9.8 'eqnarray' ============== - \begin{eqnarray} (or `eqnarray*') +First, a caveat: the 'eqnarray' environment has some infelicities which +cannot be overcome; the article "Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen +describes them in detail +('http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf'). The bottom line is +that it is better to use the 'align' environment (and others) from the +'amsmath' package. + + Nevertheless, here is a description of 'eqnarray': + + \begin{eqnarray} (or 'eqnarray*') FORMULA1 \\ FORMULA2 \\ ... \end{eqnarray} - The `eqnarray' environment is used to display a sequence of equations -or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column `array' -environment, with consecutive rows separated by `\\' and consecutive -items within a row separated by an `&'. + The 'eqnarray' environment is used to display a sequence of equations +or inequalities. It is very much like a three-column 'array' +environment, with consecutive rows separated by '\\' and consecutive +items within a row separated by an '&'. - `\\*' can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning + '\\*' can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning of not allowing a page break at that line. An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a -`\nonumber' command. Alternatively, The `*'-form of the environment -(`\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') will omit equation numbering -entirely, while otherwise being the same as `eqnarray'. +'\nonumber' command. Alternatively, The '*'-form of the environment +('\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') will omit equation numbering +entirely, while otherwise being the same as 'eqnarray'. - The command `\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across -lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of + The command '\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across +lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. File: latex2e.info, Node: equation, Next: figure, Prev: eqnarray, Up: Environments -9.9 `equation' +9.9 'equation' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1133,14 +1112,14 @@ Synopsis: MATH \end{equation} - The `equation' environment starts a `displaymath' environment (*note + The 'equation' environment starts a 'displaymath' environment (*note displaymath::), e.g., centering the MATH text on the page, and also places an equation number in the right margin. File: latex2e.info, Node: figure, Next: flushleft, Prev: equation, Up: Environments -9.10 `figure' +9.10 'figure' ============= \begin{figure[*]}[PLACEMENT] @@ -1156,74 +1135,105 @@ Figures will not be split between two pages. When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a full-width figure (across both columns). - The optional argument `[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try + The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try to place your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float: -`t' +'t' (Top)--at the top of a text page. -`b' - (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page. However, `b' is not - allowed for full-width floats (`figure*') with double-column - output. To ameliorate this, use the `stfloats' or `dblfloatfix' +'b' + (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page. However, 'b' is not + allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column + output. To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix' package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ: - `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'. + 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'. -`h' +'h' (Here)--at the position in the text where the figure environment - appears. However, this is not allowed by itself, `t' is - automatically added. To absolutely force a figure to appear - "here", use the `float' and use its `H' placement letter. (That - package also provides other options.) + appears. However, this is not allowed by itself; 't' is + automatically added. -`p' + To absolutely force a figure to appear "here", you can + '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines. + For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at + 'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere'. + +'p' (Page of floats)--on a separate float page, which is a page containing no text, only floats. +'!' + Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX + ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can + appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the + page. The '!' specifier does _not_ mean "put the float here"; see + above. + The standard report and article classes use the default placement -`tbp'. +'tbp'. The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, -etc. you wish. +etc. you wish. - The `\caption' command specifies caption TEXT for the figure. The + The '\caption' command specifies caption TEXT for the figure. The caption is numbered by default. If LOFTITLE is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of TEXT (*note Tables of contents::). + Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and +non-float text: + The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at - the bottom; default `.3'. + the bottom; default '.3'. -`\floatpagefraction' +'\floatpagefraction' The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by - floats; default `.5'. + floats; default '.5'. + +'\textfraction' + Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too + much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a + different page. The default is '.2'. + +'\topfraction' + Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before + floats; default '.7'. + + Parameters relating to vertical space around floats: -`\floatsep' - Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default `12pt +'\floatsep' + Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt'. -`\intextsep' +'\intextsep' Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; - default `12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for `10pt' and `11pt' styles, `14pt - plus4pt minus4pt' for `12pt'. + default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt' styles, '14pt + plus4pt minus4pt' for '12pt'. -`\textfloatsep' +'\textfloatsep' Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; - default `20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. + default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'. -`\textfraction' - Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too - much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a - different page. The default is `.2'. + Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page: -`\topfraction' - Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before - floats; default is `.7'. +'\bottomnumber' + Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text + page; default 1. + +'\topnumber' + Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; + default 2. + +'\totalnumber' + Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. + + The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats: +'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats'. File: latex2e.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: figure, Up: Environments -9.11 `flushleft' +9.11 'flushleft' ================ \begin{flushleft} @@ -1232,34 +1242,34 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: flushleft, Next: flushright, Prev: figure, Up: Env ... \end{flushleft} - The `flushleft' environment allows you to create a paragraph + The 'flushleft' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged -right Each line must be terminated with the string `\\'. +right Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'. * Menu: -* \raggedright:: Declaration form of the `flushleft' environment. +* \raggedright:: Declaration form of the 'flushleft' environment. File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedright, Up: flushleft -9.11.1 `\raggedright' +9.11.1 '\raggedright' --------------------- -The `\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the `flushleft' +The '\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the 'flushleft' environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as -`quote' or in a `parbox'. +'quote' or in a 'parbox'. - Unlike the `flushleft' environment, the `\raggedright' command does + Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the -declaration must contain the blank line or `\end' command that ends the +declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. File: latex2e.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: Environments -9.12 `flushright' +9.12 'flushright' ================= \begin{flushright} @@ -1268,34 +1278,34 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: flushright, Next: itemize, Prev: flushleft, Up: En ... \end{flushright} - The `flushright' environment allows you to create a paragraph + The 'flushright' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged -left. Each line must be terminated with the string `\\'. +left. Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'. * Menu: -* \raggedleft:: Declaration form of the `flushright' environment. +* \raggedleft:: Declaration form of the 'flushright' environment. File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedleft, Up: flushright -9.12.1 `\raggedleft' +9.12.1 '\raggedleft' -------------------- -The `\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the `flushright' +The '\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the 'flushright' environment. This declaration can be used inside an environment such as -`quote' or in a `parbox'. +'quote' or in a 'parbox'. - Unlike the `flushright' environment, the `\raggedleft' command does + Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the -declaration must contain the blank line or `\end' command that ends the +declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the paragraph unit. File: latex2e.info, Node: itemize, Next: letter, Prev: flushright, Up: Environments -9.13 `itemize' +9.13 'itemize' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1306,37 +1316,34 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{itemize} - The `itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list. + The 'itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such -as `enumerate' (*note enumerate::). +as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). - Each item of an `itemize' list begins with an `\item' command. There -must be at least one `\item' command within the environment. + Each item of an 'itemize' list begins with an '\item' command. There +must be at least one '\item' command within the environment. By default, the marks at each level look like this: 1. * (bullet) - 2. -- (bold en-dash) - 3. * (asterisk) + 4. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) - 4. . (centered dot, rendered here as a period) - - The `itemize' environment uses the commands `\labelitemi' through -`\labelitemiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use -`\renewcommand' to change the labels. For instance, to have the first + The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through +'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label. So, you can use +'\renewcommand' to change the labels. For instance, to have the first level use diamonds: \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} - The `\leftmargini' through `\leftmarginvi' parameters define the + The '\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi' parameters define the distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the -left margin of the list. By convention, `\leftmargin' is set to the -appropriate `\leftmarginN' when a new level of nesting is entered. +left margin of the list. By convention, '\leftmargin' is set to the +appropriate '\leftmarginN' when a new level of nesting is entered. - The defaults vary from `.5em' (highest levels of nesting) to `2.5em' + The defaults vary from '.5em' (highest levels of nesting) to '2.5em' (first level), and are a bit reduced in two-column mode. This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: @@ -1344,53 +1351,53 @@ greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: Some parameters that affect list formatting: -`\itemindent' +'\itemindent' Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. -`\labelsep' - Space between the label and text of an item; default `.5em'. +'\labelsep' + Space between the label and text of an item; default '.5em'. -`\labelwidth' - Width of the label; default `2em', or `1.5em' in two-column mode. +'\labelwidth' + Width of the label; default '2em', or '1.5em' in two-column mode. -`\listparindent' +'\listparindent' Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within - a list item; default `0pt'. + a list item; default '0pt'. -`\rightmargin' +'\rightmargin' Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the - enclosing environment; default `0pt', except in the `quote', - `quotation', and `verse' environments, where it is set equal to - `\leftmargin'. + enclosing environment; default '0pt', except in the 'quote', + 'quotation', and 'verse' environments, where it is set equal to + '\leftmargin'. Parameters affecting vertical spacing between list items (rather loose, by default). -`\itemsep' - Vertical space between items. The default is `2pt plus1pt - minus1pt' for `10pt' documents, `3pt plus2pt minus1pt' for `11pt', - and `4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' for `12pt'. +'\itemsep' + Vertical space between items. The default is '2pt plus1pt + minus1pt' for '10pt' documents, '3pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '11pt', + and '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '12pt'. -`\parsep' +'\parsep' Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. - Defaults are the same as `\itemsep'. + Defaults are the same as '\itemsep'. -`\topsep' +'\topsep' Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. - For top-level lists, the default is `8pt plus2pt minus4pt' for - `10pt' documents, `9pt plus3pt minus5pt' for `11pt', and `10pt - plus4pt minus6pt' for `12pt'. These are reduced for nested lists. + For top-level lists, the default is '8pt plus2pt minus4pt' for + '10pt' documents, '9pt plus3pt minus5pt' for '11pt', and '10pt + plus4pt minus6pt' for '12pt'. These are reduced for nested lists. -`\partopsep' - Extra space added to `\topsep' when the list environment starts a - paragraph. The default is `2pt plus1pt minus1pt' for `10pt' - documents, `3pt plus1pt minus1pt' for `11pt', and `3pt plus2pt - minus2pt' for `12pt'. +'\partopsep' + Extra space added to '\topsep' when the list environment starts a + paragraph. The default is '2pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '10pt' + documents, '3pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '11pt', and '3pt plus2pt + minus2pt' for '12pt'. Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide -space between items. Here is an example defining an `itemize*' +space between items. Here is an example defining an 'itemize*' environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs -within a single item (`\parskip' is not list-specific, *note +within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note \parskip::): \newenvironment{itemize*}% @@ -1403,7 +1410,7 @@ within a single item (`\parskip' is not list-specific, *note File: latex2e.info, Node: letter, Next: list, Prev: itemize, Up: Environments -9.14 `letter' environment: writing letters +9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters ========================================== This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::. @@ -1411,11 +1418,11 @@ This environment is used for creating letters. *Note Letters::. File: latex2e.info, Node: list, Next: math, Prev: letter, Up: Environments -9.15 `list' +9.15 'list' =========== -The `list' environment is a generic environment which is used for -defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in +The 'list' environment is a generic environment which is used for +defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often in macros. \begin{list}{LABELING}{SPACING} @@ -1425,21 +1432,21 @@ documents, but often in macros. \end{list} The mandatory LABELING argument specifies how items should be -labelled (unless the optional argument is supplied to `\item'). This +labelled (unless the optional argument is supplied to '\item'). This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the label. It can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands. The mandatory SPACING argument contains commands to change the spacing parameters for the list. This argument will most often be -empty, i.e., `{}', which leaves the default spacing. +empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing. The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by -`\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). +'\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). File: latex2e.info, Node: math, Next: minipage, Prev: list, Up: Environments -9.16 `math' +9.16 'math' =========== Synopsis: @@ -1448,35 +1455,35 @@ Synopsis: MATH \end{math} - The `math' environment inserts the given MATH within the running -text. `\(...\))' and `$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::. + The 'math' environment inserts the given MATH within the running +text. '\(...\))' and '$...$' are synonyms. *Note Math formulas::. File: latex2e.info, Node: minipage, Next: picture, Prev: math, Up: Environments -9.17 `minipage' +9.17 'minipage' =============== \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH} TEXT \end{minipage} - The `minipage' environment typesets its body TEXT in a block that -will not be broken across pages. This is similar to the `\parbox' -command (*note \parbox::), but unlike `\parbox', other paragraph-making + The 'minipage' environment typesets its body TEXT in a block that +will not be broken across pages. This is similar to the '\parbox' +command (*note \parbox::), but unlike '\parbox', other paragraph-making environments can be used inside a minipage. - The arguments are the same as for `\parbox' (*note \parbox::). + The arguments are the same as for '\parbox' (*note \parbox::). - By default, paragraphs are not indented in the `minipage' + By default, paragraphs are not indented in the 'minipage' environment. You can restore indentation with a command such as -`\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' command. +'\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' command. - Footnotes in a `minipage' environment are handled in a way that is + Footnotes in a 'minipage' environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A -`\footnote' or `\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom +'\footnote' or '\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the -`\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary `footnote' counter (*note +'\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary 'footnote' counter (*note Counters::). However, don't put one minipage inside another if you are using @@ -1485,42 +1492,42 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. File: latex2e.info, Node: picture, Next: quotation, Prev: minipage, Up: Environments -9.18 `picture' +9.18 'picture' ============== \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) ... PICTURE COMMANDS ... \end{picture} - The `picture' environment allows you to create just about any kind of + The 'picture' environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and -a minus sign--a number like `5', `0.3' or `-3.1416'. A coordinate -specifies a length in multiples of the unit length `\unitlength', so if -`\unitlength' has been set to `1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies +a minus sign--a number like '5', '0.3' or '-3.1416'. A coordinate +specifies a length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if +'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimeters. You should only change the value of -`\unitlength', using the `\setlength' command, outside of a `picture' +'\unitlength', using the '\setlength' command, outside of a 'picture' environment. - A position is a pair of coordinates, such as `(2.4,-5)', specifying -the point with x-coordinate `2.4' and y-coordinate `-5'. Coordinates + A position is a pair of coordinates, such as '(2.4,-5)', specifying +the point with x-coordinate '2.4' and y-coordinate '-5'. Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left corner of the picture. Note that when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. - The `picture' environment has one mandatory argument, which is a -`position'. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment + The 'picture' environment has one mandatory argument, which is a +'position'. It specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this argument's x- and y-coordinates. - The `picture' environment also has an optional `position' argument, -following the `size' argument, that can change the origin. (Unlike + The 'picture' environment also has an optional 'position' argument, +following the 'size' argument, that can change the origin. (Unlike ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not contained in square -brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of the point at +brackets.) The optional argument gives the coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby determining the origin). -For example, if `\unitlength' has been set to `1mm', the command +For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) @@ -1537,21 +1544,21 @@ is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even off the page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining how much room to leave for it. - Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the `\put' command. + Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the '\put' command. The command \put (11.3,-.3){...} -puts the object specified by `...' in the picture, with its reference +puts the object specified by '...' in the picture, with its reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for various objects will be described below. - The `\put' command creates an "LR box". You can put anything that -can go in an `\mbox' (*note \mbox::) in the text argument of the `\put' + The '\put' command creates an "LR box". You can put anything that +can go in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox::) in the text argument of the '\put' command. When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left corner of the box. - The `picture' commands are described in the following sections. + The 'picture' commands are described in the following sections. * Menu: @@ -1573,13 +1580,13 @@ corner of the box. File: latex2e.info, Node: \circle, Next: \makebox (picture), Up: picture -9.18.1 `\circle' +9.18.1 '\circle' ---------------- \circle[*]{DIAMETER} - The `\circle' command produces a circle with a diameter as close to -the specified one as possible. The `*'-form of the command draws a + The '\circle' command produces a circle with a diameter as close to +the specified one as possible. The '*'-form of the command draws a solid circle. Circles up to 40 pt can be drawn. @@ -1587,28 +1594,28 @@ solid circle. File: latex2e.info, Node: \makebox (picture), Next: \framebox (picture), Prev: \circle, Up: picture -9.18.2 `\makebox' +9.18.2 '\makebox' ----------------- -`\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}' +'\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}' - The `\makebox' command for the picture environment is similar to the -normal `\makebox' command except that you must specify a `width' and -`height' in multiples of `\unitlength'. + The '\makebox' command for the picture environment is similar to the +normal '\makebox' command except that you must specify a 'width' and +'height' in multiples of '\unitlength'. - The optional argument, `[position]', specifies the quadrant that your + The optional argument, '[position]', specifies the quadrant that your text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: -`t' +'t' Moves the item to the top of the rectangle. -`b' +'b' Moves the item to the bottom. -`l' +'l' Moves the item to the left. -`r' +'r' Moves the item to the right. *Note \makebox::. @@ -1616,140 +1623,137 @@ text appears in. You may select up to two of the following: File: latex2e.info, Node: \framebox (picture), Next: \dashbox, Prev: \makebox (picture), Up: picture -9.18.3 `\framebox' +9.18.3 '\framebox' ------------------ Synopsis: \framebox(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[POS]{...} - The `\framebox' command is like `\makebox' (see previous section), + The '\framebox' command is like '\makebox' (see previous section), except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates. - The `\framebox' command produces a rule of thickness `\fboxrule', and -leaves a space `\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box. + The '\framebox' command produces a rule of thickness '\fboxrule', and +leaves a space '\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box. File: latex2e.info, Node: \dashbox, Next: \frame, Prev: \framebox (picture), Up: picture -9.18.4 `\dashbox' +9.18.4 '\dashbox' ----------------- Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis: \dashbox{DLEN}(RWIDTH,RHEIGHT)[POS]{TEXT} - `\dashbox' creates a dashed rectangle around TEXT in a `picture' + '\dashbox' creates a dashed rectangle around TEXT in a 'picture' environment. Dashes are DLEN units long, and the rectangle has overall width RWIDTH and height RHEIGHT. The TEXT is positioned at optional POS. - A dashed box looks best when the `rwidth' and `rheight' are multiples -of the `dlen'. + A dashed box looks best when the 'rwidth' and 'rheight' are multiples +of the 'dlen'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \frame, Next: \line, Prev: \dashbox, Up: picture -9.18.5 `\frame' +9.18.5 '\frame' --------------- Synopsis: \frame{TEXT} - The `\frame' command puts a rectangular frame around TEXT. The + The '\frame' command puts a rectangular frame around TEXT. The reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the object. File: latex2e.info, Node: \line, Next: \linethickness, Prev: \frame, Up: picture -9.18.6 `\line' +9.18.6 '\line' -------------- Synopsis: \line(XSLOPE,YSLOPE){LENGTH} - The `\line' command draws a line with the given LENGTH and slope + The '\line' command draws a line with the given LENGTH and slope XSLOPE/YSLOPE. Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with SLOPE = x/y, where x and y have integer values from -6 through 6. For lines of any slope, not to -mention other shapes, see the `curve2e' and many many other packages on +mention other shapes, see the 'curve2e' and many many other packages on CTAN. File: latex2e.info, Node: \linethickness, Next: \thicklines, Prev: \line, Up: picture -9.18.7 `\linethickness' +9.18.7 '\linethickness' ----------------------- -The `\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal +The '\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment to be DIM, which must be a positive length. - `\linethickness' does not affect the thickness of slanted lines, -circles, or the quarter circles drawn by `\oval'. + '\linethickness' does not affect the thickness of slanted lines, +circles, or the quarter circles drawn by '\oval'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \thicklines, Next: \thinlines, Prev: \linethickness, Up: picture -9.18.8 `\thicklines' +9.18.8 '\thicklines' -------------------- -The `\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal +The '\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness:: and *note \thinlines::. File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinlines, Next: \multiput, Prev: \thicklines, Up: picture -9.18.9 `\thinlines' +9.18.9 '\thinlines' ------------------- -The `\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal +The '\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness:: and *note \thicklines::. File: latex2e.info, Node: \multiput, Next: \oval, Prev: \thinlines, Up: picture -9.18.10 `\multiput' +9.18.10 '\multiput' ------------------- Synopsis: \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){N}{OBJ} - The `\multiput' command copies the object OBJ in a regular pattern + The '\multiput' command copies the object OBJ in a regular pattern across a picture. OBJ is first placed at position (x,y), then at (x+\delta x,y+\delta y), and so on, N times. File: latex2e.info, Node: \oval, Next: \put, Prev: \multiput, Up: picture -9.18.11 `\oval' +9.18.11 '\oval' --------------- Synopsis: \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION] - The `\oval' command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The + The '\oval' command produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional argument PORTION allows you to select part of the oval via the following: -`t' +'t' selects the top portion; - -`b' +'b' selects the bottom portion; - -`r' +'r' selects the right portion; - -`l' +'l' selects the left portion. The "corners" of the oval are made with quarter circles with a @@ -1759,56 +1763,54 @@ rounded corners. File: latex2e.info, Node: \put, Next: \shortstack, Prev: \oval, Up: picture -9.18.12 `\put' +9.18.12 '\put' -------------- -`\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }' +'\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }' - The `\put' command places the item specified by the mandatory + The '\put' command places the item specified by the mandatory argument at the given coordinates. File: latex2e.info, Node: \shortstack, Next: \vector, Prev: \put, Up: picture -9.18.13 `\shortstack' +9.18.13 '\shortstack' --------------------- Synopsis: \shortstack[POSITION]{...\\...\\...} - The `\shortstack' command produces a stack of objects. The valid + The '\shortstack' command produces a stack of objects. The valid positions are: -`r' +'r' Move the objects to the right of the stack. - -`l' +'l' Move the objects to the left of the stack - -`c' +'c' Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) - Objects are separated with `\\'. + Objects are separated with '\\'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \vector, Prev: \shortstack, Up: picture -9.18.14 `\vector' +9.18.14 '\vector' ----------------- Synopsis: \vector(X-SLOPE,Y-SLOPE){LENGTH} - The `\vector' command draws a line with an arrow of the specified + The '\vector' command draws a line with an arrow of the specified length and slope. The x and y values must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive. File: latex2e.info, Node: quotation, Next: quote, Prev: picture, Up: Environments -9.19 `quotation' +9.19 'quotation' ================ Synopsis: @@ -1817,16 +1819,16 @@ Synopsis: TEXT \end{quotation} - The margins of the `quotation' environment are indented on both the + The margins of the 'quotation' environment are indented on both the left and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph. - Unlike the `quote' environment, each paragraph is indented normally. + Unlike the 'quote' environment, each paragraph is indented normally. File: latex2e.info, Node: quote, Next: tabbing, Prev: quotation, Up: Environments -9.20 `quote' +9.20 'quote' ============ Snyopsis: @@ -1835,16 +1837,16 @@ Snyopsis: TEXT \end{quote} - The margins of the `quote' environment are indented on both the left + The margins of the 'quote' environment are indented on both the left and the right. The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph. - Unlike the `quotation' environment, paragraphs are not indented. + Unlike the 'quotation' environment, paragraphs are not indented. File: latex2e.info, Node: tabbing, Next: table, Prev: quote, Up: Environments -9.21 `tabbing' +9.21 'tabbing' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1855,73 +1857,73 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{tabbing} - The `tabbing' environment provides a way to align text in columns. + The 'tabbing' environment provides a way to align text in columns. It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much as was done on an ordinary typewriter. It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant and known in advance. - This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the `tabular' + This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the 'tabular' environment. - The following commands can be used inside a `tabbing' enviroment: + The following commands can be used inside a 'tabbing' enviroment: -`\\ (tabbing)' +'\\ (tabbing)' End a line. -`\= (tabbing)' +'\= (tabbing)' Sets a tab stop at the current position. -`\> (tabbing)' +'\> (tabbing)' Advances to the next tab stop. -`\<' +'\<' Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. -`\+' +'\+' Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. -`\-' +'\-' Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. -`\' (tabbing)' +'\' (tabbing)' Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, - i.e. everything from the most recent `\>', `\<', `\'', `\\', or - `\kill' command, to the right of the previous column, flush against + i.e. everything from the most recent '\>', '\<', '\'', '\\', or + '\kill' command, to the right of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab stop. -`\` (tabbing)' +'\` (tabbing)' Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right of the last - column because there's no tab stop there. The `\`' command moves - all the text that follows it, up to the `\\' or `\end{tabbing}' + column because there's no tab stop there. The '\`' command moves + all the text that follows it, up to the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}' command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing - environment. There must be no `\>' or `\'' command between the - `\`' and the command that ends the line. + environment. There must be no '\>' or '\'' command between the + '\`' and the command that ends the line. -`\a (tabbing)' - In a `tabbing' environment, the commands `\=', `\'' and `\`' do not +'\a (tabbing)' + In a 'tabbing' environment, the commands '\=', '\'' and '\`' do not produce accents as usual (*note Accents::). Instead, the commands - `\a=', `\a'' and `\a`' are used. + '\a=', '\a'' and '\a`' are used. -`\kill' - Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like `\\' except +'\kill' + Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like '\\' except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output - for it. The effect of any `\=', `\+' or `\-' commands in that line + for it. The effect of any '\=', '\+' or '\-' commands in that line remain in effect. -`\poptabs' - Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last `\pushtabs'. +'\poptabs' + Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last '\pushtabs'. -`\pushtabs' - Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily - changing tab stop positions in the middle of a `tabbing' +'\pushtabs' + Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily + changing tab stop positions in the middle of a 'tabbing' environment. -`\tabbingsep' - Distance to left of tab stop moved by `\''. +'\tabbingsep' + Distance to left of tab stop moved by '\''. This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format: @@ -1938,7 +1940,7 @@ environment. File: latex2e.info, Node: table, Next: tabular, Prev: tabbing, Up: Environments -9.22 `table' +9.22 'table' ============ Synopsis: @@ -1954,21 +1956,21 @@ Synopsis: usually "floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be split between two pages. - The optional argument `[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try + The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try to place your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put -a float; these are the same as that used with the `figure' environment, +a float; these are the same as that used with the 'figure' environment, and described there (*note figure::). - The standard `report' and `article' classes use the default placement -`[tbp]'. + The standard 'report' and 'article' classes use the default placement +'[tbp]'. The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, -etc., you wish. The `\caption' command allows you to title your table. +etc., you wish. The '\caption' command allows you to title your table. File: latex2e.info, Node: tabular, Next: thebibliography, Prev: table, Up: Environments -9.23 `tabular' +9.23 'tabular' ============== Synopsis: @@ -1978,7 +1980,7 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{tabular} - or +or \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ @@ -1988,95 +1990,99 @@ Synopsis: These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items, aligned vertically in columns. - `\\' must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except -for the last, where it is optional--unless an `\hline' command (to put a + '\\' must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except +for the last, where it is optional--unless an '\hline' command (to put a rule below the table) follows. The mandatory and optional arguments consist of: -`width' - Specifies the width of the `tabular*' environment. There must be +'width' + Specifies the width of the 'tabular*' environment. There must be rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the specified width. -`pos' +'pos' Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of the environment. - `t' + 't' align on top row - `b' + 'b' align on bottom row -`cols' +'cols' Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of the following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and intercolumn material. - `l' + 'l' A column of left-aligned items. - `r' + 'r' A column of right-aligned items. - `c' + 'c' A column of centered items. - `|' + '|' A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment. - `@{TEXT}' + '@{TEXT}' This inserts TEXT in every row. An @-expression suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any - desired space between the inserted text and the adjacent items - must be included in TEXT. An `\extracolsep{wd}' command in an - @-expression causes an extra space of width `wd' to appear to - the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by - another `\extracolsep' command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn - space, this extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. - An `\extracolsep' command can be used only in an @-expression - in the `cols' argument. - - `p{WD}' + desired space before the adjacent item must be included in + TEXT. + + To insert commands that are automatically executed before a + given column, you have to load the 'array' package and use the + '>{...}' specifier. + + An '\extracolsep{wd}' command in an @-expression causes an + extra space of width 'wd' to appear to the left of all + subsequent columns, until countermanded by another + '\extracolsep' command. Unlike ordinary intercolumn space, + this extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression. An + '\extracolsep' command can be used only in an @-expression in + the 'cols' argument. + + 'p{WD}' Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width - WD, as if it were the argument of a `\parbox[t]{WD}' command. - However, a `\\' may not appear in the item, except in the + WD, as if it were the argument of a '\parbox[t]{WD}' command. + However, a '\\' may not appear in the item, except in the following situations: - 1. inside an environment like `minipage', `array', or - `tabular'. - - 2. inside an explicit `\parbox'. - - 3. in the scope of a `\centering', `\raggedright', or - `\raggedleft' declaration. The latter declarations must + 1. inside an environment like 'minipage', 'array', or + 'tabular'. + 2. inside an explicit '\parbox'. + 3. in the scope of a '\centering', '\raggedright', or + '\raggedleft' declaration. The latter declarations must appear inside braces or an environment when used in a - `p'-column element. + 'p'-column element. - `*{NUM}{COLS}' + '*{NUM}{COLS}' Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive integer and COLS is any list of column-specifiers, which may - contain another `*-expression'. + contain another '*-expression'. Parameters that control formatting: -`\arrayrulewidth' - Thickness of the rule created by `|', `\hline', and `\vline' in the - `tabular' and `array' environments; the default is `.4pt'. +'\arrayrulewidth' + Thickness of the rule created by '|', '\hline', and '\vline' in the + 'tabular' and 'array' environments; the default is '.4pt'. -`\arraystretch' - Scaling of spacing between rows in the `tabular' and `array' - environments; default is `1', for no scaling. +'\arraystretch' + Scaling of spacing between rows in the 'tabular' and 'array' + environments; default is '1', for no scaling. -`\doublerulesep' - Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by `||' in - the `tabular' and `array' environments; default is `2pt'. +'\doublerulesep' + Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by '||' in + the 'tabular' and 'array' environments; default is '2pt'. -`\tabcolsep' - Half the width of the space between columns; default is `6pt'. +'\tabcolsep' + Half the width of the space between columns; default is '6pt'. - These commands can be used inside a `tabular' environment: + The following commands can be used inside a 'tabular' environment: * Menu: @@ -2088,20 +2094,20 @@ rule below the table) follows. File: latex2e.info, Node: \multicolumn, Next: \cline, Up: tabular -9.23.1 `\multicolumn' +9.23.1 '\multicolumn' --------------------- Synopsis: \multicolumn{COLS}{POS}{TEXT} - The `\multicolumn' command makes an entry that spans several columns. + The '\multicolumn' command makes an entry that spans several columns. The first mandatory argument, COLS, specifies the number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, POS, specifies the formatting of -the entry; `c' for centered, `l' for flushleft, `r' for flushright. The +the entry; 'c' for centered, 'l' for flushleft, 'r' for flushright. The third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry. Here's an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash; -`\multicolumn' is used for the heading: +'\multicolumn' is used for the heading: \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l} \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr @@ -2113,41 +2119,41 @@ third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry. File: latex2e.info, Node: \cline, Next: \hline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabular -9.23.2 `\cline' +9.23.2 '\cline' --------------- Synopsis: \cline{I-J} - The `\cline' command draws horizontal lines across the columns + The '\cline' command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column I and ending in column J, which are specified in the mandatory argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \hline, Next: \vline, Prev: \cline, Up: tabular -9.23.3 `\hline' +9.23.3 '\hline' --------------- -The `\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing -`tabular' or `array' environment. It's most commonly used to draw a +The '\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing +'tabular' or 'array' environment. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table. File: latex2e.info, Node: \vline, Prev: \hline, Up: tabular -9.23.4 `\vline' +9.23.4 '\vline' --------------- -The `\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height -and depth of its row. An `\hfill' command can be used to move the line +The '\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height +and depth of its row. An '\hfill' command can be used to move the line to the edge of the column. It can also be used in an @-expression. File: latex2e.info, Node: thebibliography, Next: theorem, Prev: tabular, Up: Environments -9.24 `thebibliography' +9.24 'thebibliography' ====================== Synopsis: @@ -2157,20 +2163,20 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{thebibliography} - The `thebibliography' environment produces a bibliography or + The 'thebibliography' environment produces a bibliography or reference list. - In the `article' class, this reference list is labelled "References"; -in the `report' class, it is labelled "Bibliography". You can change + In the 'article' class, this reference list is labelled "References"; +in the 'report' class, it is labelled "Bibliography". You can change the label (in the standard classes) by redefining the command -`\refname'. For instance, this eliminates it entirely: +'\refname'. For instance, this eliminates it entirely: \renewcommand{\refname}{} The mandatory WIDEST-LABEL argument is text that, when typeset, is as -wide as the widest item label produced by the `\bibitem' commands. It -is typically given as `9' for bibliographies with less than 10 -references, `99' for ones with less than 100, etc. +wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands. It +is typically given as '9' for bibliographies with less than 10 +references, '99' for ones with less than 100, etc. * Menu: @@ -2182,27 +2188,27 @@ references, `99' for ones with less than 100, etc. File: latex2e.info, Node: \bibitem, Next: \cite, Up: thebibliography -9.24.1 `\bibitem' +9.24.1 '\bibitem' ----------------- Synopsis: \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY} - The `\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL. If the + The '\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL. If the LABEL argument is missing, a number is automatically generated using the -`enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and +'enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. - This command writes an entry to the `.aux' file containing the item's -CITE_KEY and label. When the `.aux' file is read by the -`\begin{document}' command, the item's `label' is associated with -`cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a `\cite' command (see + This command writes an entry to the '.aux' file containing the item's +CITE_KEY and label. When the '.aux' file is read by the +'\begin{document}' command, the item's 'label' is associated with +'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (see next section) to produce the associated label. File: latex2e.info, Node: \cite, Next: \nocite, Prev: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography -9.24.2 `\cite' +9.24.2 '\cite' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -2211,21 +2217,21 @@ Synopsis: The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys, separated by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to the references -associated with KEYS by entries in the `.aux' file. +associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' file. The text of the optional SUBCITE argument appears after the citation. -For example, `\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce `[Knuth, p. 314]'. +For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Using BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: thebibliography -9.24.3 `\nocite' +9.24.3 '\nocite' ---------------- -`\nocite{key_list}' +'\nocite{key_list}' - The `\nocite' command produces no text, but writes `key_list', which -is a list of one or more citation keys, on the `.aux' file. + The '\nocite' command produces no text, but writes 'key_list', which +is a list of one or more citation keys, on the '.aux' file. File: latex2e.info, Node: Using BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography @@ -2235,45 +2241,42 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Using BibTeX, Prev: \nocite, Up: thebibliography If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain -your bibliography, you don't use the `thebibliography' environment -(*note thebibliography::). Instead, you include the lines +your bibliography, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment +(*note thebibliography::). Instead, you include the lines \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE} \bibliography{BIBFILE1,BIBFILE2} - The `\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its + The '\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be -produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE`.bst', which defines how +produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE'.bst', which defines how your citations will look. The standard STYLE names distributed with BibTeX are: -`alpha' - Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and +'alpha' + Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of publication. - -`plain' - Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. - -`unsrt' - Like `plain', but entries are in order of citation. - -`abbrv' - Like `plain', but more compact labels. +'plain' + Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. +'unsrt' + Like 'plain', but entries are in order of citation. +'abbrv' + Like 'plain', but more compact labels. In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the demands of various publications. See -`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'. +'http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'. - The `\bibliography' command is what actually produces the -bibliography. The argument to `\bibliography' refers to files named -`BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format. -Only the entries referred to via `\cite' and `\nocite' will be listed in + The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the +bibliography. The argument to '\bibliography' refers to files named +'BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format. +Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite' will be listed in the bibliography. File: latex2e.info, Node: theorem, Next: titlepage, Prev: thebibliography, Up: Environments -9.25 `theorem' +9.25 'theorem' ============== Synopsis: @@ -2282,14 +2285,14 @@ Synopsis: THEOREM-TEXT \end{theorem} - The `theorem' environment produces "Theorem N" in boldface followed + The 'theorem' environment produces "Theorem N" in boldface followed by THEOREM-TEXT, where the numbering possibilities for N are described -under `\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::). +under '\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::). File: latex2e.info, Node: titlepage, Next: verbatim, Prev: theorem, Up: Environments -9.26 `titlepage' +9.26 'titlepage' ================ Synopsis: @@ -2298,18 +2301,18 @@ Synopsis: TEXT \end{titlepage} - The `titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with + The 'titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The -`\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::). +'\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::). - You can use the `\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce -a standard title page without a `titlepage' environment. + You can use the '\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce +a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment. File: latex2e.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verse, Prev: titlepage, Up: Environments -9.27 `verbatim' +9.27 'verbatim' =============== Synopsis: @@ -2318,22 +2321,22 @@ Synopsis: LITERAL-TEXT \end{verbatim} - The `verbatim' environment is a paragraph-making environment in which -LaTeX produces exactly what you type in; for instance the `\' character -produces a printed `\'. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage + The 'verbatim' environment is a paragraph-making environment in which +LaTeX produces exactly what you type in; for instance the '\' character +produces a printed '\'. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that they would on a typewriter. - The `verbatim' uses a monospaced typewriter-like font (`\tt'). + The 'verbatim' uses a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt'). * Menu: -* \verb:: The macro form of the `verbatim' environment. +* \verb:: The macro form of the 'verbatim' environment. File: latex2e.info, Node: \verb, Up: verbatim -9.27.1 `\verb' +9.27.1 '\verb' -------------- Synopsis: @@ -2341,19 +2344,19 @@ Synopsis: \verbCHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR \verb*CHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR - The `\verb' command typesets LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including -special characters and spaces, using the typewriter (`\tt') font. No -spaces are allowed between `\verb' or `\verb*' and the delimiter CHAR, + The '\verb' command typesets LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including +special characters and spaces, using the typewriter ('\tt') font. No +spaces are allowed between '\verb' or '\verb*' and the delimiter CHAR, which begins and ends the verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in LITERAL-TEXT. - The `*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a "visible + The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a "visible space" character. File: latex2e.info, Node: verse, Prev: verbatim, Up: Environments -9.28 `verse' +9.28 'verse' ============ Synopsis: @@ -2364,12 +2367,12 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{verse} - The `verse' environment is designed for poetry, though you may find + The 'verse' environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses for it. The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each -stanza with `\\', and use one or more blank lines to separate the +stanza with '\\', and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. @@ -2384,7 +2387,7 @@ printed document, this sequence must be broken into lines (and these lines must be broken into pages). LaTeX usually does the line (and page) breaking for you, but in some -environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the `\\' command, +environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the '\\' command, and you can always manually force breaks. * Menu: @@ -2401,91 +2404,91 @@ and you can always manually force breaks. File: latex2e.info, Node: \\, Next: \obeycr & \restorecr, Up: Line breaking -10.1 `\\'[*][MORESPACE] +10.1 '\\'[*][MORESPACE] ======================= -The `\\' command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an optional +The '\\' command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an optional argument, MORESPACE, that specifies how much extra vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This can be a negative amount. - The `\\*' command is the same as the ordinary `\\' command except + The '\\*' command is the same as the ordinary '\\' command except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line. File: latex2e.info, Node: \obeycr & \restorecr, Next: \newline, Prev: \\, Up: Line breaking -10.2 `\obeycr' & `\restorecr' +10.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr' ============================= -The `\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file (`^^M', -internally) the same as `\\' (followed by `\relax'). So each new line +The '\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file ('^^M', +internally) the same as '\\' (followed by '\relax'). So each new line in the input will also be a new line in the output. - `\restorecr' restores normal line-breaking behavior. + '\restorecr' restores normal line-breaking behavior. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newline, Next: \- (hyphenation), Prev: \obeycr & \restorecr, Up: Line breaking -10.3 `\newline' +10.3 '\newline' =============== -The `\newline' command breaks the line at the present point, with no +The '\newline' command breaks the line at the present point, with no stretching of the text before it. It can only be used in paragraph mode. File: latex2e.info, Node: \- (hyphenation), Next: \fussy, Prev: \newline, Up: Line breaking -10.4 `\-' (discretionary hyphen) +10.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen) ================================ -The `\-' command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that +The '\-' command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find most of the correct hyphenation points, and almost never use an incorrect -one. The `\-' command is used for the exceptional cases. +one. The '\-' command is used for the exceptional cases. - When you insert `\-' commands in a word, the word will only be + When you insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. File: latex2e.info, Node: \fussy, Next: \sloppy, Prev: \- (hyphenation), Up: Line breaking -10.5 `\fussy' +10.5 '\fussy' ============= -The declaration `\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about +The declaration '\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. - This command cancels the effect of a previous `\sloppy' command + This command cancels the effect of a previous '\sloppy' command (*note \sloppy::. File: latex2e.info, Node: \sloppy, Next: \hyphenation, Prev: \fussy, Up: Line breaking -10.6 `\sloppy' +10.6 '\sloppy' ============== -The declaration `\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. This -will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. +The declaration '\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. +This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. - Lasts until a `\fussy' command is issued (*note \fussy::). + Lasts until a '\fussy' command is issued (*note \fussy::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \hyphenation, Next: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \sloppy, Up: Line breaking -10.7 `\hyphenation' +10.7 '\hyphenation' =================== Synopsis: \hyphenation{WORD-ONE WORD-TWO} - The `\hyphenation' command declares allowed hyphenation points with a -`-' character in the given words. The words are separated by spaces. + The '\hyphenation' command declares allowed hyphenation points with a +'-' character in the given words. The words are separated by spaces. TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches exactly, no inflections are -tried. Multiple `\hyphenation' commands accumulate. Some examples (the +tried. Multiple '\hyphenation' commands accumulate. Some examples (the default TeX hyphenation patterns misses the hyphenations in these words): @@ -2494,7 +2497,7 @@ words): File: latex2e.info, Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \hyphenation, Up: Line breaking -10.8 `\linebreak' & `\nolinebreak' +10.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' ================================== Synopses: @@ -2502,8 +2505,8 @@ Synopses: \linebreak[PRIORITY] \nolinebreak[PRIORITY] - By default, the `\linebreak' (`\nolinebreak') command forces -(prevents) a line break at the current position. For `\linebreak', the + By default, the '\linebreak' ('\nolinebreak') command forces +(prevents) a line break at the current position. For '\linebreak', the spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right margin as usual. @@ -2532,10 +2535,10 @@ sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. File: latex2e.info, Node: \cleardoublepage, Next: \clearpage, Up: Page breaking -11.1 `\cleardoublepage' +11.1 '\cleardoublepage' ======================= -The `\cleardoublepage' command ends the current page and causes all +The '\cleardoublepage' command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary. @@ -2543,43 +2546,43 @@ In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand File: latex2e.info, Node: \clearpage, Next: \newpage, Prev: \cleardoublepage, Up: Page breaking -11.2 `\clearpage' +11.2 '\clearpage' ================= -The `\clearpage' command ends the current page and causes all figures +The '\clearpage' command ends the current page and causes all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newpage, Next: \enlargethispage, Prev: \clearpage, Up: Page breaking -11.3 `\newpage' +11.3 '\newpage' =============== -The `\newpage' command ends the current page, but does not clear floats -(see `\clearpage' above). +The '\newpage' command ends the current page, but does not clear floats +(see '\clearpage' above). File: latex2e.info, Node: \enlargethispage, Next: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak, Prev: \newpage, Up: Page breaking -11.4 `\enlargethispage' +11.4 '\enlargethispage' ======================= -`\enlargethispage{size}' +'\enlargethispage{size}' - `\enlargethispage*{size}' + '\enlargethispage*{size}' - Enlarge the `\textheight' for the current page by the specified -amount; e.g. `\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' will allow one additional -line. + Enlarge the '\textheight' for the current page by the specified +amount; e.g. '\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' will allow one +additional line. The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page -as much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit -`\pagebreak'. +as much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit +'\pagebreak'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak, Prev: \enlargethispage, Up: Page breaking -11.5 `\pagebreak' & `\nopagebreak' +11.5 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak' ================================== Synopses: @@ -2587,12 +2590,12 @@ Synopses: \pagebreak[PRIORITY] \nopagebreak[PRIORITY] - By default, the `\pagebreak' (`\nopagebreak') command forces -(prevents) a page break at the current position. For `\linebreak', the + By default, the '\pagebreak' ('\nopagebreak') command forces +(prevents) a page break at the current position. With '\pagebreak', the vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it extends to the normal bottom margin. - With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the `\pagebreak' + With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the '\pagebreak' command from a demand to a request. The number must be a number from 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is. @@ -2603,8 +2606,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes, Next: Definitions, Prev: Page breaking, ************ Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with -one command, the `\footnote' command. They can also be produced with -two commands, the `\footnotemark' and the `\footnotetext' commands. +one command, the '\footnote' command. They can also be produced with +two commands, the '\footnotemark' and the '\footnotetext' commands. * Menu: @@ -2617,52 +2620,52 @@ two commands, the `\footnotemark' and the `\footnotetext' commands. File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnote, Next: \footnotemark, Up: Footnotes -12.1 `\footnote' +12.1 '\footnote' ================ Synopsis: \footnote[NUMBER]{TEXT} - The `\footnote' command places the numbered footnote TEXT at the + The '\footnote' command places the numbered footnote TEXT at the bottom of the current page. The optional argument NUMBER changes the default footnote number. This command can only be used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you -cannot use it in sectioning commands like `\chapter', in figures, tables -or in a `tabular' environment. (See following sections.) +cannot use it in sectioning commands like '\chapter', in figures, tables +or in a 'tabular' environment. (See following sections.) File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnotemark, Next: \footnotetext, Prev: \footnote, Up: Footnotes -12.2 `\footnotemark' +12.2 '\footnotemark' ==================== -With no optional argument, the `\footnotemark' command puts the current +With no optional argument, the '\footnotemark' command puts the current footnote number in the text. This command can be used in inner paragraph mode. You give the text of the footnote separately, with the -`\footnotetext' command. +'\footnotetext' command. This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote markers referring to the same footnote with \footnotemark[\value{footnote}] -after the first `\footnote' command. +after the first '\footnote' command. File: latex2e.info, Node: \footnotetext, Next: Symbolic footnotes, Prev: \footnotemark, Up: Footnotes -12.3 `\footnotetext' +12.3 '\footnotetext' ==================== Synopsis: \footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT} - The `\footnotetext' command places TEXT at the bottom of the page as -a footnote. This command can come anywhere after the `\footnotemark' -command. The `\footnotetext' command must appear in outer paragraph + The '\footnotetext' command places TEXT at the bottom of the page as +a footnote. This command can come anywhere after the '\footnotemark' +command. The '\footnotetext' command must appear in outer paragraph mode. The optional argument NUMBER changes the default footnote number. @@ -2674,14 +2677,14 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Symbolic footnotes, Next: Footnote parameters, Prev ======================= If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing -numbers, redefine `\thefootnote' like this: +numbers, redefine '\thefootnote' like this: \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} - The `\fnsymbol' command produces a predefined series of symbols + The '\fnsymbol' command produces a predefined series of symbols (*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::). If you want to use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you'll need to also -redefine `\@fnsymbol'. +redefine '\@fnsymbol'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnote parameters, Prev: Symbolic footnotes, Up: Footnotes @@ -2689,18 +2692,18 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnote parameters, Prev: Symbolic footnotes, Up: 12.5 Footnote parameters ======================== -`\footnoterule' +'\footnoterule' Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the - page's footnotes. Default dimensions: `0.4pt' thick (or wide), and - `0.4\columnwidth' long in the standard document classes (except + page's footnotes. Default dimensions: '0.4pt' thick (or wide), and + '0.4\columnwidth' long in the standard document classes (except slides, where it does not appear). -`\footnotesep' +'\footnotesep' The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. - By default, this is set to the normal strut for `\footnotesize' + By default, this is set to the normal strut for '\footnotesize' fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no extra space - between footnotes. This is `6.65pt' for `10pt', `7.7pt' for - `11pt', and `8.4pt' for `12pt'. + between footnotes. This is '6.65pt' for '10pt', '7.7pt' for + '11pt', and '8.4pt' for '12pt'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Definitions, Next: Counters, Prev: Footnotes, Up: Top @@ -2724,10 +2727,10 @@ LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Next: \newcounter, Up: Definitions -13.1 `\newcommand' & `\renewcommand' +13.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand' ==================================== -`\newcommand' and `\renewcommand' define and redefine a command, +'\newcommand' and '\renewcommand' define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN} @@ -2736,9 +2739,9 @@ respectively. Synopses: \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{DEFN} CMD - The command name beginning with `\'. For `\newcommand', it must - not be already defined and must not begin with `\end'; for - `\renewcommand', it must already be defined. + The command name beginning with '\'. For '\newcommand', it must + not be already defined and must not begin with '\end'; for + '\renewcommand', it must already be defined. NARGS An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments @@ -2749,27 +2752,27 @@ DEFAULT If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's first argument is optional. When the new command is called, the default value of the optional argument (i.e., if it is not - specified in the call) is the string `def'. + specified in the call) is the string 'def'. DEFN - The text to be substituted for every occurrence of `cmd'; a - construct of the form `#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the + The text to be substituted for every occurrence of 'cmd'; a + construct of the form '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the Nth argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Up: Definitions -13.2 `\newcounter' +13.2 '\newcounter' ================== Synopsis: \newcounter{CNT}[COUNTERNAME] - The `\newcounter' command defines a new counter named CNT. The new + The '\newcounter' command defines a new counter named CNT. The new counter is initialized to zero. - Given the optional argument `[COUNTERNAME]', CNT will be reset + Given the optional argument '[COUNTERNAME]', CNT will be reset whenever COUNTERNAME is incremented. *Note Counters::, for more information about counters. @@ -2777,16 +2780,16 @@ whenever COUNTERNAME is incremented. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newlength, Next: \newsavebox, Prev: \newcounter, Up: Definitions -13.3 `\newlength' +13.3 '\newlength' ================= Synopsis: \newlength{\ARG} - The `\newlength' command defines the mandatory argument as a `length' -command with a value of `0in'. The argument must be a control sequence, -as in `\newlength{\foo}'. An error occurs if `\foo' is already defined. + The '\newlength' command defines the mandatory argument as a 'length' +command with a value of '0in'. The argument must be a control sequence, +as in '\newlength{\foo}'. An error occurs if '\foo' is already defined. *Note Lengths::, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value, and for more information about lengths in general. @@ -2794,20 +2797,20 @@ and for more information about lengths in general. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newsavebox, Next: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Prev: \newlength, Up: Definitions -13.4 `\newsavebox' +13.4 '\newsavebox' ================== Synopsis: \newsavebox{CMD} - Defines `\CMD', which must be a command name not already defined, to + Defines '\CMD', which must be a command name not already defined, to refer to a new bin for storing boxes. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Next: \newtheorem, Prev: \newsavebox, Up: Definitions -13.5 `\newenvironment' & `\renewenvironment' +13.5 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment' ============================================ Synopses: @@ -2817,12 +2820,12 @@ Synopses: \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF} These commands define or redefine an environment ENV, that is, -`\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'. +'\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'. ENV - The name of the environment. For `\newenvironment', ENV must not - be an existing environment, and the command `\ENV' must be - undefined. For `\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an + The name of the environment. For '\newenvironment', ENV must not + be an existing environment, and the command '\ENV' must be + undefined. For '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an existing environment. NARGS @@ -2834,18 +2837,18 @@ DEFAULT gives the default value for that argument. BEGDEF - The text expanded at every occurrence of `\begin{ENV}'; a construct - of the form `#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the Nth + The text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'; a construct + of the form '#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the Nth argument. ENDDEF - The text expanded at every occurrence of `\end{ENV}'. It may not + The text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'. It may not contain any argument parameters. File: latex2e.info, Node: \newtheorem, Next: \newfont, Prev: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Up: Definitions -13.6 `\newtheorem' +13.6 '\newtheorem' ================== \newtheorem{NEWENV}{LABEL}[WITHIN] @@ -2859,7 +2862,7 @@ NEWENV LABEL The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the - number. For example, `Theorem'. + number. For example, 'Theorem'. NUMBERED_LIKE (Optional.) The name of an already defined theorem-like @@ -2876,43 +2879,43 @@ WITHIN File: latex2e.info, Node: \newfont, Next: \protect, Prev: \newtheorem, Up: Definitions -13.7 `\newfont' +13.7 '\newfont' =============== Synopsis: \newfont{CMD}{FONTNAME} - Defines a control sequence `\CMD', which must not already be defined, + Defines a control sequence '\CMD', which must not already be defined, to make FONTNAME be the current font. The file looked for on the system -is named `FONTNAME.tfm'. +is named 'FONTNAME.tfm'. This is a low-level command for setting up to use an individual font. -More commonly, fonts are defined in families through `.fd' files. +More commonly, fonts are defined in families through '.fd' files. File: latex2e.info, Node: \protect, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definitions -13.8 `\protect' +13.8 '\protect' =============== Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more are so-called "fragile" commands. When a fragile command is used in certain contexts, called "moving arguments", it must be preceded -by `\protect'. In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments -must have their own `\protect'. +by '\protect'. In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments +must have their own '\protect'. - Some examples of moving arguments are `\caption' (*note figure::), -`\thanks' (*note \maketitle::), and expressions in `tabular' and `array' + Some examples of moving arguments are '\caption' (*note figure::), +'\thanks' (*note \maketitle::), and expressions in 'tabular' and 'array' environments (*note tabular::). Commands which are not fragile are called "robust". They must not be -preceded by `\protect'. +preceded by '\protect'. See also: -`http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html' -`http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect' +'http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html' +'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect' File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: Top @@ -2920,9 +2923,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: To 14 Counters *********** -Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The +Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or -command that produces the number, except with no `\'. (`enumi'-`enumiv' +command that produces the number, except with no '\'. ('enumi'-'enumiv' are used for the nested enumerate environment.) Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. @@ -2946,63 +2949,62 @@ counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. File: latex2e.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \usecounter, Up: Counters -14.1 `\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters +14.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters ===================================================================== All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for -instance, `\alph{enumi}'. +instance, '\alph{enumi}'. -`\alph' - prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: `a', `b', ... +'\alph' + prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... -`\Alph' - uses uppercase letters: `A', `B', ... +'\Alph' + uses uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... -`\arabic' - uses Arabic numbers: `1', `2', ... +'\arabic' + uses Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ... -`\roman' - uses lowercase roman numerals: `i', `ii', ... +'\roman' + uses lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... -`\roman' - uses uppercase roman numerals: `I', `II', ... +'\roman' + uses uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... -`\fnsymbol' +'\fnsymbol' prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of COUNTER must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the names: - asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger File: latex2e.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Counters -14.2 `\usecounter{COUNTER}' +14.2 '\usecounter{COUNTER}' =========================== Synopsis: \usecounter{COUNTER} - The `\usecounter' command is used in the second argument of the -`list' environment to specify COUNTER to be used to number the list + The '\usecounter' command is used in the second argument of the +'list' environment to specify COUNTER to be used to number the list items. File: latex2e.info, Node: \value, Next: \setcounter, Prev: \usecounter, Up: Counters -14.3 `\value{COUNTER}' +14.3 '\value{COUNTER}' ====================== Synopsis: \value{COUNTER} - The `\value' command produces the value of COUNTER. It can be used + The '\value' command produces the value of COUNTER. It can be used anywhere LaTeX expects a number, for example: \setcounter{myctr}{3} @@ -3012,56 +3014,56 @@ anywhere LaTeX expects a number, for example: File: latex2e.info, Node: \setcounter, Next: \addtocounter, Prev: \value, Up: Counters -14.4 `\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' +14.4 '\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' ================================== Synopsis: \setcounter{\COUNTER}{VALUE} - The `\setcounter' command sets the value of \COUNTER to the VALUE + The '\setcounter' command sets the value of \COUNTER to the VALUE argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcounter, Up: Counters -14.5 `\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' +14.5 '\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' ==================================== -The `\addtocounter' command increments COUNTER by the amount specified +The '\addtocounter' command increments COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE argument, which may be negative. File: latex2e.info, Node: \refstepcounter, Next: \stepcounter, Prev: \addtocounter, Up: Counters -14.6 `\refstepcounter{COUNTER}' +14.6 '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}' =============================== -The `\refstepcounter' command works in the same way as `\stepcounter' -*Note \stepcounter::, except it also defines the current `\ref' value to -be the result of `\thecounter'. +The '\refstepcounter' command works in the same way as '\stepcounter' +*Note \stepcounter::, except it also defines the current '\ref' value to +be the result of '\thecounter'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \stepcounter, Next: \day \month \year, Prev: \refstepcounter, Up: Counters -14.7 `\stepcounter{COUNTER}' +14.7 '\stepcounter{COUNTER}' ============================ -The `\stepcounter' command adds one to COUNTER and resets all subsidiary +The '\stepcounter' command adds one to COUNTER and resets all subsidiary counters. File: latex2e.info, Node: \day \month \year, Prev: \stepcounter, Up: Counters -14.8 `\day \month \year': Predefined counters +14.8 '\day \month \year': Predefined counters ============================================= -LaTeX defines counters for the day of the month (`\day', 1-31), month of -the year (`\month', 1-12), and year (`\year', Common Era). When TeX +LaTeX defines counters for the day of the month ('\day', 1-31), month of +the year ('\month', 1-12), and year ('\year', Common Era). When TeX starts up, they are set to the current values on the system where TeX is running. They are not updated as the job progresses. - The related command `\today' produces a string representing the + The related command '\today' produces a string representing the current day (*note \today::). @@ -3070,7 +3072,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Lengths, Next: Making paragraphs, Prev: Counters, 15 Lengths ********** -A `length' is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length +A 'length' is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an argument. * Menu: @@ -3085,12 +3087,12 @@ as an argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \setlength, Next: \addtolength, Up: Lengths -15.1 `\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' +15.1 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' ============================== -The `\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can -be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (`in'), -millimeters (`mm'), points (`pt'), big points (`bp', etc. +The '\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can +be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches ('in'), +millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big points ('bp', etc. File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, Up: Lengths @@ -3098,38 +3100,38 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, 15.2 \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} =============================== -The `\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the +The '\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the amount specified in the AMOUNT argument, which may be negative. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settodepth, Next: \settoheight, Prev: \addtolength, Up: Lengths -15.3 `\settodepth' +15.3 '\settodepth' ================== -`\settodepth{\gnat}{text}' +'\settodepth{\gnat}{text}' - The `\settodepth' command sets the value of a `length' command equal -to the depth of the `text' argument. + The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal +to the depth of the 'text' argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, Up: Lengths -15.4 `\settoheight' +15.4 '\settoheight' =================== -`\settoheight{\gnat}{text}' +'\settoheight{\gnat}{text}' - The `\settoheight' command sets the value of a `length' command equal -to the height of the `text' argument. + The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal +to the height of the 'text' argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: Predefined lengths, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Lengths -15.5 `\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' +15.5 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' ============================== -The `\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the +The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the width of the TEXT argument. @@ -3138,20 +3140,21 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Predefined lengths, Prev: \settowidth, Up: Lengths 15.6 Predefined lengths ======================= -`\width' +'\width' - `\height' + '\height' - `\depth' + '\depth' - `\totalheight' + '\totalheight' These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the -box-making commands (*note Boxes::). They specify the natural width etc. -of the text in the box. `\totalheight' equals `\height' + `\depth'. To -make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say +box-making commands (*note Boxes::). They specify the natural width, +etc., of the text in the box. '\totalheight' equals '\height' + +'\depth'. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural +size, e.g., say - `\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}' + '\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}' File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengths, Up: Top @@ -3160,7 +3163,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengt ******************** A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines--lines not -containing even a `%'. A blank line should not appear where a new +containing even a '%'. A blank line should not appear where a new paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning command. @@ -3174,35 +3177,35 @@ a sectioning command. File: latex2e.info, Node: \indent, Next: \noindent, Up: Making paragraphs -16.1 `\indent' +16.1 '\indent' ============== -`\indent' produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of -the `\parindent' length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used +'\indent' produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of +the '\parindent' length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph indentation where it would otherwise be suppressed. - The default value for `\parindent' is `1em' in two-column mode, -otherwise `15pt' for `10pt' documents, `17pt' for `11pt', and `1.5em' -for `12pt'. + The default value for '\parindent' is '1em' in two-column mode, +otherwise '15pt' for '10pt' documents, '17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em' +for '12pt'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \noindent, Next: \parskip, Prev: \indent, Up: Making paragraphs -16.2 `\noindent' +16.2 '\noindent' ================ -When used at the beginning of the paragraph, `\noindent' suppresses any +When used at the beginning of the paragraph, '\noindent' suppresses any paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the middle of a paragraph. File: latex2e.info, Node: \parskip, Next: Marginal notes, Prev: \noindent, Up: Making paragraphs -16.3 `\parskip' +16.3 '\parskip' =============== -`\parskip' is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before -each paragraph. The default is `0pt plus1pt'. +'\parskip' is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before +each paragraph. The default is '0pt plus1pt'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Marginal notes, Prev: \parskip, Up: Making paragraphs @@ -3214,44 +3217,42 @@ Synopsis: \marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT} - The `\marginpar' command creates a note in the margin. The first + The '\marginpar' command creates a note in the margin. The first line of the note will have the same baseline as the line in the text -where the `\marginpar' occurs. +where the '\marginpar' occurs. When you only specify the mandatory argument RIGHT, the text will be placed * in the right margin for one-sided layout; - * in the outside margin for two-sided layout; - * in the nearest margin for two-column layout. - The command `\reversemarginpar' places subsequent marginal notes in -the opposite (inside) margin. `\normalmarginpar' places them in the + The command '\reversemarginpar' places subsequent marginal notes in +the opposite (inside) margin. '\normalmarginpar' places them in the default position. When you specify both arguments, LEFT is used for the left margin, and RIGHT is used for the right margin. The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable -hyphenation there by beginning the node with `\hspace{0pt}'. +hyphenation there by beginning the node with '\hspace{0pt}'. These parameters affect the formatting of the note: -`\marginparpush' - Minimum vertical space between notes; default `7pt' for `12pt' - documents, `5pt' else. +'\marginparpush' + Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt' + documents, '5pt' else. -`\marginparsep' - Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default `11pt' - for `10pt' documents, `10pt' else. +'\marginparsep' + Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt' + for '10pt' documents, '10pt' else. -`\marginparwidth' - Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided `10pt' document - is `90pt', `83pt' for `11pt', and `68pt' for `12pt'; `17pt' more in +'\marginparwidth' + Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided '10pt' document + is '90pt', '83pt' for '11pt', and '68pt' for '12pt'; '17pt' more in each case for a two-sided document. In two column mode, the - default is `48pt'. + default is '48pt'. The standard LaTeX routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes from falling off the bottom of the page. @@ -3264,36 +3265,34 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math formulas, Next: Modes, Prev: Making paragraphs There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode: -`math' +'math' For formulas that appear right in the text. - -`displaymath' +'displaymath' For formulas that appear on their own line. - -`equation' +'equation' The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an equation number in the right margin. - The `math' environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but -the `displaymath' and `equation' environments can be used only in -paragraph mode. The `math' and `displaymath' environments are used so + The 'math' environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but +the 'displaymath' and 'equation' environments can be used only in +paragraph mode. The 'math' and 'displaymath' environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} - In fact, the `math' environment is so common that it has an even + In fact, the 'math' environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: $ ... $ instead of \(...\) - The `\boldmath' command changes math letters and symbols to be in a + The '\boldmath' command changes math letters and symbols to be in a bold font. It is used _outside_ of math mode. Conversely, the -`\unboldmath' command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too +'\unboldmath' command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too is used _outside_ of math mode. - The `\displaystyle' declaration forces the size and style of the -formula to be that of `displaymath', e.g., with limits above and below + The '\displaystyle' declaration forces the size and style of the +formula to be that of 'displaymath', e.g., with limits above and below summations. For example $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $ @@ -3313,7 +3312,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Subscripts & superscripts, Next: Math symbols, Up: ============================== To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just type -`_{'exp`}'. To get exp to appear as a superscript, you type `^{'exp`}'. +'_{'exp'}'. To get exp to appear as a superscript, you type '^{'exp'}'. LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a superscript. @@ -3324,637 +3323,637 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math symbols, Next: Math functions, Prev: Subscript 17.2 Math symbols ================= -LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need. The -commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For -example, if you include `$\pi$' in your source, you will get the pi +LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need. +The commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For +example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get the pi symbol (\pi) in your output. -`\|' +'\|' \| -`\aleph' +'\aleph' \aleph -`\alpha' +'\alpha' \alpha -`\amalg' +'\amalg' \amalg (binary operation) -`\angle' +'\angle' \angle -`\approx' +'\approx' \approx (relation) -`\ast' +'\ast' \ast (binary operation) -`\asymp' +'\asymp' \asymp (relation) -`\backslash' +'\backslash' \ (delimiter) -`\beta' +'\beta' \beta -`\bigcap' +'\bigcap' \bigcap -`\bigcirc' +'\bigcirc' \bigcirc (binary operation) -`\bigcup' +'\bigcup' \bigcup -`\bigodot' +'\bigodot' \bigodot -`\bigoplus' +'\bigoplus' \bigoplus -`\bigotimes' +'\bigotimes' \bigotimes -`\bigtriangledown' +'\bigtriangledown' \bigtriangledown (binary operation) -`\bigtriangleup' +'\bigtriangleup' \bigtriangleup (binary operation) -`\bigsqcup' +'\bigsqcup' \bigsqcup -`\biguplus' +'\biguplus' \biguplus -`\bigcap' +'\bigcap' \bigvee -`\bigwedge' +'\bigwedge' \bigwedge -`\bot' +'\bot' \bot -`\bowtie' +'\bowtie' \bowtie (relation) -`\Box' +'\Box' (square open box symbol) -`\bullet' +'\bullet' \bullet (binary operation) -`\cap' +'\cap' \cap (binary operation) -`\cdot' +'\cdot' \cdot (binary operation) -`\chi' +'\chi' \chi -`\circ' +'\circ' \circ (binary operation) -`\clubsuit' +'\clubsuit' \clubsuit -`\cong' +'\cong' \cong (relation) -`\coprod' +'\coprod' \coprod -`\cup' +'\cup' \cup (binary operation) -`\dagger' +'\dagger' \dagger (binary operation) -`\dashv' +'\dashv' \dashv (relation) -`\ddagger' +'\ddagger' \dagger (binary operation) -`\Delta' +'\Delta' \Delta -`\delta' +'\delta' \delta -`\Diamond' +'\Diamond' bigger \diamond -`\diamond' +'\diamond' \diamond (binary operation) -`\diamondsuit' +'\diamondsuit' \diamondsuit -`\div' +'\div' \div (binary operation) -`\doteq' +'\doteq' \doteq (relation) -`\downarrow' +'\downarrow' \downarrow (delimiter) -`\Downarrow' +'\Downarrow' \Downarrow (delimiter) -`\ell' +'\ell' \ell -`\emptyset' +'\emptyset' \emptyset -`\epsilon' +'\epsilon' \epsilon -`\equiv' +'\equiv' \equiv (relation) -`\eta' +'\eta' \eta -`\exists' +'\exists' \exists -`\flat' +'\flat' \flat -`\forall' +'\forall' \forall -`\frown' +'\frown' \frown (relation) -`\Gamma' +'\Gamma' \Gamma -`\gamma' +'\gamma' \gamma -`\ge' +'\ge' \ge -`\geq' +'\geq' \geq (relation) -`\gets' +'\gets' \gets -`\gg' +'\gg' \gg (relation) -`\hbar' +'\hbar' \hbar -`\heartsuit' +'\heartsuit' \heartsuit -`\hookleftarrow' +'\hookleftarrow' \hookleftarrow -`\hookrightarrow' +'\hookrightarrow' \hookrightarrow -`\iff' +'\iff' \iff -`\Im' +'\Im' \Im -`\in' +'\in' \in (relation) -`\infty' +'\infty' \infty -`\int' +'\int' \int -`\iota' +'\iota' \iota -`\Join' +'\Join' condensed bowtie symbol (relation) -`\kappa' +'\kappa' \kappa -`\Lambda' +'\Lambda' \Lambda -`\lambda' +'\lambda' \lambda -`\land' +'\land' \land -`\langle' +'\langle' \langle (delimiter) -`\lbrace' +'\lbrace' \lbrace (delimiter) -`\lbrack' +'\lbrack' \lbrack (delimiter) -`\lceil' +'\lceil' \lceil (delimiter) -`\le' +'\le' \le -`\leadsto' +'\leadsto' -`\Leftarrow' +'\Leftarrow' \Leftarrow -`\leftarrow' +'\leftarrow' \leftarrow -`\leftharpoondown' +'\leftharpoondown' \leftharpoondown -`\leftharpoonup' +'\leftharpoonup' \leftharpoonup -`\Leftrightarrow' +'\Leftrightarrow' \Leftrightarrow -`\leftrightarrow' +'\leftrightarrow' \leftrightarrow -`\leq' +'\leq' \leq (relation) -`\lfloor' +'\lfloor' \lfloor (delimiter) -`\lhd' +'\lhd' (left-pointing arrow head) -`\ll' +'\ll' \ll (relation) -`\lnot' +'\lnot' \lnot -`\longleftarrow' +'\longleftarrow' \longleftarrow -`\longleftrightarrow' +'\longleftrightarrow' \longleftrightarrow -`\longmapsto' +'\longmapsto' \longmapsto -`\longrightarrow' +'\longrightarrow' \longrightarrow -`\lor' +'\lor' \lor -`\mapsto' +'\mapsto' \mapsto -`\mho' +'\mho' -`\mid' +'\mid' \mid (relation) -`\models' +'\models' \models (relation) -`\mp' +'\mp' \mp (binary operation) -`\mu' +'\mu' \mu -`\nabla' +'\nabla' \nabla -`\natural' +'\natural' \natural -`\ne' +'\ne' \ne -`\nearrow' +'\nearrow' \nearrow -`\neg' +'\neg' \neg -`\neq' +'\neq' \neq (relation) -`\ni' +'\ni' \ni (relation) -`\not' +'\not' Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in \not=. -`\notin' +'\notin' \ni -`\nu' +'\nu' \nu -`\nwarrow' +'\nwarrow' \nwarrow -`\odot' +'\odot' \odot (binary operation) -`\oint' +'\oint' \oint -`\Omega' +'\Omega' \Omega -`\omega' +'\omega' \omega -`\ominus' +'\ominus' \ominus (binary operation) -`\oplus' +'\oplus' \oplus (binary operation) -`\oslash' +'\oslash' \oslash (binary operation) -`\otimes' +'\otimes' \otimes (binary operation) -`\owns' +'\owns' \owns -`\parallel' +'\parallel' \parallel (relation) -`\partial' +'\partial' \partial -`\perp' +'\perp' \perp (relation) -`\phi' +'\phi' \phi -`\Pi' +'\Pi' \Pi -`\pi' +'\pi' \pi -`\pm' +'\pm' \pm (binary operation) -`\prec' +'\prec' \prec (relation) -`\preceq' +'\preceq' \preceq (relation) -`\prime' +'\prime' \prime -`\prod' +'\prod' \prod -`\propto' +'\propto' \propto (relation) -`\Psi' +'\Psi' \Psi -`\psi' +'\psi' \psi -`\rangle' +'\rangle' \rangle (delimiter) -`\rbrace' +'\rbrace' \rbrace (delimiter) -`\rbrack' +'\rbrack' \rbrack (delimiter) -`\rceil' +'\rceil' \rceil (delimiter) -`\Re' +'\Re' \Re -`\rfloor' +'\rfloor' \rfloor -`\rhd' +'\rhd' (binary operation) -`\rho' +'\rho' \rho -`\Rightarrow' +'\Rightarrow' \Rightarrow -`\rightarrow' +'\rightarrow' \rightarrow -`\rightharpoondown' +'\rightharpoondown' \rightharpoondown -`\rightharpoonup' +'\rightharpoonup' \rightharpoonup -`\rightleftharpoons' +'\rightleftharpoons' \rightleftharpoons -`\searrow' +'\searrow' \searrow -`\setminus' +'\setminus' \setminus (binary operation) -`\sharp' +'\sharp' \sharp -`\Sigma' +'\Sigma' \Sigma -`\sigma' +'\sigma' \sigma -`\sim' +'\sim' \sim (relation) -`\simeq' +'\simeq' \simeq (relation) -`\smallint' +'\smallint' \smallint -`\smile' +'\smile' \smile (relation) -`\spadesuit' +'\spadesuit' \spadesuit -`\sqcap' +'\sqcap' \sqcap (binary operation) -`\sqcup' +'\sqcup' \sqcup (binary operation) -`\sqsubset' +'\sqsubset' (relation) -`\sqsubseteq' +'\sqsubseteq' \sqsubseteq (relation) -`\sqsupset' +'\sqsupset' (relation) -`\sqsupseteq' +'\sqsupseteq' \sqsupseteq (relation) -`\star' +'\star' \star (binary operation) -`\subset' +'\subset' \subset (relation) -`\subseteq' +'\subseteq' \subseteq (relation) -`\succ' +'\succ' \succ (relation) -`\succeq' +'\succeq' \succeq (relation) -`\sum' +'\sum' \sum -`\supset' +'\supset' \supset (relation) -`\supseteq' +'\supseteq' \supseteq (relation) -`\surd' +'\surd' \surd -`\swarrow' +'\swarrow' \swarrow -`\tau' +'\tau' \tau -`\theta' +'\theta' \theta -`\times' +'\times' \times (binary operation) -`\to' +'\to' \to -`\top' +'\top' \top -`\triangle' +'\triangle' \triangle -`\triangleleft' +'\triangleleft' \triangleleft (binary operation) -`\triangleright' +'\triangleright' \triangleright (binary operation) -`\unlhd' +'\unlhd' left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) -`\unrhd' +'\unrhd' right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation) -`\Uparrow' +'\Uparrow' \Uparrow (delimiter) -`\uparrow' +'\uparrow' \uparrow (delimiter) -`\Updownarrow' +'\Updownarrow' \Updownarrow (delimiter) -`\updownarrow' +'\updownarrow' \updownarrow (delimiter) -`\uplus' +'\uplus' \uplus (binary operation) -`\Upsilon' +'\Upsilon' \Upsilon -`\upsilon' +'\upsilon' \upsilon -`\varepsilon' +'\varepsilon' \varepsilon -`\varphi' +'\varphi' \varphi -`\varpi' +'\varpi' \varpi -`\varrho' +'\varrho' \varrho -`\varsigma' +'\varsigma' \varsigma -`\vartheta' +'\vartheta' \vartheta -`\vdash' +'\vdash' \vdash (relation) -`\vee' +'\vee' \vee (binary operation) -`\Vert' +'\Vert' \Vert (delimiter) -`\vert' +'\vert' \vert (delimiter) -`\wedge' +'\wedge' \wedge (binary operation) -`\wp' +'\wp' \wp -`\wr' +'\wr' \wr (binary operation) -`\Xi' +'\Xi' \Xi -`\xi' +'\xi' \xi -`\zeta' +'\zeta' \zeta @@ -3966,106 +3965,106 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math functions, Next: Math accents, Prev: Math symb These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. -`\arccos' +'\arccos' \arccos -`\arcsin' +'\arcsin' \arcsin -`\arctan' +'\arctan' \arctan -`\arg' +'\arg' \arg -`\bmod' +'\bmod' Binary modulo operator (x \bmod y) -`\cos' +'\cos' \cos -`\cosh' +'\cosh' \cosh -`\cot' +'\cot' \cos -`\coth' +'\coth' \cosh -`\csc' +'\csc' \csc -`\deg' +'\deg' \deg -`\det' +'\det' \deg -`\dim' +'\dim' \dim -`\exp' +'\exp' \exp -`\gcd' +'\gcd' \gcd -`\hom' +'\hom' \hom -`\inf' +'\inf' \inf -`\ker' +'\ker' \ker -`\lg' +'\lg' \lg -`\lim' +'\lim' \lim -`\liminf' +'\liminf' \liminf -`\limsup' +'\limsup' \limsup -`\ln' +'\ln' \ln -`\log' +'\log' \log -`\max' +'\max' \max -`\min' +'\min' \min -`\pmod' +'\pmod' parenthesized modulus, as in (\pmod 2^n - 1) -`\Pr' +'\Pr' \Pr -`\sec' +'\sec' \sec -`\sin' +'\sin' \sin -`\sinh' +'\sinh' \sinh -`\sup' +'\sup' \sup -`\tan' +'\tan' \tan -`\tanh' +'\tanh' \tanh @@ -4078,46 +4077,49 @@ LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text (*note Accents::). -`\acute' +'\acute' Math acute accent: \acute{x}. -`\bar' +'\bar' Math bar-over accent: \bar{x}. -`\breve' +'\breve' Math breve accent: \breve{x}. -`\check' +'\check' Math ha'c<ek (check) accent: \check{x}. -`\ddot' +'\ddot' Math dieresis accent: \ddot{x}. -`\dot' +'\dot' Math dot accent: \dot{x}. -`\grave' +'\grave' Math grave accent: \grave{x}. -`\hat' +'\hat' Math hat (circumflex) accent: \hat{x}. -`\imath' +'\imath' Math dotless i. -`\jmath' +'\jmath' Math dotless j. -`\tilde' +'\mathring' + Math ring accent: x*. + +'\tilde' Math tilde accent: \tilde{x}. -`\vec' +'\vec' Math vector symbol: \vec{x}. -`\widehat' +'\widehat' Math wide hat accent: \widehat{x+y}. -`\widehat' +'\widehat' Math wide tilde accent: \widetilde{x+y}. @@ -4126,22 +4128,19 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Spacing in math mode, Next: Math miscellany, Prev: 17.5 Spacing in math mode ========================= -In a `math' environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in +In a 'math' environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in the spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following commands for use in math mode: -`\;' +'\;' A thick space (5\over18\,quad). - -`\:' -`\>' +'\:' +'\>' Both of these produce a medium space (2\over9\,quad). - -`\,' +'\,' A thin space (1\over6\,quad); not restricted to math mode. - -`\!' +'\!' A negative thin space (-{1\over6}\,quad). @@ -4150,51 +4149,51 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing in math mode, Up: Ma 17.6 Math miscellany ==================== -`\*' +'\*' A "discretionary" multiplication symbol, at which a line break is allowed. -`\cdots' +'\cdots' A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. -`\ddots' +'\ddots' A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots. -`\frac{num}{den}' - Produces the fraction `num' divided by `den'. +'\frac{num}{den}' + Produces the fraction 'num' divided by 'den'. -`\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2' - The two delimiters need not match; `.' acts as a null delimiter, +'\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2' + The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a null delimiter, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the - math in between. Example: `\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'. + math in between. Example: '\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'. -`\overbrace{TEXT}' +'\overbrace{TEXT}' Generates a brace over TEXT. For example, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}. -`\overline{TEXT}' +'\overline{TEXT}' Generates a horizontal line over TEX. For exampe, \overline{x+y}. -`\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}' +'\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}' Produces the representation of the square root of ARG. The optional argument ROOT determines what root to produce. For - example, the cube root of `x+y' would be typed as - `$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'. + example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as + '$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'. -`\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}' +'\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}' Puts TEXT above RELATION. For example, - `\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'. + '\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'. -`\underbrace{math}' +'\underbrace{math}' Generates MATH with a brace underneath. -`\underline{text}' +'\underline{text}' Causes TEXT, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. -`\vdots' +'\vdots' Produces a vertical ellipsis. @@ -4207,9 +4206,7 @@ When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three modes: * Paragraph mode - * Math mode - * Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a @@ -4224,16 +4221,16 @@ it's generating a mathematical formula. In "LR mode", as in paragraph mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode. -Even if you put a hundred words into an `\mbox', LaTeX would keep +Even if you put a hundred words into an '\mbox', LaTeX would keep typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line. - LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an `\mbox' + LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an '\mbox' command. You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box. There are also several text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode. The box make by one of -these commands or environments will be called a `parbox'. When LaTeX is +these commands or environments will be called a 'parbox'. When LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in "inner paragraph mode". Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called "outer paragraph mode". @@ -4244,7 +4241,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Page styles, Next: Spaces, Prev: Modes, Up: Top 19 Page styles ************** -The `\documentclass' command determines the size and position of the +The '\documentclass' command determines the size and position of the page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. * Menu: @@ -4257,36 +4254,36 @@ page's head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. File: latex2e.info, Node: \maketitle, Next: \pagenumbering, Up: Page styles -19.1 `\maketitle' +19.1 '\maketitle' ================= -The `\maketitle' command generates a title on a separate title -page--except in the `article' class, where the title is placed at the +The '\maketitle' command generates a title on a separate title +page--except in the 'article' class, where the title is placed at the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is obtained from the following declarations: -`\author{NAME \and NAME2}' - The `\author' command declares the document author(s), where the - argument is a list of authors separated by `\and' commands. Use - `\\' to separate lines within a single author's entry--for example, +'\author{NAME \and NAME2}' + The '\author' command declares the document author(s), where the + argument is a list of authors separated by '\and' commands. Use + '\\' to separate lines within a single author's entry--for example, to give the author's institution or address. -`\date{TEXT}' - The `\date' command declares TEXT to be the document's date. With - no `\date' command, the current date (*note \today::) is used. +'\date{TEXT}' + The '\date' command declares TEXT to be the document's date. With + no '\date' command, the current date (*note \today::) is used. -`\thanks{TEXT}' - The `\thanks' command produces a `\footnote' to the title, usually +'\thanks{TEXT}' + The '\thanks' command produces a '\footnote' to the title, usually used for credit acknowledgements. -`\title{TEXT}' - The `\title' command declares TEXT to be the title of the document. - Use `\\' to force a line break, as usual. +'\title{TEXT}' + The '\title' command declares TEXT to be the title of the document. + Use '\\' to force a line break, as usual. File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagenumbering, Next: \pagestyle, Prev: \maketitle, Up: Page styles -19.2 `\pagenumbering' +19.2 '\pagenumbering' ===================== Synopsis: @@ -4295,68 +4292,64 @@ Synopsis: Specifies the style of page numbers, according to STYLE: -`arabic' +'arabic' arabic numerals - -`roman' +'roman' lowercase Roman numerals - -`Roman' +'Roman' uppercase Roman numerals - -`alph' +'alph' lowercase letters - -`Alph' +'Alph' uppercase letters File: latex2e.info, Node: \pagestyle, Next: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagenumbering, Up: Page styles -19.3 `\pagestyle' +19.3 '\pagestyle' ================= Synopsis: \pagestyle{STYLE} - The `\pagestyle' command specifies how the headers and footers are + The '\pagestyle' command specifies how the headers and footers are typeset from the current page onwards. Values for STYLE: -`plain' +'plain' Just a plain page number. -`empty' +'empty' Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers. -`headings' +'headings' Put running headers on each page. The document style specifies what goes in the headers. -`myheadings' - Custom headers, specified via the `\markboth' or the `\markright' +'myheadings' + Custom headers, specified via the '\markboth' or the '\markright' commands. - Here are the descriptions of `\markboth' and `\markright': + Here are the descriptions of '\markboth' and '\markright': -`\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}' +'\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}' Sets both the left and the right heading. A "left-hand heading" - (LEFT) is generated by the last `\markboth' command before the end + (LEFT) is generated by the last '\markboth' command before the end of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT is generated by - the first `\markboth' or `\markright' that comes on the page if + the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. -`\markright{RIGHT}' +'\markright{RIGHT}' Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. File: latex2e.info, Node: \thispagestyle, Prev: \pagestyle, Up: Page styles -19.4 `\thispagestyle{STYLE}' +19.4 '\thispagestyle{STYLE}' ============================ -The `\thispagestyle' command works in the same manner as the -`\pagestyle' command (see previous section) except that it changes to +The '\thispagestyle' command works in the same manner as the +'\pagestyle' command (see previous section) except that it changes to STYLE for the current page only. @@ -4367,9 +4360,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Spaces, Next: Boxes, Prev: Page styles, Up: Top LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. - Another space-producing command is `\,' to produce a "thin" space + Another space-producing command is '\,' to produce a "thin" space (usually 1/6quad). It can be used in text mode, but is more often -useful in math mode (*note Spacing in math mode::). +useful in math mode (*note Spacing in math mode::). * Menu: @@ -4392,81 +4385,81 @@ Vertical space File: latex2e.info, Node: \hspace, Next: \hfill, Up: Spaces -20.1 `\hspace' +20.1 '\hspace' ============== Synopsis: \hspace[*]{LENGTH} - The `\hspace' command adds horizontal space. The LENGTH argument can + The '\hspace' command adds horizontal space. The LENGTH argument can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands: points, inches, etc. It is a rubber length. You can add both negative and positive space -with an `\hspace' command; adding negative space is like backspacing. +with an '\hspace' command; adding negative space is like backspacing. LaTeX normally removes horizontal space that comes at the beginning -or end of a line. To preserve this space, use the optional `*' form. +or end of a line. To preserve this space, use the optional '*' form. File: latex2e.info, Node: \hfill, Next: \SPACE, Prev: \hspace, Up: Spaces -20.2 `\hfill' +20.2 '\hfill' ============= -The `\hfill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which has no +The '\hfill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which has no natural space but can stretch or shrink horizontally as far as needed. - The `\fill' parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the -glue value `0pt plus1fill'); thus, `\hspace\fill' is equivalent to -`\hfill'. + The '\fill' parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the +glue value '0pt plus1fill'); thus, '\hspace\fill' is equivalent to +'\hfill'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \SPACE, Next: \AT, Prev: \hfill, Up: Spaces -20.3 `\SPACE' +20.3 '\SPACE' ============= -The `\ ' (space) command produces a normal interword space. It's useful -after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence. For example `Knuth's +The '\ ' (space) command produces a normal interword space. It's useful +after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence. For example 'Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ is fundamental'. It is also often -used after control sequences, as in `\TeX\ is a nice system.' +used after control sequences, as in '\TeX\ is a nice system.' - In normal circumstances, `\'<tab> and `\'<newline> are equivalent to -`\ '. + In normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to +'\ '. File: latex2e.info, Node: \AT, Next: \thinspace, Prev: \SPACE, Up: Spaces -20.4 `\@' +20.4 '\@' ========= -The `\@' command makes the following punctuation character end a +The '\@' command makes the following punctuation character end a sentence even if it normally would not. This is typically used after a -capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without `\@': +capital letter. Here are side-by-side examples with and without '\@': - ... in C\@. Pascal, though ... - ... in C. Pascal, though ... + ... in C\@. Pascal, though ... + ... in C. Pascal, though ... produces - ... in C. Pascal, though ... ... in C. Pascal, though ... + ... in C. Pascal, though ... ... in C. Pascal, though ... File: latex2e.info, Node: \thinspace, Next: \/, Prev: \AT, Up: Spaces -20.5 `\thinspace' +20.5 '\thinspace' ================= -`\thinspace' produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 +'\thinspace' produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 of an em. This is the proper space to use in nested quotes, as in '". File: latex2e.info, Node: \/, Next: \hrulefill, Prev: \thinspace, Up: Spaces -20.6 `\/' +20.6 '\/' ========= -The `\/' command produces an "italic correction". This is a small space +The '\/' command produces an "italic correction". This is a small space defined by the font designer for a given character, to avoid the character colliding with whatever follows. The italic f character typically has a large italic correction value. @@ -4474,93 +4467,93 @@ typically has a large italic correction value. If the following character is a period or comma, it's not necessary to insert an italic correction, since those punctuation symbols have a very small height. However, with semicolons or colons, as well as -normal letters, it can help. Compare f: f; (in the TeX output, the `f's +normal letters, it can help. Compare f: f; (in the TeX output, the 'f's are nicely separated) with f: f;. Despite the name, roman characters can also have an italic correction. Compare pdfTeX (in the TeX output, there is a small space -after the `f') with pdfTeX. +after the 'f') with pdfTeX. File: latex2e.info, Node: \hrulefill, Next: \dotfill, Prev: \/, Up: Spaces -20.7 `\hrulefill' +20.7 '\hrulefill' ================= -The `\hrulefill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which can +The '\hrulefill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a horizontal rule. File: latex2e.info, Node: \dotfill, Next: \addvspace, Prev: \hrulefill, Up: Spaces -20.8 `\dotfill' +20.8 '\dotfill' =============== -The `\dotfill' command produces a "rubber length" that fills with dots +The '\dotfill' command produces a "rubber length" that fills with dots instead of just white space. File: latex2e.info, Node: \addvspace, Next: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Prev: \dotfill, Up: Spaces -20.9 `\addvspace' +20.9 '\addvspace' ================= -`\addvspace{length}' +'\addvspace{length}' - The `\addvspace' command normally adds a vertical space of height + The '\addvspace' command normally adds a vertical space of height length. However, if vertical space has already been added to the same -point in the output by a previous `\addvspace' command, then this +point in the output by a previous '\addvspace' command, then this command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length -of the total vertical space equal to `length'. +of the total vertical space equal to 'length'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Next: \vfill, Prev: \addvspace, Up: Spaces -20.10 `\bigskip \medskip \smallskip' +20.10 '\bigskip \medskip \smallskip' ==================================== These commands produce a given amount of space. -`\bigskip' - The same as `\vspace{bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line +'\bigskip' + The same as '\vspace{bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line space (with stretch and shrink). -`\medskip' - The same as `\vspace{medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a +'\medskip' + The same as '\vspace{medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a line space (with stretch and shrink). -`\smallskip' - The same as `\vspace{smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter +'\smallskip' + The same as '\vspace{smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter of a line space (with stretch and shrink). - The `\...amount' parameters are determined by the document class. + The '\...amount' parameters are determined by the document class. File: latex2e.info, Node: \vfill, Next: \vspace, Prev: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip, Up: Spaces -20.11 `\vfill' +20.11 '\vfill' ============== -The `\vfill' fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which can +The '\vfill' fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which can stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed. It's equivalent to -`\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::). +'\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \vspace, Prev: \vfill, Up: Spaces -20.12 `\vspace[*]{LENGTH}' +20.12 '\vspace[*]{LENGTH}' ========================== Synopsis: \vspace[*]{LENGTH} - The `\vspace' command adds the vertical space LENGTH, i.e., a rubber + The '\vspace' command adds the vertical space LENGTH, i.e., a rubber length. LENGTH can be negative or positive. - Ordinarily, LaTeX removes vertical space added by `\vspace' at the -top or bottom of a page. With the optional `*' argument, the space is + Ordinarily, LaTeX removes vertical space added by '\vspace' at the +top or bottom of a page. With the optional '*' argument, the space is not removed. @@ -4587,17 +4580,17 @@ used in the arguments of the box-making commands. File: latex2e.info, Node: \mbox, Next: \fbox and \framebox, Up: Boxes -21.1 `\mbox{TEXT}' +21.1 '\mbox{TEXT}' ================== -The `\mbox' command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text +The '\mbox' command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument. The TEXT is not broken into lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. File: latex2e.info, Node: \fbox and \framebox, Next: lrbox, Prev: \mbox, Up: Boxes -21.2 `\fbox' and `\framebox' +21.2 '\fbox' and '\framebox' ============================ Synopses: @@ -4605,86 +4598,82 @@ Synopses: \fbox{TEXT} \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT} - The `\fbox' and `\framebox' commands are like `\mbox', except that + The '\fbox' and '\framebox' commands are like '\mbox', except that they put a frame around the outside of the box being created. - In addition, the `\framebox' command allows for explicit + In addition, the '\framebox' command allows for explicit specification of the box width with the optional WIDTH argument (a dimension), and positioning with the optional POSITION argument. - Both commands produce a rule of thickness `\fboxrule' (default -`.4pt'), and leave a space of `\fboxsep' (default `3pt') between the + Both commands produce a rule of thickness '\fboxrule' (default +'.4pt'), and leave a space of '\fboxsep' (default '3pt') between the rule and the contents of the box. - *Note \framebox (picture)::, for the `\framebox' command in the -`picture' environment. + *Note \framebox (picture)::, for the '\framebox' command in the +'picture' environment. File: latex2e.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \makebox, Prev: \fbox and \framebox, Up: Boxes -21.3 `lrbox' +21.3 'lrbox' ============ -`\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}' +'\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}' - This is the environment form of `\sbox'. + This is the environment form of '\sbox'. - The text inside the environment is saved in the box `cmd', which must -have been declared with `\newsavebox'. + The text inside the environment is saved in the box 'cmd', which must +have been declared with '\newsavebox'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \makebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Boxes -21.4 `\makebox' +21.4 '\makebox' =============== Synopsis: \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT} - The `\makebox' command creates a box just wide enough to contain the + The '\makebox' command creates a box just wide enough to contain the TEXT specified. The width of the box is specified by the optional WIDTH argument. The position of the text within the box is determined by the optional POSITION argument, which may take the following values: -`c' +'c' Centered (default). - -`l' +'l' Flush left. - -`r' +'r' Flush right. - -`s' +'s' Stretch (justify) across entire WIDTH; TEXT must contain stretchable space for this to work. - `\makebox' is also used within the picture environment *note \makebox + '\makebox' is also used within the picture environment *note \makebox (picture)::. File: latex2e.info, Node: \parbox, Next: \raisebox, Prev: \makebox, Up: Boxes -21.5 `\parbox' +21.5 '\parbox' ============== Synopsis: \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{TEXT} - The `\parbox' command produces a box whose contents are created in -`paragraph' mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, + The '\parbox' command produces a box whose contents are created in +'paragraph' mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use any -paragraph-making environments inside a `\parbox' argument. For larger +paragraph-making environments inside a '\parbox' argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making -environment, you should use a `minipage' environment (*note minipage::). +environment, you should use a 'minipage' environment (*note minipage::). - `\parbox' has two mandatory arguments: + '\parbox' has two mandatory arguments: WIDTH the width of the parbox; - TEXT the text that goes inside the parbox. @@ -4697,30 +4686,27 @@ bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text The INNER-POS argument controls the placement of the text inside the box, as follows; if it is not specified, POSITION is used. -`t' +'t' text is placed at the top of the box. - -`c' +'c' text is centered in the box. - -`b' +'b' text is placed at the bottom of the box. - -`s' +'s' stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable space for this to work. File: latex2e.info, Node: \raisebox, Next: \savebox, Prev: \parbox, Up: Boxes -21.6 `\raisebox' +21.6 '\raisebox' ================ Synopsis: \raisebox{distance}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{text} - The `\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT. The first mandatory + The '\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT. The first mandatory argument specifies how high TEXT is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). TEXT itself is processed in LR mode. @@ -4732,45 +4718,45 @@ depth. File: latex2e.info, Node: \savebox, Next: \sbox, Prev: \raisebox, Up: Boxes -21.7 `\savebox' +21.7 '\savebox' =============== Synopsis: \savebox{\BOXCMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT} - This command typeset TEXT in a box just as with `\makebox' (*note + This command typeset TEXT in a box just as with '\makebox' (*note \makebox::), except that instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in the box labeled \BOXCMD, which must have been declared with -`\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). +'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \sbox, Next: \usebox, Prev: \savebox, Up: Boxes -21.8 `\sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}' +21.8 '\sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}' =========================== Synopsis: \sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT} - `\sbox' types TEXT in a box just as with `\mbox' (*note \mbox::) + '\sbox' types TEXT in a box just as with '\mbox' (*note \mbox::) except that instead of the resulting box being included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled \BOXCMD. \BOXCMD must have been -previously declared with `\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). +previously declared with '\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \usebox, Prev: \sbox, Up: Boxes -21.9 `\usebox{\BOXCMD' +21.9 '\usebox{\BOXCMD' ====================== Synopsis: \usebox{\BOXCMD} - `\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a -`\savebox' command (*note \savebox::). + '\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a +'\savebox' command (*note \savebox::). File: latex2e.info, Node: Special insertions, Next: Splitting the input, Prev: Boxes, Up: Top @@ -4803,26 +4789,26 @@ The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, LaTeX will do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as -itself, include a `\' in front of the character. For example, `\$' will -produce `$' in your output. +itself, include a '\' in front of the character. For example, '\$' will +produce '$' in your output. - One exception to this rule is `\' itself, because `\\' has its own + One exception to this rule is '\' itself, because '\\' has its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing -`$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter `\' is produced by using -`\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::). +'$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter '\' is produced by using +'\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::). - Also, `\~' and `\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the + Also, '\~' and '\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the following letter, as in o~ and o^ (*note Accents::); to get a standalone -`~' or `^', you can again use a verbatim command. +'~' or '^', you can again use a verbatim command. Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the `\symbol' command. For example, the visible -space character used in the `\verb*' command has the code decimal 32, so -it can be typed as `\symbol{32}'. +know its number by using the '\symbol' command. For example, the +visible space character used in the '\verb*' command has the code +decimal 32, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'. - You can also specify octal numbers with `'' or hexadecimal numbers -with `"', so the previous example could also be written as -`\symbol{'40}' or `\symbol{"20}'. + You can also specify octal numbers with ''' or hexadecimal numbers +with '"', so the previous example could also be written as +'\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Reserved characters, Up: Special insertions @@ -4832,173 +4818,173 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Reserved charact LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not -available in OT1; you may need to load the `textcomp' package. +available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. -`\copyright' -`\textcopyright' +'\copyright' +'\textcopyright' The copyright symbol, (C). -`\dag' +'\dag' The dagger symbol (in text). -`\ddag' +'\ddag' The double dagger symbol (in text). -`\LaTeX' +'\LaTeX' The LaTeX logo. -`\guillemotleft (<<)' -`\guillemotright (>>)' -`\guilsinglleft (<)' -`\guilsinglright (>)' +'\guillemotleft (<<)' +'\guillemotright (>>)' +'\guilsinglleft (<)' +'\guilsinglright (>)' Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: <<, >>, <, >. -`\ldots' -`\dots' -`\textellipsis' - An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): `...'. `\ldots' and - `\dots' also work in math mode. +'\ldots' +'\dots' +'\textellipsis' + An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): '...'. '\ldots' and + '\dots' also work in math mode. -`\lq' - Left (opening) quote: `. +'\lq' + Left (opening) quote: '. -`\P' -`\textparagraph' +'\P' +'\textparagraph' Paragraph sign (pilcrow). -`\pounds' -`\textsterling' +'\pounds' +'\textsterling' English pounds sterling: #. -`\quotedblbase (,,)' -`\quotesinglbase (,)' +'\quotedblbase (,,)' +'\quotesinglbase (,)' Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: ,, and ,. -`\rq' +'\rq' Right (closing) quote: '. -`\S' +'\S' Section symbol. -`\TeX' +'\TeX' The TeX logo. -`\textasciicircum' +'\textasciicircum' ASCII circumflex: ^. -`\textasciitilde' +'\textasciitilde' ASCII tilde: ~. -`\textasteriskcentered' +'\textasteriskcentered' Centered asterisk: *. -`\textbackslash' +'\textbackslash' Backslash: \. -`\textbar' +'\textbar' Vertical bar: |. -`\textbardbl' +'\textbardbl' Double vertical bar. -`\textbigcircle' +'\textbigcircle' Big circle symbol. -`\textbraceleft' +'\textbraceleft' Left brace: {. -`\textbraceright' +'\textbraceright' Right brace: }. -`\textbullet' +'\textbullet' Bullet: *. -`\textcircled{LETTER}' +'\textcircled{LETTER}' LETTER in a circle, as in (R). -`\textcompwordmark' -`\textcapitalwordmark' -`\textascenderwordmark' - Composite word mark (invisible). The `\textcapital...' form has - the cap height of the font, while the `\textascender...' form has +'\textcompwordmark' +'\textcapitalwordmark' +'\textascenderwordmark' + Composite word mark (invisible). The '\textcapital...' form has + the cap height of the font, while the '\textascender...' form has the ascender height. -`\textdagger' +'\textdagger' Dagger: \dag. -`\textdaggerdbl' +'\textdaggerdbl' Double dagger: \ddag. -`\textdollar (or `$')' +'\textdollar (or '$')' Dollar sign: $. -`\textemdash (or `---')' +'\textemdash (or '---')' Em-dash: -- (for punctuation). -`\textendash (or `--')' +'\textendash (or '--')' En-dash: -- (for ranges). -`\texteuro' +'\texteuro' The Euro symbol: Euro. -`\textexclamdown (or `!`')' +'\textexclamdown (or '!`')' Upside down exclamation point: !. -`\textgreater' +'\textgreater' Greater than: >. -`\textless' +'\textless' Less than: <. -`\textleftarrow' +'\textleftarrow' Left arrow. -`\textordfeminine' -`\textordmasculine' +'\textordfeminine' +'\textordmasculine' Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: a, o. -`\textperiodcentered' +'\textperiodcentered' Centered period: \cdot. -`\textquestiondown (or `?`')' +'\textquestiondown (or '?`')' Upside down questionation point: ?. -`\textquotedblleft (or ```')' +'\textquotedblleft (or '``')' Double left quote: ". -`\textquotedblright (or `'')' +'\textquotedblright (or ''')' Double right quote: ". -`\textquoteleft (or ``')' - Single left quote: `. +'\textquoteleft (or '`')' + Single left quote: '. -`\textquoteright (or `'')' +'\textquoteright (or ''')' Single right quote: '. -`\textquotestraightbase' -`\textquotestraightdblbase' +'\textquotestraightbase' +'\textquotestraightdblbase' Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. -`\textregistered' +'\textregistered' Registered symbol: (R). -`\textrightarrow' +'\textrightarrow' Right arrow. -`\textthreequartersemdash' +'\textthreequartersemdash' "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -`\texttrademark' +'\texttrademark' Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}. -`\texttwelveudash' +'\texttwelveudash' "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. -`\textunderscore' +'\textunderscore' Underscore: _. -`\textvisiblespace' +'\textvisiblespace' Visible space symbol. @@ -5008,95 +4994,95 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Accents, Next: Non-English characters, Prev: Text s ============ LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, -through the `babel' package and related support. This section does not +through the 'babel' package and related support. This section does not attempt to cover all that support. It merely lists the core LaTeX commands for creating accented characters. - The `\capital...' commands produce alternative forms for use with + The '\capital...' commands produce alternative forms for use with capital letters. These are not available with OT1. -`\"' -`\capitaldieresis' +'\"' +'\capitaldieresis' Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in o". -`\'' -`\capitalacute' - Produces an acute accent, as in o'. In the `tabbing' environment, +'\'' +'\capitalacute' + Produces an acute accent, as in o'. In the 'tabbing' environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column (*note tabbing::). -`\.' +'\.' Produces a dot accent over the following, as in o.. -`\=' -`\capitalmacron' +'\=' +'\capitalmacron' Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in o=. -`\^' -`\capitalcircumflex' +'\^' +'\capitalcircumflex' Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in o^. -`\`' -`\capitalgrave' +'\`' +'\capitalgrave' Produces a grave accent over the following, as in o`. In the - `tabbing' environment, move following text to the right margin + 'tabbing' environment, move following text to the right margin (*note tabbing::). -`\~' -`\capitaltilde' +'\~' +'\capitaltilde' Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in n~. -`\b' +'\b' Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_. -`\c' -`\capitalcedilla' +'\c' +'\capitalcedilla' Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in c,. -`\d' -`\capitaldotaccent' +'\d' +'\capitaldotaccent' Produces a dot accent under the following, as in .o. -`\H' -`\capitalhungarumlaut' +'\H' +'\capitalhungarumlaut' Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in o''. -`\i' - Produces a dotless i, as in `i'. +'\i' + Produces a dotless i, as in 'i'. -`\j' - Produces a dotless j, as in `j'. +'\j' + Produces a dotless j, as in 'j'. -`\k' -`\capitalogonek' - Produces a letter with ogonek, as in `o;'. Not available in the +'\k' +'\capitalogonek' + Produces a letter with ogonek, as in 'o;'. Not available in the OT1 encoding. -`\r' -`\capitalring' - Produces a ring accent, as in `o*'. +'\r' +'\capitalring' + Produces a ring accent, as in 'o*'. -`\t' -`\capitaltie' -`\newtie' -`\capitalnewtie' - Produces a tie-after accent, as in `oo['. The `\newtie' form is +'\t' +'\capitaltie' +'\newtie' +'\capitalnewtie' + Produces a tie-after accent, as in 'oo['. The '\newtie' form is centered in its box. -`\u' -`\capitalbreve' - Produces a breve accent, as in `o('. +'\u' +'\capitalbreve' + Produces a breve accent, as in 'o('. -`\underbar' +'\underbar' Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. The argument is always processed in horizontal mode. The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through - descenders. See also `\underline' in *note Math miscellany::. + descenders. See also '\underline' in *note Math miscellany::. -`\v' -`\capitalcaron' - Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in `o<'. +'\v' +'\capitalcaron' + Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in 'o<'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Non-English characters, Next: \rule, Prev: Accents, Up: Special insertions @@ -5107,61 +5093,61 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Non-English characters, Next: \rule, Prev: Accents, Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting characters commonly used in languages other than English. -`\aa' -`\AA' +'\aa' +'\AA' aa and AA. -`\ae' -`\AE' +'\ae' +'\AE' ae and AE. -`\dh' -`\DH' +'\dh' +'\DH' Icelandic letter eth: d and D. -`\dj' -`\DJ' +'\dj' +'\DJ' xxxx -`\ij' -`\IJ' +'\ij' +'\IJ' ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). -`\l' -`\L' +'\l' +'\L' /l and /L. -`\ng' -`\NG' +'\ng' +'\NG' xxxx -`\o' -`\O' +'\o' +'\O' /o and /O. -`\oe' -`\OE' +'\oe' +'\OE' oe and OE. -`\ss' -`\SS' +'\ss' +'\SS' ss and SS. -`\th' -`\TH' +'\th' +'\TH' Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. File: latex2e.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: Non-English characters, Up: Special insertions -22.5 `\rule' +22.5 '\rule' ============ Synopsis: \rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS} - The `\rule' command produces "rules", that is, lines or rectangles. + The '\rule' command produces "rules", that is, lines or rectangles. The arguments are: RAISE @@ -5176,15 +5162,15 @@ THICKNESS File: latex2e.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Special insertions -22.6 `\today' +22.6 '\today' ============= -The `\today' command produces today's date, in the format `MONTH DD, -YYYY'; for example, `July 4, 1976'. It uses the predefined counters -`\day', `\month', and `\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this. +The '\today' command produces today's date, in the format 'MONTH DD, +YYYY'; for example, 'July 4, 1976'. It uses the predefined counters +'\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. - The `datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of + The 'datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. @@ -5208,38 +5194,38 @@ when you run LaTeX. File: latex2e.info, Node: \include, Next: \includeonly, Up: Splitting the input -23.1 `\include' +23.1 '\include' =============== Synopsis: \include{FILE} - If no `\includeonly' command is present, the `\include' command -executes `\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then -reads FILE, then does another `\clearpage'. + If no '\includeonly' command is present, the '\include' command +executes '\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then +reads FILE, then does another '\clearpage'. - Given an `\includeonly' command, the `\include' actions are only run -if FILE is listed as an argument to `\includeonly'. See the next + Given an '\includeonly' command, the '\include' actions are only run +if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'. See the next section. - The `\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file -read by another `\include' command. + The '\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file +read by another '\include' command. File: latex2e.info, Node: \includeonly, Next: \input, Prev: \include, Up: Splitting the input -23.2 \`includeonly' +23.2 \'includeonly' =================== Synopsis: \includeonly{FILE1,FILE2,...} - The `\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by -subsequent `\include' commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a -`\include' command for the selection to be effective. + The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by +subsequent '\include' commands. The list of filenames is +comma-separated. Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a +'\include' command for the selection to be effective. This command can only appear in the preamble. @@ -5253,13 +5239,13 @@ Synopsis: \input{FILE} - The `\input' command causes the specified FILE to be read and + The '\input' command causes the specified FILE to be read and processed, as if its contents had been inserted in the current file at that point. - If FILE does not end in `.tex' (e.g., `foo' or `foo.bar'), it is -first tried with that extension (`foo.tex' or `foo.bar.tex'). If that -is not found, the original FILE is tried (`foo' or `foo.bar'). + If FILE does not end in '.tex' (e.g., 'foo' or 'foo.bar'), it is +first tried with that extension ('foo.tex' or 'foo.bar.tex'). If that +is not found, the original FILE is tried ('foo' or 'foo.bar'). File: latex2e.info, Node: Front/back matter, Next: Letters, Prev: Splitting the input, Up: Top @@ -5279,21 +5265,21 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Tables of contents, Next: Glossaries, Up: Front/bac 24.1 Tables of contents ======================= -A table of contents is produced with the `\tableofcontents' command. +A table of contents is produced with the '\tableofcontents' command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the rest for you. A previous run must have generated a -`.toc' file. +'.toc' file. - The `\tableofcontents' command produces a heading, but it does not + The '\tableofcontents' command produces a heading, but it does not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the table -of contents, write a `\newpage' command after the `\tableofcontents' +of contents, write a '\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents' command. - The analogous commands `\listoffigures' and `\listoftables' produce a + The analogous commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. - The command `\nofiles' overrides these commands, and _prevents_ any + The command '\nofiles' overrides these commands, and _prevents_ any of these lists from being generated. * Menu: @@ -5307,33 +5293,31 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Up: Tables 24.1.1 \addcontentsline ----------------------- -The `\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the +The '\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: EXT The extension of the file on which information is to be written, - typically one of: `toc' (table of contents), `lof' (list of - figures), or `lot' (list of tables). + typically one of: 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of + figures), or 'lot' (list of tables). UNIT The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the following, matching the value of the EXT argument: - `toc' - The name of the sectional unit: `part', `chapter', `section', - `subsection', `subsubsection'. - - `lof' + 'toc' + The name of the sectional unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section', + 'subsection', 'subsubsection'. + 'lof' For the list of figures. - - `lot' + 'lot' For the list of tables. ENTRY The actual text of the entry. - What is written to the `.EXT' file is the command -`\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'. + What is written to the '.EXT' file is the command +'\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocontents, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Tables of contents @@ -5341,13 +5325,13 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocontents, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Tables 24.1.2 \addtocontents --------------------- -The `\addtocontents'{EXT}{TEXT} command adds text (or formatting -commands) directly to the `.EXT' file that generates the table of +The '\addtocontents'{EXT}{TEXT} command adds text (or formatting +commands) directly to the '.EXT' file that generates the table of contents or lists of figures or tables. EXT The extension of the file on which information is to be written: - `toc' (table of contents), `lof' (list of figures), or `lot' (list + 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of figures), or 'lot' (list of tables). TEXT @@ -5359,16 +5343,16 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Glossaries, Next: Indexes, Prev: Tables of contents 24.2 Glossaries =============== -The command `\makeglossary' enables creating glossaries. +The command '\makeglossary' enables creating glossaries. - The command `\glossary{TEXT}' writes a glossary entry for TEXT to an -auxiliary file with the `.glo' extension. + The command '\glossary{TEXT}' writes a glossary entry for TEXT to an +auxiliary file with the '.glo' extension. Specifically, what gets written is the command -`\glossaryentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current `\thepage' +'\glossaryentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage' value. - The `glossary' package on CTAN provides support for fancier + The 'glossary' package on CTAN provides support for fancier glossaries. @@ -5377,42 +5361,42 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Indexes, Prev: Glossaries, Up: Front/back matter 24.3 Indexes ============ -The command `\makeindex' enables creating indexes. Put this in the +The command '\makeindex' enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. - The command `\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an -auxiliary file with the `.idx' extension. + The command '\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an +auxiliary file with the '.idx' extension. Specifically, what gets written is the command -`\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current `\thepage' +'\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage' value. - To generate a index entry for `bar' that says `See foo', use a -vertical bar: `\index{bar|see{foo}}'. Use `seealso' instead of `see' to -make a `See also' entry. + To generate a index entry for 'bar' that says 'See foo', use a +vertical bar: '\index{bar|see{foo}}'. Use 'seealso' instead of 'see' to +make a 'See also' entry. - The text `See' is defined by the macro `\seename', and `See also' by -the macro `\alsoname'. These can be redefined for other languages. + The text 'See' is defined by the macro '\seename', and 'See also' by +the macro '\alsoname'. These can be redefined for other languages. - The generated `.idx' file is then sorted with an external command, -usually either `makeindex' (`http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex') -or (the multi-lingual) `xindy' (`http://xindy.sourceforge.net'). This -results in a `.ind' file, which can then be read to typeset the index. + The generated '.idx' file is then sorted with an external command, +usually either 'makeindex' ('http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex') +or (the multi-lingual) 'xindy' ('http://xindy.sourceforge.net'). This +results in a '.ind' file, which can then be read to typeset the index. - The index is usually generated with the `\printindex' command. This -is defined in the `makeidx' package, so `\usepackage{makeidx}' needs to + The index is usually generated with the '\printindex' command. This +is defined in the 'makeidx' package, so '\usepackage{makeidx}' needs to be in the preamble. - The rubber length `\indexspace' is inserted before each new letter in -the printed index; its default value is `10pt plus5pt minus3pt'. + The rubber length '\indexspace' is inserted before each new letter in +the printed index; its default value is '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'. - The `showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the + The 'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. - The `multind' package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX + The 'multind' package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, -`http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'. +'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'. File: latex2e.info, Node: Letters, Next: Terminal input/output, Prev: Front/back matter, Up: Top @@ -5421,10 +5405,10 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Letters, Next: Terminal input/output, Prev: Front/b ********** You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The -`letter' document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, +'letter' document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, although you can make just one if you so desire. - Your `.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other + Your '.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a minimum: @@ -5433,7 +5417,7 @@ minimum: ... letters ... \end{document} - Each letter is a `letter' environment, whose argument is the name and + Each letter is a 'letter' environment, whose argument is the name and address of the recipient. For example, you might have: \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St. @@ -5441,17 +5425,17 @@ address of the recipient. For example, you might have: ... \end{letter} - The letter itself begins with the `\opening' command. The text of + The letter itself begins with the '\opening' command. The text of the letter follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that -make no sense in a letter, like `\chapter', do not work. The letter -closes with a `\closing' command. +make no sense in a letter, like '\chapter', do not work. The letter +closes with a '\closing' command. - After the `closing', you can have additional material. The `\cc' -command produces the usual "cc: ...". There's also a similar `\encl' -command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use `\\' to + After the 'closing', you can have additional material. The '\cc' +command produces the usual "cc: ...". There's also a similar '\encl' +command for a list of enclosures. With both these commands, use '\\' to separate the items. - These commands are used with the `letter' class. + These commands are used with the 'letter' class. * Menu: @@ -5475,20 +5459,20 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \address, Next: \cc, Up: Letters 25.1 \address{RETURN-ADDRESS} ============================= -The `\address' specifies the return address of a letter, as it should +The '\address' specifies the return address of a letter, as it should appear on the letter and the envelope. Separate lines of the address -should be separated by `\\' commands. +should be separated by '\\' commands. - If you do not make an `\address' declaration, then the letter will be + If you do not make an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead. (*Note Overview::, for details on your local implementation). If you -give an `\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a +give an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a personal letter. File: latex2e.info, Node: \cc, Next: \closing, Prev: \address, Up: Letters -25.2 `\cc' +25.2 '\cc' ========== Synopsis: @@ -5501,20 +5485,20 @@ printed on a separate line. File: latex2e.info, Node: \closing, Next: \encl, Prev: \cc, Up: Letters -25.3 `\closing' +25.3 '\closing' =============== Synopsis: \closing{text} - A letter closes with a `\closing' command, for example, + A letter closes with a '\closing' command, for example, \closing{Best Regards,} File: latex2e.info, Node: \encl, Next: \location, Prev: \closing, Up: Letters -25.4 `\encl' +25.4 '\encl' ============ Synopsis: @@ -5526,32 +5510,32 @@ Synopsis: File: latex2e.info, Node: \location, Next: \makelabels, Prev: \encl, Up: Letters -25.5 `\location' +25.5 '\location' ================ -`\location{address}' +'\location{address}' This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only -appears if the `firstpage' pagestyle is selected. +appears if the 'firstpage' pagestyle is selected. File: latex2e.info, Node: \makelabels, Next: \name, Prev: \location, Up: Letters -25.6 `\makelabels' +25.6 '\makelabels' ================== -`\makelabels{number}' +'\makelabels{number}' If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet -of address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. +of address labels. This sheet will be output before the letters. File: latex2e.info, Node: \name, Next: \opening, Prev: \makelabels, Up: Letters -25.7 `\name' +25.7 '\name' ============ -`\name{June Davenport}' +'\name{June Davenport}' Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return address. @@ -5559,14 +5543,14 @@ address. File: latex2e.info, Node: \opening, Next: \ps, Prev: \name, Up: Letters -25.8 `\opening{TEXT}' +25.8 '\opening{TEXT}' ===================== Synopsis: \opening{TEXT} - A letter begins with the `\opening' command. The mandatory argument, + A letter begins with the '\opening' command. The mandatory argument, TEXT, is whatever text you wish to start your letter. For instance: \opening{Dear Joe,} @@ -5574,50 +5558,50 @@ TEXT, is whatever text you wish to start your letter. For instance: File: latex2e.info, Node: \ps, Next: \signature, Prev: \opening, Up: Letters -25.9 `\ps' +25.9 '\ps' ========== -Use the `\ps' command to start a postscript in a letter, after -`\closing'. +Use the '\ps' command to start a postscript in a letter, after +'\closing'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \signature, Next: \startbreaks, Prev: \ps, Up: Letters -25.10 `\signature{TEXT}' +25.10 '\signature{TEXT}' ======================== Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the -space for your signature. `\\' starts a new line within TEXT as usual. +space for your signature. '\\' starts a new line within TEXT as usual. File: latex2e.info, Node: \startbreaks, Next: \stopbreaks, Prev: \signature, Up: Letters -25.11 `\startbreaks' +25.11 '\startbreaks' ==================== -`\startbreaks' +'\startbreaks' - Used after a `\stopbreaks' command to allow page breaks again. + Used after a '\stopbreaks' command to allow page breaks again. File: latex2e.info, Node: \stopbreaks, Next: \telephone, Prev: \startbreaks, Up: Letters -25.12 `\stopbreaks' +25.12 '\stopbreaks' =================== -`\stopbreaks' +'\stopbreaks' - Inhibit page breaks until a `\startbreaks' command occurs. + Inhibit page breaks until a '\startbreaks' command occurs. File: latex2e.info, Node: \telephone, Prev: \stopbreaks, Up: Letters -25.13 `\telephone' +25.13 '\telephone' ================== -`\telephone{number}' +'\telephone{number}' - This is your telephone number. This only appears if the `firstpage' + This is your telephone number. This only appears if the 'firstpage' pagestyle is selected. @@ -5634,38 +5618,38 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Terminal input/output, Next: Command line, Prev: Le File: latex2e.info, Node: \typein, Next: \typeout, Up: Terminal input/output -26.1 `\typein[CMD]{MSG}' +26.1 '\typein[CMD]{MSG}' ======================== Synopsis: \typein[\CMD]{MSG} - `\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and + '\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the optional \CMD argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it -had been included in the input file in place of the `\typein' command. +had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command. If the \CMD argument is present, it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. File: latex2e.info, Node: \typeout, Prev: \typein, Up: Terminal input/output -26.2 `\typeout{MSG}' +26.2 '\typeout{MSG}' ==================== Synopsis: \typeout{MSG} - Prints `msg' on the terminal and in the `log' file. Commands in -`msg' that are defined with `\newcommand' or `\renewcommand' (among + Prints 'msg' on the terminal and in the 'log' file. Commands in +'msg' that are defined with '\newcommand' or '\renewcommand' (among others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed. LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space -and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to `msg'. A `\space' -command in `msg' causes a single space to be printed, independent of -surrounding spaces. A `^^J' in `msg' prints a newline. +and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'. A '\space' +command in 'msg' causes a single space to be printed, independent of +surrounding spaces. A '^^J' in 'msg' prints a newline. File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line, Next: Document templates, Prev: Terminal input/output, Up: Top @@ -5674,16 +5658,16 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Command line, Next: Document templates, Prev: Termi *************** The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX -uses `.tex' as a default file extension. If you omit the input file +uses '.tex' as a default file extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g. latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex' -will process `foo.tex' without pausing after every error. +will process 'foo.tex' without pausing after every error. - If LaTeX stops in the middle of the document and gives you a `*' -prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type `\stop' (and return) and + If LaTeX stops in the middle of the document and gives you a '*' +prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type '\stop' (and return) and it will prematurely end the document. @@ -5693,8 +5677,8 @@ Appendix A Document templates ***************************** Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will -be useful. Additional templates are collected at -`http://www.howtotex.com/templates'. +be useful. Additional template resources are listed +'http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates'. * Menu: @@ -5705,7 +5689,7 @@ be useful. Additional templates are collected at File: latex2e.info, Node: book template, Next: beamer template, Up: Document templates -A.1 `book' template +A.1 'book' template =================== \documentclass{book} @@ -5728,10 +5712,10 @@ The end. File: latex2e.info, Node: beamer template, Next: tugboat template, Prev: book template, Up: Document templates -A.2 `beamer' template +A.2 'beamer' template ===================== -The `beamer' class creates slides presentations. +The 'beamer' class creates slides presentations. \documentclass{beamer} @@ -5755,26 +5739,27 @@ The `beamer' class creates slides presentations. \end{document} + File: latex2e.info, Node: tugboat template, Prev: beamer template, Up: Document templates -A.3 `tugboat' template +A.3 'tugboat' template ====================== -`TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group, -`http://tug.org/TUGboat'. +'TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group, +'http://tug.org/TUGboat'. \documentclass{ltugboat} \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf - \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, - urlcolor=black]{hyperref} +\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black, + urlcolor=black]{hyperref} \else - \usepackage{url} +\usepackage{url} \fi -\title{Example \TUB\ Article} +\title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. \author{First Last} @@ -5782,12 +5767,12 @@ A.3 `tugboat' template \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} -\maketitle - \begin{document} +\maketitle + \begin{abstract} -This is an example article for a regular \TUB{} issue. +This is an example article for \TUB{}. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} @@ -5799,22 +5784,23 @@ We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. -The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: -{\small -\begin{verbatim} +% verbatim blocks are often better in \small +\begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML -\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas +\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe +\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX \PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug +\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\TUB \TUG \tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE \Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag \careof \thinskip -\acro{FRED} -> {\small fred} % please use! +\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred \env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> @@ -5822,14 +5808,13 @@ The \texttt{ltug*} classes provide these abbreviations, among many others: \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -} For more information, see the ltubguid document at: \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} +(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. - \bibliographystyle{plain} % we recommend the plain bibliography style \nocite{book-minimal} % just making the bibliography non-empty \bibliography{xampl} % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX @@ -5846,35 +5831,28 @@ Concept Index * Menu: -* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 37) -* `*' prompt: Command line. (line 14) -* `.glo' file: Glossaries. (line 7) -* `.idx' file: Indexes. (line 8) -* `.ind' file: Indexes. (line 22) -* `datetime' package: \today. (line 10) -* `float' package: figure. (line 34) -* `makeidx' package: Indexes. (line 27) -* `makeindex' program: Indexes. (line 22) -* `multind' package: Indexes. (line 38) -* `see' and `see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 15) -* `setspace' package: Low-level font commands. - (line 63) -* `showidx' package: Indexes. (line 34) -* `xindy' program: Indexes. (line 22) -* abstracts: abstract. (line 5) -* accents: Accents. (line 5) -* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 5) -* accessing any character of a font: Reserved characters. (line 24) +* '*' prompt: Command line. (line 15) +* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 31) +* '.glo' file: Glossaries. (line 8) +* '.idx' file: Indexes. (line 9) +* '.ind' file: Indexes. (line 23) +* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 16) +* abstracts: abstract. (line 6) +* accents: Accents. (line 6) +* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 6) +* accessing any character of a font: Reserved characters. (line 25) * acute accent: Accents. (line 20) * acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 11) * ae ligature: Non-English characters. (line 15) -* aligning Equations: eqnarray. (line 5) -* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 5) -* appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 43) +* align environment, from 'amsmath': eqnarray. (line 6) +* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 6) +* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 6) +* amsmath package, replacing 'eqnarray': eqnarray. (line 6) +* appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 37) * aring: Non-English characters. (line 11) -* arrays, math: array. (line 5) +* arrays, math: array. (line 6) * arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 128) * arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 160) * ascender height: Text symbols. (line 96) @@ -5889,40 +5867,40 @@ Concept Index * bar-over accent: Accents. (line 29) * bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 14) * bar-under accent: Accents. (line 46) -* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 7) -* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 5) -* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 5) -* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 5) +* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 8) +* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6) +* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6) +* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6) * big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 79) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. (line 27) -* bold font: Font styles. (line 84) -* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 17) -* boxes: Boxes. (line 5) +* bold font: Font styles. (line 74) +* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 18) +* boxes: Boxes. (line 6) * brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 82) * brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 85) -* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 5) -* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 5) +* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 6) +* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6) * breve accent: Accents. (line 85) * breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 17) -* bug reporting: About this document. (line 11) +* bug reporting: About this document. (line 13) * bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 87) * bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 88) -* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 5) -* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 87) +* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 6) +* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 77) * cap height: Text symbols. (line 96) * caron accent: Accents. (line 95) -* case sensitivity of LaTeX: Overview. (line 55) -* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 5) +* case sensitivity of LaTeX: Overview. (line 57) +* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 6) * cedilla accent: Accents. (line 50) * centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 67) * centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 135) -* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 5) -* centering text, environment for: center. (line 5) -* characters, accented: Accents. (line 5) +* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 6) +* centering text, environment for: center. (line 6) +* characters, accented: Accents. (line 6) * characters, non-English: Non-English characters. - (line 5) -* characters, reserved: Reserved characters. (line 5) + (line 6) +* characters, reserved: Reserved characters. (line 6) * check accent: Accents. (line 95) * check accent, math: Math accents. (line 20) * circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 79) @@ -5931,52 +5909,53 @@ Concept Index * circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 32) * circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 61) * class options: Document class options. - (line 5) -* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 5) -* closing letters: \closing. (line 5) + (line 6) +* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 6) +* closing letters: \closing. (line 6) * closing quote: Text symbols. (line 52) -* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5) -* command line: Command line. (line 5) +* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6) +* command line: Command line. (line 6) * commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 5) + (line 6) * composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 96) -* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 5) +* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6) * copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 12) -* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 5) -* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 5) -* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 5) -* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 5) -* creating letters: Letters. (line 5) -* creating pictures: picture. (line 5) -* creating tables: table. (line 5) +* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 6) +* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 6) +* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 6) +* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 6) +* creating letters: Letters. (line 6) +* creating pictures: picture. (line 6) +* creating tables: table. (line 6) * credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 22) -* cross references: Cross references. (line 5) -* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 5) -* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 5) +* cross references: Cross references. (line 6) +* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 6) +* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 6) * currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 107) * currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 116) * dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 104) * dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 15) * dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 101) * date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 18) +* 'datetime' package: \today. (line 11) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 5) + (line 6) * defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 5) -* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 5) -* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 5) -* definitions: Definitions. (line 5) -* description lists, creating: description. (line 5) + (line 6) +* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 6) +* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 6) +* definitions: Definitions. (line 6) +* description lists, creating: description. (line 6) * dieresis accent: Accents. (line 16) * discretionary multiplication: Math miscellany. (line 7) * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation. - (line 5) + (line 6) * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quote. - (line 5) + (line 6) * document class options: Document class options. - (line 5) -* document classes: Document classes. (line 5) -* document templates: Document templates. (line 5) + (line 6) +* document classes: Document classes. (line 6) +* document templates: Document templates. (line 6) * dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 107) * dot accent: Accents. (line 25) * dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 26) @@ -5996,25 +5975,25 @@ Concept Index * double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 154) * double right quote: Text symbols. (line 144) * double spacing: Low-level font commands. - (line 63) + (line 52) * double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 76) * e-dash: Text symbols. (line 113) * ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 33) * em-dash: Text symbols. (line 110) * em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 163) * em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 169) -* emphasis: Font styles. (line 26) -* emphasis <1>: Font styles. (line 90) -* enclosure list: \encl. (line 5) -* ending & starting: Starting & ending. (line 5) -* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 5) -* environments: Environments. (line 5) +* emphasis: Font styles. (line 27) +* emphasis <1>: Font styles. (line 80) +* enclosure list: \encl. (line 6) +* ending & starting: Starting & ending. (line 6) +* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 6) +* environments: Environments. (line 6) * environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 5) -* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 5) -* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 19) -* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 5) -* equations, environment for: equation. (line 5) + (line 6) +* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) +* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 29) +* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 6) +* equations, environment for: equation. (line 6) * es-zet German letter: Non-English characters. (line 47) * eth, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters. @@ -6022,329 +6001,343 @@ Concept Index * euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 116) * exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 119) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 5) + (line 6) * feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 132) -* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 5) -* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 20) -* figures, inserting: figure. (line 5) -* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 108) -* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 5) +* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) +* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 21) +* figures, inserting: figure. (line 6) +* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 98) +* 'float' package: figure. (line 34) +* 'float' package <1>: figure. (line 38) +* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 6) * font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands. - (line 5) -* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 5) -* font styles: Font styles. (line 5) -* fonts: Typefaces. (line 5) -* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 5) -* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 5) + (line 6) +* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) +* font styles: Font styles. (line 6) +* fonts: Typefaces. (line 6) +* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6) +* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 5) -* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 5) -* footnote parameters: Footnote parameters. (line 5) -* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 20) -* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 5) + (line 6) +* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) +* footnote parameters: Footnote parameters. (line 6) +* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 21) +* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 6) * footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered: Symbolic footnotes. - (line 5) -* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 5) -* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 5) -* fragile commands: \protect. (line 5) + (line 6) +* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 6) +* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 6) +* fragile commands: \protect. (line 6) * French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27) -* functions, math: Math functions. (line 5) +* functions, math: Math functions. (line 6) * global options: Document class options. - (line 5) + (line 6) * global options <1>: Document class options. - (line 80) -* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 5) + (line 76) +* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 6) * grave accent: Accents. (line 37) * grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 29) * greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 122) -* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 5) +* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 6) * ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 20) * hacek accent: Accents. (line 95) * hat accent: Accents. (line 33) * hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 32) -* header style: \pagestyle. (line 5) +* header style: \pagestyle. (line 6) * header, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 5) + (line 6) +* here, putting floats: figure. (line 38) * hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 58) -* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 5) -* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 5) -* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox. (line 5) +* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6) +* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6) +* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox. (line 6) * Icelandic eth: Non-English characters. (line 19) * Icelandic thorn: Non-English characters. (line 51) * ij letter, Dutch: Non-English characters. (line 27) -* in-line formulas: math. (line 5) -* indent, forcing: \indent. (line 5) -* indent, suppressing: \noindent. (line 5) -* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 16) -* indexes: Indexes. (line 5) -* input file: Splitting the input. (line 5) +* in-line formulas: math. (line 6) +* indent, forcing: \indent. (line 6) +* indent, suppressing: \noindent. (line 6) +* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 17) +* indexes: Indexes. (line 6) +* input file: Splitting the input. (line 6) * input/output: Terminal input/output. - (line 5) -* inserting figures: figure. (line 5) -* italic font: Font styles. (line 93) -* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 5) -* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 5) -* Knuth, Donald E.: About this document. (line 5) -* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 5) -* Lamport, Leslie: About this document. (line 5) + (line 6) +* inserting figures: figure. (line 6) +* italic font: Font styles. (line 83) +* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 6) +* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 6) +* Knuth, Donald E.: About this document. (line 6) +* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 6) +* Lamport, Leslie: About this document. (line 6) * LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 21) -* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 7) -* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 5) -* layout commands: Layout. (line 5) +* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 8) +* LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 6) +* layout commands: Layout. (line 6) * layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 5) + (line 6) * left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27) * left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 128) * left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 82) * left quote: Text symbols. (line 37) * left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 141) * left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 147) -* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 5) -* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 5) -* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 5) -* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 5) -* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 5) -* lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 5) -* lengths, predefined: Predefined lengths. (line 5) -* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 5) +* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 6) +* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6) +* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 6) +* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 6) +* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 6) +* lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 6) +* lengths, predefined: Predefined lengths. (line 6) +* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 6) * less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 125) -* letters: Letters. (line 5) -* letters, accented: Accents. (line 5) -* letters, ending: \closing. (line 5) +* letters: Letters. (line 6) +* letters, accented: Accents. (line 6) +* letters, ending: \closing. (line 6) * letters, non-English: Non-English characters. - (line 5) -* letters, starting: \opening. (line 5) -* line break, forcing: \\. (line 5) -* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 5) + (line 6) +* letters, starting: \opening. (line 6) +* line break, forcing: \\. (line 6) +* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 6) * line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5) + (line 6) * line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5) -* lines in tables: tabular. (line 5) -* lining text up in columns using tab stops: tabbing. (line 5) -* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 5) -* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 5) -* lists of items: itemize. (line 5) -* lists of items, generic: list. (line 5) -* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 5) + (line 6) +* lines in tables: tabular. (line 6) +* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 6) +* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 6) +* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6) +* lists of items: itemize. (line 6) +* lists of items, generic: list. (line 6) +* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 6) * loading additional packages: Document class options. - (line 73) + (line 69) * log file: Overview. (line 41) * logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 21) * logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 58) * low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 49) * low-level font commands: Low-level font commands. - (line 5) -* lR mode: Modes. (line 5) + (line 6) +* lR mode: Modes. (line 6) * LuaTeX: Overview. (line 32) * macron accent: Accents. (line 29) * macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 14) -* making a title page: titlepage. (line 5) -* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 5) -* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 5) +* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 6) +* 'makeidx' package: Indexes. (line 28) +* 'makeindex' program: Indexes. (line 23) +* making a title page: titlepage. (line 6) +* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6) +* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 6) * masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 132) -* math accents: Math accents. (line 5) -* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 5) -* math functions: Math functions. (line 5) -* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 5) -* math mode: Modes. (line 5) -* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 5) +* math accents: Math accents. (line 6) +* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 6) +* math functions: Math functions. (line 6) +* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 6) +* math mode: Modes. (line 6) +* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 6) * math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5) -* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 5) -* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 5) -* modes: Modes. (line 5) -* monospace font: Font styles. (line 108) -* moving arguments: \protect. (line 5) -* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 5) + (line 6) +* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 6) +* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 6) +* modes: Modes. (line 6) +* monospace font: Font styles. (line 98) +* moving arguments: \protect. (line 6) +* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 6) +* 'multind' package: Indexes. (line 39) * multiplication symbol, discretionary line break: Math miscellany. (line 7) -* nested `\include', not allowed: \include. (line 17) +* nested '\include', not allowed: \include. (line 18) * new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 5) + (line 6) * new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5) -* new line, starting: \\. (line 5) -* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 5) -* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 5) + (line 6) +* new line, starting: \\. (line 6) +* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6) +* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6) * non-English characters: Non-English characters. - (line 5) -* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 5) + (line 6) +* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) * null delimiter: Math miscellany. (line 21) -* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 5) -* oblique font: Font styles. (line 105) +* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6) +* oblique font: Font styles. (line 95) * oe ligature: Non-English characters. (line 43) * ogonek: Accents. (line 69) -* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 5) +* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 6) * opening quote: Text symbols. (line 37) * options, document class: Document class options. - (line 5) + (line 6) * options, global: Document class options. - (line 80) + (line 76) * ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 132) * oslash: Non-English characters. (line 39) * overbar accent: Accents. (line 29) * overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 26) -* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 7) +* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 8) * packages, loading: Document class options. - (line 73) + (line 69) * page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 5) + (line 6) * page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 5) -* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 5) + (line 6) +* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 6) * page layout parameters: Page layout parameters. - (line 5) -* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 5) -* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 5) -* page styles: Page styles. (line 5) -* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 16) -* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation. (line 5) -* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quote. (line 5) -* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 5) + (line 6) +* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 6) +* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 6) +* page styles: Page styles. (line 6) +* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 17) +* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation. (line 6) +* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quote. (line 6) +* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 6) * paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 41) -* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 5) -* parameters, for footnotes: Footnote parameters. (line 5) +* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6) +* parameters, for footnotes: Footnote parameters. (line 6) * parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters. - (line 5) + (line 6) * pdfTeX: Overview. (line 26) * period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 135) -* pictures, creating: picture. (line 5) +* pictures, creating: picture. (line 6) * pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 41) -* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 5) +* placement of floats: figure. (line 19) +* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6) * polish l: Non-English characters. (line 31) -* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 5) +* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 6) * pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 45) -* preamble, defined: Starting & ending. (line 16) -* predefined lengths: Predefined lengths. (line 5) -* prompt, `*': Command line. (line 14) +* preamble, defined: Starting & ending. (line 17) +* predefined lengths: Predefined lengths. (line 6) +* prompt, '*': Command line. (line 15) * questionation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 138) * quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 27) * quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 154) * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation. - (line 5) + (line 6) * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quote. - (line 5) -* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 5) -* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 5) -* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 5) -* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 5) + (line 6) +* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 6) +* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 6) +* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 6) +* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6) * redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 5) + (line 6) * registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 157) -* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 5) -* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 11) -* reserved characters: Reserved characters. (line 5) +* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) +* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 13) +* reserved characters: Reserved characters. (line 6) * right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27) * right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 160) * right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 85) * right quote: Text symbols. (line 52) * right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 144) * right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 150) -* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 5) -* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 5) +* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 6) +* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 6) * ring accent: Accents. (line 74) -* robust commands: \protect. (line 15) -* roman font: Font styles. (line 96) +* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 41) +* robust commands: \protect. (line 16) +* roman font: Font styles. (line 86) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. - (line 5) -* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 5) -* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 102) -* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 87) -* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 5) -* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 53) + (line 6) +* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6) +* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 92) +* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 77) +* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) +* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 47) * section symbol: Text symbols. (line 55) -* sectioning: Sectioning. (line 5) -* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 5) +* sectioning: Sectioning. (line 6) +* 'setspace' package: Low-level font commands. + (line 52) +* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 6) * sharp S letters: Non-English characters. (line 47) -* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 5) +* 'showidx' package: Indexes. (line 35) +* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6) * single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 27) * single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 27) * single left quote: Text symbols. (line 147) * single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 49) * single right quote: Text symbols. (line 150) -* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 5) -* slanted font: Font styles. (line 105) -* small caps font: Font styles. (line 99) -* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 5) -* spaces: Spaces. (line 5) +* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 6) +* slanted font: Font styles. (line 95) +* small caps font: Font styles. (line 89) +* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 6) +* spaces: Spaces. (line 6) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5) + (line 6) * Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 132) * special characters: Non-English characters. - (line 5) -* splitting the input file: Splitting the input. (line 5) -* starting & ending: Starting & ending. (line 5) -* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 5) -* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage. (line 5) -* starting on a right-hand page: \cleardoublepage. (line 5) + (line 6) +* specifier, float placement: figure. (line 19) +* splitting the input file: Splitting the input. (line 6) +* starting & ending: Starting & ending. (line 6) +* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6) +* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage. (line 6) +* starting on a right-hand page: \cleardoublepage. (line 6) * sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 45) * straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 154) * straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 154) -* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 5) -* styles of text: Font styles. (line 5) -* styles, page: Page styles. (line 5) +* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 6) +* styles of text: Font styles. (line 6) +* styles, page: Page styles. (line 6) * subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 5) + (line 6) * superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 5) -* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 5) -* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 5) -* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. (line 5) -* table of contents, creating: Tables of contents. (line 5) -* tables, creating: table. (line 5) + (line 6) +* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 6) +* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 6) +* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. (line 6) +* table of contents, creating: Tables of contents. (line 6) +* tables, creating: table. (line 6) * terminal input/output: Terminal input/output. - (line 5) + (line 6) * TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 58) -* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 5) +* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 6) * thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 22) -* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 5) -* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 5) +* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6) +* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6) * thorn, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters. (line 51) * three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 163) * tie-after accent: Accents. (line 80) * tilde accent: Accents. (line 43) -* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 41) +* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 44) * tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 64) -* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 5) +* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6) * title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 26) -* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 5) +* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 6) * trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 166) * transcript file: Overview. (line 41) -* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 5) +* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 6) * two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 169) -* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 5) -* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 5) -* typeface styles: Font styles. (line 5) -* typefaces: Typefaces. (line 5) -* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 108) -* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 17) +* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6) +* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) +* typeface styles: Font styles. (line 6) +* typefaces: Typefaces. (line 6) +* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 98) +* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 18) * umlaut accent: Accents. (line 16) * underbar: Accents. (line 88) * underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 172) -* unordered lists: itemize. (line 5) -* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 5) -* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 5) -* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 44) -* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 5) -* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 5) +* unordered lists: itemize. (line 6) +* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6) +* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 6) +* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 47) +* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 6) +* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 6) * vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 76) * vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 73) -* vertical space: \addvspace. (line 5) -* vertical space before paragraphs: \parskip. (line 5) -* visible space: \verb. (line 16) +* vertical space: \addvspace. (line 6) +* vertical space before paragraphs: \parskip. (line 6) +* visible space: \verb. (line 17) * visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 175) -* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 47) -* wide tile accent, math: Math accents. (line 50) +* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 50) +* wide tile accent, math: Math accents. (line 53) * XeTeX: Overview. (line 35) +* 'xindy' program: Indexes. (line 23) File: latex2e.info, Node: Command Index, Prev: Concept Index, Up: Top @@ -6355,42 +6348,40 @@ Command Index * Menu: -* $: Math formulas. (line 25) +* $: Math formulas. (line 24) * .aux file: Overview. (line 45) * .dvi file: Overview. (line 18) * .log file: Overview. (line 41) * .pdf file: Overview. (line 26) -* .toc file: Tables of contents. (line 5) +* .toc file: Tables of contents. (line 6) * 10pt option: Document class options. - (line 13) + (line 14) * 11pt option: Document class options. - (line 13) + (line 14) * 12pt option: Document class options. - (line 13) -* <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org> email address: About this document. - (line 11) -* @{...}: array. (line 30) -* [...] for optional arguments: Overview. (line 50) -* \ character starting commands: Overview. (line 50) + (line 14) +* @{...}: array. (line 29) +* [...] for optional arguments: Overview. (line 51) +* \ character starting commands: Overview. (line 51) * \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 16) -* \#: Reserved characters. (line 10) -* \$: Reserved characters. (line 10) -* \%: Reserved characters. (line 10) -* \&: Reserved characters. (line 10) +* \#: Reserved characters. (line 11) +* \$: Reserved characters. (line 11) +* \%: Reserved characters. (line 11) +* \&: Reserved characters. (line 11) * \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 20) * \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 45) -* \(: Math formulas. (line 17) -* \): Math formulas. (line 17) +* \(: Math formulas. (line 16) +* \): Math formulas. (line 16) * \*: Math miscellany. (line 6) * \+: tabbing. (line 37) * \,: Spacing in math mode. - (line 19) + (line 17) * \-: tabbing. (line 41) -* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 5) +* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 6) * \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 25) -* \/: \/. (line 5) +* \/: \/. (line 6) * \:: Spacing in math mode. - (line 16) + (line 15) * \;: Spacing in math mode. (line 12) * \<: tabbing. (line 33) @@ -6398,10 +6389,10 @@ Command Index * \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 27) * \>: tabbing. (line 31) * \> <1>: Spacing in math mode. - (line 16) + (line 15) * \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 30) -* \@: \AT. (line 5) -* \@fnsymbol: Symbolic footnotes. (line 10) +* \@: \AT. (line 6) +* \@fnsymbol: Symbolic footnotes. (line 11) * \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 60) * \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61) * \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61) @@ -6410,12 +6401,12 @@ Command Index * \AA (AA): Non-English characters. (line 11) * \acute: Math accents. (line 10) -* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}: \addcontentsline. (line 5) -* \address: \address. (line 5) -* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 5) -* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 5) -* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 5) -* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 5) +* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}: \addcontentsline. (line 6) +* \address: \address. (line 6) +* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 6) +* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 6) +* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 6) +* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 6) * \ae (ae): Non-English characters. (line 15) * \AE (AE): Non-English characters. @@ -6425,13 +6416,13 @@ Command Index (line 9) * \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 12) -* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 41) +* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 39) * \alpha: Math symbols. (line 17) -* \alsoname: Indexes. (line 19) +* \alsoname: Indexes. (line 20) * \amalg: Math symbols. (line 20) -* \and for `\author': \maketitle. (line 12) +* \and for '\author': \maketitle. (line 12) * \angle: Math symbols. (line 23) -* \appendix: Sectioning. (line 43) +* \appendix: Sectioning. (line 37) * \approx: Math symbols. (line 26) * \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 15) @@ -6439,28 +6430,28 @@ Command Index * \arcsin: Math functions. (line 12) * \arctan: Math functions. (line 15) * \arg: Math functions. (line 18) -* \arraycolsep: array. (line 42) -* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 96) -* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 100) +* \arraycolsep: array. (line 41) +* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 100) +* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 104) * \ast: Math symbols. (line 29) * \asymp: Math symbols. (line 32) * \author{NAME \and NAME2}: \maketitle. (line 11) * \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61) * \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 46) * \backslash: Math symbols. (line 35) -* \backslash <1>: Reserved characters. (line 15) +* \backslash <1>: Reserved characters. (line 16) * \bar: Math accents. (line 13) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. - (line 57) + (line 46) * \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands. - (line 63) -* \begin: Environments. (line 5) + (line 52) +* \begin: Environments. (line 6) * \beta: Math symbols. (line 38) -* \bf: Font styles. (line 83) -* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 32) -* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 5) -* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 5) -* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 5) +* \bf: Font styles. (line 73) +* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 33) +* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6) +* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6) +* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6) * \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 41) * \bigcap <1>: Math symbols. (line 71) * \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 44) @@ -6478,15 +6469,16 @@ Command Index * \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 68) * \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 74) * \bmod: Math functions. (line 21) -* \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 30) +* \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 29) * \bot: Math symbols. (line 77) -* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 54) +* \bottomfraction: figure. (line 67) +* \bottomnumber: figure. (line 100) * \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 80) * \Box: Math symbols. (line 83) * \breve: Math accents. (line 16) * \bullet: Math symbols. (line 86) * \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 50) -* \cal: Font styles. (line 86) +* \cal: Font styles. (line 76) * \cap: Math symbols. (line 89) * \capitalacute: Accents. (line 20) * \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 85) @@ -6503,27 +6495,27 @@ Command Index * \capitalring: Accents. (line 74) * \capitaltie: Accents. (line 80) * \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 43) -* \caption: figure. (line 49) -* \cc: \cc. (line 5) +* \caption: figure. (line 60) +* \cc: \cc. (line 6) * \cdot: Math symbols. (line 92) * \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 10) -* \centering: \centering. (line 5) -* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 10) +* \centering: \centering. (line 6) +* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 9) * \check: Math accents. (line 19) * \chi: Math symbols. (line 95) * \circ: Math symbols. (line 98) -* \circle: \circle. (line 5) -* \cite: \cite. (line 5) -* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 5) -* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 5) -* \cline: \cline. (line 5) -* \closing: \closing. (line 5) +* \circle: \circle. (line 6) +* \cite: \cite. (line 6) +* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 6) +* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 6) +* \cline: \cline. (line 6) +* \closing: \closing. (line 6) * \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 101) * \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 16) * \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 19) * \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 23) * \cong: Math symbols. (line 104) -* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 30) +* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 29) * \coprod: Math symbols. (line 107) * \copyright: Text symbols. (line 10) * \cos: Math functions. (line 24) @@ -6535,10 +6527,10 @@ Command Index * \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 54) * \dag: Text symbols. (line 14) * \dagger: Math symbols. (line 113) -* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 5) +* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 6) * \dashv: Math symbols. (line 116) * \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 17) -* \day: \day \month \year. (line 5) +* \day: \day \month \year. (line 6) * \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 34) * \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 38) * \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 43) @@ -6560,77 +6552,78 @@ Command Index * \diamond: Math symbols. (line 131) * \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 134) * \dim: Math functions. (line 45) -* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 35) +* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 34) * \div: Math symbols. (line 137) * \dj: Non-English characters. (line 23) * \DJ: Non-English characters. (line 23) -* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 5) +* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 6) * \dot: Math accents. (line 25) * \doteq: Math symbols. (line 140) -* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 5) +* \dotfill: \dotfill. (line 6) * \dots: Text symbols. (line 31) -* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 104) +* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 108) * \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 143) * \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 146) * \ell: Math symbols. (line 149) -* \em: Font styles. (line 89) -* \emph: Font styles. (line 26) +* \em: Font styles. (line 79) +* \emph: Font styles. (line 27) * \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 152) -* \encl: \encl. (line 5) -* \end: Environments. (line 5) -* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 5) -* \enumi: enumerate. (line 31) -* \enumii: enumerate. (line 31) -* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 31) -* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 31) +* \encl: \encl. (line 6) +* \end: Environments. (line 6) +* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6) +* \enumi: enumerate. (line 29) +* \enumii: enumerate. (line 29) +* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 29) +* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 29) * \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 155) * \equiv: Math symbols. (line 158) * \eta: Math symbols. (line 161) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. - (line 55) + (line 50) * \exists: Math symbols. (line 164) * \exp: Math functions. (line 48) -* \fbox: \fbox and \framebox. (line 5) -* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). (line 13) -* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 17) -* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). (line 13) -* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 17) -* \fill: \hfill. (line 8) +* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 71) +* \fbox: \fbox and \framebox. (line 6) +* \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). (line 14) +* \fboxrule <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 18) +* \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). (line 14) +* \fboxsep <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 18) +* \fill: \hfill. (line 9) * \flat: Math symbols. (line 167) -* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 57) -* \floatsep: figure. (line 61) -* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 5) +* \floatpagefraction: figure. (line 70) +* \floatsep: figure. (line 85) +* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 6) * \fnsymbol: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 24) -* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: Symbolic footnotes. (line 10) +* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: Symbolic footnotes. (line 11) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. (line 11) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. (line 14) * \fontseries: Low-level font commands. - (line 25) + (line 23) * \fontshape: Low-level font commands. - (line 40) + (line 34) * \fontsize: Low-level font commands. - (line 57) -* \footnote: \footnote. (line 5) -* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 5) + (line 46) +* \footnote: \footnote. (line 6) +* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 6) * \footnoterule: Footnote parameters. (line 6) * \footnotesep: Footnote parameters. (line 12) -* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 10) -* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 5) +* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 11) +* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 6) * \footskip: Page layout parameters. (line 16) * \forall: Math symbols. (line 170) * \frac: Math miscellany. (line 18) * \frac{num}{den}: Math miscellany. (line 17) -* \frame: \frame. (line 5) -* \framebox: \framebox (picture). (line 5) -* \framebox <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 5) +* \frame: \frame. (line 6) +* \framebox: \framebox (picture). (line 6) +* \framebox <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 6) * \frown: Math symbols. (line 173) -* \fussy: \fussy. (line 5) +* \fussy: \fussy. (line 6) * \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 176) * \gamma: Math symbols. (line 179) * \gcd: Math functions. (line 51) @@ -6638,8 +6631,8 @@ Command Index * \geq: Math symbols. (line 185) * \gets: Math symbols. (line 188) * \gg: Math symbols. (line 191) -* \glossary: Glossaries. (line 7) -* \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 10) +* \glossary: Glossaries. (line 8) +* \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 11) * \grave: Math accents. (line 28) * \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 23) * \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 24) @@ -6654,18 +6647,18 @@ Command Index (line 11) * \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 197) * \height: Predefined lengths. (line 8) -* \hfill: \hfill. (line 5) -* \hline: \hline. (line 5) +* \hfill: \hfill. (line 6) +* \hline: \hline. (line 6) * \hom: Math functions. (line 54) * \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 200) * \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 203) -* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 5) +* \hrulefill: \hrulefill. (line 6) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. (line 56) -* \hspace: \hspace. (line 5) -* \huge: Font sizes. (line 10) -* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 10) -* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 5) +* \hspace: \hspace. (line 6) +* \huge: Font sizes. (line 11) +* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 11) +* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6) * \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 62) * \iff: Math symbols. (line 206) * \ij (ij): Non-English characters. @@ -6675,24 +6668,24 @@ Command Index * \Im: Math symbols. (line 209) * \imath: Math accents. (line 34) * \in: Math symbols. (line 212) -* \include: \include. (line 5) -* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 5) -* \indent: \indent. (line 5) -* \index: Indexes. (line 8) -* \indexentry: Indexes. (line 11) +* \include: \include. (line 6) +* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 6) +* \indent: \indent. (line 6) +* \index: Indexes. (line 9) +* \indexentry: Indexes. (line 12) * \inf: Math functions. (line 57) * \infty: Math symbols. (line 215) -* \input: \input. (line 5) +* \input: \input. (line 6) * \int: Math symbols. (line 218) -* \intextsep: figure. (line 65) +* \intextsep: figure. (line 89) * \iota: Math symbols. (line 221) -* \it: Font styles. (line 92) -* \item: description. (line 13) -* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 18) -* \item <2>: itemize. (line 5) -* \itemindent: itemize. (line 52) -* \itemsep: itemize. (line 74) -* \itshape: Font styles. (line 23) +* \it: Font styles. (line 82) +* \item: description. (line 14) +* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 19) +* \item <2>: itemize. (line 6) +* \itemindent: itemize. (line 49) +* \itemsep: itemize. (line 71) +* \itshape: Font styles. (line 24) * \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 65) * \jmath: Math accents. (line 37) * \Join: Math symbols. (line 224) @@ -6704,24 +6697,24 @@ Command Index (line 31) * \L (/L): Non-English characters. (line 31) -* \label: \label. (line 5) -* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 35) -* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 35) -* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 35) -* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 35) -* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 31) -* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 31) -* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 31) -* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 31) -* \labelsep: itemize. (line 55) -* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 58) +* \label: \label. (line 6) +* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 33) +* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 33) +* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 33) +* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 33) +* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 29) +* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 29) +* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 29) +* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 29) +* \labelsep: itemize. (line 52) +* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 55) * \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 230) * \lambda: Math symbols. (line 233) * \land: Math symbols. (line 236) * \langle: Math symbols. (line 239) -* \large: Font sizes. (line 10) -* \Large: Font sizes. (line 10) -* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 10) +* \large: Font sizes. (line 11) +* \Large: Font sizes. (line 11) +* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 11) * \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 20) * \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 242) * \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 245) @@ -6732,16 +6725,16 @@ Command Index * \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 20) * \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 256) * \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 259) -* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 24) +* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 34) * \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 262) * \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 265) -* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 38) -* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 38) -* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 38) -* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 38) -* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 38) -* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 38) -* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 38) +* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 36) +* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 36) +* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 36) +* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 36) +* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 36) +* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 36) +* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 36) * \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 268) * \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 271) * \leq: Math symbols. (line 274) @@ -6751,21 +6744,21 @@ Command Index * \lim: Math functions. (line 66) * \liminf: Math functions. (line 69) * \limsup: Math functions. (line 72) -* \line: \line. (line 5) +* \line: \line. (line 6) * \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5) + (line 6) * \linespread: Low-level font commands. - (line 70) -* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 5) + (line 59) +* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 6) * \linewidth: Page layout parameters. (line 21) -* \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 15) -* \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 15) -* \listparindent: itemize. (line 61) +* \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 16) +* \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 16) +* \listparindent: itemize. (line 58) * \ll: Math symbols. (line 283) * \ln: Math functions. (line 75) * \lnot: Math symbols. (line 286) -* \location: \location. (line 5) +* \location: \location. (line 6) * \log: Math functions. (line 78) * \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 289) * \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 292) @@ -6773,29 +6766,30 @@ Command Index * \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 298) * \lor: Math symbols. (line 301) * \lq: Text symbols. (line 36) -* \makebox: \makebox. (line 5) -* \makebox (picture): \makebox (picture). (line 5) -* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 5) -* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 5) -* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 5) -* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 5) +* \makebox: \makebox. (line 6) +* \makebox (picture): \makebox (picture). (line 6) +* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 6) +* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 6) +* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 6) +* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 6) * \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 304) -* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 5) -* \marginparpush: Marginal notes. (line 35) -* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 39) -* \marginparwidth: Marginal notes. (line 43) +* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 6) +* \marginparpush: Marginal notes. (line 33) +* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 37) +* \marginparwidth: Marginal notes. (line 41) * \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 29) * \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 36) -* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 56) -* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 72) -* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 69) -* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 53) -* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 59) -* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 62) -* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 74) +* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 49) +* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 62) +* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 60) +* \mathring: Math accents. (line 40) +* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 47) +* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 51) +* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 53) +* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 64) * \max: Math functions. (line 81) -* \mbox: \mbox. (line 5) -* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 29) +* \mbox: \mbox. (line 6) +* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 30) * \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. (line 13) * \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. @@ -6804,47 +6798,47 @@ Command Index * \mid: Math symbols. (line 309) * \min: Math functions. (line 84) * \models: Math symbols. (line 312) -* \month: \day \month \year. (line 5) +* \month: \day \month \year. (line 6) * \mp: Math symbols. (line 315) * \mu: Math symbols. (line 318) -* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 5) -* \multiput: \multiput. (line 5) +* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 6) +* \multiput: \multiput. (line 6) * \nabla: Math symbols. (line 321) -* \name: \name. (line 5) +* \name: \name. (line 6) * \natural: Math symbols. (line 324) * \ne: Math symbols. (line 327) * \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 330) * \neg: Math symbols. (line 333) * \neq: Math symbols. (line 336) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 5) -* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 5) + (line 6) +* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6) * \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 5) -* \newfont: \newfont. (line 5) -* \newlength: \newlength. (line 5) -* \newline: \newline. (line 5) -* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 5) -* \newpage: \newpage. (line 5) -* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 5) -* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 5) + (line 6) +* \newfont: \newfont. (line 6) +* \newlength: \newlength. (line 6) +* \newline: \newline. (line 6) +* \NEWLINE: \SPACE. (line 6) +* \newpage: \newpage. (line 6) +* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6) +* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6) * \newtie: Accents. (line 80) * \ng: Non-English characters. (line 35) * \NG: Non-English characters. (line 35) * \ni: Math symbols. (line 339) -* \nocite: \nocite. (line 5) -* \nofiles: Tables of contents. (line 19) -* \noindent: \noindent. (line 5) +* \nocite: \nocite. (line 6) +* \nofiles: Tables of contents. (line 20) +* \noindent: \noindent. (line 6) * \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 5) -* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 19) + (line 6) +* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 29) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 5) -* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 50) -* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 22) -* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 10) + (line 6) +* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 45) +* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 21) +* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 11) * \not: Math symbols. (line 342) * \notin: Math symbols. (line 345) * \nu: Math symbols. (line 348) @@ -6854,9 +6848,9 @@ Command Index * \O (/O): Non-English characters. (line 39) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5) + (line 6) * \oddsidemargin: Document class options. - (line 55) + (line 50) * \odot: Math symbols. (line 354) * \oe (oe): Non-English characters. (line 43) @@ -6866,32 +6860,32 @@ Command Index * \Omega: Math symbols. (line 360) * \omega: Math symbols. (line 363) * \ominus: Math symbols. (line 366) -* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 5) -* \opening: \opening. (line 5) +* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 6) +* \opening: \opening. (line 6) * \oplus: Math symbols. (line 369) * \oslash: Math symbols. (line 372) * \otimes: Math symbols. (line 375) -* \oval: \oval. (line 5) +* \oval: \oval. (line 6) * \overbrace{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 25) * \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 29) * \owns: Math symbols. (line 378) * \P: Text symbols. (line 39) * \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 5) -* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 5) -* \pageref: \pageref. (line 5) -* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 5) -* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 19) + (line 6) +* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 6) +* \pageref: \pageref. (line 6) +* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 6) +* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 14) * \parallel: Math symbols. (line 381) -* \parbox: \parbox. (line 5) -* \parindent: minipage. (line 16) -* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 5) -* \parsep: itemize. (line 79) -* \parskip: \parskip. (line 5) -* \parskip example: itemize. (line 94) +* \parbox: \parbox. (line 6) +* \parindent: minipage. (line 17) +* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 6) +* \parsep: itemize. (line 76) +* \parskip: \parskip. (line 6) +* \parskip example: itemize. (line 92) * \part: Sectioning. (line 8) * \partial: Math symbols. (line 384) -* \partopsep: itemize. (line 89) +* \partopsep: itemize. (line 86) * \perp: Math symbols. (line 387) * \phi: Math symbols. (line 390) * \Pi: Math symbols. (line 393) @@ -6907,31 +6901,31 @@ Command Index * \prime: Math symbols. (line 408) * \prod: Math symbols. (line 411) * \propto: Math symbols. (line 414) -* \protect: \protect. (line 5) -* \ps: \ps. (line 5) +* \protect: \protect. (line 6) +* \ps: \ps. (line 6) * \Psi: Math symbols. (line 417) * \psi: Math symbols. (line 420) * \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 74) -* \put: \put. (line 5) +* \put: \put. (line 6) * \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 47) * \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 48) * \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 74) -* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 5) -* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 5) -* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 5) -* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 5) +* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 6) +* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 6) +* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 6) +* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6) * \rangle: Math symbols. (line 423) * \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 426) * \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 429) * \rceil: Math symbols. (line 432) * \Re: Math symbols. (line 435) -* \ref: \ref. (line 5) -* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 5) +* \ref: \ref. (line 6) +* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 6) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 5) + (line 6) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 5) -* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 22) + (line 6) +* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 21) * \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 438) * \rhd: Math symbols. (line 441) * \rho: Math symbols. (line 444) @@ -6941,54 +6935,54 @@ Command Index * \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 453) * \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 456) * \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 459) -* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 65) -* \rm: Font styles. (line 95) -* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 20) +* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 62) +* \rm: Font styles. (line 85) +* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 21) * \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 18) * \roman <1>: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. (line 21) * \rq: Text symbols. (line 51) -* \rule: \rule. (line 5) +* \rule: \rule. (line 6) * \S: Text symbols. (line 54) -* \savebox: \savebox. (line 5) -* \sbox: \sbox. (line 5) -* \sc: Font styles. (line 98) -* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 10) -* \scshape: Font styles. (line 44) +* \savebox: \savebox. (line 6) +* \sbox: \sbox. (line 6) +* \sc: Font styles. (line 88) +* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 11) +* \scshape: Font styles. (line 41) * \searrow: Math symbols. (line 462) * \sec: Math functions. (line 93) -* \section: Sectioning. (line 13) -* \seename: Indexes. (line 19) +* \section: Sectioning. (line 11) +* \seename: Indexes. (line 20) * \selectfont: Low-level font commands. - (line 76) -* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 5) -* \setlength: \setlength. (line 5) + (line 65) +* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 6) +* \setlength: \setlength. (line 6) * \setminus: Math symbols. (line 465) -* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 5) -* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 5) -* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 5) -* \sf: Font styles. (line 101) -* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 41) +* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 6) +* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 6) +* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 6) +* \sf: Font styles. (line 91) +* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 39) * \sharp: Math symbols. (line 468) -* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 5) +* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 6) * \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 471) * \sigma: Math symbols. (line 474) -* \signature: \signature. (line 5) +* \signature: \signature. (line 6) * \sim: Math symbols. (line 477) * \simeq: Math symbols. (line 480) * \sin: Math functions. (line 96) * \sinh: Math functions. (line 99) -* \sl: Font styles. (line 104) -* \slshape: Font styles. (line 38) -* \small: Font sizes. (line 10) +* \sl: Font styles. (line 94) +* \slshape: Font styles. (line 37) +* \small: Font sizes. (line 11) * \smallint: Math symbols. (line 483) * \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. (line 17) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. (line 17) * \smile: Math symbols. (line 486) -* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 5) +* \SPACE: \SPACE. (line 6) * \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 489) * \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 492) * \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 495) @@ -7003,15 +6997,15 @@ Command Index (line 47) * \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 38) * \star: Math symbols. (line 510) -* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 5) -* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 5) -* \stop: Command line. (line 14) -* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 5) -* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 21) -* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 15) +* \startbreaks: \startbreaks. (line 6) +* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 6) +* \stop: Command line. (line 15) +* \stopbreaks: \stopbreaks. (line 6) +* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 15) +* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 12) * \subset: Math symbols. (line 513) * \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 516) -* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 17) +* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 13) * \succ: Math symbols. (line 519) * \succeq: Math symbols. (line 522) * \sum: Math symbols. (line 525) @@ -7020,16 +7014,16 @@ Command Index * \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 531) * \surd: Math symbols. (line 534) * \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 537) -* \symbol: Reserved characters. (line 24) +* \symbol: Reserved characters. (line 25) * \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 80) -* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 5) +* \TAB: \SPACE. (line 6) * \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 79) -* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 108) -* \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 5) +* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 112) +* \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 6) * \tan: Math functions. (line 105) * \tanh: Math functions. (line 108) * \tau: Math symbols. (line 540) -* \telephone: \telephone. (line 5) +* \telephone: \telephone. (line 6) * \TeX: Text symbols. (line 57) * \textascenderwordmark: Text symbols. (line 95) * \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 60) @@ -7038,7 +7032,7 @@ Command Index * \textbackslash: Text symbols. (line 69) * \textbar: Text symbols. (line 72) * \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 75) -* \textbf: Font styles. (line 32) +* \textbf: Font styles. (line 33) * \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 78) * \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 81) * \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 84) @@ -7049,43 +7043,43 @@ Command Index * \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 11) * \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 100) * \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 103) -* \textdollar (or `$'): Text symbols. (line 106) +* \textdollar (or '$'): Text symbols. (line 106) * \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 32) -* \textemdash (or `---'): Text symbols. (line 109) -* \textendash (or `--'): Text symbols. (line 112) +* \textemdash (or '---'): Text symbols. (line 109) +* \textendash (or '--'): Text symbols. (line 112) * \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 115) -* \textexclamdown (or `!`'): Text symbols. (line 118) -* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 70) +* \textexclamdown (or '!`'): Text symbols. (line 118) +* \textfloatsep: figure. (line 94) * \textfraction: figure. (line 74) * \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 121) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. (line 29) -* \textit: Font styles. (line 23) +* \textit: Font styles. (line 24) * \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 127) * \textless: Text symbols. (line 124) -* \textmd: Font styles. (line 29) -* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 50) +* \textmd: Font styles. (line 30) +* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 45) * \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 130) * \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 131) * \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 40) * \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 134) -* \textquestiondown (or `?`'): Text symbols. (line 137) -* \textquotedblleft (or ```'): Text symbols. (line 140) -* \textquotedblright (or `''): Text symbols. (line 143) -* \textquoteleft (or ``'): Text symbols. (line 146) -* \textquoteright (or `''): Text symbols. (line 149) +* \textquestiondown (or '?`'): Text symbols. (line 137) +* \textquotedblleft (or '``'): Text symbols. (line 140) +* \textquotedblright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 143) +* \textquoteleft (or '`'): Text symbols. (line 146) +* \textquoteright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 149) * \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 152) * \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 153) * \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 156) * \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 159) -* \textrm: Font styles. (line 20) -* \textsc: Font styles. (line 44) -* \textsf: Font styles. (line 41) -* \textsl: Font styles. (line 38) +* \textrm: Font styles. (line 21) +* \textsc: Font styles. (line 41) +* \textsf: Font styles. (line 39) +* \textsl: Font styles. (line 37) * \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 44) * \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 162) * \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 165) -* \texttt: Font styles. (line 47) +* \texttt: Font styles. (line 43) * \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 168) * \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 171) * \textup: Font styles. (line 35) @@ -7098,38 +7092,40 @@ Command Index (line 51) * \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 21) * \theta: Math symbols. (line 543) -* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 5) -* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 5) -* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 5) -* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 5) -* \tilde: Math accents. (line 40) +* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 6) +* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 6) +* \thinspace: \thinspace. (line 6) +* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 6) +* \tilde: Math accents. (line 43) * \times: Math symbols. (line 546) -* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 10) +* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 11) * \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 25) * \to: Math symbols. (line 549) -* \today: \today. (line 5) +* \today: \today. (line 6) * \top: Math symbols. (line 552) * \topfraction: figure. (line 79) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. (line 60) -* \topsep: itemize. (line 83) +* \topnumber: figure. (line 104) +* \topsep: itemize. (line 80) * \topskip: Page layout parameters. (line 67) * \totalheight: Predefined lengths. (line 12) +* \totalnumber: figure. (line 108) * \triangle: Math symbols. (line 555) * \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 558) * \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 561) -* \tt: Font styles. (line 107) -* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 47) -* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 5) -* \typein: \typein. (line 5) -* \typeout: \typeout. (line 5) +* \tt: Font styles. (line 97) +* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 43) +* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 6) +* \typein: \typein. (line 6) +* \typeout: \typeout. (line 6) * \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 85) -* \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 30) +* \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 29) * \underbar: Accents. (line 88) * \underbrace{math}: Math miscellany. (line 42) * \underline{text}: Math miscellany. (line 45) -* \unitlength: picture. (line 9) +* \unitlength: picture. (line 10) * \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 564) * \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 567) * \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 570) @@ -7140,14 +7136,14 @@ Command Index * \upshape: Font styles. (line 35) * \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 585) * \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 588) -* \usebox: \usebox. (line 5) -* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 5) +* \usebox: \usebox. (line 6) +* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 6) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. - (line 80) + (line 69) * \usepackage: Document class options. - (line 73) + (line 69) * \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 95) -* \value: \value. (line 5) +* \value: \value. (line 6) * \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 591) * \varphi: Math symbols. (line 594) * \varpi: Math symbols. (line 597) @@ -7157,349 +7153,351 @@ Command Index * \vdash: Math symbols. (line 609) * \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 50) * \vdots <1>: Math miscellany. (line 51) -* \vec: Math accents. (line 43) -* \vector: \vector. (line 5) +* \vec: Math accents. (line 46) +* \vector: \vector. (line 6) * \vee: Math symbols. (line 612) -* \verb: \verb. (line 5) +* \verb: \verb. (line 6) * \Vert: Math symbols. (line 615) * \vert: Math symbols. (line 618) -* \vfill: \vfill. (line 5) -* \vline: \vline. (line 5) -* \vspace: \vspace. (line 5) +* \vfill: \vfill. (line 6) +* \vline: \vline. (line 6) +* \vspace: \vspace. (line 6) * \wedge: Math symbols. (line 621) -* \widehat: Math accents. (line 46) -* \widehat <1>: Math accents. (line 49) +* \widehat: Math accents. (line 49) +* \widehat <1>: Math accents. (line 52) * \width: Predefined lengths. (line 6) * \wp: Math symbols. (line 624) * \wr: Math symbols. (line 627) * \Xi: Math symbols. (line 630) * \xi: Math symbols. (line 633) -* \year: \day \month \year. (line 5) +* \year: \day \month \year. (line 6) * \zeta: Math symbols. (line 636) -* \[: Math formulas. (line 17) -* \\ (for `array'): array. (line 27) -* \\ (for `center'): center. (line 12) -* \\ (for `eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 11) -* \\ (for `flushright'): flushright. (line 11) -* \\ (for `\shortstack' objects): \shortstack. (line 21) +* \[: Math formulas. (line 16) +* \\ (for 'array'): array. (line 26) +* \\ (for 'center'): center. (line 13) +* \\ (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 21) +* \\ (for 'flushright'): flushright. (line 12) +* \\ (for '\shortstack' objects): \shortstack. (line 20) * \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 24) -* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 31) -* \\ for `flushleft': flushleft. (line 11) -* \\ for `tabular': tabular. (line 22) -* \\ for `verse': verse. (line 16) -* \\ for `\author': \maketitle. (line 12) -* \\ for `\title': \maketitle. (line 26) -* \\ force line break: \\. (line 5) -* \\* (for `eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 16) -* \]: Math formulas. (line 17) -* \^: Reserved characters. (line 20) +* \\ for 'flushleft': flushleft. (line 12) +* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 32) +* \\ for 'tabular': tabular. (line 23) +* \\ for 'verse': verse. (line 17) +* \\ for '\author': \maketitle. (line 12) +* \\ for '\title': \maketitle. (line 26) +* \\ force line break: \\. (line 6) +* \\* (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 26) +* \]: Math formulas. (line 16) +* \^: Reserved characters. (line 21) * \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 33) -* \_: Reserved characters. (line 10) +* \_: Reserved characters. (line 11) * \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 37) * \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 51) -* \{: Reserved characters. (line 10) +* \{: Reserved characters. (line 11) * \|: Math symbols. (line 11) -* \}: Reserved characters. (line 10) -* \~: Reserved characters. (line 20) +* \}: Reserved characters. (line 11) +* \~: Reserved characters. (line 21) * \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 43) * ^: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 5) + (line 6) * _: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 5) -* {...} for required arguments: Overview. (line 50) + (line 6) +* {...} for required arguments: Overview. (line 51) * a4paper option: Document class options. - (line 18) + (line 19) * a5paper option: Document class options. - (line 18) -* abstract environment: abstract. (line 5) -* array environment: array. (line 5) -* article class: Document classes. (line 12) + (line 19) +* abstract environment: abstract. (line 6) +* array environment: array. (line 6) +* article class: Document classes. (line 13) * b5paper option: Document class options. - (line 18) -* book class: Document classes. (line 12) -* center environment: center. (line 5) -* description environment: description. (line 5) -* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 5) -* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 5) -* document environment: document. (line 5) + (line 19) +* book class: Document classes. (line 13) +* center environment: center. (line 6) +* description environment: description. (line 6) +* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 6) +* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) +* document environment: document. (line 6) * draft option: Document class options. - (line 23) -* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 5) -* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 5) -* equation environment: equation. (line 5) -* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 5) + (line 24) +* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 6) +* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 6) +* equation environment: equation. (line 6) +* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) * executivepaper option: Document class options. - (line 18) -* figure: figure. (line 5) + (line 19) +* figure: figure. (line 6) * final option: Document class options. - (line 23) + (line 24) * fleqn option: Document class options. - (line 23) -* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 5) -* flushright environment: flushright. (line 5) -* indexspace: Indexes. (line 31) -* itemize environment: itemize. (line 5) + (line 24) +* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 6) +* flushright environment: flushright. (line 6) +* indexspace: Indexes. (line 32) +* itemize environment: itemize. (line 6) * landscape option: Document class options. - (line 23) + (line 24) * latex command: Overview. (line 18) +* <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org> email address: About this document. + (line 13) * legalpaper option: Document class options. - (line 18) + (line 19) * leqno option: Document class options. - (line 23) -* letter: letter. (line 5) -* letter class: Document classes. (line 12) + (line 24) +* letter: letter. (line 6) +* letter class: Document classes. (line 13) * letterpaper option: Document class options. - (line 18) -* list: list. (line 5) -* lR box: picture. (line 63) -* lrbox: lrbox. (line 5) + (line 19) +* list: list. (line 6) +* lR box: picture. (line 64) +* lrbox: lrbox. (line 6) * lualatex command: Overview. (line 32) -* math environment: math. (line 5) -* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 5) -* minipage environment: minipage. (line 5) +* math environment: math. (line 6) +* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) +* minipage environment: minipage. (line 6) * notitlepage option: Document class options. - (line 23) + (line 24) * onecolumn option: Document class options. - (line 48) + (line 44) * oneside option: Document class options. - (line 48) + (line 44) * openany option: Document class options. - (line 48) + (line 44) * openbib option: Document class options. - (line 23) + (line 24) * openright option: Document class options. - (line 48) + (line 44) * pdflatex command: Overview. (line 26) -* picture: picture. (line 5) -* printindex: Indexes. (line 27) -* quotation: quotation. (line 5) -* quote: quote. (line 5) -* report class: Document classes. (line 12) -* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 53) -* slides class: Document classes. (line 12) -* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 5) -* table: table. (line 5) -* tabular environment: tabular. (line 5) -* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 5) -* thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 5) -* theorem environment: theorem. (line 5) -* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 5) +* picture: picture. (line 6) +* printindex: Indexes. (line 28) +* quotation: quotation. (line 6) +* quote: quote. (line 6) +* report class: Document classes. (line 13) +* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 47) +* slides class: Document classes. (line 13) +* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 6) +* table: table. (line 6) +* tabular environment: tabular. (line 6) +* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 6) +* thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6) +* theorem environment: theorem. (line 6) +* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6) * titlepage option: Document class options. - (line 23) + (line 24) * twocolumn option: Document class options. - (line 48) + (line 44) * twoside option: Document class options. - (line 48) -* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 5) -* verse environment: verse. (line 5) + (line 44) +* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6) +* verse environment: verse. (line 6) * xelatex command: Overview. (line 35) Tag Table: -Node: Top1670 -Node: About this document3524 -Node: Overview4418 -Node: Starting & ending6789 -Node: Document classes7351 -Node: Document class options7927 -Node: Typefaces10520 -Node: Font styles10962 -Node: Font sizes13287 -Node: Low-level font commands14521 -Node: Layout16986 -Node: \onecolumn17455 -Node: \twocolumn17668 -Node: \flushbottom19171 -Node: \raggedbottom19533 -Node: Page layout parameters19819 -Node: Sectioning22850 -Node: Cross references24398 -Node: \label24829 -Node: \pageref25694 -Node: \ref25993 -Node: Environments26383 -Node: abstract27839 -Node: array28080 -Node: center29411 -Node: \centering29888 -Node: description30728 -Node: displaymath31542 -Node: document32110 -Node: enumerate32367 -Node: eqnarray33659 -Node: equation34669 -Node: figure35042 -Node: flushleft37864 -Node: \raggedright38349 -Node: flushright38908 -Node: \raggedleft39396 -Node: itemize39953 -Node: letter43586 -Node: list43824 -Node: math44760 -Node: minipage45062 -Node: picture46254 -Node: \circle50252 -Node: \makebox (picture)50585 -Node: \framebox (picture)51280 -Node: \dashbox51770 -Node: \frame52299 -Node: \line52625 -Node: \linethickness53094 -Node: \thicklines53515 -Node: \thinlines53825 -Node: \multiput54127 -Node: \oval54493 -Node: \put55110 -Node: \shortstack55358 -Node: \vector55834 -Node: quotation56140 -Node: quote56596 -Node: tabbing57028 -Node: table60192 -Node: tabular61082 -Node: \multicolumn65007 -Node: \cline65804 -Node: \hline66124 -Node: \vline66438 -Node: thebibliography66751 -Node: \bibitem67893 -Node: \cite68624 -Node: \nocite69123 -Node: Using BibTeX69407 -Node: theorem70899 -Node: titlepage71285 -Node: verbatim71887 -Node: \verb72514 -Node: verse73064 -Node: Line breaking73558 -Node: \\74616 -Node: \obeycr & \restorecr75086 -Node: \newline75490 -Node: \- (hyphenation)75780 -Node: \fussy76390 -Node: \sloppy76783 -Node: \hyphenation77112 -Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak77739 -Node: Page breaking78393 -Node: \cleardoublepage79001 -Node: \clearpage79408 -Node: \newpage79684 -Node: \enlargethispage79919 -Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak80444 -Node: Footnotes81137 -Node: \footnote81755 -Node: \footnotemark82273 -Node: \footnotetext82839 -Node: Symbolic footnotes83324 -Node: Footnote parameters83881 -Node: Definitions84616 -Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand85331 -Node: \newcounter86545 -Node: \newlength87013 -Node: \newsavebox87525 -Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment87832 -Node: \newtheorem89098 -Node: \newfont90063 -Node: \protect90543 -Node: Counters91406 -Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol92649 -Node: \usecounter93694 -Node: \value94056 -Node: \setcounter94441 -Node: \addtocounter94732 -Node: \refstepcounter95028 -Node: \stepcounter95373 -Node: \day \month \year95624 -Node: Lengths96169 -Node: \setlength96738 -Node: \addtolength97080 -Node: \settodepth97375 -Node: \settoheight97650 -Node: \settowidth97929 -Node: Predefined lengths98193 -Node: Making paragraphs98703 -Node: \indent99275 -Node: \noindent99747 -Node: \parskip100033 -Node: Marginal notes100291 -Node: Math formulas101923 -Node: Subscripts & superscripts103707 -Node: Math symbols104174 -Node: Math functions110987 -Node: Math accents111930 -Node: Spacing in math mode112860 -Node: Math miscellany113494 -Node: Modes114992 -Node: Page styles116825 -Node: \maketitle117319 -Node: \pagenumbering118389 -Node: \pagestyle118806 -Node: \thispagestyle119946 -Node: Spaces120252 -Node: \hspace121312 -Node: \hfill121871 -Node: \SPACE122268 -Node: \AT122734 -Node: \thinspace123194 -Node: \/123453 -Node: \hrulefill124289 -Node: \dotfill124551 -Node: \addvspace124775 -Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip125267 -Node: \vfill125945 -Node: \vspace126250 -Node: Boxes126680 -Node: \mbox127399 -Node: \fbox and \framebox127686 -Node: lrbox128489 -Node: \makebox128806 -Node: \parbox129522 -Node: \raisebox130855 -Node: \savebox131452 -Node: \sbox131867 -Node: \usebox132316 -Node: Special insertions132574 -Node: Reserved characters133218 -Node: Text symbols134620 -Node: Accents137927 -Node: Non-English characters140400 -Node: \rule141071 -Node: \today141498 -Node: Splitting the input141943 -Node: \include142584 -Node: \includeonly143171 -Node: \input143662 -Node: Front/back matter144153 -Node: Tables of contents144358 -Node: \addcontentsline145386 -Node: \addtocontents146288 -Node: Glossaries146799 -Node: Indexes147318 -Node: Letters148945 -Node: \address150885 -Node: \cc151490 -Node: \closing151726 -Node: \encl151959 -Node: \location152151 -Node: \makelabels152413 -Node: \name152701 -Node: \opening152923 -Node: \ps153248 -Node: \signature153431 -Node: \startbreaks153714 -Node: \stopbreaks153936 -Node: \telephone154151 -Node: Terminal input/output154383 -Node: \typein154648 -Node: \typeout155229 -Node: Command line155852 -Node: Document templates156547 -Node: book template156938 -Node: beamer template157281 -Node: tugboat template157819 -Node: Concept Index159892 -Node: Command Index196069 +Node: Top1688 +Node: About this document3542 +Node: Overview4822 +Node: Starting & ending7194 +Node: Document classes7756 +Node: Document class options8332 +Node: Typefaces10920 +Node: Font styles11362 +Node: Font sizes13773 +Node: Low-level font commands15008 +Node: Layout17462 +Node: \onecolumn17931 +Node: \twocolumn18144 +Node: \flushbottom19648 +Node: \raggedbottom20010 +Node: Page layout parameters20296 +Node: Sectioning23327 +Node: Cross references24868 +Node: \label25299 +Node: \pageref26161 +Node: \ref26460 +Node: Environments26850 +Node: abstract28306 +Node: array28547 +Node: center29876 +Node: \centering30353 +Node: description31193 +Node: displaymath32007 +Node: document32575 +Node: enumerate32832 +Node: eqnarray34121 +Node: equation35511 +Node: figure35884 +Node: flushleft39705 +Node: \raggedright40190 +Node: flushright40749 +Node: \raggedleft41237 +Node: itemize41794 +Node: letter45425 +Node: list45663 +Node: math46600 +Node: minipage46902 +Node: picture48094 +Node: \circle52093 +Node: \makebox (picture)52426 +Node: \framebox (picture)53121 +Node: \dashbox53611 +Node: \frame54140 +Node: \line54466 +Node: \linethickness54935 +Node: \thicklines55356 +Node: \thinlines55666 +Node: \multiput55968 +Node: \oval56334 +Node: \put56948 +Node: \shortstack57195 +Node: \vector57669 +Node: quotation57975 +Node: quote58431 +Node: tabbing58863 +Node: table62029 +Node: tabular62919 +Node: \multicolumn67008 +Node: \cline67805 +Node: \hline68125 +Node: \vline68439 +Node: thebibliography68752 +Node: \bibitem69894 +Node: \cite70625 +Node: \nocite71124 +Node: Using BibTeX71408 +Node: theorem72900 +Node: titlepage73286 +Node: verbatim73888 +Node: \verb74515 +Node: verse75065 +Node: Line breaking75559 +Node: \\76617 +Node: \obeycr & \restorecr77087 +Node: \newline77491 +Node: \- (hyphenation)77781 +Node: \fussy78391 +Node: \sloppy78784 +Node: \hyphenation79113 +Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak79740 +Node: Page breaking80394 +Node: \cleardoublepage81002 +Node: \clearpage81409 +Node: \newpage81685 +Node: \enlargethispage81920 +Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak82447 +Node: Footnotes83141 +Node: \footnote83759 +Node: \footnotemark84277 +Node: \footnotetext84843 +Node: Symbolic footnotes85328 +Node: Footnote parameters85885 +Node: Definitions86620 +Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand87335 +Node: \newcounter88549 +Node: \newlength89017 +Node: \newsavebox89529 +Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment89836 +Node: \newtheorem91102 +Node: \newfont92068 +Node: \protect92548 +Node: Counters93411 +Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol94655 +Node: \usecounter95699 +Node: \value96061 +Node: \setcounter96446 +Node: \addtocounter96737 +Node: \refstepcounter97033 +Node: \stepcounter97378 +Node: \day \month \year97629 +Node: Lengths98174 +Node: \setlength98743 +Node: \addtolength99085 +Node: \settodepth99380 +Node: \settoheight99655 +Node: \settowidth99934 +Node: Predefined lengths100198 +Node: Making paragraphs100713 +Node: \indent101285 +Node: \noindent101757 +Node: \parskip102043 +Node: Marginal notes102301 +Node: Math formulas103931 +Node: Subscripts & superscripts105713 +Node: Math symbols106180 +Node: Math functions112993 +Node: Math accents113936 +Node: Spacing in math mode114906 +Node: Math miscellany115537 +Node: Modes117035 +Node: Page styles118866 +Node: \maketitle119360 +Node: \pagenumbering120430 +Node: \pagestyle120843 +Node: \thispagestyle121983 +Node: Spaces122289 +Node: \hspace123348 +Node: \hfill123907 +Node: \SPACE124304 +Node: \AT124770 +Node: \thinspace125227 +Node: \/125486 +Node: \hrulefill126323 +Node: \dotfill126585 +Node: \addvspace126809 +Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip127301 +Node: \vfill127979 +Node: \vspace128284 +Node: Boxes128714 +Node: \mbox129433 +Node: \fbox and \framebox129720 +Node: lrbox130523 +Node: \makebox130840 +Node: \parbox131553 +Node: \raisebox132882 +Node: \savebox133479 +Node: \sbox133894 +Node: \usebox134343 +Node: Special insertions134601 +Node: Reserved characters135245 +Node: Text symbols136648 +Node: Accents139955 +Node: Non-English characters142428 +Node: \rule143099 +Node: \today143526 +Node: Splitting the input143971 +Node: \include144612 +Node: \includeonly145199 +Node: \input145691 +Node: Front/back matter146182 +Node: Tables of contents146387 +Node: \addcontentsline147415 +Node: \addtocontents148315 +Node: Glossaries148826 +Node: Indexes149345 +Node: Letters150972 +Node: \address152913 +Node: \cc153518 +Node: \closing153754 +Node: \encl153987 +Node: \location154179 +Node: \makelabels154441 +Node: \name154730 +Node: \opening154952 +Node: \ps155277 +Node: \signature155460 +Node: \startbreaks155743 +Node: \stopbreaks155965 +Node: \telephone156180 +Node: Terminal input/output156412 +Node: \typein156677 +Node: \typeout157258 +Node: Command line157881 +Node: Document templates158576 +Node: book template158980 +Node: beamer template159323 +Node: tugboat template159862 +Node: Concept Index162012 +Node: Command Index198773 End Tag Table |